2021 LINCOLN NAUTILUS Owner's Manual
The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. In the interest of continuous development, we reserve the right to change specifications,
design or equipment at any time without notice or obligation. No part of this publication may be reproduced, transmitted, stored in a retrieval system or translated into any language
in any form by any means without our written permission. Errors and omissions excepted.
© Ford Motor Company 2020
All rights reserved.
Part Number: 202011 20201113184130
California Proposition 65
WARNING: Operating, servicing and maintaining a passenger vehicle or off-highway motor
vehicle can expose you to chemicals including engine exhaust, carbon monoxide, phthalates,
and lead, which are known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other
reproductive harm. To minimize exposure, avoid breathing exhaust, do not idle the engine except
as necessary, service your vehicle in a well-ventilated area and wear gloves or wash your hands
frequently when servicing your vehicle. For more information go to
www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/passenger-vehicle.
WARNING: Battery posts, terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead
compounds, chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and reproductive harm.
Wash your hands after handling.
Contacting Us
Contacting Us ..................................................15
Introduction
About This Publication ..................................17
Using This Publication ...................................18
Symbols Glossary
Symbols Used on Your Vehicle ...................19
Data Privacy
Data Privacy ....................................................22
Service Data ....................................................23
Event Data .......................................................24
Settings Data ..................................................24
Connected Vehicle Data .............................25
Mobile Device Data ......................................25
Emergency Call System Data .....................26
Visual Search
Steering Wheel ...............................................27
Instrument Panel ............................................29
Center Console ...............................................31
Vehicle Interior ...............................................33
Front Exterior ..................................................35
Rear Exterior ....................................................37
Child Safety
Child Safety Precautions .............................39
Child Restraint Anchor Points .....................40
Child Restraints ...............................................41
Installing Child Restraints ............................44
Booster Seats .................................................49
Child Safety Locks .........................................52
Seatbelts
Seatbelt Precautions ....................................53
Fastening and Unfastening the Seatbelts
.........................................................................54
Sensitive Locking Mode ..............................55
Automatic Locking Mode ............................55
Adjusting the Seatbelts During Pregnancy
........................................................................56
Adjusting the Seatbelt Height ....................57
Seatbelt Reminder .........................................57
Checking the Seatbelts ...............................60
Seatbelt Extensions ......................................60
Personal Safety System™
What Is the Personal Safety System .........62
How Does the Personal Safety System
Work .............................................................62
Personal Safety System Components
........................................................................62
Airbags
How Do the Front Airbags Work ...............63
How Do the Side Airbags Work .................63
How Do the Knee Airbags Work ...............64
How Does the Safety Canopy™ Work .......65
Airbag Precautions ........................................66
Properly Adjusting the Driver and Front
Passenger Seats ........................................67
Children and Airbags ....................................67
Front Passenger Sensing System .............67
Crash Sensors and Airbag Indicator ..........71
Disposing of Airbags .....................................72
911 Assist
How Does 911 Assist Work ..........................73
1
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Table of Contents
Emergency Call Requirements ...................73
Emergency Call Limitations .........................74
Keys and Remote Controls
Remote Control Limitations .........................75
Using the Remote Control ...........................75
Sounding the Panic Alarm ...........................76
Locating Your Vehicle ...................................76
Changing the Remote Control Battery
.........................................................................76
Replacing a Lost Key or Remote Control
.........................................................................77
Programming the Remote Control .............77
Keys and Remote Controls –
Troubleshooting .........................................79
Phone as a Key
What Is Phone As a Key ...............................80
Phone as a Key Limitations .........................80
Programming Your Phone ..........................80
Using the Valet Mode ....................................81
Using the Backup Start Passcode ..............81
Phone as a Key – Troubleshooting ...........82
MyKey™
Principle of Operation ..................................84
Creating a MyKey ..........................................85
Clearing All MyKeys ......................................86
Checking MyKey System Status ................87
Using MyKey With Remote Start Systems
.........................................................................87
MyKey – Troubleshooting ............................87
Doors and Locks
Operating the Doors From Outside Your
Vehicle .........................................................89
Operating the Doors From Inside Your
Vehicle .........................................................90
Autounlock ......................................................90
Autolock ............................................................91
Mislock ..............................................................91
Doors and Locks Audible Warnings ..........91
Doors and Locks – Troubleshooting .........91
Keyless Entry
Keyless Entry Limitations .............................93
Keyless Entry Settings ..................................93
Using Keyless Entry ......................................93
Keyless Entry – Troubleshooting ...............94
Keyless Entry Keypad
What Is the Keyless Entry Keypad .............95
Keyless Entry Keypad Limitations .............95
Locating the Keyless Entry Keypad ..........95
Keyless Entry Keypad Master Access Code
........................................................................95
Keyless Entry Keypad Personal Access
Codes ...........................................................96
Using the Keyless Entry Keypad ................97
Keyless Entry Keypad – Troubleshooting
........................................................................98
Easy Entry and Exit
How Does Easy Entry and Exit Work ........99
Switching Easy Entry and Exit On and Off
........................................................................99
Liftgate
Liftgate Precautions ....................................100
Opening the Liftgate ...................................100
Setting the Liftgate Opening Height .......102
2
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Table of Contents
Closing the Liftgate .....................................103
Stopping the Liftgate Movement .............105
Liftgate Obstacle Detection ......................105
Liftgate – Troubleshooting ........................105
Security
Passive Anti-Theft System .........................108
Anti-Theft Alarm System ............................108
Anti-Theft Alarm System Settings ............109
Security – Troubleshooting ........................110
Steering Wheel
Adjusting the Steering Wheel - Vehicles
With: Manual Adjustable Steering
Column ........................................................112
Adjusting the Steering Wheel - Vehicles
With: Power Adjustable Steering Column
........................................................................112
Resetting the Stopping Position - Vehicles
With: Power Adjustable Steering Column
........................................................................113
Horn ..................................................................113
Switching the Heated Steering Wheel On
and Off .........................................................113
Wipers and Washers
Wipers ..............................................................114
Autowipers ......................................................114
Switching the Rear Window Wiper On and
Off .................................................................115
Reverse Wipe .................................................115
Checking the Wiper Blades ........................116
Replacing the Front Wiper Blades ............116
Replacing the Rear Wiper Blades .............116
Washers ...........................................................117
Wipers and Washers – Troubleshooting
........................................................................118
Exterior Lighting
Exterior Lighting Control .............................119
Headlamps ......................................................119
Headlamps – Troubleshooting .................120
Autolamps ......................................................120
Exterior Lamps ...............................................121
Automatic High Beam Control ..................122
Automatic High Beam Control –
Troubleshooting .......................................125
Adaptive Front Lighting ..............................125
Interior Lighting
Switching All of the Interior Lamps On and
Off ................................................................127
Switching the Front Interior Lamps On and
Off ................................................................127
Switching the Rear Interior Lamps On and
Off ................................................................127
Interior Lamp Function ................................128
Adjusting the Instrument Panel Lighting
Brightness ..................................................128
Ambient Lighting ..........................................128
Interior Lighting – Troubleshooting .........128
Windows
Opening and Closing the Windows ........129
Global Opening and Closing .....................130
Window Bounce-Back ................................130
Locking the Rear Window Controls ..........131
Interior Mirror
Interior Mirror Precautions .........................132
Auto-Dimming Interior Mirror ....................132
3
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Table of Contents
Exterior Mirrors
Adjusting the Exterior Mirrors ...................133
Folding the Exterior Mirrors - Vehicles
With: Manual Folding Mirrors ................133
Folding the Exterior Mirrors - Vehicles
With: Power Folding Mirrors ..................133
Auto-Dimming Exterior Mirror ...................134
Moonroof
Opening and Closing the Sun Shade ......135
Opening and Closing the Moonroof .......135
Venting the Moonroof .................................136
Moonroof Bounce-Back .............................136
Instrument Cluster
Instrument Cluster Overview .....................137
What Is the Tachometer .............................138
What Is the Speedometer ..........................138
Fuel Gauge ....................................................138
What Is the Engine Coolant Temperature
Gauge .........................................................139
What Is the Engine Oil Pressure Gauge
.......................................................................139
What Is the Transmission Fluid
Temperature Gauge ................................139
What Is the 12V Battery Gauge .................139
What Are the Instrument Cluster Warning
Lamps ..........................................................139
Instrument Cluster Warning Lamps .........139
What Are the Instrument Cluster Indicators
........................................................................141
Instrument Cluster Indicators .....................141
Instrument Cluster Display
Using the Instrument Cluster Display
Controls ......................................................143
Instrument Cluster Display Main Menu
.......................................................................144
Trip Computer ...............................................145
Customizing the Instrument Cluster Display
.......................................................................147
Personalized Settings .................................148
Remote Start
What Is Remote Start ....................................151
Remote Start Precautions ...........................151
Remote Start Limitations .............................151
Enabling Remote Start .................................151
Remotely Starting and Stopping the
Vehicle .........................................................151
Extending the Remote Start Duration
.......................................................................152
Remote Start Remote Control Indicators
.......................................................................152
Remote Start Settings .................................152
Climate Control
Identifying the Climate Control Unit ........154
Switching Climate Control On and Off
.......................................................................154
Switching Recirculated Air On and Off
.......................................................................154
Switching Air Conditioning On and Off
.......................................................................154
Switching Maximum Defrost On and Off
.......................................................................154
Switching Maximum Cooling On and Off
.......................................................................154
Switching the Heated Rear Window On
and Off ........................................................155
Switching the Heated Mirrors On and Off
.......................................................................155
4
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Table of Contents
Setting the Blower Motor Speed .............155
Setting the Temperature ............................155
Directing the Flow of Air ............................155
Auto Mode .....................................................156
Climate Control – Troubleshooting .........157
Interior Air Quality
What Is the Cabin Air Filter ........................158
Replacing the Cabin Air Filter ...................158
Front Seats
Front Seat Precautions ...............................159
Sitting in the Correct Position ...................159
Power Seats ..................................................160
Massage Seats ..............................................163
Heated Seats .................................................163
Ventilated Seats ...........................................164
Rear Seats
Manual Seats .................................................165
Power Seats ...................................................167
Heated Seats .................................................167
Rear Occupant Alert System
What is the Rear Occupant Alert System
.......................................................................169
How Does the Rear Occupant Alert System
Work ............................................................169
Rear Occupant Alert System Precautions
.......................................................................169
Rear Occupant Alert System Limitations
.......................................................................169
Switching Rear Occupant Alert System On
and Off ........................................................170
Rear Occupant Alert System Indicators
.......................................................................170
Rear Occupant Alert System Audible
Warnings ....................................................170
Memory Function
How Does the Memory Function Work
........................................................................171
Memory Function Precautions ...................171
Locating the Memory Function Buttons
........................................................................171
Saving a Preset Position ..............................171
Recalling a Preset Position .........................171
Garage Door Opener
What Is the Garage Door Opener ............173
How Does the Garage Door Opener Work
.......................................................................173
Garage Door Opener Precautions ...........173
Garage Door Opener Limitations .............174
Programming the Garage Door Opener to
Your Hand-Held Transmitter ..................174
Programming the Garage Door Opener to
Your Garage Door Opener Motor ........175
Programming the Garage Door Opener to
Your Gate Opener Motor .......................175
Clearing the Garage Door Opener ..........176
Reprogramming the Garage Door Opener
.......................................................................176
Garage Door Opener Radio Frequencies
.......................................................................176
USB Ports
Locating the USB Ports ...............................178
Playing Media Using the USB Port ..........178
Charging a Device .......................................178
5
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Table of Contents
Power Outlet - Vehicles With:
110V Power Outlet
What Is the Power Outlet ...........................180
Power Outlet Precautions ..........................180
Locating the Power Outlet .........................180
Power Outlet Indicators ..............................180
Power Outlet - Vehicles With: 12V
Power Outlet
What Is the Power Outlet ............................181
Power Outlet Precautions ...........................181
Locating the Power Outlet ..........................181
Wireless Accessory Charger
What Is the Wireless Accessory Charger
.......................................................................182
Wireless Accessory Charger Precautions
.......................................................................182
Locating the Wireless Accessory Charger
.......................................................................183
Charging a Wireless Device ......................183
Storage
Cup Holders ..................................................184
Under Floor Storage ....................................184
Glasses Holder .............................................185
Starting and Stopping the Engine
Starting and Stopping the Engine –
Precautions ...............................................186
Push Button Ignition Switch ......................186
Starting the Engine ......................................187
Engine Block Heater ...................................188
Stopping the Engine ....................................189
Automatic Engine Stop ...............................189
Accessing the Passive Key Backup
Position .......................................................190
Starting and Stopping the Engine –
Troubleshooting ........................................191
Auto-Start-Stop
What Is Auto-Start-Stop ..............................194
Auto-Start-Stop Precautions ......................194
Switching Auto-Start-Stop On and Off
.......................................................................194
Stopping the Engine ....................................194
Restarting the Engine ..................................194
Auto-Start-Stop Indicators ..........................194
Auto-Start-Stop – Troubleshooting .........195
Fuel and Refueling
Fuel and Refueling Precautions ...............197
Fuel Quality ....................................................198
Locating the Fuel Filler Funnel .................198
Running Out of Fuel ....................................199
Refueling .......................................................200
Fuel Tank Capacity .....................................202
Fuel and Refueling – Troubleshooting
......................................................................203
Catalytic Converter
What Is the Catalytic Converter ..............204
Catalytic Converter Precautions .............204
Catalytic Converter – Troubleshooting
......................................................................204
Automatic Transmission
Automatic Transmission Precautions .....206
Automatic Transmission Positions ..........206
Shifting Your Vehicle Into Gear ................207
6
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Table of Contents
Automatic Transmission Position Indicators
......................................................................207
Manually Shifting Gears .............................207
Temporary Neutral Mode ..........................208
Automatic Return to Park (P) ....................209
Manual Park Release ..................................210
Automatic Transmission Audible Warnings
.......................................................................212
Automatic Transmission – Troubleshooting
.......................................................................212
All-Wheel Drive
How Does All-Wheel Drive Work .............214
All-Wheel Drive Precautions ......................214
All-Wheel Drive Limitations ........................214
All-Wheel Drive Driving Hints ....................214
All-Wheel Drive – Troubleshooting ..........217
Brakes
Brake Precautions ........................................218
Anti-Lock Braking System ..........................218
Brake Over Accelerator ..............................218
Locating the Brake Fluid Reservoir .........218
Checking the Brake Fluid ..........................218
Brake Fluid Specification ...........................219
Brakes – Troubleshooting .........................219
Electric Parking Brake
What Is the Electric Parking Brake ..........221
Applying the Electric Parking Brake .......221
Applying the Electric Parking Brake in an
Emergency ................................................221
Manually Releasing the Electric Parking
Brake ...........................................................221
Automatically Releasing the Electric
Parking Brake ..........................................222
Electric Parking Brake Audible Warning
......................................................................222
Releasing the Electric Parking Brake if the
Vehicle Battery Has Run Out of Charge
......................................................................222
Electric Parking Brake – Troubleshooting
......................................................................222
Hill Start Assist
What Is Hill Start Assist ..............................225
How Does Hill Start Assist Work .............225
Hill Start Assist Precautions .....................225
Hill Start Assist – Troubleshooting .........225
Auto Hold
How Does Auto Hold Work ......................226
Switching Auto Hold On and Off ............226
Using Auto Hold ..........................................226
Auto Hold Indicators ...................................227
Traction Control
How Does Traction Control Work ...........228
Switching Traction Control On and Off
......................................................................228
Traction Control Indicator .........................228
Traction Control – Troubleshooting .......228
Stability Control
How Does Stability Control Work ...........229
Switching Stability Control On and Off
......................................................................230
Stability Control Indicator .........................230
Stability Control – Troubleshooting .........231
Steering
Electric Power Steering .............................232
Steering – Troubleshooting ......................233
7
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Table of Contents
Parking Aids
Parking Aid Precautions ............................234
Switching Parking Aid On and Off ..........235
Rear Parking Aid ..........................................235
Front Parking Aid ........................................236
Side Parking Aid ..........................................237
Parking Aid Indicators ................................238
Parking Aids – Troubleshooting ..............238
Rear View Camera
What Is the Rear View Camera ...............240
Rear View Camera Precautions ..............240
Locating the Rear View Camera .............240
Rear View Camera Guide Lines ..............240
Rear View Camera Object Distance
Indicators ...................................................241
Rear View Camera Settings ......................241
360 Degree Camera
What Is the 360 Degree Camera ............243
How Does the 360 Degree Camera Work
......................................................................243
360 Degree Camera Precautions ...........243
360 Degree Camera Limitations .............243
Locating the 360 Degree Cameras ........243
360 Degree Camera Guide Lines ...........244
360 Degree Camera Settings ..................245
Active Park Assist
What Is Active Park Assist ........................246
How Does Active Park Assist Work ........246
Active Park Assist Precautions ................246
Switching Active Park Assist On and Off
......................................................................246
Entering a Parallel Parking Space ...........247
Entering a Perpendicular Parking Space
......................................................................247
Exiting a Parking Space .............................248
Active Park Assist – Troubleshooting
......................................................................248
Cruise Control
What Is Cruise Control ................................251
Switching Cruise Control On and Off ......251
Setting the Cruise Control Speed ............251
Canceling the Set Speed ..........................252
Resuming the Set Speed ..........................252
Cruise Control Indicators ..........................252
Adaptive Cruise Control
How Does Adaptive Cruise Control With
Stop and Go Work ..................................253
Adaptive Cruise Control Precautions .....253
Adaptive Cruise Control Limitations ......254
Switching Adaptive Cruise Control On and
Off ...............................................................256
Adaptive Cruise Control Automatic
Cancellation .............................................257
Setting the Adaptive Cruise Control Speed
......................................................................257
Setting the Adaptive Cruise Control Gap
......................................................................258
Canceling the Set Speed ..........................259
Resuming the Set Speed ..........................259
Overriding the Set Speed .........................259
Adaptive Cruise Control Indicators ........259
Switching From Adaptive Cruise Control
to Cruise Control ....................................260
Lane Centering ............................................260
Adaptive Cruise Control – Troubleshooting
......................................................................262
8
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Table of Contents
Drive Mode Control
What Is Drive Mode Control .....................264
How Does Drive Mode Control Work .....264
Selecting a Drive Mode .............................264
Drive Modes .................................................264
Lane Keeping System
What Is the Lane Keeping System ..........265
How Does the Lane Keeping System Work
......................................................................265
Lane Keeping System Precautions ........265
Lane Keeping System Limitations ..........266
Switching the Lane Keeping System On
and Off .......................................................266
Switching the Lane Keeping System Mode
......................................................................266
Lane Keeping System Settings ................267
Alert Mode ....................................................267
Aid Mode .......................................................267
Alert and Aid Mode ....................................268
Lane Keeping System Indicators ............268
Lane Keeping System – Troubleshooting
......................................................................270
Blind Spot Information System
What Is Blind Spot Information System
......................................................................273
How Does Blind Spot Information System
Work ...........................................................273
Blind Spot Information System Precautions
......................................................................273
Blind Spot Information System Limitations
......................................................................273
Blind Spot Information System
Requirements ...........................................274
Switching Blind Spot Information System
On and Off ................................................274
Locating the Blind Spot Information System
Sensors ......................................................274
Blind Spot Information System Indicators
......................................................................275
Blind Spot Information System –
Troubleshooting ......................................275
Cross Traffic Alert
What Is Cross Traffic Alert .........................276
How Does Cross Traffic Alert Work ........276
Cross Traffic Alert Precautions ................276
Cross Traffic Alert Limitations ...................277
Switching Cross Traffic Alert On and Off
.......................................................................277
Locating the Cross Traffic Alert Sensors
.......................................................................277
Cross Traffic Alert Indicators ....................277
Cross Traffic Alert – Troubleshooting
......................................................................278
Pre-Collision Assist
What Is Pre-Collision Assist ......................279
How Does Pre-Collision Assist Work ......279
Pre-Collision Assist Precautions ..............279
Pre-Collision Assist Limitations ...............280
Locating the Pre-Collision Assist Sensors
.......................................................................281
Distance Indication .....................................282
Distance Alert ...............................................283
Automatic Emergency Braking ................284
Evasive Steering Assist .............................284
Pre-Collision Assist – Troubleshooting
......................................................................285
Driver Alert
What Is Driver Alert .....................................287
9
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Table of Contents
How Does Driver Alert Work ....................287
Driver Alert Precautions ............................287
Driver Alert Limitations ..............................288
Switching Driver Alert On and Off ..........288
Driver Alert – Troubleshooting ................288
Load Carrying
Load Carrying Precautions .......................289
Locating the Safety Compliance
Certification Labels ................................290
What Is the Gross Axle Weight Rating
......................................................................290
What Is the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating
......................................................................290
What Is the Gross Combined Weight
Rating .........................................................290
Calculating Payload .....................................291
Calculating the Load Limit .........................291
Roof Rack ......................................................293
Luggage Compartment
Installing and Removing the Luggage
Compartment Cargo Net ......................295
Installing and Removing the Luggage
Compartment Cover ..............................295
Connecting a Trailer
Connecting a Trailer Precautions ............297
Connecting a Trailer ...................................297
Towing a Trailer
Towing a Trailer Precautions ....................299
Trailer Brake Precautions ..........................299
Towing a Trailer Limitations ......................300
Loading Your Trailer ...................................300
Trailer Towing Hints ....................................300
Launching or Retrieving a Boat or Personal
Watercraft ..................................................301
Towing Weights and Dimensions ............302
Trailer Sway Control
How Does Trailer Sway Control Work
......................................................................304
Trailer Sway Control Precautions ............304
Switching Trailer Sway Control On and Off
......................................................................304
Driving Hints
Reduced Engine Performance ................305
Cold Weather Precautions ........................305
Breaking-In ...................................................305
Driving Through Water ..............................305
Driving Economically ..................................306
Floor Mats .....................................................306
Crash and Breakdown
Information
Roadside Assistance ..................................308
Switching the Hazard Flashers On and Off
......................................................................309
Jump Starting the Vehicle .........................309
Post-Crash Alert System ..............................311
Automatic Crash Shutoff ............................312
Transporting the Vehicle ............................312
Towing Your Vehicle
Towing Your Vehicle Precautions .............314
Recreationally Towing Your Vehicle - 2.0L,
AWD ............................................................314
10
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Table of Contents
Recreationally Towing Your Vehicle - 2.0L,
FWD .............................................................314
Recreationally Towing Your Vehicle - 2.7L
.......................................................................314
Emergency Towing ......................................315
Fuses
Fuse Precautions ..........................................316
Under Hood Fuse Box ................................316
Body Control Module Fuse Box ..............326
Identifying Fuse Types ................................331
Fuses – Troubleshooting ...........................331
Maintenance
Maintenance Precautions .........................332
Opening and Closing the Hood ..............332
Under Hood Overview - 2.0L ...................334
Under Hood Overview - 2.7L ...................336
Engine Oil ......................................................338
Checking the Coolant ................................340
Changing the Engine Air Filter .................344
Changing the Fuel Filter ............................344
Drive Belt Routing Overview - 2.0L ........345
Drive Belt Routing Overview - 2.7L .........345
Changing the 12V Battery .........................345
Adjusting the Headlamps ..........................348
Exterior Bulbs ...............................................350
Interior Bulbs ................................................353
Vehicle Care
Cleaning Products .......................................354
Cleaning the Exterior .................................355
Waxing ............................................................357
Cleaning the Interior ...................................357
Repairing Minor Paint Damage ................359
Body Styling Kits
Body Styling Kit Precautions ....................360
Storing Your Vehicle
Preparing Your Vehicle for Storage .........361
Removing Your Vehicle From Storage
......................................................................362
Wheel and Tire Information
Locating the Tire label ...............................363
Department of Transportation Uniform Tire
Quality Grades .........................................363
Information on the Tire Sidewall .............364
Glossary of Tire Terminology ...................369
Tire Replacement Requirements ............369
Using Snow Chains .....................................372
Tire Care
Checking the Tire Pressures ....................374
Inflating the Tires .........................................374
Inspecting the Tire for Wear .....................375
Inspecting the Tire for Damage ...............375
Inspecting the Wheel Valve Stems .........376
Tire Rotation .................................................376
Tire Sealant and Inflator Kit
What Is the Tire Sealant and Inflator Kit
......................................................................378
Tire Sealant and Inflator Kit Precautions
......................................................................378
Locating the Tire Sealant and Inflator Kit
......................................................................378
Tire Sealant and Inflator Kit Components
......................................................................379
11
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Table of Contents
Using the Tire Sealant and Inflator Kit
......................................................................379
Tire Pressure Monitoring System
What Is the Tire Pressure Monitoring
System .......................................................385
Tire Pressure Monitoring System Overview
......................................................................385
Tire Pressure Monitoring System
Precautions ..............................................386
Tire Pressure Monitoring System
Limitations .................................................387
Viewing the Tire Pressures .......................387
Resetting Tire Pressure Monitoring System
......................................................................387
Tire Pressure Monitoring System –
Troubleshooting ......................................388
Changing a Road Wheel
Changing a Flat Tire ....................................391
Wheel Nuts ...................................................396
Capacities and Specifications
Engine Specifications - 2.0L .....................398
Engine Specifications - 2.7L .....................399
Motorcraft Parts - 2.0L ...............................400
Motorcraft Parts - 2.7L .................................401
Engine Oil Capacity and Specification -
2.0L .............................................................402
Engine Oil Capacity and Specification -
2.7L .............................................................404
Cooling System Capacity and Specification
- 2.0L ..........................................................407
Cooling System Capacity and Specification
- 2.7L ...........................................................408
Fuel Tank Capacity .....................................409
Air Conditioning System Capacity and
Specification - 2.0L ..................................410
Air Conditioning System Capacity and
Specification - 2.7L ..................................412
Washer Fluid Specification ........................413
Brake Fluid Specification ...........................414
Vehicle Identification
Vehicle Identification Number ..................416
Connected Vehicle
What Is a Connected Vehicle ....................417
Connected Vehicle Requirements ...........417
Connected Vehicle Limitations .................417
Connecting the Vehicle to a Mobile
Network ......................................................417
Connecting the Vehicle to a Wi-Fi Network
.......................................................................417
Connected Vehicle – Troubleshooting
.......................................................................418
Vehicle Wi-Fi Hotspot
Creating a Vehicle Wi-Fi Hotspot .............421
Changing the Vehicle Wi-Fi Hotspot Name
or Password ...............................................421
Audio System
Audio System Precautions ........................423
Switching the Audio Unit On and Off ......423
Selecting the Audio Source .....................423
Playing or Pausing the Audio Source .....423
Adjusting the Volume .................................423
Switching Shuffle Mode On and Off ......424
Switching Repeat Mode On and Off ......424
Setting a Memory Preset ...........................424
Muting the Audio .........................................424
12
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Table of Contents
Adjusting the Sound Settings ..................424
Setting the Clock and Date ......................425
AM/FM Radio ................................................425
Switching the Display On and Off ..........426
Digital Radio .................................................426
Satellite Radio ..............................................427
Identifying the Audio Unit .........................429
Information and Entertainment
Display Overview
Information and Entertainment Display
Precautions ................................................431
Information and Entertainment Display
Limitations ..................................................431
Status Bar ......................................................432
Feature Bar ...................................................433
Accessing Feature Drawers .....................433
Information On Demand Screen .............433
Voice Interaction
What is Voice Interaction ..........................435
Setting the Wake Word ..............................435
Beginning a Voice Interaction ..................435
Voice Interaction Examples ......................435
Phone
Phone Precautions ......................................437
Connecting Your Phone .............................437
Phone Menu ..................................................437
Making and Receiving a Phone Call ......439
Sending and Receiving a Text Message
.......................................................................441
Switching Text Message Notification On
and Off .......................................................442
Bluetooth®
Connecting a Bluetooth® Device ............443
Playing Media Using Bluetooth® .............443
Apps
App Precautions ..........................................444
App Requirements ......................................444
Accessing Apps ...........................................444
Enabling Apps on an iOS Device ............444
Enabling Apps on an Android Device
......................................................................444
Switching Apple CarPlay On and Off ......445
Switching Android Auto On and Off ......445
Personal Profiles
How Do Personal Profiles Work ..............447
Enabling or Disabling Personal Profiles
......................................................................447
Creating a Personal Profile .......................447
Linking or Unlinking a Personal Profile to
a Remote Control ....................................448
Linking or Unlinking a Personal Profile to
a Device ....................................................448
Navigation
Accessing Navigation ................................449
Navigation Map Updates ..........................449
Adjusting the Map .......................................449
Live Traffic .....................................................449
Setting a Destination ..................................449
Waypoints .....................................................450
Route Guidance ............................................451
Vehicle System Updates
Updating the Vehicle Systems Wirelessly
......................................................................452
13
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Table of Contents
Performing a Master Reset .......................453
Accessories
Accessories ..................................................454
Lincoln Protect
What Is Lincoln Protect ..............................456
Scheduled Maintenance
General Maintenance Information ..........459
Normal Scheduled Maintenance ............463
Special Operating Conditions Scheduled
Maintenance .............................................467
Customer Information
Rollover Warning .........................................472
The Better Business Bureau Auto Line
Program .....................................................472
The Mediation and Arbitration Program
......................................................................473
Ordering a Canadian French Owner's
Manual .......................................................474
Reporting Safety Defects in the United
States ..........................................................474
Reporting Safety Defects in Canada ......475
Declaration of Conformity .........................476
Radio Frequency Certification Labels
......................................................................476
California Proposition 65 ...........................514
Perchlorate ....................................................514
Replacement Parts Recommendation
.......................................................................514
Mobile Communications Equipment .......515
End User License Agreement ...................516
Emission Law ................................................546
Appendices
Electromagnetic Compatibility .................548
14
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Table of Contents
If you require assistance or clarification on
policies or procedures, please contact the
customer relationship center.
United States
Lincoln Motor Company
Lincoln Concierge
P.O. Box 6248
Dearborn, MI 48126
1-800-521-4140
www.owner.lincoln.com
Canada
Lincoln Motor Company
Customer Relationship Center
P.O. Box 2000
Oakville, Ontario L6K 0C8
1-800-387-9333
TDD for the hearing impaired:
1-888-658-6805
www.lincolncanada.com
Europe
Telephone: 02035644444
E-mail: UK[email protected]
Twitter: @forduk
Australia
Ford Motor Company
Attention: Customer Relationship Centre
Private Mail Bag 5
Fairlane Business Park #3
Campbellfield, Victoria, 3061
Telephone: 13 3673 (FORD)
E-mail: [email protected]
New Zealand
Ford Motor Company
Attention: Customer Relationship Centre
Private Bag 76912
Manukau City 2241
Telephone: 0800 367 369 (FORDNZ)
E-mail: [email protected]
Asia Pacific
E-mail: [email protected]
Caribbean, Central America and Israel
Ford Motor Company
Ford Export Operations
Attention: Owner Relations
1555 Fairlane Drive
Fairlane Business Park #3
Allen Park, MI 48101
Fax: (313) 390-0804
Telephone: (313) 594-4857
E-mail: [email protected]
U.S. Virgin Islands and Puerto Rico
Ford Motor Company
Ford Export Operations
Attention: Owner Relations
1555 Fairlane Drive
Fairlane Business Park #3
Allen Park, MI 48101
Telephone: (800) 841-3673
E-mail: [email protected]
Argentina
Telephone: 0800-888-3673
Brazil
www.ford.com.br
15
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Contacting Us
North Africa
E-mail: [email protected]
Sub-Saharan Africa
E-mail: [email protected]
Puerto Rico
Ford International Business Development,
Inc.
P.O. Box 11957
Caparra Heights Station
San Juan, PR 00922-1957
1-800-392-3673 (FORD)
Fax: (313) 390-0804
E-mail: [email protected]
www.ford.com.pr
Middle East
Ford Middle East Customer Relationship
Center
P.O. Box 21740
Dubai, United Arab Emirates
Telephone: 80004441066
Toll-free number for the Kingdom of Saudi
Arabia: 8008443673
Mobily and Zain cell phone users in Saudi
Arabia: 800850078
Kuwait: 22280384
Local telephone number for Kuwait: +965 1
898900
Fax: +971 4 3327266
E-mail: [email protected]
www.me.ford.com
South Korea
Telephone: +82-02-1600-6003
E-mail: [email protected]
Lincoln Automotive Financial Services
- US Only
Lincoln Automotive Financial Services offers
a full range of financing and lease plans to
help you acquire your vehicle. We are
dedicated to providing answers, information
and a truly extraordinary experience.
For assistance call 1-888-498-8801, or for
more information about Lincoln Automotive
Financial Services and access to an account
manager, visit www.lincoln.com/finance.
16
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Contacting Us
ABOUT THIS PUBLICATION
WARNING: Driving while distracted
can result in loss of vehicle control, crash
and injury. We strongly recommend that
you use extreme caution when using any
device that may take your focus off the
road. Your primary responsibility is the safe
operation of your vehicle. We recommend
against the use of any hand-held device
while driving and encourage the use of
voice-operated systems when possible.
Make sure you are aware of all applicable
local laws that may affect the use of
electronic devices while driving.
Thank you for choosing Lincoln. We
recommend that you take some time to get
to know your vehicle in order to benefit from
greater safety and pleasure from driving it.
Use this digital manual, that we have also
made available for your continued use
through the Lincoln Way app and your local
Lincoln website to familiarize yourself with
the basics.
Note: To download the Lincoln Way app,
visit your device's app store.
Note: To find the local Ford website, visit
https://corporate.ford.com/operations/
locations/global-links.html.
Note: Use and operate your vehicle in line
with all applicable laws and regulations.
Note: Pass on all printed owner’s
information when selling this vehicle.
Our digital resources include a
comprehensive digital owner’s manual that
is dynamically created according to the
features on your vehicle by using the vehicle
identification number. See Locating the
Vehicle Identification Number (page 416).
The digital owner’s manual includes visual
and full text search functions so that you can
quickly locate the information you are
looking for. It also includes links to a number
of how-to videos created to help you
understand some of the advanced
technologies on your vehicle.
Features and Options
Note: This publication describes product
features and options available throughout
the range of available models, sometimes
even before they are generally available. It
may describe options that are not available
on the vehicle you have purchased.
Illustrations
Note: Some of the illustrations in this manual
could show features as used in different
models, some can appear different to you
on your vehicle.
Location of Components
This manual may qualify the location of a
component as left-hand side or right-hand
side. The side is determined when facing
forward in the seat.
17
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Introduction
E154903
Right-hand side.A
Left-hand side.B
USING THIS PUBLICATION
To quickly locate information about your
vehicle, use the word search within the
Owner's Manual application.
18
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Introduction
SYMBOLS USED ON YOUR
VEHICLE
These are some of the symbols you may see
on your vehicle.
E162384
Air conditioning system
E231157
Air conditioning system lubricant
type
Anti-lock braking system
Avoid smoking, flames or sparks
Battery
Battery acid
Brake fluid - non petroleum based
Brake system
E270480
Brake system
Cabin air filter
Check fuel cap
Child safety door lock or unlock
Child seat lower anchor
Child seat tether anchor
E332905
Cruise control
Do not open when hot
Electric Parking brake
Engine air filter
Engine coolant
Engine coolant temperature
Engine oil
Explosive gas
Fan warning
E71880
Fasten seatbelt
E231160
Flammable
E67017
Front airbag
19
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Symbols Glossary
Front fog lamps
Fuel pump reset
Fuse compartment
Hazard flashers
Heated rear window
Windshield defrosting system
Interior luggage compartment
release
Jack
E161353
Keep out of reach of children
Lighting control
Low tire pressure warning
Maintain correct fluid level
Note operating instructions
E270945
Horn control
Panic alarm
E139213
Parking aid
E270849
Passenger airbag activated
E270850
Passenger airbag deactivated
Power steering fluid
Power windows front/rear
Power window lockout
E231159
Requires registered technician
Safety alert
See Owner's Manual
E231158
See Service Manual
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)
Side airbag
E167012
Shield the eyes
E138639
Stability control
20
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Symbols Glossary
E163171
Hill descent control
E332910
Trail control
E270969
Windshield wiping system
E132353
Windshield wash and wipe
21
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Symbols Glossary
WARNING: Do not connect wireless
plug-in devices to the data link connector.
Unauthorized third parties could gain
access to vehicle data and impair the
performance of safety related systems.
Only allow repair facilities that follow our
service and repair instructions to connect
their equipment to the data link connector.
We respect your privacy and are committed
to protecting it. The information contained
in this manual was correct at the time of
publication but as technology rapidly
changes, we recommend that you visit the
local Lincoln website for the latest
information.
Your vehicle has electronic control units that
have data recording functionality and the
ability to permanently or temporarily store
data. This data could include information on
the condition and status of your vehicle,
vehicle maintenance requirements, events
and malfunctions. The types of data that can
be recorded are described in this section.
Some of the data recorded is stored in event
logs or error logs.
Note: Error logs are reset following a service
or repair.
Note: We may provide information in
response to requests from law enforcement,
other government authorities and third
parties acting with lawful authority or through
a legal process. Such information could be
used by them in legal proceedings.
Data recorded includes, for example:
• Operating states of system components,
for example fuel level, tire pressure and
battery charge level.
• Vehicle and component status, for
example wheel speed, deceleration,
lateral acceleration and seatbelt status.
• Events or errors in essential systems, for
example headlamps and brakes.
• System responses to driving situations,
for example airbag deployment and
stability control.
• Environmental conditions, for example
temperature.
Some of this data, when used in combination
with other information, for example an
accident report, damage to a vehicle or
eyewitness statements, could be associated
with a specific person.
Services That We Provide
If you use our services, we collect and use
data, for example account information,
vehicle location and driving characteristics,
that could identify you. We transmit this data
through a dedicated, protected connection.
We only collect and use data to enable your
use of our services to which you have
subscribed, with your consent or where
permitted by law. For additional information,
see the terms and conditions of the services
to which you have subscribed.
For additional information about our privacy
policy, refer to the local Lincoln website.
22
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Data Privacy
Services That Third Parties Provide
We recommend that you review the terms
and conditions and data privacy information
for any services equipped with your vehicle
or to which you subscribe. We take no
responsibility for services that third parties
provide.
Where equipped, SiriusXM with 360L may
use the modem. To disable, turn off the
SiriusXM 360L or Vehicle Connectivity
setting. See Enabling and Disabling the
Modem (page 417).
SERVICE DATA
Service data recorders in your vehicle are
capable of collecting and storing diagnostic
information about your vehicle. This
potentially includes information about the
performance or status of various systems
and modules in the vehicle, such as engine,
throttle, steering or brake systems. In order
to properly diagnose and service your
vehicle, Ford Motor Company (Ford of
Canada in Canada), and service and repair
facilities may access or share among them
vehicle diagnostic information received
through a direct connection to your vehicle
when diagnosing or servicing your vehicle.
Additionally, Ford Motor Company (Ford of
Canada, in Canada) may, where permitted
by law, use vehicle diagnostic information
for vehicle improvement or with other
information we may have about you, for
example, your contact information, to offer
you products or services that may interest
you. Data may be provided to our service
providers such as part suppliers that may
help diagnose malfunctions, and who are
similarly obligated to protect data. We retain
this data only as long as necessary to
perform these functions or to comply with
law. We may provide information where
required in response to official requests to
law enforcement or other government
authorities or third parties acting with lawful
authority or court order, and such information
may be used in legal proceedings. For U.S.
only (if equipped), if you choose to use
connected apps and services, you consent
that certain diagnostic information may also
be accessed electronically by Ford Motor
Company and Ford authorized service
facilities, and that the diagnostic information
may be used to provide services to you,
personalizing your experience, troubleshoot,
and to improve products and services and
offer you products and services that may
interest you, where permitted by law. For
Canada only, for more information, please
review the Ford of Canada privacy policy at
www.ford.ca, including our U.S. data storage
and use of service providers in other
jurisdictions who may be subject to legal
requirements in Canada, the United States
and other countries applicable to them, for
example, lawful requirements to disclose
personal information to governmental
authorities in those countries.
23
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Data Privacy
EVENT DATA
This vehicle is equipped with an event data
recorder. The main purpose of an event data
recorder is to record, in certain crash or near
crash-like situations, such as an airbag
deployment or hitting a road obstacle; this
data will assist in understanding how a
vehicle’s systems performed. The event data
recorder is designed to record data related
to vehicle dynamics and safety systems for
a short period of time, typically 30 seconds
or less.
The event data recorder in this vehicle is
designed to record such data as:
• How various systems in your vehicle
were operating.
• Whether or not the driver and passenger
seatbelts were buckled/fastened.
• How far (if at all) the driver was
depressing the accelerator and/or the
brake pedal.
• How fast the vehicle was traveling.
• Where the driver was positioning the
steering wheel.
This data can help provide a better
understanding of the circumstances in which
crashes and injuries occur.
Note: Event data recorder data is recorded
by your vehicle only if a non-trivial crash
situation occurs; no data is recorded by the
event data recorder under normal driving
conditions and no personal data or
information (for example name, gender, age,
and crash location) is recorded. However,
parties, such as law enforcement, could
combine the event data recorder data with
the type of personally identifying data
routinely acquired during a crash
investigation.
To read data recorded by an event data
recorder, special equipment is required, and
access to the vehicle or the event data
recorder is needed. In addition to the vehicle
manufacturer, other parties, such as law
enforcement, that have such special
equipment, can read the information if they
have access to the vehicle or the event data
recorder.
SETTINGS DATA
Your vehicle has electronic control units that
have the ability to store data based on your
personalized settings. The data is stored
locally in the vehicle or on devices that you
connect to it, for example, a USB drive or
digital music player. You can delete some of
this data and also choose whether to share
it through the services to which you
subscribe.
Comfort and Convenience Data
Data recorded includes, for example:
• Seat and steering wheel position.
• Climate control settings.
• Radio presets.
Entertainment Data
Data recorded includes, for example:
• Music, videos or album art.
• Contacts and corresponding address
book entries.
• Navigation destinations.
24
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Data Privacy
CONNECTED VEHICLE DATA
The modem has a SIM. The
modem was enabled when your
vehicle was built and periodically
sends messages to stay connected to the
cell phone network, receive automatic
software updates and send vehicle-related
information to us, for example diagnostic
information. These messages could include
information that identifies your vehicle, the
SIM and the electronic serial number of the
modem. Cell phone network service
providers could have access to additional
information, for example cell phone network
tower identification. For additional
information about our privacy policy, visit
www.ConnectedLincoln.com or refer to your
local Lincoln website.
Note: The modem continues to send this
information unless you disable the modem
or stop the modem from sharing vehicle data
by changing the modem settings.
Note: The service can be unavailable or
interrupted for a number of reasons, for
example environmental or topographical
conditions and data plan coverage.
Note: To find out if your vehicle has a
modem, visit www.ConnectedLincoln.com.
MOBILE DEVICE DATA
If you connect a mobile device to your
vehicle, you can display data from your
device on the touchscreen for example,
music and album art. You can share your
vehicle data with mobile apps on your device
through the system. See Apps.
The mobile apps function operates by your
connected device sending data to us in the
United States. The data is encrypted and
includes, for example, the vehicle
identification number of your vehicle, the
SYNC module serial number, odometer,
enabled apps, usage statistics and
debugging information. We retain it only as
long as necessary to provide the service, to
troubleshoot, for continuous improvement
and to offer you products and services that
may be of interest to you according to your
preferences and where allowed by law.
If you connect a cell phone to the system,
the system creates a profile that links to that
cell phone. The cell phone profile enables
more mobile features and efficient operation.
The profile contains, for example data from
your phonebook, read and unread text
messages and call history, including history
of calls when your cell phone was not
connected to the system.
If you connect a media device, the system
creates and retains a media device index of
supported media content. The system also
records a short diagnostic log of
approximately 10 minutes of all recent system
activity.
The cell phone profile, media device index
and diagnostic log remain in your vehicle
unless you delete them and are generally
accessible only in your vehicle when you
connect your cell phone or media device. If
you no longer plan to use the system or your
vehicle, we recommend you use the master
reset function to erase the stored
information. See Settings.
25
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Data Privacy
System data cannot be accessed without
special equipment and access to your
vehicle's module.
For additional information about our privacy
policy, refer to the local Lincoln website.
Note: To find out if your vehicle has
connectivity technology, visit
www.ConnectedLincoln.com.
EMERGENCY CALL SYSTEM DATA
When the emergency call system is active,
it may disclose to emergency services that
your vehicle has been in a crash involving
the deployment of an airbag or activation of
the fuel pump shut-off. Certain versions or
updates to the emergency call system may
also be capable of electronically or verbally
disclosing to emergency services operators
your vehicle location or other details about
your vehicle or crash to assist emergency
services operators to provide the most
appropriate emergency services. If you do
not want to disclose this information, do not
activate the emergency call system.
Note: You cannot deactivate emergency call
systems that are required by law.
26
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Data Privacy
STEERING WHEEL
E332367
A B
F
CDE
27
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Visual Search
See Adjusting the Volume (page 423).A
See Beginning a Voice Interaction (page 435).B
See Making and Receiving a Phone Call (page 439).C
See Selecting the Audio Source (page 423).D
See Accessing Navigation (page 449).E
See Switching Adaptive Cruise Control On and Off (page 256).F
28
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Visual Search
INSTRUMENT PANEL
E332368
A
B
CF D
E
29
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Visual Search
See Instrument Cluster Overview (page 137).A
See Feature Bar (page 433).B
See Replacing the Cabin Air Filter (page 158).C
See Shifting Your Vehicle Into Gear (page 207).D
See Applying the Electric Parking Brake (page 221).E
See Exterior Lighting Control (page 119).F
30
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Visual Search
CENTER CONSOLE
E332369
D
C
B
A
31
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Visual Search
See Switching the Hazard Flashers On and Off (page 309).A
See Switching the Audio Unit On and Off (page 423).B
See Locating the Power Outlet (page 181).C
See Switching the Heated Seats On and Off (page 167).D
32
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Visual Search
VEHICLE INTERIOR
E332370
A B C
D
33
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Visual Search
See Moving the Seat Backward and Forward (page 161).A
See Folding the Seat Backrest (page 167).B
See Installing and Removing the Luggage Compartment Cover (page 295).C
See Adjusting the Lumbar Support (page 162).D
34
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Visual Search
FRONT EXTERIOR
E332371
A
B C
D
E
35
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Visual Search
See Opening and Closing the Hood (page 332).A
See Replacing the Front Wiper Blades (page 116).B
See Locating the Keyless Entry Keypad (page 95).C
See Locating the Front Parking Aid Sensors (page 236).D
See Locating the 360 Degree Cameras (page 243).E
36
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Visual Search
REAR EXTERIOR
E332372
A
B
CD
E
37
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Visual Search
See Opening the Hands-Free Liftgate (page 101).A
See Replacing the Rear Wiper Blades (page 116).B
See Locating the Rear Parking Aid Sensors (page 235).C
See Connecting a Trailer (page 297).D
See Locating the Rear View Camera (page 240).E
38
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Visual Search
CHILD SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: Always make sure your
child is secured properly in a device that
is appropriate for their height, age and
weight. Child safety restraints must be
bought separately from your vehicle.
Failure to follow these instructions and
guidelines may result in an increased risk
of serious injury or death to your child.
WARNING: All children are shaped
differently. The National Highway Traffic
Safety Administration and other safety
organizations, base their recommendations
for child restraints on probable child height,
age and weight thresholds, or on the
minimum requirements of the law. We
recommend that you check with a NHTSA
Certified Child Passenger Safety
Technician (CPST) to make sure that you
properly install the child restraint in your
vehicle and that you consult your
pediatrician to make sure you have a child
restraint appropriate for your child. To
locate a child restraint fitting station and
CPST, contact NHTSA toll free at
1-888-327-4236 or go to
www.nhtsa.dot.gov. In Canada, contact
Transport Canada toll free at
1-800-333-0371 or go to www.tc.gc.ca to
find a Child Car Seat Clinic in your area.
Failure to properly restrain children in child
restraints made especially for their height,
age and weight, may result in an increased
risk of serious injury or death to your child.
WARNING: On hot days, the
temperature inside the vehicle can rise
very quickly. Exposure of people or animals
to these high temperatures for even a short
time can cause death or serious heat
related injuries, including brain damage.
Small children are particularly at risk.
WARNING: Do not place a rearward
facing child restraint in front of an active
airbag. Failure to follow this instruction
could result in personal injury or death.
WARNING: Properly secure children
12 years old and under in a rear seating
position whenever possible. If you are
unable to properly secure all children in a
rear seating position, properly secure the
largest child on the front seat. If you must
use a forward facing child restraint on the
front seat, move the seat as far back as
possible. Failure to follow these
instructions could result in personal injury
or death.
WARNING: Always carefully follow
the instructions and warnings provided by
the manufacturer of any child restraint to
determine if the restraint device is
appropriate for your child's size, height,
weight, or age. Follow the child restraint
manufacturer's instructions and warnings
provided for installation and use in
conjunction with the instructions and
warnings provided by your vehicle
39
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Child Safety
manufacturer. A safety seat that is
improperly installed or utilized, is
inappropriate for your child's height, age,
or weight or does not properly fit the child
may increase the risk of serious injury or
death.
WARNING: Do not allow a passenger
to hold a child on their lap when your
vehicle is moving. Failure to follow this
instruction could result in personal injury
or death in the event of a sudden stop or
crash.
WARNING: Do not use pillows, books
or towels to boost your child's height.
Failure to follow this instruction could result
in personal injury or death.
WARNING: Properly secure child
restraints or booster seats when they are
not in use. They could become projectiles
in a sudden stop or crash. Failure to follow
this instruction could result in personal
injury or death.
WARNING: Do not put the shoulder
section of the seatbelt or allow the child to
put the shoulder section of the seatbelt
under their arm or behind their back.
Failure to follow this instruction could
reduce the effectiveness of the seatbelt
and increase the risk of injury or death in
a crash.
WARNING: Do not leave children or
pets unattended in your vehicle. Failure to
follow this instruction could result in
personal injury or death.
When installing a child restraint with
seatbelts:
• Place the vehicle seat in the upright
position before you install the child
restraint.
• Use the correct seatbelt buckle for that
seating position.
• Insert the belt tongue into the buckle.
Make sure the tongue is securely
fastened in the buckle.
• Keep the buckle release button pointing
up and away from the child restraint, with
the tongue between the child restraint
and the release button, to prevent
accidental unbuckling.
• Put the seatbelt in the automatic locking
mode.
CHILD RESTRAINT ANCHOR POINTS
What Are the Child Restraint Anchor
Points
Anchor points allow you to quickly and safely
install a child restraint.
40
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Child Safety
Locating the Child Restraint Lower
Anchor Points
E318267
E196697
Locating the Child Restraint Top Tether
Anchor Points
E316055
CHILD RESTRAINTS
Child Restraint Position Information
Install the child restraint tightly against the
vehicle seat. It may be necessary to lift or
remove the head restraint.
41
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Child Safety
Rear Facing Child Restraints
Seatbelt OnlyLATCH (Lower Anchors Only)Combined Weight of Child and Child Restraint
XXUp to 65 lb (29 kg)
XOver 65 lb (29 kg)
Forward Facing Child Restraints
Seatbelt and LATCH (Lower Anchors
and Top Tether Anchor)
Seatbelt and Top Tether AnchorLATCH (Lower Anchors and Top
Tether Anchor)
Combined Weight of Child and Child
Restraint
XXXUp to 65 lb (29 kg)
XXOver 65 lb (29 kg)
42
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Child Safety
Child Restraints Recommendation
Recommended Restraint TypeChild Size, Height, Weight, or Age
Use a child restraint (sometimes called an infant carrier,
convertible seat, or toddler seat).
Children weighing 40 lb (18 kg) or less (generally age four or younger).
Use a belt-positioning booster seat.
Children who have outgrown or no longer properly fit in a child restraint (generally
children who are less than 57 in (1.45 m) tall, are greater than age four and less
than age 12, and between 40 lb (18 kg) and 80 lb (36 kg) and upward to 100 lb
(45 kg) if recommended by your child restraint manufacturer).
Use a vehicle seatbelt having the lap belt snug and low
across the hips, shoulder belt centered across the
shoulder and chest, and seat backrest upright.
Children who have outgrown or no longer properly fit in a belt-positioning booster
seat (generally children who are at least 57 in (1.45 m) tall or greater than 80 lb
(36 kg) or 100 lb (45 kg) if recommended by child restraint manufacturer).
You are required by law to properly use child
restraints for infants and toddlers in the
United States, Canada and Mexico.
Many states and provinces require that small
children use approved booster seats until
they reach age eight, a height of 57 in
(1.45 m) tall, or 80 lb (36 kg). Check your local
and state or provincial laws for specific
requirements about the safety of children in
your vehicle.
When possible, properly restrain children 12
years of age and under in a rear seating
position of your vehicle. Accident statistics
suggest that children are safer when properly
restrained in the rear seating positions than
in a front seating position.
When installing a rear facing child restraint,
adjust the vehicle seats to avoid interference
between the child restraint and the vehicle
seat in front of the child restraint.
43
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Child Safety
INSTALLING CHILD RESTRAINTS
Using Seatbelts
WARNING: Depending on where you
secure a child restraint, and depending on
the child restraint design, you may block
access to certain seatbelt buckle
assemblies and LATCH lower anchors,
rendering those features potentially
unusable. To avoid risk of injury, make sure
occupants only use seating positions
where they are able to be properly
restrained.
Note: Although the child restraint illustrated
is a forward-facing child restraint, the steps
are the same for installing a rear-facing child
restraint.
Perform the following steps when installing
the child restraint with seatbelts:
1. Position the child restraint in a seat with
a seatbelt.
E142529
2. After positioning the child restraint in the
proper seating position, pull down on the
shoulder belt and then grasp the
shoulder belt and lap belt together
behind the belt tongue.
E142530
3. While holding the shoulder and lap belt
portions together, route the tongue
through the child restraint according to
the child restraint manufacturer's
instructions. Make sure that you did not
twist the belt webbing.
44
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Child Safety
E142531
4. Insert the belt tongue into the proper
buckle (the buckle closest to the direction
the tongue is coming from) for that
seating position until you hear a snap and
feel the latch engage. Make sure the
tongue is latched securely by pulling on
it.
E142875
5. To put the retractor in the automatic
locking mode, grasp the shoulder portion
of the belt and pull downward until you
pull all of the belt out.
Note: The automatic locking mode is
available on the front passenger and rear
seats.
6. Allow the belt to retract to remove slack.
The belt clicks as it retracts to indicate it
is in the automatic locking mode.
7. Try to pull the belt out of the retractor to
make sure the retractor is in the
automatic locking mode. You should not
be able to pull more belt out. If the
retractor did not lock, unbuckle the belt
and repeat Steps 5 and 6.
E142533
8. Remove remaining slack from the belt.
Force the seat down with extra weight,
for example, by pressing down or
kneeling on the child restraint while
pulling up on the shoulder belt in order
to force slack from the belt. This is
necessary to remove the remaining slack
that exists once you add the extra weight
45
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Child Safety
of the child to the child restraint. It also
helps to achieve the proper snugness of
the child restraint to your vehicle.
Sometimes, a slight lean toward the
buckle will provide extra help to remove
remaining slack from the belt.
9. If the child restraint has a tether strap,
attach it.
E142534
10. Before placing the child in the seat,
forcibly move the seat forward and back
to make sure the seat is securely held
in place. To check this, grab the seat at
the belt path and attempt to move it
side to side and forward and back.
There should be no more than 1 in
(2.5 cm) of movement.
We recommend checking with a NHTSA
Certified Child Passenger Safety Technician
to make certain the child restraint is properly
installed. In Canada, check with Transport
Canada for referral to a Child Car Seat Clinic.
Using Lower Anchors and Tethers for
Children
WARNING: Do not attach two child
safety restraints to the same anchor. In a
crash, one anchor may not be strong
enough to hold two child safety restraint
attachments and may break, causing
serious injury or death.
WARNING: Depending on where you
secure a child restraint, and depending on
the child restraint design, you may block
access to certain seatbelt buckle
assemblies and LATCH lower anchors,
rendering those features potentially
unusable. To avoid risk of injury, make sure
occupants only use seating positions
where they are able to be properly
restrained.
The LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers for
CHildren) system has three vehicle anchor
points.
• Two lower anchors where the seat
backrest and seat cushion meet, called
the seat bight.
• One top tether anchor behind that
seating position.
46
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Child Safety
LATCH-compatible child restraints have two
rigid or webbing mounted attachments that
connect to the two lower anchors at the
LATCH-equipped seating positions in your
vehicle. This type of attachment method
eliminates the need to use seatbelts to attach
the child restraint.
However, you can still use the seatbelt to
attach the child restraint. For forward-facing
child restraints, you must also attach the top
tether strap to the proper top tether anchor
if a top tether strap has been provided with
your child restraint.
Follow the instructions on attaching child
restraints with tether straps.
Installing a Child Restraint in a Center
Seat
WARNING: The standardized spacing
for LATCH lower anchors is 11 in (280 mm)
center to center. Do not use LATCH lower
anchors for the center seating position
unless the child restraint manufacturer's
instructions permit and specify using
anchors spaced at least as far apart as
those in this vehicle.
The lower anchors at the center of the
second row rear seat are spaced 20 in
(51 cm) apart. You cannot install a child
restraint with rigid LATCH attachments at the
center seating position. You can only use
LATCH-compatible child restraints with
attachments on belt webbing at this seating
position provided that the child restraint
manufacturer's instructions permit use with
the anchor spacing stated. Do not attach a
child restraint to any lower anchor if an
adjacent child restraint is attached to that
anchor.
Each time you use the child restraint, check
that the seat is properly attached to the lower
anchors and tether anchor, if applicable. Tug
the child restraint from side to side and
forward and back where it is secured to your
vehicle. The seat should move less than 1 in
(2.5 cm).
If you did not properly anchor the child
restraint, the risk of a child being injured in
a crash greatly increases.
Combining the Seatbelt and Lower
Anchors for Attaching Child Restraints
When used in combination, you may attach
either the seatbelt or the LATCH lower
anchors first, provided a proper installation
is achieved. Attach the tether strap afterward,
if it is included with the child restraint.
47
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Child Safety
Using Tether Straps
Many forward-facing child restraints include
a tether strap which extends from the back
of the child restraint and hooks to an
anchoring point called the top tether anchor.
Tether straps are available as an accessory
for many older child restraints.
Contact the manufacturer of your child
restraint for information about ordering a
tether strap, or to obtain a longer tether strap
if the tether strap on your child restraint does
not reach the appropriate top tether anchor
in your vehicle.
Once you install the child restraint using
either the seatbelt, the lower anchors of the
LATCH system, or both, you can attach the
top tether strap.
Perform the following steps to install a child
restraint with tether anchors.
Note: If you install a child restraint with rigid
LATCH attachments, do not tighten the
tether strap enough to lift the child restraint
off your vehicle seat cushion when the child
is seated in it. Keep the tether strap just snug
without lifting the front of the child restraint.
Keeping the child restraint just touching your
vehicle seat gives the best protection in a
severe crash.
1. Route the child restraint tether strap over
the back of the seat. For the outermost
seating positions, route the tether strap
under the head restraint and between
the head restraint posts. For the center
seating position, route the tether strap
over the top of the head restraint. If
needed, you can also remove the head
restraints.
E193589
2. Locate the correct anchor behind the gap
cover for the selected seating position.
E142539
3. Clip the tether strap to the anchor as
shown.
48
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Child Safety
4. Tighten the child restraint tether strap
according to the manufacturer's
instructions.
If your child restraint system has a tether
strap, and the child restraint manufacturer
recommends its use, we also recommend its
use.
BOOSTER SEATS
Use a belt-positioning booster seat for
children who have outgrown or no longer
properly fit in a child restraint and meet the
following criteria.
• Generally children who are less than
57 in (1.45 m) tall.
• Are greater than age four (4) and less
than age twelve (12).
• Are between 40 lb (18 kg) and 80 lb
(36 kg) and upward to 100 lb (45 kg).
Many state and provincial laws require that
children use approved booster seats until
they reach age eight, a height of 57 in
(1.45 m) tall, or 80 lb (36 kg).
Booster seats should be used until you can
answer yes to all of these questions when
seated without a booster seat:
E142595
• Can the child sit all the way back against
their vehicle seat backrest with knees
bent comfortably at the edge of the seat
cushion?
• Can the child sit without slouching?
• Does the lap belt rest low across the
hips?
• Is the shoulder belt centered on the
shoulder and chest?
• Can the child stay seated like this for the
whole trip?
Always use booster seats in conjunction with
your vehicle lap and shoulder belt.
Types of Booster Seats
E68924
• Backless booster seats
If your backless booster seat has a
removable shield, remove the shield.
49
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Child Safety
If a vehicle seating position has a low seat
backrest or no head restraint, a backless
booster seat may place your child's head, as
measured at the tops of the ears, above the
top of the seat. In this case, move the
backless booster to another seating position
with a higher seat backrest or head restraint
and lap and shoulder belts, or consider using
a high-back booster seat.
E70710
• High-back booster seats
If, with a backless booster seat, you cannot
find a seating position that adequately
supports your child's head, a high-back
booster seat would be a better choice.
Children and booster seats vary in size and
shape. Choose a booster that keeps the lap
belt low and snug across the hips, never up
across the stomach, and lets you adjust the
shoulder belt to cross the chest and rest
snugly near the center of the shoulder.
The following drawings compare the ideal
fit to a shoulder belt uncomfortably close to
the neck and a shoulder belt that could slip
off the shoulder. The drawings also show
how the lap belt should be low and snug
across the child's hips.
50
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Child Safety
E142596
E142597
51
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Child Safety
If the booster seat slides on the vehicle seat
upon which it is being used, placing a
rubberized mesh sold as shelf or carpet liner
under the booster seat may improve this
condition. Do not use any item thicker than
this under the booster seat. Check with the
booster seat manufacturer's instructions.
CHILD SAFETY LOCKS
WARNING: You cannot open the rear
doors from inside if you have put the child
safety locks on.
E287259
A child safety lock is on the rear edge of
each rear door. You must switch the child
safety lock separately on each door.
Left-Hand Side
Turn the key counterclockwise to switch the
child lock off and clockwise to switch it on.
Right-Hand Side
Turn the key clockwise to switch the child
lock off and counterclockwise to switch it on.
52
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Child Safety
SEATBELT PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: Always drive and ride
with your seatback upright and the lap belt
snug and low across the hips.
WARNING: Children must always be
properly restrained.
WARNING: Do not allow a passenger
to hold a child on their lap when your
vehicle is moving. Failure to follow this
instruction could result in personal injury
or death in the event of a sudden stop or
crash.
WARNING: All occupants of your
vehicle, including the driver, should always
properly wear their seatbelts, even when
an airbag supplemental restraint system is
provided. Failure to properly wear your
seatbelt could seriously increase the risk
of injury or death.
WARNING: It is extremely dangerous
to ride in a cargo area, inside or outside of
a vehicle. In a crash, people riding in these
areas are more likely to be seriously
injured or killed. Do not allow people to
ride in any area of your vehicle that is not
equipped with seats and seatbelts. Make
sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat
and properly using a seatbelt. Failure to
follow this warning could result in serious
personal injury or death.
WARNING: In a rollover crash, an
unbelted person is significantly more likely
to die than a person wearing a seatbelt.
WARNING: Each seating position in
your vehicle has a specific seatbelt
assembly made up of one buckle and one
tongue designed to be used as a pair. Use
the shoulder belt on the outside shoulder
only. Never wear the shoulder belt under
the arm. Never use a single seatbelt for
more than one person.
WARNING: Even with advanced
restraints systems, properly restrain
children 12 and under in a rear seating
position. Failure to follow this could
seriously increase the risk of injury or
death.
WARNING: Seatbelts and seats may
be hot in a vehicle that is in the sunshine.
The hot seatbelts or seats may burn a small
child. Check seat covers and buckles
before you place a child anywhere near
them.
WARNING: If your vehicle is involved
in a crash, have the seatbelts and
associated components inspected as soon
as possible. Failure to follow this instruction
could result in personal injury or death.
All seating positions in your vehicle have lap
and shoulder seatbelts. All occupants of the
vehicle should always properly wear their
seatbelts, even when an airbag supplemental
restraint system is provided.
53
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Seatbelts
The seatbelt system consists of:
• Lap and shoulder seatbelts.
• Shoulder seatbelt with automatic locking
mode, except driver seatbelt.
• Height adjuster at the front outermost
seating positions.
• Seatbelt pretensioners at the front
outermost and second row outermost
seating positions.
• Belt tension sensor at the front outermost
passenger seating position.
E71880
• Seatbelt warning light and chime.
E67017
• Crash sensors and monitoring system
with readiness indicator.
The seatbelt pretensioners are designed to
tighten the seatbelts when activated. In
frontal and near-frontal crashes, the seatbelt
pretensioners may be activated alone or, if
the crash is of sufficient severity, together
with the front airbags. The pretensioners may
also activate when a Safety Canopy airbag
deploys.
FASTENING AND UNFASTENING
THE SEATBELTS
All seatbelts in your vehicle are a three-point
combination lap and shoulder seatbelt.
E338014
B
A
Seatbelt tongue.A
Seatbelt buckle.B
1. Pull the seatbelt out steadily.
Note: It may lock if you pull it sharply or if
the vehicle is on a slope.
2. Insert the tongue into the buckle.
54
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Seatbelts
3. Pull the seatbelt tight to remove any
slack.
Unfastening the Seatbelts
1. Press the red button on the buckle to
release the seatbelt.
2. Hold the seatbelt tongue and let it retract
completely and smoothly to its stowed
position.
Using a Sliding Clip (If Equipped)
E200788
Slide the clip away from the tongue so there
is no loose webbing when an occupant or
child seat is buckled up. You can also use
the sliding clip to raise the tongue and
prevent it from rattling or to ease access to
the tongue.
SENSITIVE LOCKING MODE
What is Sensitive Locking Mode
Sensitive locking mode is a seatbelt retractor
feature that allows shoulder belt length
adjustment according to your movements
and locking in response to vehicle
movement.
How Does Sensitive Locking Mode
Work
If the driver suddenly brakes, turns a corner
sharply, or the vehicle receives an impact of
about 5 mph (8 km/h) or more, the seatbelts
lock to help reduce forward movement of
the driver and passengers.
In addition, the seatbelt retractor locks if you
pull the seatbelt webbing out too quickly. If
the retractor locks, slowly lower the height
adjuster to allow the seatbelt to retract.
If the retractor does not unlock, pull the
seatbelt out slowly then feed a small length
of webbing back toward the stowed position.
For rear seatbelts, recline the rear seat
backrest or push the seat backrest cushion
away from the seatbelt. Feed a small length
of webbing back toward the stowed position.
AUTOMATIC LOCKING MODE
What Is Automatic Locking Mode
This is a safety feature built into the seatbelt
retractors that keeps the seatbelts
pre-locked.
55
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Seatbelts
Engaging Automatic Locking Mode
E142591
1. Fasten the combination lap and shoulder
belt.
2. Grasp the shoulder portion and pull
downward until you pull the entire belt
out.
3. Allow the belt to retract. As the belt
retracts, you will hear a clicking sound.
This indicates the seatbelt is now in the
automatic locking mode.
Disengaging Automatic Locking Mode
Unbuckle the combination lap and shoulder
belt and allow it to retract completely to
disengage the automatic locking mode and
activate the vehicle sensitive locking mode.
ADJUSTING THE SEATBELTS
DURING PREGNANCY
WARNING: Always ride and drive
with your seatback upright and properly
fasten your seatbelt. Fit the lap portion of
the seatbelt snugly and low across the
hips. Position the shoulder portion of the
seatbelt across your chest. Pregnant
women must follow this practice. See the
following figure.
E142590
Pregnant women should always wear their
seatbelt. Position the lap belt portion of a
combination lap and shoulder belt low across
the hips below the belly and worn as tight
as comfort allows. Position the shoulder belt
to cross the middle of the shoulder and the
center of the chest.
56
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Seatbelts
ADJUSTING THE SEATBELT
HEIGHT
WARNING: Position the seatbelt
height adjuster so that the seatbelt rests
across the middle of your shoulder. Failure
to adjust the seatbelt correctly could
reduce its effectiveness and increase the
risk of injury in a crash.
E200161
1. Press the button and slide the height
adjuster up or down.
2. Release the button and pull down on the
height adjuster to make sure it is locked
in place.
SEATBELT REMINDER
How Does the Seatbelt Reminder Work
This feature supplements the seatbelt
warning function by providing additional
reminders that intermittently sound a tone
and illuminate the seatbelt warning lamp
when you are in the driver seat or you have
a front seat passenger and a seatbelt is
unbuckled.
The system uses information from the front
passenger sensing system to determine if a
front seat passenger is present and therefore
potentially in need of a warning. To avoid
the system switching on the Belt-Minder
feature for objects you place on the front
passenger seat, only the front seat
passengers receive warnings as determined
by the front passenger sensing system.
If the Belt-Minder warnings expire (warnings
for about five minutes) for one passenger
(driver or front passenger), the other
passenger can still cause the Belt-Minder
feature to switch on.
57
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Seatbelts
ThenIf
The Belt-Minder feature will not activate.You and the front seat passenger buckle your seatbelts before you
switch the ignition on or less than 1–2 minutes elapse after you switch
the ignition on...
The Belt-Minder feature activates, the seatbelt warning lamp illumin-
ates and an indicator tone sounds for 6 seconds every 25 seconds,
repeating for about 5 minutes or until you and the front seat passenger
buckle your seatbelts.
You or the front seat passenger do not buckle your seatbelts before
your vehicle reaches at least 6.0 mph (9.7 km/h) and 1–2 minutes
elapse after you switch the ignition on...
The Belt-Minder feature activates, the seatbelt warning lamp illumin-
ates and an indicator tone sounds for 6 seconds every 25 seconds,
repeating for about 5 minutes or until you and the front seat passenger
buckle your seatbelts.
The seatbelt for the driver or front passenger is unbuckled for about
1 minute while the vehicle is traveling at least 6.0 mph (9.7 km/h) and
more than 1–2 minutes elapse after you switch the ignition on...
58
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Seatbelts
Seatbelt Reminder Indicators
A warning lamp illuminates if the ignition is
on, a front seat is occupied and the seatbelt
has not been fastened.
E71880
The warning lamp illuminates until
you fasten your seatbelt.
Seatbelt Reminder Audible Warnings
A warning tone sounds if the warning lamp
illuminates and your vehicle exceeds a
relatively low speed.
The warning tone sounds for up to five
minutes or until you fasten your seatbelt.
Switching the Seatbelt Reminder On
and Off
WARNING: While the system allows
you to deactivate it, this system is designed
to improve your chances of being safely
belted and surviving an accident. We
recommend you leave the system
activated for yourself and others who may
use the vehicle.
Note: The driver and front passenger
warnings switch off independently. When
you perform this procedure for one seating
position, do not buckle the other position as
this cancels the process.
Note: If you are using MyKey, you cannot
disable the seatbelt reminder. Also, if the
seatbelt reminder has been previously
disabled, it will be re-enabled during the use
of MyKey. See MyKey™ (page 84).
Read Steps 1 - 4 before proceeding with the
programming procedure.
Make sure that:
• The parking brake is set.
• The transmission is in park (P).
• The ignition is off.
• The driver and front passenger seatbelts
are unfastened.
1. Switch the ignition on. Do not start the
engine.
2. Wait about one minute until the seatbelt
warning light switches off. After Step 2,
wait an additional five seconds before
proceeding with Step 3. Once you start
Step 3, you must complete the procedure
within 30 seconds.
3. For the seating position you are switching
off, buckle then unbuckle the seatbelt
three times at a moderate speed, ending
in the unbuckled state. After Step 3, the
seatbelt warning light switches on.
4. When the seatbelt warning light is on,
buckle then unbuckle the seatbelt. After
Step 4, the seatbelt warning light flashes
for confirmation.
This switches the feature off for that seating
position if it is currently on.
59
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Seatbelts
This switches the feature on for that seating
position if it is currently off.
CHECKING THE SEATBELTS
Check the seatbelts and child restraints
periodically to make sure they work properly
and are not damaged. Make sure there are
no nicks, tears or cuts. Replace if necessary.
Check the following seatbelt assemblies after
a crash.
• Retractors.
• Buckles.
• Front seatbelt buckle assemblies.
• Shoulder belt height adjusters.
• Shoulder belt guide on seat backrest.
• Child restraint LATCH and tether anchors.
• Attaching hardware.
Read the child restraint manufacturer's
instructions for additional inspection and
maintenance information specific to the child
restraint.
We recommend that all seatbelt assemblies
in use in vehicles involved in a crash be
replaced. However, if the crash was minor
and an authorized dealer finds that the belts
do not show damage and continue to
operate properly, they do not need to be
replaced. Seatbelt assemblies not in use
during a crash should also be checked and
replaced if either damage or improper
operation is noted.
Properly care for seatbelts. See Cleaning
Seatbelts (page 358).
SEATBELT EXTENSIONS
WARNING: Persons who fit into the
vehicle's seatbelt should not use an
extension. Unnecessary use could result
in serious personal injury in the event of a
crash.
WARNING: Only use extensions
provided free of charge by our dealers.
The dealer will provide an extension
designed specifically for this vehicle, model
year and seating position. The use of an
extension intended for another vehicle,
model year or seating position may not
offer you the full protection of your
vehicle's seatbelt restraint system.
WARNING: Never use seatbelt
extensions to install child restraints.
WARNING: Do not use extensions
to change the way the seatbelt fits across
the torso, over the lap or to make the
seatbelt buckle easier to reach.
60
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Seatbelts
If, because of body size or driving position,
it is not possible to properly fasten the
seatbelt over your lap and shoulder, an
extension that is compatible with the
seatbelts is available free of charge from our
dealers. Only use our seatbelt extensions
made by the original equipment seatbelt
manufacturer with our seatbelts. Ask your
authorized dealer if your extension is
compatible with your vehicle restraint system.
61
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Seatbelts
WHAT IS THE PERSONAL SAFETY
SYSTEM
An advanced safety system that protects
occupants in frontal crashes.
HOW DOES THE PERSONAL
SAFETY SYSTEM WORK
This system provides an improved level of
frontal crash protection to front seat
occupants and is designed to reduce the risk
of airbag-related injuries. The system
analyzes occupant conditions and crash
severity before activating the appropriate
safety devices. During a crash, the restraints
control module may deploy the seatbelt
pretensioners, and one or both stages of the
dual-stage airbags based on crash severity
and occupant conditions.
PERSONAL SAFETY SYSTEM
COMPONENTS
• Driver and passenger dual-stage airbag
supplemental restraints.
• Front seat outermost seatbelts with
pretensioners, energy management
retractors and seatbelt usage sensors.
• Driver seat position sensor.
• Passenger seat position sensor.
• Front passenger sensing system.
• Passenger airbag off and on indicators.
• Front crash severity sensors.
• Restraints control module with impact
and safing sensors.
• Restraint system warning light and tone.
• The electrical wiring for the airbags, crash
sensors, seatbelt pretensioners, front
seatbelt usage sensors, front passenger
sensing system and indicator lights.
62
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Personal Safety System™
HOW DO THE FRONT AIRBAGS
WORK
E151127
The driver and front passenger airbags
deploy during significant frontal and near
frontal crashes.
The driver and passenger front airbag system
consists of:
• Driver and passenger airbag modules.
• Front passenger sensing system.
• Crash sensors and monitoring system
with readiness indicator. See Crash
Sensors and Airbag Indicator (page 71).
The airbags are a supplemental restraint
system and are designed to work with the
seatbelts to help protect the driver and right
front passenger from certain upper body
injuries. Airbags do not inflate slowly; there
is a risk of injury from a deploying airbag.
Note: You will hear a loud bang and see a
cloud of harmless powdery residue if an
airbag deploys. This is normal.
The airbags inflate and deflate rapidly upon
activation. After airbag deployment, it is
normal to notice a smoke-like, powdery
residue or smell the burnt propellant. This
may consist of cornstarch, talcum powder (to
lubricate the bag) or sodium compounds (for
example, baking soda) that result from the
combustion process that inflates the airbag.
Small amounts of sodium hydroxide may be
present which may irritate the skin and eyes,
but none of the residue is toxic.
Contact with a deploying airbag may cause
abrasions or swelling. Temporary hearing
loss is also a possibility as a result of the
noise associated with a deploying airbag.
Because airbags must inflate rapidly and with
considerable force, there is the risk of death
or serious injuries such as fractures, facial
and eye injuries or internal injuries,
particularly to occupants who are not
properly restrained or are otherwise out of
position at the time of airbag deployment.
Thus, it is extremely important that occupants
be properly restrained as far away from the
airbag module as possible while maintaining
vehicle control.
Routine maintenance of the airbags is not
required.
HOW DO THE SIDE AIRBAGS
WORK
WARNING: Do not place objects or
mount equipment on or near the airbag
cover, on the side of the front or rear
seatbacks, or in areas that may come into
contact with a deploying airbag. Failure to
follow these instructions may increase the
risk of personal injury in the event of a
crash.
63
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Airbags
WARNING: Do not use accessory
seat covers. The use of accessory seat
covers may prevent the deployment of the
side airbags and increase the risk of injury
in an accident.
WARNING: Do not lean your head
on the door. The side airbag could injure
you as it deploys from the side of the
seatback.
The side airbags are on the outermost side
of the seat backrests of the front seats. In
certain sideways crashes or rollovers, the
airbags will be inflated. The airbag was
designed to inflate between the door panel
and occupant to further enhance the
protection provided occupants in side impact
crashes.
E152533
The system consists of the following:
• A label or embossed side panel
indicating that side airbags are fitted to
your vehicle.
• Side airbags inside the driver and front
passenger seat backrests.
• Crash sensors and monitoring system
with readiness indicator. See Crash
Sensors and Airbag Indicator (page 71).
HOW DO THE KNEE AIRBAGS
WORK
WARNING: Close the glove box door
when your vehicle is moving. Failure to
follow this instruction could reduce the
effectiveness of the passenger knee airbag
and increase the risk of injury in a crash.
A driver knee airbag is under or within the
instrument panel. A passenger knee airbag
is within or under the glove box door. During
a crash, the restraints control module may
activate the driver and passenger knee
airbags based on crash severity and
occupant conditions. Under certain crash
and occupant conditions, the driver and
passenger knee airbag may deploy but the
driver front airbag may not activate. As with
front and side airbags, it is important to be
properly seated and restrained to reduce the
risk of death or serious injury.
64
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Airbags
E67017
Make sure the knee airbags are
operating properly. See Crash
Sensors and Airbag Indicator
(page 71).
HOW DOES THE SAFETY CANOPY™
WORK
WARNING: Do not place objects or
mount equipment on or near the headliner
at the siderail that may come into contact
with a deploying curtain airbag. Failure to
follow these instructions may increase the
risk of personal injury in the event of a
crash.
WARNING: Do not lean your head
on the door. The curtain airbag could injure
you as it deploys from the headliner.
WARNING: To reduce risk of injury,
do not obstruct or place objects in the
deployment path of the airbag.
The Safety Canopy deploys during significant
side crashes or when a certain likelihood of
a rollover event is detected by the rollover
sensor. The Safety Canopy is mounted to
the roof side-rail sheet metal, behind the
headliner, above each row of seats. In certain
sideways crashes or rollover events, the
Safety Canopy will be activated, regardless
of which seats are occupied. The Safety
Canopy inflates between the side window
area and occupants to further enhance
protection provided in side impact crashes
and rollover events.
E75004
The system consists of the following:
• Safety Canopy curtain airbags above the
trim panels over the front and rear side
windows identified by a label or wording
on the headliner or roof-pillar trim.
• A flexible headliner which opens above
the side doors to allow air curtain
deployment
E67017
· Crash sensors and monitoring
system with a readiness indicator.
See Crash Sensors and Airbag
Indicator (page 71).
Properly restrain children 12 years old and
under in the rear seats. The Safety Canopy
will not interfere with children restrained
using a properly installed child or booster
seat because it is designed to inflate
downward from the headliner above the
doors along the side window opening.
65
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Airbags
AIRBAG PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: Airbags do not inflate
slowly or gently, and the risk of injury from
a deploying airbag is the greatest close to
the trim covering the airbag module.
WARNING: All occupants of your
vehicle, including the driver, should always
properly wear their seatbelts, even when
an airbag supplemental restraint system is
provided. Failure to properly wear your
seatbelt could seriously increase the risk
of injury or death.
WARNING: Properly secure children
12 years old and under in a rear seating
position whenever possible. If you are
unable to properly secure all children in a
rear seating position, properly secure the
largest child on the front seat. If you must
use a forward facing child restraint on the
front seat, move the seat as far back as
possible. Failure to follow these
instructions could result in personal injury
or death.
WARNING: Do not place your arms
on the airbag cover or through the steering
wheel. Failure to follow this instruction
could result in personal injury.
WARNING: Keep the areas in front
of the airbags free from obstruction. Do
not affix anything to or over the airbag
covers. Objects could become projectiles
during airbag deployment. Failure to follow
this instruction could result in personal
injury or death.
WARNING: To reduce risk of injury,
do not obstruct or place objects in the
deployment path of the airbag.
WARNING: Do not place a rearward
facing child restraint in front of an active
airbag. Failure to follow this instruction
could result in personal injury or death.
WARNING: Do not attempt to service,
repair, or modify the supplementary
restraint system or associated components.
Failure to follow this instruction could result
in personal injury or death.
WARNING: Several airbag system
components get hot after inflation. To
reduce the risk of injury, do not touch them
after inflation.
WARNING: If a supplementary
restraint system component has deployed,
it will not function again. Have the system
and associated components inspected as
soon as possible. Failure to follow this
instruction could result in personal injury
or death.
66
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Airbags
PROPERLY ADJUSTING THE
DRIVER AND FRONT PASSENGER
SEATS
WARNING: National Highway Traffic
Safety Administration (NHTSA)
recommends a minimum distance of at
least 10 in (25 cm) between an occupant's
chest and the driver airbag module.
To properly position yourself away from the
airbag:
• Move your seat to the rear as far as you
can while still reaching the pedals
comfortably.
• Recline the seat slightly one or two
degrees from the upright position.
After all occupants have adjusted their seats
and put on seatbelts, it is very important that
they continue to sit properly. Properly seated
occupants sit upright, lean against the seat
backrest, and center themselves on the seat
cushion, with their feet comfortably extended
on the floor. Sitting improperly can increase
the chance of injury in a crash event. For
example, if an occupant slouches, lies down,
turns sideways, sits forward, leans forward
or sideways, or puts one or both feet up, the
chance of injury during a crash greatly
increases.
CHILDREN AND AIRBAGS
WARNING: Do not place a rearward
facing child restraint in front of an active
airbag. Failure to follow this instruction
could result in personal injury or death.
E142846
Children must always be properly restrained.
Accident statistics suggest that children are
safer when properly restrained in the rear
seating positions than in the front seating
position. Failure to follow these instructions
may increase the risk of injury in a crash.
FRONT PASSENGER SENSING
SYSTEM
What Is the Front Passenger Sensing
System
This system detects a properly seated
occupant and determines if the front
passenger airbag should be enabled.
How Does the Front Passenger
Sensing System Work
The system uses a passenger airbag status
indicator which illuminates indicating that the
front passenger frontal airbag is either
enabled or disabled.
67
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Airbags
Note: When you first switch the ignition on,
the passenger airbag status indicator off and
on lamps illuminate for a short period to
confirm they are functional.
E181984
The indicator lamps are in the overhead
console.
The front passenger sensing system is
designed to disable the front passenger
frontal airbag under these conditions:
• The front passenger seat is unoccupied.
• The system determines an infant is
present in a child restraint.
• A passenger takes their weight off of the
seat for a period of time.
• If there is a problem with the airbag
system or the passenger sensing system.
Even with this technology, parents are
strongly encouraged to always properly
restrain children in the rear seat.
• When the front passenger sensing
system disables the front passenger
frontal airbag, the passenger airbag
status indicator illuminates the off lamp.
• If you have installed the child restraint
and the passenger airbag status indicator
illuminates the on lamp, switch your
vehicle off, remove the child restraint
from your vehicle and reinstall the
restraint following the child restraint
manufacturer's instructions.
The front passenger sensing system works
with sensors that are part of the front
passenger seat and seatbelt. The sensors
are designed to detect the presence of a
properly seated occupant and determine if
the front passenger frontal airbag should be
enabled.
• When the front passenger sensing
system enables the front passenger
frontal airbag, the passenger airbag
status indicator illuminates the on lamp.
If a person of adult size is sitting in the front
passenger seat, but the passenger airbag
status indicator off lamp is illuminated, it is
possible that the person is not sitting
properly in the seat. If this happens:
• Switch your vehicle off and ask the
person to place the seat backrest in an
upright position.
• Have the person sit upright in the seat,
centered on the seat cushion, with the
person's legs comfortably extended.
• Restart your vehicle and have the person
remain in this position for about two
minutes. This allows the system to detect
that person and enable the passenger
frontal airbag.
• If the indicator off lamp remains
illuminated even after this, you should
advise the person to ride in the rear seat.
After all occupants have adjusted their seats
and put on seatbelts, it is very important that
they continue to sit upright, leaning against
the seat backrest, and centered on the seat
cushion, with their feet comfortably extended
on the floor.
68
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Airbags
Sitting improperly can increase the chance
of injury in a crash event. For example, if an
occupant slouches, lies down, turns
sideways, sits forward, leans forward or
sideways, or puts one or both feet up, the
chance of injury during a crash greatly
increases.
If you think that the state of the passenger
airbag status indicator lamp is incorrect,
check for the following:
• Objects lodged underneath the seat.
• Objects between the seat cushion and
the center console.
• Objects hanging off the seat backrest.
• Objects stowed in the seat backrest map
pocket.
• Objects placed on the occupant's lap.
• Cargo interference with the seat
• Other passengers pushing or pulling on
the seat.
• Rear passenger feet and knees resting
or pushing on the seat.
The listed conditions could cause the weight
of a properly seated occupant to be
incorrectly interpreted by the front passenger
sensing system. The person in the front
passenger seat could appear heavier or
lighter due to the conditions listed.
E67017
Make sure the front passenger
sensing system is operating
properly. See Crash Sensors and
Airbag Indicator (page 71).
If the airbag readiness light is on, do the
following:
• Pull your vehicle over.
• Switch your vehicle off.
• Check for any objects lodged underneath
the front passenger seat or cargo
interfering with the seat.
• Remove the obstruction if found.
• Restart your vehicle.
• Wait at least two minutes and verify that
the airbag readiness light in the
instrument cluster is no longer
illuminated.
• If the airbag readiness light in the
instrument cluster remains illuminated,
there may be a problem due to the front
passenger sensing system.
Do not attempt to repair or service the
system. Take your vehicle in for service
immediately.
If it is necessary to modify an advanced front
airbag system to accommodate a person
with disabilities, contact your Customer
Relationship Center. See Contacting Us
(page 15).
69
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Airbags
Front Passenger Sensing System
Precautions
WARNING: Sitting improperly, out of
position or with the seatback reclined too
far can take weight off the seat cushion
and affect the decision of the passenger
sensing system, resulting in serious injury
or death in the event of a crash. Always sit
upright against your seat back, with your
feet on the floor.
WARNING: Any alteration or
modification to the front passenger seat
may affect the performance of the front
passenger sensing system. This could
seriously increase the risk of injury or
death.
Front Passenger Sensing System Indicators
Passenger AirbagPassenger Airbag Status IndicatorOccupant
DisabledOFF: IlluminatedEmpty
ON: Not Illuminated
DisabledOFF: IlluminatedChild
ON: Not Illuminated
EnabledOFF: Not IlluminatedAdult
ON: Illuminated
70
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Airbags
CRASH SENSORS AND AIRBAG
INDICATOR
WARNING: Modifying or adding
equipment to the front end of your vehicle
(including hood, bumper system, frame,
front end body structure, tow hooks and
hood pins) may affect the performance of
the airbag system, increasing the risk of
injury. Do not modify or add equipment to
the front end of your vehicle.
Your vehicle has a collection of crash and
occupant sensors. These sensors provide
information to the restraints control module
which activates the following:
• Front and rear seatbelt pretensioners.
• Driver airbag.
• Passenger airbag.
• Knee airbag(s).
• Seat mounted side airbags.
• Safety Canopy.
Based on the type of crash, the restraints
control module deploys the appropriate
safety devices.
The restraints control module also monitors
the readiness of the above safety devices
plus the crash and occupant sensors. The
readiness of the safety system is indicated
by a warning indicator light in the instrument
cluster or by a backup tone if the warning
light is not working. Routine maintenance of
the airbag is not required.
A difficulty with the system is indicated by
one or more of the following:
E67017
The readiness light will not
illuminate immediately after you
switch the ignition on.
• The readiness light either flashes or stays
on.
• You hear a series of five tones. The tone
pattern repeats periodically until the
problem, the light or both are repaired.
If any of these things happen, even
intermittently, have the supplemental
restraint system serviced immediately.
Unless serviced, the system may not function
properly in the event of a crash.
The fact that the seatbelt pretensioners or
front airbags did not activate for both front
seat occupants in a crash does not mean
that something is wrong with the system.
Rather, it means the restraints control module
determined the accident conditions (crash
severity, seatbelt usage) were not
appropriate to activate these safety devices.
• The front airbags activate only in frontal
and near-frontal crashes. Front airbags
may activate in rollovers, side impacts or
rear impacts if the crash causes sufficient
frontal deceleration.
• The seatbelt pretensioners activate in
frontal, near-frontal and side crashes, and
in rollovers.
• The knee airbag(s) deploy based on
crash severity and occupant conditions.
71
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Airbags
• The side airbags inflate in certain side
impact crashes or rollover events. Side
airbags may activate in other types of
crashes if the vehicle experiences
sufficient sideways motion or
deformation.
• The Safety Canopy inflates in certain side
impact crashes or rollover events. The
Safety Canopy may activate in other
types of crashes if the vehicle
experiences sufficient sideways motion
or deformation, or a certain likelihood of
rollover.
DISPOSING OF AIRBAGS
Contact your authorized dealer as soon as
possible. Airbags must be disposed of by
qualified personnel.
72
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Airbags
HOW DOES 911 ASSIST WORK
If a crash deploys an airbag, excluding knee
airbags and rear inflatable seatbelts, or
activates the fuel pump shut-off, your vehicle
may be able to contact emergency services
by dialing 911 through a paired and
connected Bluetooth-enabled phone.
Not all crashes will deploy an airbag or
activate the fuel pump shut-off. If a
connected cell phone sustains damage or
loses its connection to SYNC during a crash,
SYNC will search for and try to connect to a
previously paired cell phone. SYNC will then
attempt to call the emergency services.
Before making the call:
• SYNC provides about 10 seconds to
cancel the call. If you fail to cancel the
call, SYNC attempts to dial 911.
• SYNC says the following, or a similar
message: "SYNC will attempt to call 911,
to cancel the call, press Cancel on your
screen or press and hold the phone
button on your steering wheel."
If you do not cancel the call and SYNC makes
a successful call a pre-recorded message
plays for the 911 operator. The occupants in
your vehicle are able to talk with the
operator. Be prepared to provide your name,
phone number and location immediately
because not all 911 systems are capable of
receiving this information electronically.
During an emergency call the system
transmits vehicle data to the emergency
service.
EMERGENCY CALL
REQUIREMENTS
WARNING: Do not wait for 911 Assist
to make an emergency call if you can do
it yourself. Dial emergency services
immediately to avoid delayed response
time which could increase the risk of
serious injury or death after a crash. If you
do not hear 911 Assist within five seconds
of the crash, the system or phone may be
damaged or non-functional.
WARNING: Always place your phone
in a secure location in your vehicle so it
does not become a projectile or get
damaged in a crash. Failure to do so may
cause serious injury to someone or
damage the phone which could prevent
911 Assist from working properly.
WARNING: Unless the 911 Assist
setting is set on before a crash, the system
will not dial for help which could delay
response time, potentially increasing the
risk of serious injury or death after a crash.
• SYNC must be powered and working
properly at the time of the incident and
throughout feature activation and use.
• The 911 Assist feature must be set on
before the incident.
• You must pair and connect a Bluetooth
enabled and compatible cell phone to
SYNC.
• A connected Bluetooth enabled phone
must have the ability to make and
maintain an outgoing call at the time of
the incident.
73
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
911 Assist
• A connected Bluetooth enabled phone
must have adequate network coverage,
battery power and signal strength.
• The vehicle must have battery power and
be located in the U.S., Canada or in a
territory in which 911 is the emergency
number.
Note: If any user sets 911 Assist to on or off,
that setting applies for all paired phones. If
911 Assist is switched off and the phone is
connected to SYNC, an icon displays on the
status bar.
Note: Every phone operates differently.
While SYNC 911 Assist works with most
cellular phones, some may have trouble
using this feature.
EMERGENCY CALL LIMITATIONS
The SYNC 911 Assist feature only operates
in the U.S., Canada or in a territory in which
911 is the emergency number.
• Your cellular phone or 911 Assist
hardware sustains damage in a crash.
• The vehicle's battery or the SYNC system
has no power.
• The phone(s) thrown from your vehicle
are the ones paired and connected to
the system.
74
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
911 Assist
REMOTE CONTROL LIMITATIONS
WARNING: Changes or modifications
not expressively approved by the party
responsible for compliance could void the
user's authority to operate the equipment.
The term "IC:" before the radio certification
number only signifies that Industry Canada
technical specifications were met.
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC
Rules and with Industry Canada
license-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation
is subject to the following two conditions: (1)
This device may not cause harmful
interference, and (2) This device must accept
any interference received, including
interference that may cause undesired
operation.
Make sure a valid remote control is within
5 ft (1.5 m) from the front door handles and
rear of vehicle.
The system may not function if:
• The remote control remains stationary
for about a minute.
• The vehicle battery has no charge.
• The remote control battery has no
charge.
• There is interference causing issues with
the remote control frequencies.
• The remote control is too close to metal
objects or electronic devices, for example
keys or a cell phone.
USING THE REMOTE CONTROL
Use your remote control to access various
vehicle systems.
Note: The buttons on your remote may vary
depending on the vehicle region or options.
Unlock
E138629
Press the button to unlock all
doors. See Unlocking and
Locking the Doors Using the
Remote Control (page 89).
Lock
E138623
Press the button to lock all doors.
See Unlocking and Locking the
Doors Using the Remote Control
(page 89).
Remote Start (If Equipped)
E138625
Press the button to remote start.
See Remotely Starting and
Stopping the Vehicle (page 151).
Liftgate (If Equipped)
E267940
Press the button to open or close
the liftgate. See Liftgate (page
100).
Panic Alarm (If Equipped)
E138624
Press the button to sound the
panic alarm. See Sounding the
Panic Alarm (page 76).
75
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Keys and Remote Controls
SOUNDING THE PANIC ALARM
E138624
Press the button to sound the
panic alarm. Press the button
again or switch the ignition on to
turn it off.
Note: The panic alarm only operates when
the ignition is off.
LOCATING YOUR VEHICLE
E138623
Press the lock button twice within
three seconds. The turn signal
lamps flash. We recommend you
use this method to locate your vehicle.
CHANGING THE REMOTE
CONTROL BATTERY
WARNING: Keep batteries away from
children to prevent ingestion. Failure to
follow this instruction could result in
personal injury or death. If ingested,
immediately seek medical attention.
WARNING: If the battery
compartment does not securely close, stop
using the remote control and replace it as
soon as possible. In the meantime, keep
the remote control away from children.
Failure to follow this instruction could result
in personal injury or death.
The remote control uses one coin-type 3-volt
lithium battery CR2450 or equivalent.
E322866
1. Push the release button and pull the key
blade out.
76
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Keys and Remote Controls
E303824
2. Twist a thin coin under the tab hidden
behind the key blade head to remove
the battery cover.
E218402
3. Insert a screwdriver, and carefully remove
the battery.
4. Install a new battery with the + facing
upward.
5. Reinstall the battery housing cover onto
the transmitter and install the key blade.
E107998
Dispose of old batteries in an
environmentally friendly way. Seek
advice from your local authority
about recycling old batteries.
Note: Do not wipe off any grease on the
battery terminals or on the back surface of
the circuit board.
Note: Replacing the battery does not erase
the programmed key from your vehicle. The
remote control should operate normally.
REPLACING A LOST KEY OR
REMOTE CONTROL
You can purchase replacement keys or
remote controls from an authorized dealer.
Authorized dealers can program remote
controls for your vehicle.
PROGRAMMING THE REMOTE
CONTROL
Note: You can program a maximum of four
remote controls to your vehicle.
77
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Keys and Remote Controls
Note: If your programmed remote controls
are lost or stolen and you do not have an
extra coded remote, you need to have your
vehicle towed to an authorized dealer. Store
an extra programmed remote away from
your vehicle in a safe place to help prevent
any inconvenience. Contact an authorized
dealer to purchase additional spare or
replacement remotes.
You must have two previously programmed
remote controls inside your vehicle and the
new unprogrammed remote controls readily
accessible. Contact an authorized dealer to
have the spare remote control programmed
if two previously programmed remotes are
not available. Make sure that your vehicle
is off before beginning this procedure. Make
sure that you close all the doors before
beginning and that they remain closed
throughout the procedure. Perform all steps
within 30 seconds of starting the sequence.
Stop and wait for at least one minute before
starting again if you perform any steps out
of sequence.
Read and understand the entire procedure
before you begin.
E203693
E203694
1. Place the first programmed remote in the
backup slot inside the center console,
with your foot off the brake pedal press
and release the push button ignition
switch.
2. Wait five seconds and then press and
release the push button ignition switch
again.
3. Remove the remote control.
78
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Keys and Remote Controls
4. Within 10 seconds, place a second
programmed remote control in the
backup slot. Press and release the push
button ignition switch.
5. Wait five seconds and then press and
release the push button ignition switch
again. Keep the ignition on for at least
three seconds, but no more than 10
seconds.
6. Remove the remote control.
7. Place the unprogrammed remote control
in the backup slot and press and release
the push button ignition switch.
Programming is now complete. With your
foot on the brake pedal, press the push
button ignition switch to verify the remote
control functions operate and your vehicle
starts with the new remote control.
If programming was not successful, wait 10
seconds and repeat Steps 1 through 7. If you
are still unsuccessful, take your vehicle to an
authorized dealer.
KEYS AND REMOTE CONTROLS – TROUBLESHOOTING
Keys and Remote Controls – Information Messages
ActionMessage
Replace remote control battery.Key Battery Low Replace Soon
79
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Keys and Remote Controls
WHAT IS PHONE AS A KEY
Phone as a Key allows you to use your phone
in place of a passive key.
You can use your phone for the following
functions:
• Remote locking and unlocking.
• Passive entry and exit.
• Passive start and drive the vehicle.
• Remote start.
• Memory function recall.
PHONE AS A KEY LIMITATIONS
Limitations can vary based on the make and
model of your phone, phone location and
physical obstructions.
The following items could impact Phone as
a Key performance or prevent functionality
in some cases:
• The typical operating range for Phone as
a Key is 131 ft (40 m).
• Your Bluetooth connection is not
enabled, is disrupted, or out of range.
• Your Phone as a Key is not active or
enabled on at least one phone.
• Your vehicle battery has depleted.
• Your phone battery has depleted.
• Interference from other devices using
radio frequencies or physical
obstructions.
• Your phone is too close to metal objects
or other electronic devices.
Note: Do not leave a duplicate coded key
in the vehicle. Always take your keys and
phone and lock all doors when leaving the
vehicle.
PROGRAMMING YOUR PHONE
To program your smartphone as Phone as a
Key:
1. Visit your device's app store to download
the Lincoln Way app.
2. Create or sign-in to the Lincoln Way app
and add the vehicle identification number
to your account.
3. Once you add the vehicle identification
number, follow the prompts in the Lincoln
Way app to complete the Sync Connect
Authorization process.
4. After the vehicle authorizes, you can
setup Phone as a Key following the
prompts in the Lincoln Way app.
5. After Phone as a Key is setup, you can
setup the Backup Start Passcode by
following the prompts on your
touchscreen.
Note: Keep your new Backup Start Passcode
with you in case of an emergency.
Resetting Phone as a Key
If the Phone as a Key belongs to your
account, you can delete it from your phone.
If not, reset Phone as a Key using the
following steps:
1. Press Settings on the touchscreen.
2. Press General.
3. Press Reset.
80
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Phone as a Key (If Equipped)
4. Press Lincoln Way Connect Reset.
5. Press Reset All.
6. Confirm you would like to continue with
erasing all Phone as a Key, Backup Start
Passcodes.
7. Press Continue.
8. Confirm you are aware you are
de-authorizing all authorized users and
Lincoln Way Connect settings.
9. Press Continue.
Note: Please wait while the vehicle resets
all the Phone as a Key, Backup Start
Passcodes, Lincoln Way Connect Settings
and de-authorize previously authorized
users.
USING THE VALET MODE
1. Press Settings on the touchscreen.
2. Press Valet Mode.
Note: Have your Backup Start Passcode
completely setup before using Valet Mode.
Note: Once the system detects a valid Phone
as a Key, the temporary passcode displays
in both the touchscreen and mobile app. If
the system does not detect a valid Phone as
a Key, it prompts you to enter your Backup
Start Passcode. Once validated, the
temporary passcode displays on the
touchscreen.
3. Enter the first five digits of the passcode
on the keyless entry keypad to unlock
your vehicle.
4. Enter the eight-digit passcode on the
touchscreen to start and drive your
vehicle.
To disable Valet Mode, press Exit Valet Mode
on the touchscreen. Once the system detects
an authorized Phone as a Key, it disables. If
the system does not detect a valid Phone as
a Key, it prompts you to enter your Backup
Start Passcode. Once validated, Valet Mode
disables.
USING THE BACKUP START
PASSCODE
If you are unable to start your vehicle with
Phone as a Key, follow the steps below:
1. Press the brake pedal and the ignition
button. If the system does not detect a
valid Phone as a Key, a message appears
and the system prompts you for your
Backup Start Passcode.
Note: Make sure you have Phone as a Key
active on at least one phone to use the
previously created Backup Start Passcode.
Note: If the Backup Start Passcode screen
does not appear, it is necessary to press the
ignition button again.
2. Use the touchscreen to enter your
Backup Start Passcode.
3. After entering your Backup Start
Passcode, you must press Enter within
30 seconds.
4. Once the system validates the Backup
Start Passcode, a message alerts you to
start your vehicle.
81
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Phone as a Key (If Equipped)
5. Press the brake pedal and the ignition
button within 20 seconds to start the
vehicle.
6. If your vehicle does not start, repeat
steps 1-5.
System Lockout
The system locks after five attempts of trying
to enter a Backup Start Passcode, resetting
a current passcode or entering an incorrect
Valet Mode passcode.
Note: The system remains locked for five
minutes. After five minutes the system allows
codes to be entered again.
PHONE AS A KEY –
TROUBLESHOOTING
Phone as a Key – Frequently Asked
Questions
How can I tell if my vehicle has Phone as a
Key?
The touchscreen shows the Phone as a
Key reset option if your vehicle has
Phone as a Key. If you have registered
your vehicle through the Lincoln Way
app, a control button appears on the
home screen of the Lincoln Way app.
What happens if I cannot unlock the vehicle
with Phone as a Key?
Attempt to move your phone closer to
the vehicle. Check that the Lincoln Way
app is still running and that the Phone
as a Key control screen shows
connected. If the phone is connected,
attempt to press the remote unlock
button in the Lincoln Way app. If the
phone is not connected or the remote
unlock button does not work in the
Lincoln Way app, attempt to force close
and restart the app.
Why do I get a No Key Detected message
in the instrument cluster display when I am
using Phone as a Key and my phone is in
the car?
Your phone’s Bluetooth connection has
been disrupted or is not connected. Try
reconnecting your phone's Bluetooth
connection. Move the phone closer to
the center of the vehicle near the cup
holder or center console. Verify your
Phone as a Key is still active, enabled
and has not been revoked.
82
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Phone as a Key (If Equipped)
What do I do if my phone is lost, damaged,
or the battery has depleted?
Use the Backup Start Passcode that you
created to protect you in the event that
you lose your phone, damage it, or the
battery depletes. See Using the
Backup Start Passcode (page 81).
How many phones can I use for Phone as
a Key?
You can program and activate up to four
phones with Phone as a Key to your
vehicle.
How does a valet drive my car if I only use
my Phone as a Key?
Have the valet use the temporary valet
passcode that you created when using
valet mode. See Using the Valet Mode
(page 81).
I uninstalled my Lincoln Way app and
reinstalled it. Why am I not able to get a
new Phone as a Key?
Remove the Phone as a Key that was
previously associated with your phone
or reset Phone as a Key from your
vehicle, and then request a new Phone
as a Key. See Programming Your
Phone (page 80).
Why can I not remotely start the vehicle
with my Phone as a Key?
Using the Lincoln Way app, verify your
Phone as a Key setup is complete and
enabled via Bluetooth connection on at
least one phone. If Bluetooth has
connected but Phone as a Key setup is
not complete, complete the setup of
your Phone as a Key, as prompted from
the Lincoln Way app. See Programming
Your Phone (page 80).
83
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Phone as a Key (If Equipped)
PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION
MyKey allows you to program keys with
restricted driving modes to promote good
driving habits. All but one of the keys can be
activated with these restricted modes.
Any keys that remain unprogrammed are
referred to as administrator keys or admin
keys. They can be used to:
• Create a MyKey.
• Program configurable MyKey settings.
• Clear all MyKey features.
When you have created a MyKey, you can
access the following information by using
the information display to determine:
• How many admin keys and MyKeys are
programmed to your vehicle.
• The total distance your vehicle traveled
with a MyKey.
Note: Switch the vehicle on to use the
system.
Note: All MyKeys are programmed to the
same settings. You cannot program them
individually.
Note: For vehicles with push-button start,
when both a MyKey and an admin key are
present, the vehicle will recognize the admin
key when you switch the vehicle on.
Non-Configurable Settings
The following settings cannot be changed
by an admin key user:
• Seatbelt reminder. You cannot disable
this feature. The audio system will mute
when the driver and front-seat passenger
seatbelts are not fastened.
• Early low fuel or charge. The low-fuel or
low charge warning activates earlier,
giving the MyKey user more time to refuel
or recharge.
• Restricted touchscreen operation in some
markets. For example, MyKey may
prevent manual navigation destination
input when the vehicle is in any gear
other than park (P), or when the vehicle
reaches a certain rate of speed.
• Satellite radio adult content restrictions,
if available on your vehicle.
Note: If a phone is connected using Apple
CarPlay or Android Auto when driving with
a MyKey, the driver can receive phone calls
and text messages even if the do not disturb
restriction is on. If the vehicle comes with
satellite radio, the adult content is not
restricted.
Note: The audio system may not mute with
a basic AM/FM radio.
Note: You may be able to turn the lane
departure warning feature off, but the
feature will automatically re-activate with
every new key cycle.
Configurable Settings
With an admin key, you can configure certain
MyKey settings when you first create a
MyKey and before you restart the vehicle.
You can also change the settings afterward
with an admin key.
Note: Available vehicle features will appear
in your information display, providing you
with choices to switch them on or off, or to
select a more specific setting.
84
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
MyKey™
WARNING: Do not set MyKey
maximum speed limit to a limit that will
prevent the driver from maintaining a safe
speed considering posted speed limits and
prevailing road conditions. The driver is
always responsible to drive in accordance
with local laws and prevailing conditions.
Failure to do so could result in accident or
injury.
• A vehicle speed limit can be set.
Warnings will be shown in the display
followed by an audible tone when your
vehicle reaches the set speed. You
cannot override the set speed by fully
depressing the accelerator pedal or by
setting cruise control.
• Various vehicle speed minders can be
set. Once you select a speed, it will be
shown in the display, followed by an
audible tone when the preselected
vehicle speed is exceeded.
• Audio system maximum volume of 45%.
A message will be shown in the display
when you attempt to exceed the limited
volume. Also, the speed-sensitive or
compensated automatic volume control
will be disabled.
• Always on setting. When this is selected,
you will not be able to switch off
AdvanceTrac™ or traction control, 911
Assist or Emergency Assistance, or the
do not disturb feature, if your vehicle
comes with these features.
CREATING A MYKEY
Use the information display to create a
MyKey:
E203693
85
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
MyKey™
E203694
1. Insert the key you want to program into
the ignition. If your vehicle has a
push-button start, place the remote
control in the backup slot.
2. Switch the ignition on.
3. Access the main menu in the information
display and then scroll through the
menus to change the settings of your
MyKey. From the MyKey menu select the
option Create MyKey. See Instrument
Cluster Display (page 143).
4. When prompted, hold the OK button until
you see a message informing you to label
this key as a MyKey. The programmed
restrictions apply when you switch the
vehicle off, open and close the driver
door and restart your vehicle with the
programmed key or remote control.
5. Switch the ignition off.
You successfully created a MyKey. Make
sure you label it so you can distinguish it
from the admin keys.
You can also program configurable settings
for the keys.
Programming and Changing
Configurable Settings
Use the information display to access your
configurable MyKey settings.
1. Switch the ignition on using an admin key
or remote control you want to program.
2. Access the main menu in the information
display and then scroll through the
menus to change the settings of the
MyKey. See Instrument Cluster Display
(page 143).
3. Follow the instructions in the display. The
programmed restrictions apply when you
switch the vehicle off, open and close the
driver door and restart your vehicle with
the programmed key or remote control.
Note: You can clear or change your MyKey
settings at any time during the same key
cycle as you created the MyKey. Once you
have switched the vehicle off, however, you
need an admin key to change or clear your
MyKey settings. When you make any
changes to your MyKey settings, you change
the settings for every MyKey. You cannot
make individual changes to apply to certain
MyKeys.
CLEARING ALL MYKEYS
When you clear your MyKeys, you remove
all restrictions and return all MyKeys to their
original admin key status at once. To clear
all MyKeys of all MyKey settings, use the
information display.
1. Switch the ignition on using an admin
key.
86
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
MyKey™
2. Access the main menu in the information
display and then scroll through the
menus to begin clearing your MyKey
programming.
3. Follow the instructions in the display.
4. A confirmation message appears in the
display after you finish clearing your
MyKeys.
Note: When you clear your MyKeys, you
remove all restrictions and return all MyKeys
to their original admin key status. You cannot
remove the MyKey restrictions individually.
CHECKING MYKEY SYSTEM
STATUS
You can find information about your
programmed MyKeys by using the
information display.
MyKey Distance
Tracks the distance when drivers use a
MyKey. The only way to delete the
accumulated distance is by using an admin
key to clear all MyKeys. If the distance does
not accumulate as expected, then the
intended user is not using the MyKey, or an
admin key user recently cleared and then
recreated a MyKey.
Number of MyKeys
Indicates the number of MyKeys
programmed to your vehicle. Use this feature
to detect how many MyKeys you have for
your vehicle and determine when all MyKeys
have been deleted.
Number of Admin Keys
Indicates how many admin keys are
programmed to your vehicle. Use this feature
to determine how many admin keys you have
for your vehicle, and detect if an additional
MyKey has been programmed.
USING MYKEY WITH REMOTE
START SYSTEMS
MyKey is not compatible with non
Lincoln-approved, aftermarket remote start
systems. If you choose to install a remote
start system, see an authorized dealer for a
Lincoln-approved remote start system.
MYKEY – TROUBLESHOOTING
Potential CausesCondition
The key or transmitter used to start the vehicle does not have admin privileges.I cannot create a MyKey.
87
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
MyKey™
Potential CausesCondition
Vehicles with keyless start: Make sure you place the transmitter into the backup slot. See What Is
the Passive Anti-Theft System (page 108).
The key or transmitter used to start the vehicle is the only admin key. There always has to be at
least one admin key.
The passive anti-theft system is disabled or in unlimited mode.
The transmitter used to start your vehicle does not have admin privileges.I cannot program the configurable
settings. There are no MyKeys programmed to the vehicle. See Creating a MyKey (page 85).
The key or transmitter used to start the vehicle does not have admin privileges.I cannot clear the MyKeys.
No MyKeys are created. See Creating a MyKey (page 85).
Purchase a new key or transmitter from an authorized dealer.I lost the only admin key.
Program a spare key or transmitter. You may need to see an authorized dealer. See What Is the
Passive Anti-Theft System (page 108).
I lost a key.
The MyKey user is not using the MyKey.The MyKey distance does not accumu-
late. An admin key holder cleared the MyKeys and created new MyKeys.
The key system has been reset.
An admin transmitter is present at vehicle start.No MyKey functions with the trans-
mitter. There are no MyKeys programmed to your vehicle. See Creating a MyKey (page 85).
88
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
MyKey™
OPERATING THE DOORS FROM
OUTSIDE YOUR VEHICLE
Unlocking and Locking the Doors
Using the Remote Control
You can only use the remote control when
your vehicle is stationary.
Unlocking the Doors
E267112
Press the button to unlock all
doors.
Locking the Doors
E267111
Press the button to lock all doors.
One short flash of the turn signal
lamps confirms that your vehicle
has locked.
Unlocking and Locking the Doors
Using the Key Blade
If there is a power door lock fault you can
use the key blade to lock and unlock the
doors.
E151956
If the central locking function does not
operate, lock the doors individually using the
key in the position shown.
Left-Hand Side
Turn clockwise to lock.
Right-Hand Side
Turn counterclockwise to lock.
Unlocking the Doors
If the central locking function does not
operate, unlock the driver door and then
unlock all other doors individually by pulling
the interior door handles.
Note: When the doors have been unlocked
using this method, the doors must be locked
individually until the central locking function
has been repaired.
Individually Unlocking and Locking the
Doors Using the Key Blade
If there is a power door lock fault you can
use the key blade to lock and unlock the
doors.
89
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Doors and Locks
E112203
Lock.A
Unlock.B
OPERATING THE DOORS FROM
INSIDE YOUR VEHICLE
Individually Unlocking and Locking the
Doors Using the Locking Button
The power door lock control is on the driver
and front passenger door panels.
E138628
Unlock.A
Lock.B
AUTOUNLOCK
What Is Autounlock
Autounlock is an unlocking feature that
unlocks the vehicle doors when your vehicle
comes to a stop.
Autounlock Requirements
Autounlock unlocks all the doors when all of
the following occur:
• The ignition is on, all the doors are closed
and your vehicle is moving at a speed
greater than 12 mph (20 km/h).
• Your vehicle comes to a stop.
• You open the driver door within 10
minutes of switching the ignition off or to
the accessory position.
Switching Autounlock On and Off
1. Press the menu button on the steering
wheel to enter the information display
main menu.
2. Select Settings.
90
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Doors and Locks
3. Select Vehicle.
4. Select Locks.
5. Switch Autounlock on or off.
AUTOLOCK
What Is Autolock
Autolock is a locking feature that locks your
vehicle doors when you start driving.
Autolock Requirements
Autolock locks all the doors when all of the
following occur:
• All doors are closed.
• The ignition is on.
• Your vehicle reaches a speed greater
than 12 mph (20 km/h).
MISLOCK
What Is Mislock
Mislock is a locking feature that warns you
if your vehicle has not locked.
Mislock Limitations
When you press the lock button once, the
direction indicators do not flash if:
• Any door or the liftgate is open.
• The hood is open.
If you switch mislock off, the horn does not
sound if you press the lock button on the
remote control when a door is open.
Switching Mislock On and Off
1. Press the menu button on the steering
wheel to enter the information display
main menu.
2. Select Settings.
3. Select Vehicle.
4. Select Locks.
5. Switch Mislock Chirp on or off.
DOORS AND LOCKS AUDIBLE
WARNINGS
Door Ajar Audible Warning
Sounds when a door is not fully closed and
your vehicle is moving.
DOORS AND LOCKS –
TROUBLESHOOTING
Doors and Locks – Warning Lamps
Door Ajar Warning Lamp
E249859
It illuminates when you switch the
ignition on and remains on if any
door or the hood is open.
91
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Doors and Locks
Doors and Locks – Information Messages
ActionMessage
Displays if a door is open. Fully close the door.Driver Door Ajar
Passenger Door Ajar
Rear Left Door Ajar
Rear Right Door Ajar
92
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Doors and Locks
KEYLESS ENTRY LIMITATIONS
Make sure your remote control is within 3 ft
(1 m) from the front door handles and the
tailgate.
The system could not function if:
• The remote control remains stationary
for about a minute.
• The vehicle battery has no charge.
• The remote control battery has no
charge.
• There is interference causing issues with
the remote control frequencies.
• The remote control is too close to metal
objects or electronic devices, for example
keys or a cell phone.
KEYLESS ENTRY SETTINGS
Switching Keyless Entry On and Off
1. Switch the ignition on using an original
key that has not been created as a
MyKey.
2. Press Settings on the touchscreen.
3. Press Vehicle Settings.
4. Press Locks.
Reprogramming the Unlocking
Function
You can enable two-stage unlocking function
allowing you to unlock only the driver door
when you touch the unlock sensor.
Press and hold both the lock and unlock
buttons on the remote control for four
seconds to disable or enable two-stage
unlocking.
If you program the unlocking function so that
only the driver door unlocks, you can unlock
all of the other doors from inside your vehicle
using the power door lock control. You can
unlock individual doors by pulling the interior
door handles on those doors.
USING KEYLESS ENTRY
Unlocking the Doors
E248553
With the remote control within 3 ft (1 m) of
your vehicle, touch the unlock sensor on the
back of the door handle for a brief period
and then pull on the door handle to unlock,
being careful not to touch the lock sensor at
the same time or pull on the door handle too
quickly. The system requires a brief delay to
authenticate the remote control.
Locking the Doors
E248554
93
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Keyless Entry
With your passive key within 3 ft (1 m) of your
vehicle, touch the outer door handle lock
sensor for approximately one second to lock,
being careful not to touch the unlock sensor
on the back of the door handle at the same
time. After locking, you can immediately pull
on the door handle to confirm locking
occurred without inadvertently unlocking.
Opening the Liftgate with the Remote
Control
E291416
Press the exterior liftgate release button
inside of the liftgate handle. The liftgate
unlocks and opens. See Opening the
Liftgate From Outside Your Vehicle (page
100).
KEYLESS ENTRY –
TROUBLESHOOTING
Keyless Entry – Frequently Asked
Questions
Why does the keypad not accept the access
code?
If you enter the access code too fast on
the keypad, the unlock function may not
work. Slowly re-enter the access code.
Why does the passive key not work?
The system deactivates passive keys
left inside your vehicle when you lock
it. You cannot switch the ignition on
using a deactivated passive key. Press
the unlock button on the remote control
to reactivate a passive key.
Why does the keypad not function?
The keypad goes into an anti-scan
mode if you enter a wrong code seven
times. The anti-scan mode disables the
keypad for one minute and the red light
flashes.
94
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Keyless Entry
WHAT IS THE KEYLESS ENTRY
KEYPAD
The keyless entry keypad allows you to lock
and unlock your vehicle using the keypad
on the window trim.
KEYLESS ENTRY KEYPAD
LIMITATIONS
The system may not function if:
• The vehicle battery has no charge.
LOCATING THE KEYLESS ENTRY
KEYPAD
SecuriCode Invisible Keypad
The keypad is near the driver window and
illuminates when you touch it.
E190936
KEYLESS ENTRY KEYPAD MASTER
ACCESS CODE
Unlocking the Doors
E138637
Enter the factory-set five-digit code or your
personal code. You must press each number
within five seconds of each other.
• Press 3-4 within five seconds to unlock
all doors.
95
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Keyless Entry Keypad
Locking the Doors
E138637
Press and hold 7·8 and 9·0 at the same time
with the driver door closed.
Note: You do not need to enter the code
first.
KEYLESS ENTRY KEYPAD
PERSONAL ACCESS CODES
Programming a Personal Entry Code
1. Enter the factory-set five-digit code.
2. Press 1·2 on the keypad within five
seconds.
3. Enter your personal five-digit code. You
must do this within five seconds of
completing step 2.
4. Press 1·2 on the keypad to save personal
code 1.
The doors lock then unlock to confirm that
programming was successful.
To program additional personal entry codes,
repeat steps 1 through 3, then for step 4:
• Press 3·4 to save personal code 2.
• Press 5·6 to save personal code 3.
• Press 7·8 to save personal code 4.
• Press 9·0 to save personal code 5.
If your vehicle is fitted with MyFord Touch,
you can also program the system with a
personal entry code.
Hints:
• Do not set a code that uses five of the
same number.
• Do not use five numbers in sequential
order.
• The factory-set code works even if you
have set your own personal code.
Erasing a Personal Code
1. Enter the factory-set five-digit code.
2. Press and release 1·2 on the keypad
within five seconds.
3. Press and hold 1·2 for two seconds. You
must do this within five seconds of
completing Step 2.
All personal codes erase and only the
factory-set five-digit code works.
Anti-Scan Feature
The keypad goes into an anti-scan mode if
you enter the wrong code seven times. This
mode turns off the keypad for one minute
and the keypad lamp flashes.
96
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Keyless Entry Keypad
The anti-scan feature turns off after:
• One minute of keypad inactivity.
• You press the unlock button on the
remote control.
• You switch the ignition on.
• You unlock your vehicle using intelligent
access.
USING THE KEYLESS ENTRY
KEYPAD
Unlocking the Doors
E138637
Enter the factory-set five-digit code or your
personal code. You must press each number
within five seconds of each other.
• Press 3-4 within five seconds to unlock
all doors.
Locking the Doors
E138637
Press and hold 7·8 and 9·0 at the same time
with the driver door closed.
Note: You do not need to enter the code
first.
97
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Keyless Entry Keypad
KEYLESS ENTRY KEYPAD –
TROUBLESHOOTING
Keyless Entry Keypad – Frequently
Asked Questions
Why does the keypad not accept the access
code?
If you enter the access code too fast on
the keypad, the unlock function may not
work. Slowly re-enter the access code.
Why does the keypad not function?
The keypad goes into an anti-scan
mode if you enter a wrong code seven
times. The anti-scan mode disables the
keypad for one minute and the red light
flashes.
98
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Keyless Entry Keypad
HOW DOES EASY ENTRY AND
EXIT WORK
Easy entry and exit moves the driver seat
rearward up to 2 in (5 cm) and the steering
column up when you switch the ignition off.
The driver seat and steering column return
to their previous positions when you switch
the ignition on.
Note: Depending on your vehicle, the column
may move up and in.
SWITCHING EASY ENTRY AND
EXIT ON AND OFF
1. Using the touchscreen, select Settings.
2. Select Vehicle.
3. Select Easy Entry/Exit.
If you press any adjustment or memory
button when in easy exit mode, the system
cancels the operation.
99
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Easy Entry and Exit
LIFTGATE PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: It is extremely dangerous
to ride in a cargo area, inside or outside of
a vehicle. In a crash, people riding in these
areas are more likely to be seriously
injured or killed. Do not allow people to
ride in any area of your vehicle that is not
equipped with seats and seatbelts. Make
sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat
and properly using a seatbelt. Failure to
follow this warning could result in serious
personal injury or death.
WARNING: Make sure that you fully
close the liftgate to prevent exhaust fumes
from entering your vehicle. If you are
unable to fully close the liftgate, open the
air vents or the windows to allow fresh air
to enter your vehicle. Failure to follow this
instruction could result in personal injury
or death.
WARNING: Keep keys out of reach
of children. Do not allow children to
operate or play near an open or moving
power liftgate. You should supervise the
operation of the power liftgate at all times.
OPENING THE LIFTGATE
Opening the Liftgate From Inside Your
Vehicle
E138633
With the transmission in park (P),
press the button on the instrument
panel.
Note: Be careful when opening or closing
the liftgate in a garage or other enclosed
area to avoid damaging the liftgate.
Note: Do not hang anything, for example a
bike rack, from the glass or liftgate. This
could damage the liftgate and its
components.
Note: Do not leave the liftgate open while
driving. This could damage the liftgate and
its components.
Opening the Liftgate From Outside
Your Vehicle
1. Unlock the liftgate with the remote
control or power door unlock control. If
a passive key is within 3 ft (1 m) of the
liftgate, the liftgate unlocks when you
press the liftgate release button.
E291416
2. Press and release the liftgate control
button.
100
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Liftgate
Note: Allow the power system to open the
liftgate. Manually pushing or pulling the
liftgate could activate the system’ s obstacle
detection feature and stop the power
operation or reverse its direction, replicate
a strut failure, or damage mechanical
components.
Note: Be careful when opening or closing
the liftgate in a garage or other enclosed
area to avoid damaging the liftgate.
Note: Do not hang anything, for example a
bike rack, from the glass or liftgate. This
could damage the liftgate and its
components.
Note: Do not leave the liftgate open while
driving. This could damage the liftgate and
its components.
Switching the Power Liftgate On or Off
You can switch the power liftgate on or off
through the vehicle settings on your
touchscreen.
Note: When switched off, the liftgate only
unlatches and will not power open or close.
Opening the Liftgate Using the Remote
Control
E267940
Press the button twice within three
seconds.
Note: Be careful when opening or closing
the liftgate in a garage or other enclosed
area to avoid damaging the liftgate.
Note: Do not hang anything, for example a
bike rack, from the glass or liftgate. This
could damage the liftgate and its
components.
Note: Do not leave the liftgate open while
driving. This could damage the liftgate and
its components.
Opening the Hands-Free Liftgate (If
Equipped)
Hands-Free Liftgate
Make sure you have the passive key within
3 ft (1 m) of the liftgate.
1. Stand behind your vehicle, and face the
liftgate.
2. Move your foot, in a single-kick motion,
without pausing, under and away from
the rear bumper detection area.
E300799
3. The liftgate opens.
Avoid the following actions when using the
hands-free opening feature:
• Making physical contact with the bumper.
• Holding your foot under the bumper.
• Sweeping your foot from side to side, or
kicking at an odd angle.
101
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Liftgate
Detection Zones
Vehicles Without a Trailer Hitch
E310717
The detection area is in the center of the rear
bumper.
Vehicles With a Trailer Hitch
E310718
The detection area is on the left-hand side
and right-hand side of the hitch, between the
exhaust and the hitch.
Note: Allow the power system to open the
liftgate. Manually pushing or pulling the
liftgate may activate the system’s obstacle
detection feature and stop the power
operation or reverse its direction, replicate
a strut failure, or damage mechanical
components.
Note: Any physical actions that mimic a
kicking motion such as splashing water,
trailer chains or vacuum hoses may cause
the hands-free liftgate to activate. Switch the
power liftgate off through your vehicle
settings or keep the passive key away from
the rear bumper detection area.
SETTING THE LIFTGATE OPENING
HEIGHT
1. Open the liftgate.
2. Stop the liftgate movement by pressing
the control button on the liftgate when it
reaches the desired height.
Note: Once the liftgate stops moving, you
can manually move it to the desired height.
3. Press and hold the control button on the
liftgate until a tone sounds, indicating
programming is complete.
Note: You can only use the liftgate control
button to program the height.
Note: You cannot program the height if the
liftgate position is too low.
102
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Liftgate
4. The power liftgate now opens at the
programmed height. To change the
programmed height, repeat the steps.
Note: You can fully open the liftgate by
manually pushing it upward to the maximum
open position if it opens in a lower position.
Note: The system recalls the new
programmed height until you reprogram it,
even if you disconnect the battery.
CLOSING THE LIFTGATE
Closing the Liftgate From Inside Your
Vehicle
WARNING: Make sure all persons
are clear of the power liftgate area before
using the power liftgate control.
E138633
With the transmission in park (P),
press the button on the instrument
panel.
Note: Make sure that you close the liftgate
before operating or moving your vehicle,
especially in an enclosure, like a garage or
a parking structure. This could damage the
liftgate and its components.
Note: Make sure the area behind your
vehicle is free from obstruction and that
there is enough room for you to operate the
liftgate. Objects too close to your vehicle,
for example a wall, garage door or another
vehicle may come into contact with the
moving liftgate. This could damage the
liftgate and its components.
Note: Make sure that you fully close the
liftgate to prevent cargo from falling out.
Closing the Liftgate From Outside Your
Vehicle
WARNING: Make sure all persons
are clear of the power liftgate area before
using the power liftgate control.
E138636
Press and release the liftgate button.
Note: Make sure that you close the liftgate
before operating or moving your vehicle,
especially in an enclosure, like a garage or
a parking structure. This could damage the
liftgate and its components.
Note: Make sure the area behind your
vehicle is free from obstruction and that
there is enough room for you to operate the
liftgate. Objects too close to your vehicle,
for example a wall, garage door or another
vehicle may come into contact with the
moving liftgate. This could damage the
liftgate and its components.
103
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Liftgate
Note: Make sure that you fully close the
liftgate to prevent cargo from falling out.
Closing the Liftgate Using the Remote
Control
WARNING: Make sure all persons
are clear of the power liftgate area before
using the power liftgate control.
E267940
Press the button twice within three
seconds.
Note: Make sure that you close the liftgate
before operating or moving your vehicle,
especially in an enclosure, like a garage or
a parking structure. This could damage the
liftgate and its components.
Note: Make sure the area behind your
vehicle is free from obstruction and that
there is enough room for you to operate the
liftgate. Objects too close to your vehicle,
for example a wall, garage door or another
vehicle may come into contact with the
moving liftgate. This could damage the
liftgate and its components.
Note: Make sure that you fully close the
liftgate to prevent cargo from falling out.
Closing the Hands-Free Liftgate (If
Equipped)
Make sure you have the remote control
within 3 ft (1 m) of the liftgate.
1. Stand behind your vehicle, and face the
liftgate.
2. Move your foot, in a single-kick motion,
without pausing, under and away from
the rear bumper detection area.
E300799
3. The liftgate closes.
Avoid the following actions when using the
hands-free opening feature:
• Making physical contact with the bumper.
• Holding your foot under the bumper.
• Sweeping your foot from side to side, or
kicking at an odd angle.
Detection Zones
Vehicles Without a Trailer Hitch
E310717
The detection area is in the center of the rear
bumper.
104
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Liftgate
Vehicles With a Trailer Hitch
E310718
The detection area is on the left-hand side
and right-hand side of the hitch, between the
exhaust and the hitch.
Note: Allow the power system to close the
liftgate. Manually pushing the liftgate may
activate the system’s obstacle detection
feature and stop the power operation or
reverse its direction, replicate a strut failure,
or damage mechanical components.
STOPPING THE LIFTGATE
MOVEMENT
Note: Do not apply sudden excessive force
to the liftgate while it is in motion. This could
damage the power liftgate and its
components.
Note: Selections will vary depending on
region or options.
You can stop the liftgate movement by doing
any of the following:
• Pressing the outside liftgate control
button.
• Pressing the inside liftgate control button.
• Pressing the liftgate button on the remote
control twice.
• Pressing the liftgate button on an
authorized device.
• Moving your foot under and away from
the center rear bumper in a single-kick
motion.
LIFTGATE OBSTACLE DETECTION
Closing the Liftgate
The system stops when it detects an
obstacle. A tone sounds and the system
reverses to open. Once you remove the
obstacle, you can power close the liftgate.
Note: To prevent accidental obstacle
detection, let the power liftgate close
completely before you enter your vehicle.
Opening the Liftgate
The system stops when it detects an
obstacle and a tone sounds. Once you
remove the obstacle, you can continue to
operate the liftgate.
LIFTGATE – TROUBLESHOOTING
Liftgate – Warning Lamps
E162453
Illuminates when the liftgate is not
completely closed.
105
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Liftgate
Liftgate – Information Messages
ActionMessage
The liftgate is not completely closed. Close the liftgate.Liftgate Ajar
106
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Liftgate
Liftgate – Frequently Asked Questions
Why won't my power liftgate function?
Make sure the transmission is in park
(P), ensure nothing is obstructing the
liftgate path and there is not excessive
weight on the liftgate. If there are
continued issues, the battery voltage
may be low or other system issues. See
an authorized dealer.
107
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Liftgate
PASSIVE ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM
What Is the Passive Anti-Theft System
The passive anti-theft system prevents
someone from starting the vehicle with an
incorrectly coded key.
How Does the Passive Anti-Theft
System Work
The passive anti-theft system arms when you
switch the ignition off.
It disarms when the ignition is switched on
with a correctly coded key.
Note: The system is not compatible with
non-Ford aftermarket remote start systems.
Note: Do not leave a duplicate coded key
in your vehicle. Always take the keys and
lock all doors when leaving your vehicle.
ANTI-THEFT ALARM SYSTEM
What Is the Anti-Theft Alarm System
The Anti-Theft Alarm System warns you of
an unauthorized entry to your vehicle.
How Does the Anti-Theft Alarm System
Work
When armed, the anti-theft alarm is triggered
in any of the following ways:
• If someone opens a door, the liftgate or
the hood without a correctly coded key
or remote control.
• If you turn the power on without a
correctly coded key.
• If the interior sensors detect movement
inside your vehicle.
• If the inclination sensors detect an
attempt to raise your vehicle.
• If someone disconnects the vehicle
battery or the battery backup alarm.
If the anti-theft alarm is triggered, the alarm
horn sounds for 30 seconds and the
direction indicators flash for 5 minutes.
Any further attempts to carry out one of the
above sounds the alarm again.
What Is the Perimeter Alarm
The perimeter alarm is designed to detect
unauthorized access to your vehicle.
What Are the Interior Sensors
The interior sensors are designed to detect
any movement inside your vehicle.
The interior sensors are in the overhead
console.
Note: Do not cover the interior sensors.
What Are the Inclination Sensors (If
Equipped)
The inclination sensor is designed to detect
an attempt to raise your vehicle, for example
to remove a wheel or to tow it away.
108
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Security
ANTI-THEFT ALARM SYSTEM
SETTINGS
What are the Alarm Security Levels
You can select two levels of alarm security,
all sensors and perimeter sensing.
All Sensors
All sensors is the standard setting.
In all sensors, all equipped sensors are on
when you arm the alarm.
Note: Do not arm the alarm with all sensors
if passengers, animals or other moving
objects are inside your vehicle.
Perimeter Sensing
In perimeter sensing, the interior sensors are
off when you arm the alarm.
All the other equipped sensors activate when
you arm the alarm in this mode.
Setting the Alarm Security Level
1. Press Settings on the touchscreen.
2. Press Vehicle Settings.
3. Press Alarm System.
4. Press Motion Sensors.
5. Press a setting.
What Is Ask on Exit
You can choose which level of security you
require after you switch the ignition off.
Note: If you do not choose a setting, the
system defaults to all sensors.
Switching Ask on Exit On and Off
1. Press Settings on the touchscreen.
2. Press Vehicle Settings.
3. Press Alarm System.
4. Switch Ask on Exit on or off.
109
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Security
SECURITY – TROUBLESHOOTING
Security – Information Messages
ActionMessage
The system has not detected a correctly coded key.No Key Detected
The system has malfunctioned. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.Starting System Fault
Displays when the alarm has been triggered due to unauthorized entry.Vehicle Alarm To Stop Alarm, Start
Vehicle.
Alarm Announcement
110
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Security
Security – Frequently Asked Questions
What should I do if there is any potential
alarm problem with my vehicle?
Take all remote controls to an
authorized dealer if there is any
potential alarm problem with your
vehicle.
What should I do if the vehicle is unable to
start with a correctly coded key?
Have your vehicle checked as soon as
possible.
111
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Security
ADJUSTING THE STEERING WHEEL
- VEHICLES WITH: MANUAL
ADJUSTABLE STEERING COLUMN
Manual Adjustable Steering Column
WARNING: Do not adjust the steering
wheel when your vehicle is moving.
Note: Make sure that you are sitting in the
correct position. See Sitting in the Correct
Position (page 159).
E191039
1. Unlock the steering column.
2. Adjust the steering wheel to the desired
position.
E191047
3. Lock the steering column.
ADJUSTING THE STEERING WHEEL
- VEHICLES WITH: POWER
ADJUSTABLE STEERING COLUMN
WARNING: Do not adjust the steering
wheel when your vehicle is moving.
Note: Make sure that you are sitting in the
correct position. See Sitting in the Correct
Position (page 159).
E261582
Press the top or bottom of the control to
move the steering wheel up or down.
Press the front or rear of the control to move
the steering wheel in or out.
112
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Steering Wheel
RESETTING THE STOPPING
POSITION - VEHICLES WITH:
POWER ADJUSTABLE STEERING
COLUMN
Note: The steering wheel stops when it
detects an obstruction. This sets a new
stopping position.
To reset the steering column to its normal
stopping position:
1. Confirm there is nothing obstructing the
motion of the steering column.
2. Press and hold the steering column
control until the steering column stops
moving.
3. Press the steering column control again.
Note: The steering column may start to move
again.
4. When the steering column stops,
continue holding the control for a few
seconds.
5. Repeat for each direction, as necessary.
HORN
E270945
Press on the center of the steering
wheel near the horn icon to
activate the horn.
SWITCHING THE HEATED
STEERING WHEEL ON AND OFF (IF
EQUIPPED)
To switch the heated steering
wheel on or off, press the button
on the touchscreen near the
climate controls.
Note: A sensor regulates the temperature
of the steering wheel.
113
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Steering Wheel
WIPERS
Wiper Precautions
Do not operate the wipers on a dry
windshield. This could scratch the glass or
damage the wiper blades. Use the
windshield washers before wiping a dry
windshield.
Fully defrost the windshield before you
switch the windshield wipers on.
Switch the windshield wipers off before
entering a car wash.
Switching Windshield Wipers On and
Off
E269410
Single wipe.A
Intermittent wipe.B
Normal wipe.C
High-speed wipe.D
E270969
Push the lever up or down to
operate the windshield wipers.
AUTOWIPERS
What Are Autowipers
Autowipers turns on and controls the speed
and frequency of the windshield wipers.
Autowipers Settings
1. Using the instrument cluster controls on
the steering wheel, select Settings.
2. Select Vehicle.
3. Select Wipers.
4. Switch Rain Sensing on or off.
Note: When you switch the feature off, the
wipers do not operate based on the rain
sensor. When you switch on the windshield
wipers to the intermittent wipe position with
the feature off, the wipers use the wipe
speed set by the rotary control.
114
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Wipers and Washers
Adjusting the Sensitivity of the Rain
Sensor
E330179
High sensitivity.A
Low sensitivity.B
Use the rotary control to set the sensitivity
of the rain sensor.
When you select high sensitivity, the wipers
operate when the sensor detects a small
amount of water on the windshield.
When you select low sensitivity, the wipers
operate when the sensor detects a large
amount of water on the windshield.
SWITCHING THE REAR WINDOW
WIPER ON AND OFF
E242324
Intermittent wipe.A
Continuous wipe.B
Rear window wiper off.C
REVERSE WIPE
What Is Reverse Wipe
Reverse wipe turns on the rear window wiper
when you shift into reverse (R) and the
windshield wipers are on.
Reverse Wipe Settings
1. Using the instrument cluster controls on
the steering wheel, select Settings.
2. Select Vehicle.
3. Select Wipers.
4. Switch Reverse Wiper on or off.
115
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Wipers and Washers
CHECKING THE WIPER BLADES
E142463
Run the tip of your fingers over the edge of
the blade to check for roughness.
REPLACING THE FRONT WIPER
BLADES
E129990
1. Lift the wiper arm and then press the
wiper blade locking buttons together.
Note: Do not hold the wiper blade to lift the
wiper arm.
Note: Make sure that the wiper arm does
not spring back against the glass when the
wiper blade is not attached.
2. Slightly rotate the wiper blade.
3. Remove the wiper blade.
4. To install, reverse the removal procedure.
Note: Make sure that the wiper blade locks
into place.
REPLACING THE REAR WIPER
BLADES
E271380
1. Lift the wiper arm.
Note: Do not hold the wiper blade to lift the
wiper arm.
116
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Wipers and Washers
2. Remove the wiper blade.
Note: Make sure that the wiper arm does
not spring back against the glass when the
wiper blade is not attached.
3. To install, reverse the removal procedure.
Note: Make sure that the wiper blade locks
into place.
WASHERS
Washer Precautions
WARNING: If you operate your
vehicle in temperatures below 41°F (5°C),
use washer fluid with antifreeze protection.
Failure to use washer fluid with antifreeze
protection in cold weather could result in
impaired windshield vision and increase
the risk of injury or accident.
Do not operate the washers when the
washer reservoir is empty. This could cause
the washer pump to overheat.
Keep the outside of the windshield clean.
The rain sensor is very sensitive and the
wipers may operate if dirt, mist or insects hit
the windshield.
Using the Windshield Washer
E269412
E270967
Pull the lever toward you to
operate the windshield washer.
Note: A courtesy wipe occurs a short time
after the wipers stop to clear any remaining
washer fluid when switched on. See
Switching the Courtesy Wipe On and Off
(page 117).
Switching the Courtesy Wipe On and
Off
1. Using the instrument cluster controls on
the steering wheel, select Settings.
2. Select Vehicle.
3. Select Wipers.
4. Switch Courtesy Wipe on or off.
Using the Rear Window Washer
E269727
Push the lever away from you to operate the
rear window washer.
117
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Wipers and Washers
Note: A courtesy wipe occurs a short time
after the wipers stop to clear any remaining
washer fluid when switched on. See
Switching the Courtesy Wipe On and Off
(page 117).
Adding Washer Fluid
E330184
Washer Fluid Specification
See Washer Fluid Specification (page 413).
WIPERS AND WASHERS –
TROUBLESHOOTING
Wipers and Washers – Warning Lamps
E132353
Illuminates when the windshield
washer fluid is low.
Wipers and Washers – Frequently
Asked Questions
Why are there streaks and smears on the
windshield?
The wiper blades could be dirty, worn
or damaged. Check the wiper blades.
See Checking the Wiper Blades (page
116). If the wiper blades are dirty, clean
them with washer fluid or water applied
with a soft sponge or cloth. If the wiper
blades are worn or damaged, install new
ones. See Replacing the Front Wiper
Blades (page 116).
118
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Wipers and Washers
EXTERIOR LIGHTING CONTROL
E344567
Headlamps on.A
Autolamps on.B
Parking lamps on.C
Lamps off.D
Press the toggle switch upward or downward
to make a selection.
Note: The lighting control defaults to
autolamps each time you switch your vehicle
on.
HEADLAMPS
Using the High Beam Headlamps
E339556
Push the lever away from you to
switch the high beam on.
Push the lever forward again or pull the lever
toward you to switch the high beams off.
Slightly pull the lever toward you and release
it to flash the headlamps.
Switching Headlamp Exit Delay On and
Off
To switch headlamp exit delay on, pull the
turn signal lever toward you after switching
your vehicle off.
To switch headlamp exit delay off, pull the
turn signal lever toward you again or switch
your vehicle on.
Note: The headlamps turn off after three
minutes with any door open or 30 seconds
after the last door closes.
Headlamp Indicators
Lamps On
Illuminates when you switch the
low beam headlamps or the
parking lamps on.
Headlamp High Beam
Illuminates when you switch the
high beam headlamps on.
119
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Exterior Lighting
HEADLAMPS – TROUBLESHOOTING
Headlamps – Frequently Asked
Questions
Why is there condensation in the
headlamps?
Headlamps have vents to accommodate
normal changes in air pressure.
Condensation can be a natural
by-product of this design. When moist
air enters the lamp assembly through
the vents, there is a possibility that
condensation can occur when the
temperature is cold. When normal
condensation occurs, a fine mist can
form on the interior of the lens. The fine
mist eventually clears and exits through
the vents during normal operation.
How much condensation is acceptable?
The presence of a fine mist, for example
no streaks, drip marks or large droplets.
A fine mist covers less than 50% of the
lens.
How long may it take for the acceptable
condensation to be cleared?
Clearing time may take as long as 48
hours under dry weather conditions.
How much condensation is unacceptable?
A water puddle inside the lamp. Streaks,
drip marks or large droplets present on
the interior of the lens.
What should I do if unacceptable
condensation is present?
Have your vehicle checked as soon as
possible.
Why do my headlamps turn off when I have
them switched on when I switch my vehicle
off?
The battery saver turns the headlamps
off after a short period of time after you
switch your vehicle off.
AUTOLAMPS
What Are Autolamps
WARNING: The system does not
relieve you of your responsibility to drive
with due care and attention. You may need
to override the system if it does not turn
the headlamps on in low visibility
conditions, for example daytime fog.
Autolamps turn the headlamps on in low light
situations or when the windshield wipers
operate.
Autolamp Settings
1. Using the instrument cluster controls on
the steering wheel, select Settings.
2. Select Vehicle.
3. Select Lighting.
4. Select Autolamp Delay.
5. Select a setting and press the OK button.
120
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Exterior Lighting
EXTERIOR LAMPS
Switching the Turn Signal Lamps On
and Off
E273180
Push the lever up or down to
switch the turn signal lamps on.
Set the lever to the middle position to switch
the turn signal lamps off.
Note: Tap the lever up or down to make the
turn signal lamps flash three times.
Switching the Daytime Running Lamps
On and Off - Vehicles With:
Configurable Daytime Running Lamps
WARNING: The daytime running
lamps system does not activate the rear
lamps and may not provide adequate
lighting during low visibility driving
conditions. Make sure you switch the
headlamps on, as appropriate, during all
low visibility conditions. Failure to do so
may result in a crash.
1. Using the instrument cluster controls on
the steering wheel, select Settings.
2. Select Vehicle.
3. Select Lighting.
4. Switch Daytime Running Lights on or
off.
The daytime running lamps turn on when all
of the following occur:
• You switch the system on.
• You switch your vehicle on.
• The transmission is not in park (P) for
vehicles with automatic transmissions or
you release the parking brake for
vehicles with manual transmissions.
• The lighting control is in the autolamps
position.
• The headlamps are off.
Note: Other lighting control positions do not
turn on the daytime running lamps.
Switching the Daytime Running Lamps
On and Off - Vehicles With: Daytime
Running Lamps (DRL)
WARNING: The daytime running
lamps system does not activate the rear
lamps and may not provide adequate
lighting during low visibility driving
conditions. Make sure you switch the
headlamps on, as appropriate, during all
low visibility conditions. Failure to do so
may result in a crash.
121
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Exterior Lighting
Daytime running lamps are always on unless
you switch on the headlamps or your vehicle
is in park (P).
Switching the Front Fog Lamps On and
Off (If Equipped)
The front fog lamp button is on the lighting
control.
Press the button to switch the front
fog lamps on or off.
Note: Only switch the front fog lamps on
during reduced visibility.
Note: The brightness of the daytime running
lamps may decrease when the front fog
lamps are switched on.
Note: When the lighting control is in the
autolamps position, you cannot switch the
fog lamps on unless the headlamps are on.
Switching Welcome Lighting On and
Off
Lincoln Embrace: Welcome Lighting
Welcome lighting slowly turns on the exterior
lamps when you approach your vehicle with
an authenticated device or unlock the doors.
1. Using the instrument cluster controls on
the steering wheel, select Settings.
2. Select Vehicle.
3. Select Lighting.
4. Switch Welcome Lighting on or off.
Exterior Lamp Indicators
Front Fog Lamp
It illuminates when you switch the
front fog lamps on.
Turn Signal Lamp
It flashes when you switch the turn
signal lamps on.
Note: An increase in the rate of flashing
warns of a failed turn signal lamp bulb.
Exterior Lamp Audible Warning
Exterior Lamps On
Sounds when you open the driver door and
the exterior lamps are on.
AUTOMATIC HIGH BEAM CONTROL
How Does Automatic High Beam
Control Work
Automatic high beam control turns the high
beams on if it is dark enough and no other
traffic is present. If it detects an approaching
vehicle’s headlamps or tail lamps, or street
lighting ahead, the system turns the high
beams off.
A camera sensor, centrally mounted behind
the windshield of your vehicle, continuously
monitors conditions to turn the high beams
on and off.
122
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Exterior Lighting
E327596
Without automatic high beam
control.
A
With automatic high beam control.B
Automatic High Beam Control
Precautions
WARNING: The system does not
relieve you of your responsibility to drive
with due care and attention. You may need
to override the system if it does not turn
the high beams on or off.
WARNING: Do not use the system in
poor visibility, for example fog, heavy rain,
spray or snow.
WARNING: You may need to
override the system when approaching
other road users.
WARNING: You may need to
override the system during inclement
weather.
Automatic High Beam Control
Requirements
The system turns the high beams on if all of
the following occur:
• You switch the system on.
• You set the lighting control to the
autolamps position.
• The ambient light level is low enough that
you require high beams.
• There is no traffic in front of your vehicle.
• The vehicle speed is greater than
approximately 32 mph (52 km/h).
Automatic High Beam Control
Limitations
The system turns the high beams off if any
of the following occur:
• You switch the system off.
• You set the lighting control to any
position except autolamps.
• The ambient light level is high enough
that you do not require high beams.
123
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Exterior Lighting
• The system detects an approaching
vehicle's headlamps or rear lamps.
• The system detects severe rain, snow or
fog.
• The system detects street lighting.
• The camera has reduced visibility.
• The vehicle speed falls below
approximately 27 mph (44 km/h).
Switching Automatic High Beam
Control On and Off
1. Using the instrument cluster controls on
the steering wheel, select Settings.
2. Select Vehicle.
3. Select Lighting.
4. Switch Auto High Beam on or off.
Automatic High Beam Control
Indicators
Illuminates to confirm when the
system is ready to assist.
Overriding Automatic High Beam
Control
E273182
Push the lever away from you to switch the
high beam on.
Push the lever away from you again to switch
the high beams off.
Push the lever away from you for a third time
to switch automatic high beam control back
on.
124
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Exterior Lighting
AUTOMATIC HIGH BEAM CONTROL – TROUBLESHOOTING
Automatic High Beam Control – Information Messages
DescriptionMessage
The camera has reduced visibility. Clean the windshield. If the message continues to appear,
have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.
Front Camera Low Visibility Clean Screen
The camera has malfunctioned. Wait a short period of time for the camera to cool down. If the
message continues to appear, have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.
Front Camera Temporarily Not Available
The camera has malfunctioned. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.Front Camera Malfunction Service
Required
ADAPTIVE FRONT LIGHTING
How Does Adaptive Front Lighting
Work
Speed Dependent Lamps
Adaptive front lighting provides additional
light on the road depending on your vehicle
speed and steering wheel input.
125
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Exterior Lighting
E275680
Standard low beam.A
Additional lighting.B
Static Bending Lamps (If Equipped)
Adaptive front lighting adapts when you are
steering around a curve or if the camera
detects lane markings indicating a curve.
E161714
Without adaptive front lighting.A
With adaptive front lighting.B
Switching Adaptive Front Lighting On
and Off
1. Using the instrument cluster controls on
the steering wheel, select Settings.
2. Select Vehicle.
3. Select Lighting.
4. Switch Adaptive Headlamps on or off.
Set the lighting control to the autolamps
position to use the adaptive front lighting.
126
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Exterior Lighting
SWITCHING ALL OF THE INTERIOR
LAMPS ON AND OFF
The lamps turn on under the following
conditions:
• You open any door.
• You press a button on the remote control.
• You press the all lamps on button on the
overhead console.
Press to switch all interior lamps
on or off.
SWITCHING THE FRONT INTERIOR
LAMPS ON AND OFF
E262162
The front interior lamp switches are on the
overhead console.
Note: The position of each button on the
overhead console depends on your vehicle.
Individual Map Lamps
E262193
Press to switch the left-hand
individual dome lamp on and off.
Press to switch the right-hand
individual dome lamp on and off.
SWITCHING THE REAR INTERIOR
LAMPS ON AND OFF
E281231
The rear interior lamps may be above the
rear seat or above the rear windows.
Press to switch the lamps on or off.
Note: If you switch the rear lamps on through
the overhead console, you cannot switch
them off with the rear lamp switch.
127
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Interior Lighting
INTERIOR LAMP FUNCTION
What Is the Interior Lamp Function
The interior lamp function switches the
courtesy and door lamps on or off.
Switching the Interior Lamp Function
On and Off
Press to switch the interior lamp
function on and off.
Note: The indicator lamp illuminates amber
when the door function is off.
ADJUSTING THE INSTRUMENT
PANEL LIGHTING BRIGHTNESS
The instrument lighting dimmer buttons are
on the lighting control.
E291299
E296433
Repeatedly press one of the
buttons to adjust the brightness.
AMBIENT LIGHTING (If Equipped)
Switching Ambient Lighting On and Off
1. Press Settings on the touchscreen.
2. Press Vehicle Settings.
3. Press Ambient Light.
4. Press a color.
Adjusting Ambient Lighting
Drag the selected color up or down.
INTERIOR LIGHTING –
TROUBLESHOOTING
Interior Lighting – Frequently Asked
Questions
Why do my courtesy lamps or interior lamps
turn off when I have them switched on
when I switch my vehicle off?
The battery saver turns the courtesy
lamps and interior lamps off after a short
period of time after you switch your
vehicle off.
128
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Interior Lighting
OPENING AND CLOSING THE
WINDOWS
WARNING: Do not leave children
unattended in your vehicle and do not let
them play with the power windows. Failure
to follow this instruction could result in
personal injury.
WARNING: When closing the power
windows, verify they are free of obstruction
and make sure that children and pets are
not in the proximity of the window
openings.
Press the window control switch
to open the window. Lift the
window control switch to close the
window.
Note: The power windows operate with the
ignition on, and for several minutes after you
switch the ignition off or until you open a
front door.
To reduce wind noise or pulsing noise when
one window is open, slightly open the
opposite window.
One-Touch Open (If Equipped)
Fully press the window control switch and
release it. Press again or lift it to stop the
window.
One-Touch Close (If Equipped)
Fully lift the window control switch and
release it. Press again or lift it to stop the
window.
Resetting One-Touch Close
Carry out all steps within 30 seconds of
starting the sequence.
1. Close the window.
2. Press and hold the window control switch
until the window is fully open. Keep the
window control switch pressed for a few
seconds.
3. Lift and hold the window control switch
until the window is fully closed. Keep the
window control switch held for a few
seconds.
4. Press and hold the window control switch
until the window is fully open. Keep the
window control switch pressed for a few
seconds.
5. Lift and hold the window control switch
until the window is fully closed. Keep the
window control switch held for a few
seconds.
Note: Repeat the procedure if the window
does not close when you use one-touch.
Accessory Delay
The window switches remain operational for
several minutes when you switch the ignition
off or until you open either front door.
129
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Windows
GLOBAL OPENING AND CLOSING
What Is Global Opening and Closing
You can use the remote control to open the
windows with the ignition off.
Using Global Opening
1. Press and release the unlock button on
the remote control.
2. Press and hold the unlock button on the
remote control.
3. Release the button when the windows
start to open.
Press the lock or the unlock button on the
remote control to stop global opening.
Note: You can use global opening for a short
period of time when you unlock your vehicle
using the remote control.
Switching Global Opening On and Off
1. Access the vehicle drawer on the
touchscreen.
2. Press Settings.
3. Press Vehicle.
4. Press Windows.
5. Switch Remote Open on or off.
Using Global Closing
WARNING: When closing the power
windows, verify they are free of obstruction
and make sure that children and pets are
not in the proximity of the window
openings.
1. Press and hold the lock button on the
remote control.
2. Release the button when the windows
start to close.
Press the lock or the unlock button on the
remote control to stop global closing.
Note: Bounce-back is on during global
closing. See What Is Window Bounce-Back
(page 130).
Switching Global Closing On and Off
1. Access the vehicle drawer on the
touchscreen.
2. Press Settings.
3. Press Vehicle.
4. Press Windows.
5. Switch Remote Close on or off.
WINDOW BOUNCE-BACK
What Is Window Bounce-Back
The window stops and reverses if it detects
an obstruction when closing.
Overriding Window Bounce-Back
WARNING: If you override
bounce-back, the window does not reverse
if it detects an obstacle. Take care when
closing the windows to avoid personal
injury or damage to your vehicle.
130
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Windows
1. Close the window until it reaches the
point of resistance and let it reverse.
2. Lift and hold the window control switch
within two seconds to override
bounce-back and close the window.
Bounce-back is now disabled and you
can close the window manually.
Note: The window goes past the point of
resistance and you can fully close it.
Note: If the window does not close, have
your vehicle checked as soon as possible.
LOCKING THE REAR WINDOW
CONTROLS
Press the window control switch
to lock or unlock the rear window
controls. It illuminates when you
lock the rear window controls.
131
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Windows
INTERIOR MIRROR PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: Do not adjust the mirrors
when your vehicle is moving. This could
result in the loss of control of your vehicle,
serious personal injury or death.
Note: Do not clean the mirror housing or
glass with harsh abrasives, fuel or other
petroleum-based cleaning products.
AUTO-DIMMING INTERIOR MIRROR
What Is the Auto-Dimming Interior
Mirror
The mirror dims to reduce the effect of bright
light from behind. It returns to normal when
the bright light from behind is no longer
present or if you shift into reverse (R).
Auto-Dimming Interior Mirror
Limitations
Do not block the sensors on the front and
back of the mirror.
Note: A rear center passenger or raised rear
center head restraint could prevent light from
reaching the sensor.
132
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Interior Mirror
ADJUSTING THE EXTERIOR
MIRRORS
WARNING: Do not adjust the mirrors
when your vehicle is moving. This could
result in the loss of control of your vehicle,
serious personal injury or death.
E144073
Left-hand mirror.A
Adjustment control.B
Right-hand mirror.C
To adjust your mirrors, switch your vehicle
on, with the ignition in accessory mode or
the engine running and then:
1. Select the mirror you want to adjust. The
control light turns on.
2. Use the adjustment control to adjust the
position of the mirror.
3. Press the mirror control again. The
control light turns off.
FOLDING THE EXTERIOR MIRRORS
- VEHICLES WITH: MANUAL
FOLDING MIRRORS
Push the mirror toward the door window
glass.
Make sure that you fully engage the mirror
in its support when returning it to its original
position.
FOLDING THE EXTERIOR MIRRORS
- VEHICLES WITH: POWER
FOLDING MIRRORS
With the auto-fold feature enabled, the
exterior mirrors fold in toward the glass after
you place the transmission into park (P), turn
off the vehicle, open and close the driver
side door and lock the vehicle. The exterior
mirrors unfold and return to their driving
position after you unlock the vehicle and
open and close the driver side door.
For tight parking conditions, press
the control to fold the mirrors.
Press the control again to unfold
the mirrors.
If you press the control to fold in the mirrors
with auto-fold on, the mirrors do not unfold
when you unlock your vehicle.
Note: The power folding mirrors operate with
the ignition on, and for several minutes after
you switch the ignition off.
133
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Exterior Mirrors
Note: If you fold and unfold the mirrors
several times within one minute, the power
fold function may turn off to protect the
motors from overheating.
Switching Auto-fold On and Off
1. Press Settings on the touchscreen.
2. Press Vehicle Settings.
3. Press Mirrors.
4. Switch Autofold on or off.
Loose Mirror
If you manually fold the power-folding
mirrors, they may not work properly even
after you re-position them. You need to reset
them if:
• The mirrors vibrate when you drive.
• The mirrors feel loose.
• The mirrors do not stay in the folded or
unfolded position.
• One of the mirrors is not in its normal
driving position.
To reset the power-fold feature, use the
power-folding mirror control to fold and
unfold the mirrors. You may hear a loud noise
as you reset the power-folding mirrors. This
sound is normal. Repeat this process as
needed each time you manually fold the
mirrors.
AUTO-DIMMING EXTERIOR MIRROR
What Is the Auto-Dimming Exterior
Mirror
The driver exterior mirror dims when the
interior auto-dimming mirror turns on.
Memory Mirrors (If Equipped)
You can save and recall the mirror positions
through the memory function. See Memory
Function (page 171).
Heated Exterior Mirrors
See Switching the Heated Mirrors On and
Off (page 155).
Signal Indicator Mirrors (If Equipped)
The outer portion of the appropriate mirror
housing blinks when you switch on the turn
signal.
Lincoln Welcome Mat
Projection lights, on the bottom of the mirror
housings, project an image onto the ground
a short distance from the vehicle.
Blind Spot Monitor
See What Is Blind Spot Information System
(page 273).
134
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Exterior Mirrors
OPENING AND CLOSING THE SUN
SHADE
WARNING: Do not leave children
unattended in your vehicle and do not let
them play with the sun shades. Failure to
follow this instruction could result in
personal injury.
The controls are on the overhead console.
Opening the Sun Shade
E312249
Press and release the switch to
activate the one-touch open
feature. To stop movement, press
the switch a second time. The sun shade also
opens when you open the moonroof.
Note: The sun shade stops short of its fully
opened position for the comfort of rear
passengers. To fully open the sun shade,
press the switch again.
Closing the Sun Shade
E312250
Press and release the switch to
activate the one-touch close
feature. To stop movement, press
the switch a second time.
Note: If fully open, the sunshade stops after
covering the rear glass panel. Press and
release again to fully close the sunshade.
OPENING AND CLOSING THE
MOONROOF
WARNING: Do not leave children
unattended in your vehicle and do not let
them play with the moonroof. Failure to
follow this instruction could result in
personal injury.
WARNING: When closing the
moonroof, verify that it is free of
obstruction and make sure that children
and pets are not in the proximity of the roof
opening.
Note: With the panoramic moonroof panel
fully open and vehicle speed increasing to
approximately 50 mph (80 km/h), the
moonroof opening panel automatically
closes approximately 8 in (20 cm) to reduce
excessive wind noise at higher speeds. This
feature only functions one time per key cycle,
so you can open the glass further if desired.
The moonroof controls are located on the
overhead console and have a one-touch
open and close feature. To stop its
movement during one-touch operation, press
the control a second time.
Opening the Moonroof
E312251
Press and release the switch to
activate the one-touch open
feature. To stop movement, press
the switch a second time.
Closing the Moonroof
E312252
Press and release the switch to
activate the one-touch close
feature, from either the open or
vent positions. To stop movement, press the
switch a second time.
135
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Moonroof (If Equipped)
VENTING THE MOONROOF
WARNING: Do not leave children
unattended in your vehicle and do not let
them play with the moonroof. Failure to
follow this instruction could result in
personal injury.
The moonroof controls are on the overhead
console.
E312252
With the moonroof in the closed
position, press and release the
switch to vent the moonroof. To
close the moonroof from the vent position,
press and release the switch again.
MOONROOF BOUNCE-BACK
What Is Moonroof Bounce-Back
The moonroof stops and reverses some
distance if it detects an obstacle when
closing.
Overriding Moonroof Bounce-Back
Press and hold the close button within two
seconds after the moonroof comes to a stop.
136
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Moonroof (If Equipped)
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER OVERVIEW
E271984
137
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Instrument Cluster
Status bar.A
Speedometer.B
Right information group.C
Fuel gauge.D
Engine coolant temperature gauge.E
Left information group.F
WHAT IS THE TACHOMETER
Shows the engine speed. The red line
thickens where the engine speed enters the
overspeed limiter.
WHAT IS THE SPEEDOMETER
Displays the vehicle speed.
FUEL GAUGE
What Is the Fuel Gauge
Indicates approximately how much fuel is in
the fuel tank.
Fuel Gauge Limitations
The fuel gauge may not provide an accurate
reading when your vehicle is on an incline.
Locating the Fuel Filler Door
The arrow adjacent to the fuel pump symbol
indicates on which side of your vehicle the
fuel filler door is located.
What Is the Low Fuel Reminder
A low fuel level reminder displays and
sounds when the distance to empty reaches
75 mi (120 km) to empty for MyKey, and at
50 mi (80 km), 25 mi (40 km), 12 mi (20 km)
and 0 mi (0 km) for all vehicle keys.
Note: The low fuel reminder can appear at
different fuel gauge positions depending on
fuel economy conditions. This variation is
normal.
138
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Instrument Cluster
What Is Distance to Empty
Indicates the approximate distance your
vehicle can travel on the fuel remaining in
the tank. Changes in driving pattern can
cause the value to not only decrease but also
increase or stay constant for periods of time.
WHAT IS THE ENGINE COOLANT
TEMPERATURE GAUGE
Indicates the engine coolant temperature.
WHAT IS THE ENGINE OIL
PRESSURE GAUGE
Indicates the engine oil pressure.
Note: This is a configurable gauge.
WHAT IS THE TRANSMISSION
FLUID TEMPERATURE GAUGE
Indicates the transmission fluid temperature.
Special operating conditions can cause
higher than normal operating temperatures.
See Special Operating Conditions
Scheduled Maintenance (page 467).
Note: This is a configurable gauge.
WHAT IS THE 12V BATTERY
GAUGE
Indicates the power of the 12-volt battery.
WHAT ARE THE INSTRUMENT
CLUSTER WARNING LAMPS
Warning lamps alert you to a vehicle
condition that could become serious. Some
lamps illuminate when you start your vehicle
to make sure they work. If any lamps remain
on after starting your vehicle, refer to the
respective system warning lamp for further
information.
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER WARNING
LAMPS
Anti-Lock Brake System
If it illuminates when you are
driving, this indicates that the
system requires service. Your
vehicle continues to have normal braking
without the anti-lock brake system function.
Have your vehicle checked as soon as
possible.
Battery
It illuminates when you switch the
ignition on.
If it illuminates when the engine is
running, this indicates your vehicle requires
service. Have your vehicle checked as soon
as possible.
139
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Instrument Cluster
Brake System
E270480
It illuminates when you apply the
parking brake and the ignition is
on. If it illuminates when your
vehicle is moving, make sure the
parking brake is released. If the
parking brake is released, this
indicates low brake fluid level or the brake
system requires service. Have your vehicle
checked as soon as possible.
Note: Indicators may vary depending on
region.
Door Ajar
It illuminates when you switch the
ignition on and remains on if any
door is open.
Electric Parking Brake
E146190
It illuminates or flashes when the
electric parking brake requires
service.
Engine Coolant Temperature
If it illuminates, safely stop your
vehicle and switch your vehicle off.
Fasten Seatbelt
E71880
It illuminates and a tone sounds
until you fasten the seatbelts.
Hood Ajar
E246598
It illuminates when the ignition is
on and the hood is not completely
closed.
Liftgate Ajar
E162453
It illuminates when the ignition is
on and the liftgate is not
completely closed.
Low Beam Warning
E181350
It illuminates when the low beam
headlamp requires service. Have
the system checked as soon as
possible.
Low Fuel Level
It illuminates when the fuel level is
low.
Low Tire Pressure
It illuminates when your tire
pressure is low. If illuminated,
check your tire pressure as soon
as possible. If it begins to flash at anytime,
have the system checked as soon as
possible.
Low Washer Fluid Level
E132353
It illuminates when the washer fluid
is low.
140
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Instrument Cluster
Malfunction Indicator Lamp
It illuminates when the ignition is
on and the engine is off, this is
normal operation. If it illuminates
when the engine is on this indicates that the
emission control system requires service. If
it flashes, have your vehicle checked
immediately. See Starting and Stopping the
Engine – Warning Lamps (page 191). See
Emission Law (page 546).
Oil Pressure
It illuminates when the engine oil
pressure is low.
Powertrain Fault
It illuminates when the powertrain
requires service. Have your
vehicle checked as soon as
possible.
WHAT ARE THE INSTRUMENT
CLUSTER INDICATORS
Indicators notify you of various features that
are active on your vehicle.
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
INDICATORS
Adaptive Cruise Control
E144524
See Adaptive Cruise Control
(page 259).
Adaptive Steering
E223375
See Steering (page 232).
Airbag
E67017
See Airbags (page 63).
Auto Hold
E197933
E197934
See Auto Hold (page 226).
Automatic High Beam
See Exterior Lighting (page 122).
Auto Start-Stop
See Auto-Start-Stop (page 194).
Blind Spot Information System
E151262
See Blind Spot Information
System (page 273).
Cruise Control (If Equipped)
E71340
See Cruise Control (page 251).
141
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Instrument Cluster
Front Fog Lamp
See Exterior Lighting (page 121).
Headlamp High Beam
See Exterior Lighting (page 119).
Hill Start Assist
E274708
See Hill Start Assist (page 225).
Parking Lamps
See Exterior Lighting (page 121).
Stability and Traction Control
E138639
E130458
See Stability Control (page 229).
See Traction Control (page 228).
Turn Signal
See Exterior Lighting (page 121).
142
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Instrument Cluster
USING THE INSTRUMENT
CLUSTER DISPLAY CONTROLS
WARNING: Driving while distracted
can result in loss of vehicle control, crash
and injury. We strongly recommend that
you use extreme caution when using any
device that may take your focus off the
road. Your primary responsibility is the safe
operation of your vehicle. We recommend
against the use of any hand-held device
while driving and encourage the use of
voice-operated systems when possible.
Make sure you are aware of all applicable
local laws that may affect the use of
electronic devices while driving.
Note: Some options may appear slightly
different or not at all if the items are optional.
The controls are on the steering wheel. You
can control various systems on your vehicle
using the quick action menu (QAM) buttons.
E247519
Return button.A
Toggle up.B
OK buttonC
Toggle down.D
Phone QAM buttons.E
Audio QAM button.F
Navigation QAM button.G
Settings QAM button.H
Display QAM button.I
Return Button
Press to go back or exit a menu.
Toggle Buttons
Press the toggle button up or down to scroll
through menu items.
OK Button
Press to make a selection.
Quick Action Menu Buttons
Press to open the correlating menu.
143
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Instrument Cluster Display
Status Indicator
E204495
A check in the box indicates a
feature is on, and unchecked
indicates the feature is off.
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER DISPLAY
MAIN MENU
Depending on your vehicle options, some
menu items can appear different or not at
all.
Note: For your safety, some features are
speed-dependent and could be unavailable
when your vehicle is above a certain speed.
Settings
Drive Control
Adaptive Steering
Driver Assistance
Speedometer km/h
Speedometer MPH
Vehicle
MyKey
144
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Instrument Cluster Display
Display
Gauges
Info/Trip/Fuel
Display Setup
TRIP COMPUTER
Accessing the Trip Computer
Using the instrument cluster controls, select
the following to access the trip computer:
ActionMenu Item
Press the OK button.Display
Press the OK button.Info/Trip/Fuel
145
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Instrument Cluster Display
Resetting the Trip Computer
ActionMenu Item
Press the OK button.Display
Press the OK button.
Press and hold the OK button until the system reset confirmation
appears.
Info/Trip/Fuel
146
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Instrument Cluster Display
Resetting the Individual Trip Values
Using the instrument cluster controls, select
the following to reset individual trip values:
ActionMenu Item
Press the OK button.Display
Press the OK button.Info/Trip/Fuel
Press and hold the OK button until the system reset confirmation
appears.
Trip 1
Press and hold the OK button until the system reset confirmation
appears.
Trip 2
CUSTOMIZING THE INSTRUMENT
CLUSTER DISPLAY
You can customize the gauge displays
through the following:
ActionMenu Item
Press the OK button.Display
Press the OK button. Choose a gauge display.Gauges
147
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Instrument Cluster Display
PERSONALIZED SETTINGS
Changing the Instrument Cluster Display Language
ActionMenu Item
Press the OK button.Display
Press the OK button.Display Setup
Press the OK button. Select a language.Language
Note: Available languages vary by region.
Changing the Measure Unit
ActionMenu Item
Press the OK button.Display
Press the OK button.Display Setup
Press the OK button. Select a measure unit.Distance
148
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Instrument Cluster Display
Changing the Temperature Unit
ActionMenu Item
Press the OK button.Display
Press the OK button.Display Setup
Press the OK button. Select a temperature unit.Temperature
149
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Instrument Cluster Display
Changing the Tire Pressure Unit
ActionMenu Item
Press the OK button.Display
Press the OK button.Display Setup
Press the OK button. Select a pressure unit.Tire Pressure
150
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Instrument Cluster Display
WHAT IS REMOTE START
The system allows you to remotely start your
vehicle and to adjust the interior temperature
according to the settings that you chose.
REMOTE START PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: Do not start the engine
in a closed garage or in other enclosed
areas. Exhaust fumes are toxic. Always
open the garage door before you start the
engine. Failure to follow this instruction
could result in personal injury or death.
REMOTE START LIMITATIONS
Remote start does not work under the
following conditions:
• The alarm horn is sounding.
• The hood is open.
• The transmission is not in park (P).
• The ignition is on.
• The battery voltage is below the
minimum operating voltage.
Note: Do not use remote start if your fuel
level is low.
Note: To use remote start with Lincoln Way
or Phone as a Key, enable the modem. See
Connecting the Vehicle to a Wi-Fi Network
(page 417).
ENABLING REMOTE START
1. Using the instrument cluster display
controls on the steering wheel, select
Settings.
2. Select Vehicle.
3. Select Remote Start.
4. Switch System on.
Note: To use remote start, make sure that
the modem is enabled. See Enabling and
Disabling the Modem (page 417).
REMOTELY STARTING AND
STOPPING THE VEHICLE
Remotely Starting the Vehicle
E138623
Press the button on the remote
control.
E138625
Within three seconds, press the
button on the remote control.
Within three seconds, press the
button again.
Note: You can also use the Lincoln Way App
to start the vehicle.
Note: The direction indicators flash twice.
Note: The parking lamps turn on when the
vehicle is running.
Note: The horn sounds if the system fails to
start.
Note: All other vehicle systems remain off
when you have remotely started the vehicle.
Note: The vehicle remains secured when
you have remotely started the vehicle. A
valid key must be inside your vehicle to
switch the ignition on and drive your vehicle.
151
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Remote Start
Remotely Stopping the Vehicle
E138625
Within three seconds, press the
button on the remote control.
Within three seconds, press the
button again.
EXTENDING THE REMOTE START
DURATION
To extend the remote start duration during
remote start, do the following:
E138623
Press the button on the remote
control.
E138625
Within three seconds, press the
button on the remote control.
Within three seconds, press the
button again.
If the duration is set to 15 minutes, the
duration extends by another 15 minutes. This
provides a total of 30 minutes.
Note: Remote start can only be extended
once.
Note: A maximum of two remote starts, or
one remote start with an extension, are
allowed. To reset the restart procedure
switch the vehicle to on, then to off.
REMOTE START REMOTE
CONTROL INDICATORS
Remote Control Feedback
An LED on the remote control provides status
feedback of remote start or stop commands.
StatusLED
Remote start
successful.
Solid green.
Remote stop
successful.
Solid red.
Request failed or
status not received.
Blinking red.
Status incomplete.Blinking green.
REMOTE START SETTINGS
Switching Climate Control Last
Settings On and Off
1. Using the instrument cluster display
controls on the steering wheel, select
Settings.
2. Select Vehicle.
3. Select Remote Start Setup.
4. Select Climate Control.
5. Select Auto or Last settings.
Note: If you switch the last settings on, the
system remembers the last used settings.
Switching the Heated Seat Settings On
and Off
1. Using the instrument cluster display
controls on the steering wheel, select
Settings.
2. Select Vehicle.
3. Select Remote Start.
4. Select Seats.
152
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Remote Start
5. Select Auto or Off.
Note: If you switch the heated seat settings
on, the heated seats turn on during cold
weather.
Note: You cannot adjust the heated seat
settings when you have remotely started the
engine.
Switching the Heated Steering Wheel
Settings On and Off
1. Using the instrument cluster display
controls on the steering wheel, select
Settings.
2. Select Vehicle.
3. Select Remote Start.
4. Select Seats and Wheel.
5. Select Auto or Off.
Note: If you switch the heated steering wheel
settings on, the heated steering wheel turns
on during cold weather.
Note: You cannot adjust the heated steering
wheel settings when you have remotely
started the engine.
Setting the Remote Start Duration
You can set a duration for the engine to run.
Note: Wait a few seconds before remotely
starting the engine after the engine stops
running.
1. Using the instrument cluster display
controls on the steering wheel, select
Settings.
2. Select Vehicle.
3. Select Remote Start.
4. Select Duration.
153
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Remote Start
IDENTIFYING THE CLIMATE
CONTROL UNIT
E287616
Depending on your vehicle options, the
controls could look different than what you
see here.
SWITCHING CLIMATE CONTROL
ON AND OFF
Press the button.
SWITCHING RECIRCULATED AIR
ON AND OFF
Press the button to recirculate air
currently in the passenger
compartment.
Note: Recirculated air could turn off or be
prevented from turning on in all air flow
modes except maximum cooling to reduce
the risk of the windows fogging up.
Note: Recirculated air could turn on and off
when you direct air to the instrument panel
or footwell air vents during hot weather to
improve cooling efficiency.
SWITCHING AIR CONDITIONING
ON AND OFF
Press the button.
Note: Under certain conditions, the air
conditioning compressor could continue to
operate after you switch air conditioning off.
SWITCHING MAXIMUM DEFROST
ON AND OFF
Press the button.
Note: When you switch maximum defrost on,
the heated windshield, heated rear window
and air conditioning turn on. The blower
motor is set to the highest speed.
Note: When you switch maximum defrost off,
the heated windshield and heated rear
window remain on.
SWITCHING MAXIMUM COOLING
ON AND OFF
Press the button.
Note: When you switch maximum cooling
off, air conditioning remains on.
154
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Climate Control
SWITCHING THE HEATED REAR
WINDOW ON AND OFF
Press the button to clear the rear
window of thin ice and fog. The
heated rear window turns off after
a short period of time.
Note: Do not use harsh chemicals, razor
blades or other sharp objects to clean or
remove decals from the inside of the heated
rear window as this could cause damage to
the heated rear window grid lines not
covered by the vehicle warranty.
Note: Make sure the engine is on before
operating the heated windows.
SWITCHING THE HEATED
MIRRORS ON AND OFF
When you switch the heated rear window
on, the heated exterior mirrors turn on.
Note: Do not remove ice from the mirrors
with a scraper or adjust the mirror glass
when it is frozen in place.
Note: Do not clean the mirror housing or
glass with harsh abrasives, fuel or other
petroleum-based cleaning products. The
vehicle warranty may not cover damage
caused to the mirror housing or glass.
SETTING THE BLOWER MOTOR
SPEED
Turn the control to adjust the
volume of air circulated in the
vehicle.
SETTING THE TEMPERATURE
E266187
E266186
Press the toggle button on the left-hand side
of the climate control upward or downward
to set the left-hand temperature.
Note: This control also adjusts the right-hand
side temperature when you switch off dual
zone mode.
Press the toggle button on the right-hand
side of the climate control upward or
downward to set the right-hand temperature.
DIRECTING THE FLOW OF AIR
Directing Air to the Windshield Air
Vents
E265283
Press the button to activate the
selection screen.
Press the button on the
touchscreen.
Directing Air to the Instrument Panel
Air Vents
E265283
Press the button to activate the
selection screen.
E244097
Press the button on the
touchscreen.
155
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Climate Control
Directing Air to the Footwell Air Vents
E265283
Press the button to activate the
selection screen.
Press the button on the
touchscreen.
AUTO MODE
Switching Auto Mode On and Off
Press the button to switch auto
mode on. Repeatedly press the
button to adjust auto mode.
The system adjusts the blower motor speed,
air distribution, air conditioning operation,
and outside or recirculated air to reach and
maintain the temperature you have set.
Adjust the blower motor control to switch
auto mode off.
Note: The system starts at the previous
setting when you switch on auto mode.
Note: You can also switch off the dual zone
mode by pressing and holding the button for
more than two seconds.
Auto Mode Indicators
The indicators are on the Auto Mode button.
DescriptionAuto Mode Indicator Status
The blower motor speed is reduced. Use this setting to minimize the amount of noise from the
blower motor. This setting increases the time taken to cool the interior.
One indicator illuminated.
The blower motor speed is moderate.Two indicators illuminated.
The blower motor speed is increased. Use this setting to reduce the time taken to cool the interior.
This setting increases the amount of noise from the blower motor.
Three indicators illuminated.
156
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Climate Control
CLIMATE CONTROL –
TROUBLESHOOTING
Climate Control – Frequently Asked
Questions
Why is the volume of air to the rear
passenger compartment limited ?
Objects may obstruct the air direction
to the rear passenger compartment.
Make sure objects have not been
placed under the front seats.
Why is the volume of air from the air vents
reduced?
The air intake area at the base of the
windshield could be obstructed. Make
sure the air intake area is free from any
snow, ice or leaves.
What are the recommended settings for
heating the interior?
Auto mode on and instrument panel and
side air vents fully open.
How can I quickly heat the interior?
Select the highest blower motor speed,
highest temperature and direct the air
to the footwell air vents.
What are the recommended settings for
cooling the interior?
Auto mode on.
How can I quickly cool the interior?
Switch maximum cooling on, switch
recirculated air on and drive with the
windows open until you feel cold air
through the air vents.
How can I reduce the humidity build-up
inside my vehicle?
Do not drive with the system off or with
recirculated air on.
How can I defog the side windows?
Switch maximum defrost on.
How can I defog or clear the windshield of
thin ice?
Switch maximum defrost on.
Why do I feel air from the footwell air vents
regardless of the air distribution?
This is normal operation. You may feel
a small amount of air from the footwell
air vents regardless of the air
distribution.
What happens if I switch auto mode on
when the outside temperature and
in-vehicle temperature is high?
The system temporarily selects
recirculated air to maximize cooling.
What happens if I switch auto mode on
when the outside temperature is low and
the engine is cold?
Air is directed to the windshield and the
outer instrument panel air vents.
157
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Climate Control
WHAT IS THE CABIN AIR FILTER
The cabin air filter improves the quality of air
in your vehicle by trapping dust, pollen and
other particles.
REPLACING THE CABIN AIR FILTER
Replace the filter at regular intervals. See
Scheduled Maintenance (page 459).
The cabin air filter is behind the glove
compartment.
To remove the lower glove compartment and
access the filter:
1. Open the glove compartment.
E311296
2. Press the tab on each side.
3. Fully lower the glove compartment.
4. Pull the glove compartment toward you.
158
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Interior Air Quality
FRONT SEAT PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: Sitting improperly, out of
position or with the seatback reclined too
far can take weight off the seat cushion
and affect the decision of the passenger
sensing system, resulting in serious injury
or death in the event of a crash. Always sit
upright against your seat back, with your
feet on the floor.
WARNING: Do not recline the seat
backrest too far as this can cause the
occupant to slide under the seatbelt,
resulting in personal injury in the event of
a crash.
WARNING: Do not place objects
higher than the top of the seat backrest.
Failure to follow this instruction could result
in personal injury or death in the event of
a sudden stop or crash.
WARNING: Do not adjust the driver
seat or seat backrest when your vehicle is
moving. This may result in sudden seat
movement, causing the loss of control of
your vehicle.
SITTING IN THE CORRECT
POSITION
E68595
When you use them properly, the seat, head
restraint, seatbelt and airbags will provide
optimum protection in the event of a crash.
We recommend that you follow these
guidelines:
• Sit in an upright position with the base of
your spine as far back as possible.
• Do not recline the seat backrest so that
your torso is more than 30 degrees from
the upright position.
• Adjust the head restraint so that the top
of it is level with the top of your head and
as far forward as possible. Make sure that
you remain comfortable.
• Keep sufficient distance between
yourself and the steering wheel. We
recommend a minimum of 10 in (25 cm)
between your breastbone and the airbag
cover.
• Hold the steering wheel with your arms
slightly bent.
159
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Front Seats
• Bend your legs slightly so that you can
press the pedals fully.
• Position the shoulder strap of the seatbelt
over the center of your shoulder and
position the lap strap tightly across your
hips.
Make sure that your driving position is
comfortable and that you can maintain full
control of your vehicle.
POWER SEATS
Head Restraint Components
E138642
The head restraints consist of:
An energy absorbing head
restraint.
A
Two steel stems.B
Guide sleeve adjust and unlock
button.
C
Guide sleeve unlock and remove
button.
D
Adjusting the Head Restraint
WARNING: Fully adjust the head
restraint before you sit in or operate your
vehicle. This will help minimize the risk of
neck injury in the event of a crash. Do not
adjust the head restraint when your vehicle
is moving.
WARNING: The head restraint is a
safety device. Whenever possible it should
be installed and properly adjusted when
the seat is occupied. Failure to adjust the
head restraint properly could reduce its
effectiveness during certain impacts.
Note: Adjust the seat backrest to an upright
driving position before adjusting the head
restraint. Adjust the head restraint so that
the top of it is level with the top of your head
and as far forward as possible. Make sure
that you remain comfortable. If you are
extremely tall, adjust the head restraint to
its highest position.
Pull the head restraint up to raise it.
To lower the head restraint:
1. Press and hold the adjust and unlock
button.
2. Push the head restraint down.
Removing the Head Restraint
1. Pull up the head restraint until it reaches
its highest position.
2. Press and hold the adjust and unlock
button, and the unlock and remove
button.
3. Pull up the head restraint.
Note: You cannot remove front seat head
restraints that have entertainment system
video screens.
160
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Front Seats
Installing the Head Restraint
Align the steel stems into the guide sleeves
and push the head restraint down until it
locks.
Adjusting the Power Head Restraint (If
Equipped)
E196925
Moving the Seat Backward and
Forward
E308339
Adjusting the Seat Cushion (If Equipped)
E308336
161
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Front Seats
Adjusting the Length of the Seat
Cushion (If Equipped)
E196924
Adjusting the Seat Backrest
WARNING: Do not place cargo or
any objects behind the seatback before
returning it to the original position.
E308338
Adjusting the Upper Seat Backrest and
Head Restraint (If Equipped)
E200950
Adjusting the Seat Height
E308337
Adjusting the Lumbar Support
E298774
162
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Front Seats
MASSAGE SEATS
Massage Seat Limitations
The engine must be running or the vehicle
must be in accessory mode to activate the
seats.
Allow a few seconds for any selection to
activate. When the seat backrest and cushion
are both active, the massage alternates
between zones.
Adjusting the Massage Seat Settings
E156301
Select the previous massage
pattern or lumbar area.
A
Decrease the massage or lumbar
Intensity.
B
Select the next massage pattern
or lumbar area.
C
Increase the massage or lumbar
Intensity.
D
Select the massage or lumbar
mode.
E
You can also adjust this feature through the
touchscreen.
HEATED SEATS
Heated Seat Precautions
WARNING: Use caution when using
the heated seat if you are unable to feel
pain to your skin because of advanced
age, chronic illness, diabetes, spinal cord
injury, medication, alcohol use, exhaustion
or other physical conditions. The heated
seat could cause burns even at low
temperatures, especially if used for long
periods of time. Failure to follow this
instruction could result in personal injury.
WARNING: Do not poke sharp
objects into the seat cushion or seat
backrest. This could damage the heated
seat element and cause it to overheat.
Failure to follow this instruction could result
in personal injury.
163
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Front Seats
WARNING: Do not place anything on
the seat that blocks the heat, for example
a seat cover or a cushion. This could cause
the seat to overheat. Failure to follow this
instruction could result in personal injury.
Do not:
• Place heavy objects on the seat.
• Operate the heated seat if water or any
other liquid spills on the seat. Allow the
seat to dry.
Switching the Heated Seats On and Off
The vehicle must be running to use this
feature.
E146322
Press the heated seat symbol to cycle
through the various heat settings and off.
The more indicators that display, the warmer
the temperature of the seat.
Note: The heated seats may remain on after
you remote start your vehicle, based on your
remote start settings. The heated seats may
also turn on when you start your vehicle if
they were on when you switched your
vehicle off.
VENTILATED SEATS
Switching the Ventilated Seats On and
Off
The vehicle must be running to use this
feature.
E224689
Press this symbol to cycle through the
various ventilation settings and off. More
indicator lights indicate higher fan speeds.
If the engine falls below 350 RPM while the
ventilated seats are on, the feature turns
itself off. You need to reactivate it.
Note: The ventilated seats may remain on
after you remote start your vehicle, based
on your remote start settings. The ventilated
seats may also turn on when you start your
vehicle if they were on when you switched
your vehicle off.
Automatic Climate Controlled Seats (If
Equipped)
When you switch the auto setting on, the
climate controlled seats switch between the
heated seats and ventilated seats to match
your climate control setting.
164
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Front Seats
MANUAL SEATS
Head Restraint Components
Rear Seat Outermost Head Restraints
E201128
The head restraints consist of:
An energy absorbing head
restraint.
A
Two steel stems.B
Guide sleeve unlock and remove
buttons.
C
Fold button.D
Rear Seat Center Head Restraint
E138645
The head restraint consists of:
An energy absorbing head
restraint.
A
Two steel stems.B
Guide sleeve adjust and unlock
button.
C
Guide sleeve unlock and remove
button.
D
Adjusting the Head Restraint
Raising the Head Restraint
To raise the center head restraint, pull the
head restraint up.
Lowering the Head Restraint
To lower the center head restraint:
1. Press and hold the adjust and unlock
button.
2. Push the head restraint down.
Folding the Head Restraint
1. Press and hold the fold button.
2. Pull the head restraint back up to reset.
Removing the Head Restraint
Outermost Head Restraints
1. Press and hold the unlock and remove
buttons.
2. Pull the head restraint up.
165
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Rear Seats
Center Head Restraint
1. Pull the head restraint up until it reaches
its highest position.
2. Press and hold the adjust and unlock
button, and the unlock and remove
button.
3. Pull the head restraint up.
Installing the Head Restraint
Align the steel stems into the guide sleeves
and push the head restraint down until it
locks.
Folding the Seat Backrest
WARNING: To prevent possible
damage to the seat or seatbelts, make sure
that the seatbelts are not fastened before
folding the seatback.
WARNING: When folding or unfolding
the seats, take care not to get your fingers
caught between the seat backrest and seat
frame. Failure to follow this warning could
result in serious personal injury.
E186789
With the seat empty, pull the lever up to fold
the seat backrest forward.
Unfolding the Seat Backrest
WARNING: When unfolding the seat
backrests, make sure that the seatbelts are
not trapped behind the seat.
WARNING: Make sure that the seats
and the seat backrests are secure and fully
locked in their catches.
Rotate the seat backrest up until it latches in
the upright position. It clicks when you lock
it into position.
Reclining the Seat Backrest
With the seat occupied, pull the lever up to
recline the seat backrest.
166
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Rear Seats
POWER SEATS
Folding the Seat Backrest
WARNING: Do not fold a seat if it is
occupied. Failure to follow this instruction
could result in personal injury.
This feature operates when the vehicle is in
park (P) and the liftgate has been open for
less than 10 minutes.
The controls are on the left-hand rear quarter
trim panel and are accessible from the
liftgate area.
E187106
Press and hold the left control to lower the
left seat backrest.
Press and hold the right control to lower the
right seat backrest.
Unfolding the Seat Backrest
Rotate the seat backrest up until it latches in
the upright position. It clicks when you lock
it into position.
HEATED SEATS
Heated Seat Precautions
WARNING: Use caution when using
the heated seat if you are unable to feel
pain to your skin because of advanced
age, chronic illness, diabetes, spinal cord
injury, medication, alcohol use, exhaustion
or other physical conditions. The heated
seat could cause burns even at low
temperatures, especially if used for long
periods of time. Failure to follow this
instruction could result in personal injury.
WARNING: Do not poke sharp
objects into the seat cushion or seat
backrest. This could damage the heated
seat element and cause it to overheat.
Failure to follow this instruction could result
in personal injury.
WARNING: Do not place anything on
the seat that blocks the heat, for example
a seat cover or a cushion. This could cause
the seat to overheat. Failure to follow this
instruction could result in personal injury.
Do not:
• Place heavy objects on the seat.
• Operate the heated seat if water or any
other liquid spills on the seat. Allow the
seat to dry.
Switching the Heated Seats On and Off
The vehicle must be running to use this
feature.
The rear seat heat controls are on the rear
of the center console.
167
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Rear Seats
E146322
Press the heated seat symbol to cycle
through the various heat settings and off.
More indicator lights indicate warmer
settings.
The heated seats turn off when you switch
off the vehicle.
168
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Rear Seats
WHAT IS THE REAR OCCUPANT
ALERT SYSTEM
The rear occupant alert system monitors
vehicle conditions and notifies you to check
for rear seat occupants when you switch the
ignition off.
HOW DOES THE REAR OCCUPANT
ALERT SYSTEM WORK
The system monitors when rear doors have
been opened and closed to indicate the
potential presence of an occupant in the rear
seat.
A message displays in the information and
entertainment display screen and an audible
warning sounds when you switch the ignition
off after any of the following conditions have
been met:
• A rear door is opened or closed while
the ignition is on.
• You switch the ignition on within 15
minutes of a rear door opening and
closing.
• You switch the ignition on within 15
minutes of the alert having displayed or
sounded.
REAR OCCUPANT ALERT SYSTEM
PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: On hot days, the
temperature inside the vehicle can rise
very quickly. Exposure of people or animals
to these high temperatures for even a short
time can cause death or serious heat
related injuries, including brain damage.
Small children are particularly at risk.
WARNING: Do not leave children or
pets unattended in your vehicle. Failure to
follow this instruction could result in
personal injury or death.
REAR OCCUPANT ALERT SYSTEM
LIMITATIONS
The system does not detect the presence of
objects or passengers in the rear seat. It
monitors when rear doors are opened and
closed.
Note: It is possible to receive an alert when
there is no rear seat occupant, but alert
conditions are met.
Note: It is possible to receive no alert when
there is an occupant in the rear seat, if alert
conditions are not met. For example, if a rear
seat occupant does not enter the vehicle
through a rear door.
Note: The audible warning does not sound
when the front door is opened before you
switch the ignition off.
169
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Rear Occupant Alert System (If Equipped)
SWITCHING REAR OCCUPANT
ALERT SYSTEM ON AND OFF
1. Press Settings on the touchscreen.
2. Press Vehicle.
3. Switch Rear Occupant Alert on or off.
Note: The default setting is on.
Note: Performing a master reset causes the
system to switch on again.
Semiannual Reminder (If Equipped)
When you switch the system off, a message
appears every six months as a reminder that
the system is off. You can switch the system
back on or leave it off.
REAR OCCUPANT ALERT SYSTEM
INDICATORS
E325002
Message
Check rear seats for occupants.
Displays when you switch your vehicle off
after the alert conditions are met.
The message displays for a short period of
time. Press Close to acknowledge and
remove the message.
REAR OCCUPANT ALERT SYSTEM
AUDIBLE WARNINGS
Sounds when you switch your vehicle off
after the alert conditions are met.
The warning sounds for a short period of
time.
170
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Rear Occupant Alert System (If Equipped)
HOW DOES THE MEMORY
FUNCTION WORK
The memory function recalls the position of
these features:
• Driver seat.
• Power mirrors.
• Optional power steering column.
MEMORY FUNCTION
PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: Before activating the
memory seat, make sure that the area
immediately surrounding the seat is clear
of obstructions and that all occupants are
clear of moving parts.
WARNING: Do not use the memory
function when your vehicle is moving.
LOCATING THE MEMORY
FUNCTION BUTTONS
E142554
The memory function buttons are on the
driver door.
SAVING A PRESET POSITION
1. Switch the ignition on.
2. Adjust the memory features to your
preferred position.
3. Press and hold the preferred preset
button until you hear a single tone.
A confirmation message appears in the
information display.
You can save up to three preset memory
positions at any time.
RECALLING A PRESET POSITION
Press and release a preset button.
Note: You can only recall a preset memory
position when the ignition is off, or when you
place the transmission in park (P) or neutral
(N) if the ignition is on and the vehicle is not
moving.
Note: Pressing any of the memory feature
controls during a memory recall cancels the
operation.
You can also recall a preset memory position
by:
• Pressing the unlock button on your
remote control if you linked it to a preset
position.
• Unlocking the intelligent driver door
handle if a linked remote control is
present.
171
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Memory Function
Note: Using a linked remote control to recall
your memory position when the ignition is
off moves the seat and steering column to
the easy entry position.
172
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Memory Function
WHAT IS THE GARAGE DOOR
OPENER
HomeLink Wireless Control System
E188211
The universal garage door opener replaces
the common hand-held garage door opener
with a three-button transmitter integrated
into the driver’s sun visor.
HOW DOES THE GARAGE DOOR
OPENER WORK
The system includes two primary features, a
garage door opener and a platform for
remote activation of devices within the home.
You can program garage doors as well as
entry gate operators, security systems, entry
door locks and home or office lighting.
Additional system information can be found
online at www.homelink.com or by calling
the toll-free help line at 1-800-355-3515.
Note: You can program a maximum of three
devices. To change or replace any of the
three devices after it has been initially
programmed, you must first erase the current
settings. See Clearing the Garage Door
Opener (page 176).
GARAGE DOOR OPENER
PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: Do not use the system
with any garage door opener that does not
have the safety stop and reverse feature
as required by U.S. Federal Safety
Standards (this includes any garage door
opener manufactured before April 1, 1982).
A garage door opener which cannot detect
an object, signaling the door to stop and
reverse, does not meet current federal
safety standards. Using a garage door
opener without these features increases
the risk of serious injury or death.
Note: Make sure that the garage door and
security device are free from obstruction
when you are programming. Do not program
the system with your vehicle in the garage.
Note: Make sure you keep the original
remote control transmitter for use in other
vehicles as well as for future system
programming.
173
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Garage Door Opener (If Equipped)
Note: We recommend that upon the sale or
lease termination of your vehicle, you erase
the programmed function buttons for security
reasons. See Clearing the Garage Door
Opener (page 176).
GARAGE DOOR OPENER
LIMITATIONS
Canadian radio-frequency laws require
transmitter signals to time-out (or quit) after
several seconds – which may not be long
enough for HomeLink to pick up the signal.
U.S. gate operators time-out in the same
manner.
Note: If programming a garage door opener
or gate operator, it is advised to unplug the
device during the “cycling” process to
prevent possible overheating.
PROGRAMMING THE GARAGE
DOOR OPENER TO YOUR HAND-
HELD TRANSMITTER
This process is to program your in-vehicle
HomeLink function button with your
hand-held transmitter.
Note: The programming steps below assume
you will be programming HomeLink that was
not previously programmed. If your
HomeLink was previously programmed, you
may need to erase your HomeLink buttons.
See Clearing the Garage Door Opener
(page 176).
E188212
1. With your vehicle parked outside of the
garage, switch your ignition to the on
position, but do not start your vehicle.
2. Press and release one of the three
HomeLink function buttons that you
would like to program.
3. Hold your hand-held garage door
transmitter 1–3 in (2–8 cm) away from the
HomeLink button you want to program.
4. Press and hold the hand-held transmitter
button you want to program while
watching the indicator light on HomeLink.
Continue to hold the hand-held button
until the HomeLink indicator light flashes
rapidly or is continuously on.
Note: You may need to use a different
method if you live in Canada or have
difficulties programming your gate operator
or garage door opener. See Programming
the Garage Door Opener to Your Gate
Opener Motor (page 175).
5. Press and hold the HomeLink button you
programmed for two seconds, then
release. You may need to do this twice
to activate the door.
174
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Garage Door Opener (If Equipped)
Note: If the indicator light stays on, the
programming is complete.
Note: If the HomeLink indicator flashes
rapidly, repeat step 5.
Note: If your device still does not operate,
you must program your garage door. See
Programming the Garage Door Opener to
Your Garage Door Opener Motor (page 175).
6. To program additional buttons, repeat
Steps 1 – 4.
PROGRAMMING THE GARAGE
DOOR OPENER TO YOUR GARAGE
DOOR OPENER MOTOR
E142659
1. Press the learn button on the garage
door opener motor, you have 30 seconds
to complete the next two steps.
2. Return to your vehicle.
E188212
3. Press and hold one of the three
HomeLink function buttons you want to
program for two seconds, then release.
Repeat this step. Depending on your
brand of garage door opener, you may
need to repeat this sequence a third time.
PROGRAMMING THE GARAGE
DOOR OPENER TO YOUR GATE
OPENER MOTOR
Gate Operator / Canadian
Programming
Canadian radio-frequency laws require
transmitter signals to “time-out” (or quit) after
several seconds of transmission – which may
not be long enough for HomeLink to pick up
the signal during programming. Similar to
this Canadian law, some U.S. gate operators
“time-out” in the same manner.
Note: If programming a garage door opener
or gate operator, it is advised to unplug the
device during the “cycling” process to
prevent possible overheating.
1. Press and release, every two seconds,
your hand-held transmitter until the
HomeLink indicator light changes to a
rapidly blinking or continuously on light.
2. Release the hand-held transmitter button.
175
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Garage Door Opener (If Equipped)
3. Press and hold the HomeLink function
button you want to program for two
seconds, then release. You may need to
do this twice to activate the door.
Note: If the indicator light stays on, the
programming is complete.
Note: If the HomeLink indicator flashes
rapidly, repeat Step 3.
Note: If your device still does not operate,
you must program your garage door. See
Programming the Garage Door Opener to
Your Garage Door Opener Motor (page 175).
4. To program additional buttons, repeat
Steps 1 – 4.
CLEARING THE GARAGE DOOR
OPENER
E188213
1. Press and hold the outer two function
buttons simultaneously for approximately
10 seconds until the indicator light above
the buttons flashes rapidly.
2. When the indicator light flashes, release
the buttons.
Note: You cannot erase individual buttons.
REPROGRAMMING THE GARAGE
DOOR OPENER
To program a device to a previously trained
button, follow these steps:
1. Press and hold the desired button. Do
NOT release the button.
2. The indicator light begins to flash after
20 seconds. Without releasing the
button, follow programming steps.
GARAGE DOOR OPENER RADIO
FREQUENCIES
FCC and RSS-210 Industry Canada
Compliance
WARNING: Changes or modifications
not expressively approved by the party
responsible for compliance could void the
user's authority to operate the equipment.
The term "IC:" before the radio certification
number only signifies that Industry Canada
technical specifications were met.
176
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Garage Door Opener (If Equipped)
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC
Rules and with RSS-210 of Industry Canada.
Operation is subject to the following two
conditions: (1) this device may not cause
harmful interference, and (2) this device must
accept any interference received, including
interference that could cause undesired
operation.
This equipment complies with FCC radiation
exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled
environment. End Users must follow the
specific operating instructions for satisfying
RF exposure compliance. This transmitter
must be at least 8 in (20 cm) from the user
and must not be co-located or operating in
conjunction with any other antenna or
transmitter.
177
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Garage Door Opener (If Equipped)
LOCATING THE USB PORTS
Data Transfer USB Ports
The USB Ports could be in the following
locations:
• On the lower instrument panel.
• Inside the media bin.
• Inside the center console.
Note: These USB ports can also charge
devices.
Note: Not all USB ports in your vehicle have
data transfer capabilities.
Note: We recommend using only USB-IF
certified cables and adapters. Non-certified
cables and adapters may not work.
Charge Only USB Ports
The USB ports could be in the following
locations:
• On the lower instrument panel.
• On the upper instrument panel.
• Inside the media bin.
• Inside the center console.
• On the rear of the center console.
• In the cargo area.
PLAYING MEDIA USING THE USB
PORT
WARNING: Driving while distracted
can result in loss of vehicle control, crash
and injury. We strongly recommend that
you use extreme caution when using any
device that may take your focus off the
road. Your primary responsibility is the safe
operation of your vehicle. We recommend
against the use of any hand-held device
while driving and encourage the use of
voice-operated systems when possible.
Make sure you are aware of all applicable
local laws that may affect the use of
electronic devices while driving.
Connect your device to the USB port.
E100027
Press the audio button on the
feature bar.
Select Sources.
Select the USB option.
Press the button to play a track.
Press the button again to pause
the track.
Press the button to skip to the next
track.
Press and hold the button to fast
forward through the track.
Press the button once to return to
the beginning of a track.
Repeatedly press the button to
return to previous tracks.
Press and hold the button to fast rewind.
CHARGING A DEVICE
Connect your device to the USB port.
178
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
USB Ports
You can use the charger when the vehicle
is in accessory mode, when the vehicle is
running, or when SYNC is on.
179
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
USB Ports
WHAT IS THE POWER OUTLET
The power outlet can power devices that use
a household plug.
POWER OUTLET PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: Do not keep electrical
devices plugged in the power point
whenever the device is not in use. Do not
use any extension cord with the 110 volt
AC power point, since it will defeat the
safety protection design. Doing so may
cause the power point to overload due to
powering multiple devices that can reach
beyond the 150 watt load limit and could
result in fire or serious injury.
Note: The power point turns off when you
switch off the ignition, when the vehicle is
not in accessory mode, or when the battery
voltage drops below 11 volts.
LOCATING THE POWER OUTLET
The power outlet is on the instrument panel
or the rear of the center console.
POWER OUTLET INDICATORS
The power outlet indicator illuminates to let
you know the status of the system.
DescriptionIndicator Status
The power point is
working, the ignition
is on, or the vehicle
is in accessory
mode.
On
The power point is
off, the ignition is off,
or the vehicle is not
in accessory mode.
Off
The power point is in
fault mode.
Flashing
Note: Due to different technologies used on
its construction, some devices may exceed
the capacity shown on its label when they
are initially plugged in.
Note: The power outlet temporarily turns off
power when in fault mode if the device
exceeds the Watt limit. Unplug your device
and switch the ignition off. Switch the ignition
back on, but do not plug your device back
in. Let the system cool off and switch the
ignition off to reset the fault mode. Switch
the ignition back on and make sure the
indicator light remains on.
180
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Power Outlet - Vehicles With: 110V Power Outlet
WHAT IS THE POWER OUTLET
The power outlet can power devices using
a 12 V outlet adapter.
POWER OUTLET PRECAUTIONS
When you switch the vehicle on, you can use
the socket to power 12 V appliances with a
maximum current rating of 20 A. Do not use
the power point over the vehicle capacity of
12 V DC 240 W or a fuse could blow. Do not
plug in any device that supplies power to the
vehicle through the power points. This could
result in damage to vehicle systems. Do not
hang any accessory from the accessory plug.
Always keep the power point caps closed
when not in use. Do not insert objects other
than an accessory plug into the power point.
To prevent the battery from running out of
charge:
• Do not use the power point longer than
necessary when the vehicle is off.
• Do not leave devices plugged in
overnight or when you park your vehicle
for extended periods.
LOCATING THE POWER OUTLET
Power outlets may be in the following
locations:
• On the lower instrument panel.
• Inside the center console.
• On the front of the center console.
• On the rear of the center console.
• In the cargo area.
• On the passenger side floor panel.
• 3rd row on the quarter trim panels.
181
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Power Outlet - Vehicles With: 12V Power Outlet
WHAT IS THE WIRELESS
ACCESSORY CHARGER
Wireless Charging Pad
The wireless accessory charger allows you
to charge one compatible Qi wireless
charging device on the charging area.
WIRELESS ACCESSORY CHARGER
PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: Wireless charging
devices can affect the operation of
implanted medical devices, including
cardiac pacemakers. If you have any
implanted medical devices, we recommend
that you consult with your physician.
Tests on this equipment show that it
complies with part 18 of the FCC Rules.
• This equipment generates, uses and can
radiate radio frequency energy and may
cause harmful interference to radio
communications. There is no guarantee
that the interference will not occur in a
particular installation. If this equipment
does cause harmful interference to radio
or television reception, please consult
the dealer.
• This product is not end-user serviceable.
WARNING: Changes or modifications
not expressively approved by the party
responsible for compliance could void the
user's authority to operate the equipment.
The term "IC:" before the radio certification
number only signifies that Industry Canada
technical specifications were met.
This device complies with Industry Canada
licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation
is subject to:
• This device may not cause interference.
• This device must accept any interference,
including interference that may cause
undesired operation of the device.
Keep the charging area clean and remove
foreign objects prior to charging a device.
Do not place items with a magnetic strip, for
example passports, parking tickets or credit
cards, near the charging area when charging
a device. Damage may occur to the magnetic
strip.
Do not place metal objects, for example
remote controls, coins and candy wrappers,
on or near the charging area when charging
a device. Metal objects may heat up and
degrade the charging performance, in
addition to causing error messages and
interruptions in charging.
Note: During charging, the device and the
charger could heat up, this is normal. If the
battery gets hotter than usual, the device
may stop charging.
182
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Wireless Accessory Charger (If Equipped)
LOCATING THE WIRELESS
ACCESSORY CHARGER
E297549
The charging area is on the center
console or in the media bin below
the instrument panel.
CHARGING A WIRELESS DEVICE
Place the device on the center of the
charging surface with the charging side
down. The charging stops after your device
reaches a full charge.
You can use the charger when the vehicle
is in accessory mode, when the vehicle is
running, or when SYNC is on.
183
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Wireless Accessory Charger (If Equipped)
CUP HOLDERS
Cup Holder Precautions
WARNING: Use caution when
stowing items or hot drinks in the cup
holders. Items could become loose or spill
during hard braking, acceleration or
crashes. Failure to follow this instruction
could result in personal injury.
UNDER FLOOR STORAGE
Locating the Rear Under Floor Storage
E201718
The system is in the floor of the cargo area.
Lift the handle to open.
E201719
Your vehicle may have an additional cover
that you can remove to access the spare tire
or tire mobility kit.
184
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Storage
In Floor Storage -Second Row
E201721
In-floor storage is behind the second row of
seats in the cargo area. Lift the lid to open.
GLASSES HOLDER
Locating the Glasses Holder
E340906
Press near the rear edge of the door to open
the glasses holder.
185
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Storage
STARTING AND STOPPING THE
ENGINE – PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: Extended idling at high
engine speeds can produce very high
temperatures in the engine and exhaust
system, creating the risk of fire or other
damage.
WARNING: Do not park, idle or drive
your vehicle on dry grass or other dry
ground cover. The emission system heats
up the engine compartment and exhaust
system, creating the risk of fire.
WARNING: Do not start the engine
in a closed garage or in other enclosed
areas. Exhaust fumes are toxic. Always
open the garage door before you start the
engine. Failure to follow this instruction
could result in personal injury or death.
WARNING: Do not use starting fluid,
for example ether, in the air intake system.
Such fluid could cause immediate
explosive damage to the engine and
possible personal injury.
WARNING: Exhaust leaks may result
in entry of harmful and potentially lethal
fumes into the passenger compartment. If
you smell exhaust fumes inside your
vehicle, have your vehicle inspected
immediately. Do not drive if you smell
exhaust fumes.
The powertrain control system meets all
Canadian interference-causing equipment
standard requirements regulating the
impulse electrical field or radio noise.
If you stop your vehicle and leave the engine
idling for long periods, we recommend that
you do one of the following:
• Open the windows at least 1 in (2.5 cm).
• Set your climate control to outside air.
PUSH BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH
E321258
Switching the Ignition Off
When the ignition is on or in accessory mode,
press the push button ignition switch once
without your foot on the brake pedal.
Switching the Ignition to Accessory
Mode
When the ignition is off, press the push
button ignition switch once without your foot
on the brake pedal.
All electrical circuits and accessories are
operational and the warning lamps and
indicators illuminate.
186
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Starting and Stopping the Engine
Note: Your vehicle has a battery saver
feature that shuts your vehicle off when it
detects a certain amount of battery drain, or
after approximately 30 minutes of inactivity
in accessory mode.
Starting the Engine
With the transmission in park (P), press the
brake pedal and press the push button
ignition switch. An indicator light on the
button illuminates when the ignition is on
and when the engine starts.
Note: The system may not function if the
passive key is close to metal objects or
electronic devices, for example keys or a
cell phone.
Note: A valid key must be inside your vehicle
to switch the ignition on and start the engine.
STARTING THE ENGINE
Starting a Gasoline Engine
Before starting your vehicle, check the
following:
• Make sure that the headlamps and
electrical accessories are off.
• Make sure that the parking brake is on.
• Make sure that the transmission is in park
(P).
1. Fully press the brake pedal.
Note: Do not touch the accelerator pedal.
E321258
2. Press the push button ignition switch.
Note: The engine may continue cranking for
up to 15 seconds or until it starts.
Note: The engine takes longer to start at
lower temperatures. It may crank for several
seconds when very cold.
Restarting the Engine After Stopping
it
The system allows you to start the engine
within 10 seconds of switching it off, even if
it does not detect a valid passive key.
Within 10 seconds of switching the engine
off, fully press the brake pedal and press the
push button ignition switch. After 10 seconds,
you can no longer start the engine if the
system does not detect a valid passive key.
When you start the engine, it remains running
until you press the push button ignition
switch, even if your vehicle does not detect
a valid passive key. If you open and close a
door when the engine is running, the system
searches for a valid passive key.
187
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Starting and Stopping the Engine
ENGINE BLOCK HEATER (If Equipped)
Engine Block Heater Precautions
WARNING: Failure to follow engine
block heater instructions could result in
property damage or serious personal
injury.
WARNING: Do not use your heater
with ungrounded electrical systems or
two-pronged adapters. There is a risk of
electrical shock.
WARNING: Do not fully close the
hood, or allow it to drop under its own
weight when using the engine block
heater. This could damage the power cable
and may cause an electrical short resulting
in fire, injury and property damage.
We recommend that you do the following for
a safe and correct operation:
• Use a 16-gauge outdoor extension cord
that is product certified by Underwriter’ s
Laboratory (UL) or Canadian Standards
Association (CSA). This extension cord
must be suitable for use outdoors, in cold
temperatures, and be clearly marked
Suitable for Use with Outdoor
Appliances. Do not use an indoor
extension cord outdoors. This could
result in an electric shock or become a
fire hazard.
• Use as short an extension cord as
possible.
• Do not use multiple extension cords.
• Make sure that when in operation, the
extension cord plug and engine block
heater cord plug connections are free
and clear of water. This could cause an
electric shock or fire.
• If the engine block heater cord is under
the hood, do not remove the wiring from
its original location. Do not close the
hood on the extension wiring.
• Park your vehicle in a clean area, clear
of combustible materials.
• Firmly connect the engine block heater
cord and the extension cord.
• Check the extension cord for heat
anywhere when the system has been
operating for approximately 30 minutes.
• Unplug and properly stow the system
before starting and driving your vehicle.
The protective cover seals the terminals
of the engine block heater cord plug
when not in use.
• Check the engine block heater system
for proper operation before winter.
How Does the Engine Block Heater
Work
The engine block heater warms the engine
coolant. This allows the climate control
system to quickly respond. The equipment
includes a heater element installed in the
engine block and a wire harness. You can
connect the system to a grounded 220-240
volt AC electrical source.
188
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Starting and Stopping the Engine
Note: The engine block heater is most
effective when outdoor temperatures are
below 0°F (-18°C).
Using the Engine Block Heater
Make sure the receptacle terminals are clean
and dry prior to use. Clean them with a dry
cloth if necessary.
The heater uses 0.4 to 1.0 kilowatt-hours of
energy per hour of use. The system does not
have a thermostat. It achieves maximum
temperature after approximately three hours
of operation. Using the engine block heater
longer than three hours does not improve
system performance and unnecessarily uses
electricity.
STOPPING THE ENGINE
Stopping the Engine When Your
Vehicle is Stationary
1. Shift into park (P).
2. Apply the parking brake.
3. Wait until the engine reaches idle speed.
E321258
4. Press the push button ignition switch.
Stopping the Engine When Your
Vehicle is Moving
WARNING: Switching off the engine
when your vehicle is still moving results in
a significant decrease in braking
assistance. Higher effort is required to
apply the brakes and to stop your vehicle.
A significant decrease in steering
assistance could also occur. The steering
does not lock, but higher effort could be
required to steer your vehicle. When you
switch the ignition off, some electrical
circuits, for example airbags, also turn off.
If you unintentionally switch the ignition
off, shift into neutral (N) and restart the
engine.
E321258
1. Press and hold the push button ignition
switch until the engine stops, or press it
three times within two seconds.
2. Shift into neutral and use the brakes to
bring your vehicle to a safe stop.
3. Shift into park (P).
4. Apply the parking brake.
AUTOMATIC ENGINE STOP
What Is Automatic Engine Stop
Automatic engine stop is a feature that
switches the engine off if it has been idling
for an extended period to help you save fuel.
189
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Starting and Stopping the Engine
How Does Automatic Engine Stop
Work
Automatic engine stop turns the engine off.
The ignition also turns off in order to save
battery power. Before the engine shuts
down, a message appears in the information
display showing a timer counting down. If
you do not intervene within 30 seconds, the
engine shuts down. Another message
appears in the information display to inform
you that the engine has shut down in order
to save fuel. Start your vehicle as you
normally do.
Switching Automatic Engine Stop On
and Off
1. Press the menu button on the steering
wheel to enter the information display
main menu.
2. Select Settings.
3. Switch Auto Engine Off on or off.
Note: You cannot permanently switch off
the automatic shutdown. If you switch it off,
it turns on each time you switch the ignition
on.
Overriding Automatic Engine Stop
Note: You cannot permanently switch off the
automatic engine shutdown feature. When
you switch it off temporarily, it turns on at
the next ignition cycle.
You can stop the engine shutdown, or reset
the timer, at any point before the 30-second
countdown has expired by doing any of the
following:
• Pressing the brake pedal or accelerator
pedal.
• Pressing the OK or RESET button during
the countdown.
ACCESSING THE PASSIVE KEY
BACKUP POSITION
If you are unable to start the engine, do the
following:
E203693
1. Open the floor console storage
compartment lid.
190
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Starting and Stopping the Engine
E203694
2. With the buttons facing upward and the
unlock button facing the front of your
vehicle, place the passive key into the
backup slot.
3. With the key in this position, press the
brake pedal then press the push button
ignition switch to switch the ignition on
and start your vehicle.
STARTING AND STOPPING THE
ENGINE – TROUBLESHOOTING
Starting and Stopping the Engine –
Warning Lamps
Malfunction Indicator Lamp
If it illuminates when the engine is
running, the on-board diagnostics
system is detecting a malfunction
of the vehicle emission control system.
If it flashes, engine misfire could be
occurring. Increased exhaust gas
temperatures could damage the catalytic
converter or other vehicle components.
Avoid heavy acceleration and deceleration,
and have your vehicle checked as soon as
possible.
Powertrain Warning Lamp
If it illuminates when the engine is
running, this indicates a powertrain
or four-wheel drive fault. If it
flashes when you are driving, immediately
reduce the vehicle speed. Avoid heavy
acceleration and deceleration, and have your
vehicle checked as soon as possible.
If both lamps illuminate when the engine is
running, stop your vehicle as soon as it is
safe to do so. Continuing to drive your
vehicle could cause reduced power or the
engine to stop. Switch the ignition off and
attempt to restart the engine. Have your
vehicle checked as soon as possible.
191
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Starting and Stopping the Engine
Starting and Stopping the Engine – Information Messages
ActionMessage
Displays if you exceed the starting time limit. You cannot attempt to start the engine for 15 minutes.
If you cannot start the engine after 15 minutes passes, have your vehicle immediately checked.
Cranking Time Exceeded
Displays if you are unable to start your vehicle with a correctly coded key. The system has
detected a fault that requires service. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.
Starting System Fault
Displays if the system does not detect a valid passive key.No Key Detected
192
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Starting and Stopping the Engine
Starting and Stopping the Engine –
Frequently Asked Questions
Why is the engine idle speed high when I
am starting the engine?
The speed at which the engine idles
immediately after starting is optimized
to minimize vehicle emissions and
maximize cabin comfort and fuel
economy.
Why does the engine not crank?
You can only attempt to start the engine
for a limited amount of time before the
starting system temporarily disables. If
you exceed the starting time limit, a
message may appear and you cannot
attempt to start the engine for at least
15 minutes.
Why do I experience different driving
characteristics?
If you disconnect the battery, your
vehicle may exhibit some unusual
driving characteristics for approximately
5 mi (8 km) after you reconnect it. This
is because the engine management
system must realign itself with the
engine. You can disregard any unusual
driving characteristics during this period.
Why can I not start the engine?
If you cannot start the engine after 3
attempts, wait 10 seconds and do the
following:
1. Fully press the brake pedal.
Note: Make sure that the parking brake is
applied.
Note: Make sure that the transmission is in
park (P) or neutral (N).
2. Fully press the accelerator pedal and
hold it there.
3. Press the push button ignition switch.
Note: The engine cranks for a short period
of time and then it stops.
4. Release the accelerator pedal.
E321258
5. Press the push button ignition switch.
Why does the system not detect a passive
key?
If the system does not detect a passive
key and you are unable to start the
engine, insert the passive key into the
backup position and press the push
button ignition switch to start the
engine. See Accessing the Passive Key
Backup Position (page 190).
193
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Starting and Stopping the Engine
WHAT IS AUTO-START-STOP
The system is designed to help reduce fuel
consumption and CO
2
emissions by stopping
the engine when it is idling, for example at
traffic lights.
AUTO-START-STOP PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: Apply the parking brake,
shift into park (P), switch the ignition off
and remove the key before you leave your
vehicle. Failure to follow this instruction
could result in personal injury or death.
WARNING: Apply the parking brake,
shift into park (P), switch the ignition off
and remove the key before you open the
hood or have any service or repair work
completed. If you do not switch the ignition
off, the engine could restart at any time.
Failure to follow this instruction could result
in personal injury or death.
SWITCHING AUTO-START-STOP
ON AND OFF
E335855
Press the driver assistance button on the
instrument panel to access the
Auto-Start-Stop feature on the touchscreen.
Use the touchscreen to deactivate the
feature. Deactivating the feature lasts only
one key cycle. Use the touchscreen to
restore Auto-Start-Stop function.
STOPPING THE ENGINE
Stop your vehicle, keep your foot on the
brake pedal and the transmission in drive
(D).
Note: Power assist steering turns off when
the engine stops.
RESTARTING THE ENGINE
Release the brake pedal or press the
accelerator pedal.
A message appears in the information
display if the system requires you to take
action.
AUTO-START-STOP INDICATORS
WARNING: The system may require
the engine to automatically restart when
the auto-start-stop indicator illuminates
green or flashes amber. Failure to follow
this instruction could result in personal
injury.
194
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Auto-Start-Stop
The Auto-Start-Stop indicator
illuminates green when the engine
stops. It flashes amber and a
message appears when you need to take
action.
E146361
The Auto-Start-Stop indicator
illuminates gray with a
strikethrough when the system is
not available.
Note: You can display the reason why the
system is not available in the information
display.
AUTO-START-STOP –
TROUBLESHOOTING
Auto-Start-Stop – Information
Messages
A message appears in the information
display if the system requires you to take
action.
ActionConditionMessage
Press the brake pedal to restart the engine.The system needs to restart the engine but
requires your confirmation.
Auto StartStop Press Brake to Start Engine
Press the brake pedal or the accelerator pedal
to restart the engine.
The system needs to restart the engine but
requires your confirmation.
Auto StartStop Press a Pedal to Start Engine
195
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Auto-Start-Stop
Auto-Start-Stop – Frequently Asked
Questions
Why does the engine not always stop
when I expect it to?
The system is designed to work in a way that
complements other vehicle systems, allowing
them to operate at optimum performance.
The system does not stop the engine if:
• The driver door is open.
• Your vehicle is at high altitude.
• The heated windshield is on.
• The engine is warming up.
• The outside temperature is too low or
too high.
• The battery charge is low.
• The battery temperature is outside the
optimal operating range.
• The engine is required to run to maintain
interior climate and reduce fogging.
Why does the engine sometimes
restart when I do not expect it to?
The system is designed to work in a way that
complements other vehicle systems, allowing
them to operate at optimum performance.
The system restarts the engine if:
• You switch the heated windshield on.
• You switch maximum defrost on.
• Your vehicle starts to roll downhill in
neutral.
• The engine is required to run to maintain
adequate brake system assistance.
• The engine is required to run to maintain
interior climate and reduce fogging.
Can I permanently switch the system
off?
No. The system plays an important role in
reducing the fuel consumption and the CO
2
emissions.
Will the frequent engine starts cause
parts to wear out?
Your vehicle has an enhanced battery and
starter motor that are designed for the
increased number of engine starts.
196
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Auto-Start-Stop
FUEL AND REFUELING
PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: Do not overfill the fuel
tank. The pressure in an overfilled tank
may cause leakage and lead to fuel spray
and fire.
WARNING: The fuel system may be
under pressure. If you hear a hissing sound
near the fuel filler inlet, do not refuel until
the sound stops. Otherwise, fuel may spray
out, which could cause serious personal
injury.
WARNING: Fuels can cause serious
injury or death if misused or mishandled.
WARNING: Fuel may contain
benzene, which is a cancer-causing agent.
WARNING: When refueling always
shut the engine off and never allow sparks
or open flames near the fuel tank filler
valve. Never smoke or use a cell phone
while refueling. Fuel vapor is extremely
hazardous under certain conditions. Avoid
inhaling excess fumes.
WARNING: Read and follow all the
instructions on the pump island.
Follow these guidelines when refueling:
• Extinguish all smoking materials and any
open flames before refueling your
vehicle.
• Switch the engine off before refueling.
• Automotive fuels can be harmful or fatal
if swallowed. Fuel is highly toxic and if
swallowed can cause death or permanent
injury. If fuel is swallowed immediately
call a physician, even if no symptoms are
immediately apparent. The toxic effects
of fuel may not be apparent for hours.
• Avoid inhaling fuel vapors. Inhaling fuel
vapor can lead to eye and respiratory
tract irritation. In severe cases, excessive
or prolonged breathing of fuel vapor can
cause serious illness and permanent
injury.
• Avoid getting fuel in your eyes. If you
splash fuel in your eyes, immediately
remove contact lenses, if worn, flush with
water for 15 minutes and seek medical
attention. Failure to seek proper medical
attention could lead to permanent injury.
• Fuels can be harmful if absorbed through
the skin. If you splash fuel on your skin,
clothing or both, promptly remove
contaminated clothing and thoroughly
wash your skin with soap and water.
Repeated or prolonged skin contact
causes skin irritation.
• Be particularly careful if you are taking
Antabuse or other forms of Disulfiram for
the treatment of alcoholism. Breathing
fuel vapors could cause an adverse
reaction, serious personal injury or
sickness. Immediately call a physician if
you experience any adverse reactions.
197
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Fuel and Refueling
FUEL QUALITY
Selecting the Correct Fuel
E161513
Your vehicle operates on regular unleaded
gasoline with a minimum pump (R+M)/2
octane rating of 87.
Some fuel stations, particularly those in high
altitude areas, offer fuels posted as regular
unleaded gasoline with an octane rating
below 87. The use of these fuels could result
in engine damage that will not be covered
by the vehicle Warranty.
For best overall vehicle and engine
performance, premium fuel with an octane
rating of 91 or higher is recommended. The
performance gained by using premium fuel
is most noticeable in hot weather as well as
other conditions, for example when towing
a trailer. See Towing a Trailer (page 299).
Do not be concerned if the engine
sometimes knocks lightly. However, if the
engine knocks heavily while using fuel with
the recommended octane rating, contact an
authorized dealer to prevent any engine
damage.
We recommend Top Tier detergent
gasolines, where available to help minimize
engine deposits and maintain optimal vehicle
and engine performance.
For additional information, visit
www.toptiergas.com.
Note: Use of any fuel for which the vehicle
was not designed can impair the emission
control system, cause loss of vehicle
performance, and cause damage to the
engine which may not be covered by the
vehicle Warranty.
Do not use:
• Diesel fuel.
• Fuels containing kerosene or paraffin.
• Fuel containing more than 15% ethanol
or E85 fuel.
• Fuels containing methanol.
• Fuels containing metallic-based additives,
including manganese-based compounds.
• Fuels containing the octane booster
additive, methylcyclopentadienyl
manganese tricarbonyl (MMT).
• Leaded fuel, using leaded fuel is
prohibited by law.
The use of fuels with metallic compounds
such as methylcyclopentadienyl manganese
tricarbonyl, which is a manganese-based fuel
additive, will impair engine performance and
affect the emission control system.
LOCATING THE FUEL FILLER
FUNNEL
Easy Fuel Capless Filler
198
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Fuel and Refueling
The fuel filler funnel is under the luggage
compartment floor covering.
RUNNING OUT OF FUEL
Filling a Portable Fuel Container
WARNING: Flow of fuel through a
fuel pump nozzle can produce static
electricity. This can cause a fire if you are
filling an ungrounded fuel container.
Use the following guidelines to avoid
electrostatic charge build-up, which can
produce a spark, when filling an ungrounded
fuel container:
• Only use an approved fuel container to
transfer fuel to your vehicle. Place the
container on the ground when filling it.
• Do not fill a fuel container when it is
inside your vehicle (including the cargo
area).
• Keep the fuel pump nozzle in contact
with the fuel container when filling it.
• Do not use a device that holds the fuel
pump nozzle lever in the fill position.
Adding Fuel From a Portable Fuel
Container
WARNING: Do not insert the nozzle
of a fuel container or an aftermarket funnel
into the fuel filler neck. This may damage
the fuel system filler neck or its seal and
cause fuel to run onto the ground.
WARNING: Do not pry open the fuel
tank filler valve. This could damage the fuel
system. Failure to follow this instruction
could result in fire, personal injury or death.
WARNING: Do not dispose of fuel in
the household refuse or the public sewage
system. Use an authorized waste disposal
facility.
When refueling the vehicle fuel tank from a
fuel container, use the fuel filler funnel
included with your vehicle. See Locating
the Fuel Filler Funnel (page 198).
Note: Do not use aftermarket funnels as they
may not work with the capless fuel system
and can damage it.
When refueling the vehicle fuel tank from a
fuel container, do the following:
1. Fully open the fuel filler door.
E157452
199
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Fuel and Refueling
2. Fully insert the fuel filler funnel into the
fuel filler inlet.
3. Add fuel to your vehicle from the fuel
container.
4. Remove the fuel filler funnel.
5. Fully close the fuel filler door.
6. Clean the fuel filler funnel and place it
back in your vehicle or correctly dispose
of it.
Note: If your vehicle runs out of fuel add a
minimum of 1.3 gal (5 L) of fuel to restart the
engine.
Note: You may need to switch the ignition
from off to on several times after refueling
to allow the fuel system to pump the fuel
from the tank to the engine. When restarting,
cranking time takes a few seconds longer
than normal.
Note: Extra funnels can be purchased from
an authorized dealer if you choose to
dispose of the funnel.
REFUELING
Refueling System Overview
E267248
B
C
A
Fuel filler door.A
Fuel tank filler valve.B
Fuel tank filler pipe.C
Refueling Your Vehicle
WARNING: When refueling always
shut the engine off and never allow sparks
or open flames near the fuel tank filler
valve. Never smoke or use a cell phone
while refueling. Fuel vapor is extremely
hazardous under certain conditions. Avoid
inhaling excess fumes.
WARNING: The fuel system may be
under pressure. If you hear a hissing sound
near the fuel filler inlet, do not refuel until
the sound stops. Otherwise, fuel may spray
out, which could cause serious personal
injury.
WARNING: Do not pry open the fuel
tank filler valve. This could damage the fuel
system. Failure to follow this instruction
could result in fire, personal injury or death.
WARNING: Do not remove the fuel
pump nozzle from its fully inserted position
when refueling.
200
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Fuel and Refueling
WARNING: Stop refueling when the
fuel pump nozzle automatically shuts off
for the first time. Failure to follow this will
fill the expansion space in the fuel tank and
could lead to fuel overflowing.
WARNING: Do not overfill the fuel
tank. The pressure in an overfilled tank
may cause leakage and lead to fuel spray
and fire.
WARNING: Wait at least five seconds
before removing the fuel pump nozzle to
allow any residual fuel to drain into the fuel
tank.
1. Fully open the fuel filler door.
2. Select the correct fuel pump nozzle for
your vehicle.
E139202
3. Insert the fuel pump nozzle up to the first
notch. Keep the fuel pump nozzle resting
on the fuel tank filler pipe.
E327438
4. Hold the fuel pump nozzle in position A
when refueling. Holding the fuel pump
nozzle in position B can affect the flow
of fuel and shut off the fuel pump nozzle
before the fuel tank is full.
E206912
201
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Fuel and Refueling
5. Operate the fuel pump nozzle within the
area shown. Refer to A for left hand drive
or B for right hand drive.
E119081
6. When the pump shuts off, wait five
seconds, then raise the fuel pump nozzle
and slowly remove it.
7. Fully close the fuel filler door.
Note: Do not attempt to start the engine if
you have filled the fuel tank with incorrect
fuel. Incorrect fuel use could cause damage
not covered by the vehicle Warranty. Have
your vehicle immediately checked.
Manually Opening the Fuel Filler Door
Your vehicle does not have a fuel tank filler
cap.
E206911
Left-hand side. To open the fuel
filler door, press the center rear
edge of the fuel filler door and
then release.
A
Right-hand side. To open the fuel
filler door, press the center rear
edge of the fuel filler door and
then release.
B
Left-hand side. Pull the rear of the
fuel filler door to open it.
C
Right-hand side. Pull the rear of the
fuel filler door to open it.
D
FUEL TANK CAPACITY
Advertised Capacity
The advertised capacity is the maximum
amount of fuel that you can add to the fuel
tank after running out of fuel. Included in the
advertised capacity is an empty reserve. The
empty reserve is an unspecified amount of
fuel that remains in the fuel tank when the
fuel gauge indicates empty.
Note: The amount of fuel in the empty
reserve varies and should not be relied upon
to increase driving range.
202
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Fuel and Refueling
FUEL AND REFUELING –
TROUBLESHOOTING
Fuel and Refueling – Warning Lamps
If it illuminates when you are
driving, refuel as soon as possible.
Fuel and Refueling – Information
Messages
Refueling System Warning
If the fuel tank filler valve does not fully close,
a message could appear in the information
display.
Message
Check Fuel Fill Inlet
If the message appears, do the following:
1. Stop your vehicle as soon as it is safe to
do so and switch the engine off.
2. Shift into park (P) or neutral (N).
3. Apply the parking brake.
4. Fully open the fuel filler door.
5. Check the fuel tank filler valve for any
debris that may be restricting its
movement.
6. Remove any debris from the fuel tank
filler valve.
7. Fully insert a fuel pump nozzle or the fuel
filler funnel provided with your vehicle
into the fuel filler pipe. See Locating the
Fuel Filler Funnel (page 198). This action
should dislodge any debris that may be
preventing the fuel tank filler valve from
fully closing.
8. Remove the fuel pump nozzle or fuel filler
funnel from the fuel filler pipe.
9. Fully close the fuel filler door.
Note: The message may not immediately
reset. If the message continues to appear
and a warning lamp illuminates, have your
vehicle checked as soon as possible.
203
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Fuel and Refueling
WHAT IS THE CATALYTIC
CONVERTER
The catalytic converter is part of your
vehicle's emissions system and filters harmful
pollutants from the exhaust gas.
CATALYTIC CONVERTER
PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: Do not park, idle or drive
your vehicle on dry grass or other dry
ground cover. The emission system heats
up the engine compartment and exhaust
system, creating the risk of fire.
WARNING: The normal operating
temperature of the exhaust system is very
high. Never work around or attempt to
repair any part of the exhaust system until
it has cooled. Use special care when
working around the catalytic converter.
The catalytic converter heats up to a very
high temperature after only a short period
of engine operation and stays hot after the
engine is switched off.
To avoid damaging the catalytic converter:
• Do not crank the engine for more than
10 seconds at a time.
• Do not run the engine with a spark plug
lead disconnected.
• Do not push-start or tow-start your
vehicle. Use booster cables. See Jump
Starting Precautions (page 309).
• Use the correct fuel. See Fuel and
Refueling (page 197).
• Do not switch the ignition off when your
vehicle is moving.
• Avoid running out of fuel.
• Have the items listed in scheduled
maintenance information performed
according to the specified schedule.
Note: Do not make any unauthorized
changes to your vehicle or engine. By law,
vehicle owners and anyone who
manufactures, repairs, or services a fleet of
vehicles are not permitted to intentionally
remove an emission control device or
prevent it from working.
CATALYTIC CONVERTER –
TROUBLESHOOTING
Catalytic Converter – Warning Lamps
Your vehicle has an on-board diagnostics
system that monitors the emission control
system. If any of the following warning lamps
illuminate, this may indicate that the on-board
diagnostics system has detected an emission
control system malfunction.
204
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Catalytic Converter
Continuing to drive your vehicle may cause
reduced power or the engine to stop. Failure
to respond to a warning lamp may cause
damage that your vehicle Warranty may not
cover. Have your vehicle checked as soon
as possible.
205
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Catalytic Converter
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION
PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: Always fully apply the
parking brake and make sure you shift into
park (P). Failure to follow this instruction
could result in personal injury or death.
WARNING: Do not apply the brake
pedal and accelerator pedal
simultaneously. Applying both pedals
simultaneously for more than a few
seconds will limit engine performance,
which may result in difficulty maintaining
speed in traffic and could lead to serious
injury.
WARNING: When your vehicle is
stationary, keep the brake pedal fully
pressed when shifting gears. Failure to
follow this instruction could result in
personal injury, death or property damage.
Note: Do not use supplemental transmission
fluid additives, treatments, or cleaning
agents. Failure to follow this instruction could
result in vehicle damage not covered by the
vehicle warranty.
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION
POSITIONS
Park (P)
WARNING: Move the transmission
selector lever to park (P) only when your
vehicle is stationary.
This position locks the driveline. Come to a
complete stop before putting your vehicle
into and out of park (P).
The electric parking brake could apply when
you shift to park (P) without the brake pedal
fully pressed. The electric parking brake
applies when you shift to park (P) on large
slopes. The electric parking brake releases
with the drive away release function. See
Electric Parking Brake (page 221).
Note: A warning tone sounds if you open the
driver door and you have not shifted the
transmission selector to park (P).
Reverse (R)
WARNING: Move the transmission
selector lever to reverse (R) only when your
vehicle is stationary and the engine is at
idle speed.
This position allows your vehicle to move
backward. Come to a complete stop before
shifting into and out of reverse (R).
Neutral (N)
WARNING: In neutral (N) your vehicle
has the ability to roll freely. If you intend to
leave your vehicle, make sure you apply
the parking brake.
This position allows your vehicle to roll free.
Hold the brake pedal down when in this
position.
206
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Automatic Transmission
Note: You can start your vehicle in this
position.
Drive (D)
Drive (D) is the normal driving position, and
allows automatic upshifts and downshifts
through all available gears.
Sport (S)
Putting the vehicle in sport (S):
• Provides additional engine braking and
extends lower gear operation to enhance
performance for uphill climbs, hilly terrain
or mountainous areas. This increases
engine RPM during engine braking.
• Provides additional lower gear operation
through the automatic transmission shift
strategy.
• Provides gear selection more quickly and
at higher engine speeds.
Note: You can shift into sport at any vehicle
speed.
SHIFTING YOUR VEHICLE INTO
GEAR
The gear selector is located near the middle
of the instrument panel. Press a button to
select a gear.
E334149
• Park (P)
• Reverse (R)
• Neutral (N)
• Drive (D)
• Sport (S) (If equipped)
Note: The gear selector prevents shifting out
of park (P) when the intelligent access key
is outside the vehicle.
Note: The gear selector will automatically
return to park (P) when you take actions
associated with leaving the vehicle. See
How Does Automatic Return to Park (P)
Work (page 209).
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION
POSITION INDICATORS
The instrument cluster displays the current
position.
E317779
Note: The position could illuminate on the
transmission selector.
MANUALLY SHIFTING GEARS (If
Equipped)
Shifting Using the Paddle Shifters
Use this procedure to shift your transmission
manually.
207
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Automatic Transmission
Manually Shifting in Drive (D)
Use this feature when you need immediate
shift response, for example overtaking
another vehicle.
• Pull the (+) paddle to switch the feature
on.
• Hold the plus paddle to switch the
feature off.
Note: This feature will turn off if paddles are
not used continuously while driving.
Manually Shifting in Sport (S) (If Equipped)
• Pull the (+) paddle to switch the feature
on.
• Hold the (+) paddle to switch the feature
off.
Using SelectShift
E144821
• Pull the right paddle (+) to upshift.
• Pull the left paddle (-) to downshift.
The instrument cluster displays the current
gear.
Note: Your transmission could downshift or
upshift if you fully press the accelerator
pedal.
Note: Your transmission will downshift at low
engine speed, to prevent the engine from
stalling.
Note: This feature will not function if the
engine speed after a shift exceeds the
overspeed limiter. The current gear will flash
if a shift is not allowed.
Note: Engine damage can occur if you hold
high engine speed without shifting.
TEMPORARY NEUTRAL MODE
What Is Temporary Neutral Mode
This mode keeps your vehicle in neutral (N)
when you switch your vehicle off. Use this
mode if you exit your vehicle or switch your
vehicle off at an automatic car wash.
Note: Do not tow your vehicle in this mode.
Note: Automatic return to park (P) is delayed
when your vehicle is in this mode. See What
Is Automatic Return to Park (P) (page 209).
Temporary Neutral Mode Limitations
Your vehicle could shift to park (P) after 30
minutes, or when the vehicle battery charge
level is low. Prolonged use of this mode can
cause the vehicle battery to run out of
charge.
208
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Automatic Transmission
Do not tow your vehicle in this mode. Failure
to follow these instructions could result in
vehicle damage not covered by the vehicle
warranty.
Entering Temporary Neutral Mode
1. Power your vehicle on.
2. Bring your vehicle to a complete stop.
3. Press and hold the brake pedal.
4. Shift into neutral (N).
Note: An instructional message appears.
5. Press the neutral (N) button.
Note: A confirmation message appears
when your vehicle enters the mode.
6. Release the brake pedal.
Note: Your vehicle is free to roll.
7. Switch your vehicle off.
Note: Do not tow your vehicle in this mode.
Note: The neutral (N) indicator on the
transmission selector may flash in this mode.
Exiting Temporary Neutral Mode
1. Press the brake pedal.
2. Shift into park (P), or power your vehicle
on and shift into drive (D) or reverse (R).
AUTOMATIC RETURN TO PARK (P)
What Is Automatic Return to Park (P)
Your vehicle shifts into park (P) if you attempt
to exit your vehicle without the transmission
in park (P).
How Does Automatic Return to Park
(P) Work
Your vehicle shifts into park (P) when your
vehicle is stationary and any of the following
occur:
• You switch the vehicle off.
• You open the driver door with your
seatbelt unlatched.
• You unlatch the driver seatbelt when the
driver door is open.
Note: Do not use automatic return to park
(P) when your vehicle is moving, except in
an emergency. See Stopping the Engine
When Your Vehicle is Moving (page 189).
Automatic Return to Park (P)
Limitations
Automatic return to park may not work if the
door ajar switch is malfunctioning.
See an authorized dealer if any of the
following occur:
• Door ajar indicator does not illuminate
with the driver door open.
• Door ajar indicator illuminates with the
driver door closed.
• Transmission not in park message
appears with the driver door closed, after
you shift out of park (P).
209
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Automatic Transmission
MANUAL PARK RELEASE
What Is Manual Park Release
Manual park release allows you to move your
transmission out of the park (P) position in
the event of an electrical malfunction or
emergency.
Manual Park Release Precautions
WARNING: When doing this
procedure, you need to take the
transmission out of park (P) which means
your vehicle can roll freely. To avoid
unwanted vehicle movement, always fully
apply the parking brake prior to doing this
procedure. Use wheels chocks if
appropriate.
WARNING: If the parking brake is
fully released, but the brake warning lamp
remains illuminated, the brakes may not
be working properly. Have your vehicle
checked as soon as possible.
WARNING: Do not drive your vehicle
until you verify that the stoplamps are
working.
Using Manual Park Release
Activating Manual Park Release Cable
Use this procedure to move your
transmission out of park (P) for towing.
1. Apply the parking brake. See Electric
Parking Brake (page 221).
Note: If the vehicle battery has no charge,
use an external power source to apply the
parking brake.
2. Remove the manual park release access
cover. The cover is located under the
dash below the steering wheel. Do not
pull the orange tether.
E272552
3. Sit in the driver seat.
4. Without your foot on the brake pedal,
switch the ignition to the on position.
5. Fully press the brake pedal. Do not
release.
210
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Automatic Transmission
6. Pull the tether outward towards you.
Move the tether to the lower right-hand
corner and seat metal bead in the pocket.
E272553
Note: A confirmation message will appear
in the information display when your vehicle
is out of park (P). If you do not receive a
confirmation message, release the tether
and start the procedure again.
7. Release the parking brake. See Electric
Parking Brake (page 221).
Note: Your transmission is out of the park
(P) position. To avoid unwanted vehicle
movement, press and hold the brake pedal.
8. Without your foot on the brake pedal,
switch the ignition to the off position.
9. Disconnect the negative (black) battery
cable from the battery.
Note: If the vehicle detects wheel movement
before the battery is disconnected, the
electric parking brake could apply
automatically. Confirm vehicle rolls freely
before towing. Failure to follow this
instruction could result in vehicle damage
not covered by the vehicle warranty.
Returning Your Vehicle to Normal
Mode
1. Once it is safe to do so, reconnect the
negative (black) battery cable to the
battery.
2. Apply the parking brake.
Note: If the vehicle battery has no charge,
use an external power source to apply the
parking brake.
Note: Do not pull the tether until you are in
the driver seat.
3. Once in the driver seat, fully apply the
brake pedal and hold. Do not release.
Pull the orange tether outward towards
the driver seat.
4. Move the tether towards the left and
release to return it to the rest position.
5. Stow the manual park release cable
tether, install the access cover and
replace the screw.
211
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Automatic Transmission
6. With your foot fully applied on the brake
pedal, start your vehicle. Confirm that
your vehicle is in the park (P) position and
that the instrument cluster indicates park
(P).
7. If the instrument cluster is not displaying
the park (P) position or there is a
message stating Park Not Available,
Transmission Not In Park or Shift System
Fault, apply the parking brake before
exiting your vehicle. Have the system
checked.
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION
AUDIBLE WARNINGS
Transmission Not In Park (P) Audible
Warning
Sounds if you open the driver door before
shifting into park (P).
Park (P) Selection Audible Warning
Sounds when you shift into park (P).
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION –
TROUBLESHOOTING
Automatic Transmission – Information
Messages
You switched the
engine off and shift
select lever is in any
position other than
park (P).
Shift to Park
Transmission is too
cold. Wait for it to
warm up before you
drive.
Transmission
Warming Up Please
Wait
The transmission is
overheating and
needs to cool. Stop
in a safe place as
soon as it’s possible.
Transmission Over
Temperature Stop
Safely
Have system
checked as soon as
possible.
Transmission
Service Required
The transmission is
overheating and
needs to cool. Stop
in a safe place as
soon as it’s possible.
Transmission Too
Hot Press Brake
The transmission has
limited functionality.
Have system
checked as soon as
possible.
Transmission Limited
Function See Manual
A reminder to shift
into park. In addition,
this message is
typical after recon-
necting or rechar-
ging the battery until
you cycle the igni-
tion to the on mode.
See Changing the
12V Battery (page
345).
Transmission Not in
Park
212
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Automatic Transmission
Displays when the
system requires
service. Have your
vehicle checked as
soon as possible.
SHIFT SYS FAULT
Confirm Park Brake
Apply Before Exiting
the Vehicle
Have system
checked as soon as
possible.
SHIFT SYS FAULT
Service Required
Displays when the
system requires
service. Have your
vehicle checked as
soon as possible.
SHIFT SYS FAULT
Vehicle is Shifting to
Park
Displays when the
system requires
service. Have your
vehicle checked as
soon as possible.
SHIFT SYS FAULT
Reverse Unavailable
Service Required
Have system
checked as soon as
possible.
SHIFT SYS FAULT
Drive Unavailable
Select S for Drive
Service Required
Have system
checked as soon as
possible.
SHIFT SYS FAULT
Neutral Unavailable
Service Required
Have system
checked as soon as
possible.
SHIFT SYS FAULT
Sport Unavailable
Service Required
Displays when an
invalid gear has
been selected.
Invalid Gear Selec-
tion
Displays when the
brake pedal needs
to be depressed to
enable the transmis-
sion to shift from
park.
Depress Brake to
Shift from Park
Displays when
neutral hold is
active.
Stay in Neutral Mode
Engaged
Displays when the
neutral button N
needs to be pressed
again to enter
neutral hold.
To Stay in Neutral
When Exiting
Vehicle Select N
Again
213
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Automatic Transmission
HOW DOES ALL-WHEEL DRIVE
WORK
All-wheel drive uses all four wheels to power
the vehicle. This increases traction, enabling
you to drive over terrain and road conditions
that a conventional two-wheel drive vehicle
cannot. The AWD system turns on when
needed and does not require input from you.
Note: The AWD feature gives your vehicle
some limited off-road capabilities in which
driving surfaces are relatively level,
obstruction-free and otherwise similar to
normal on-road driving conditions. Operating
your vehicle in conditions other than those,
could subject the vehicle to excess stress
which might result in damage which is not
covered under your warranty.
ALL-WHEEL DRIVE PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: If you are driving in
slippery conditions that require tire chains
or cables, then it is critical that you drive
cautiously. Keep speeds down, allow for
longer stopping distances and avoid
aggressive steering to reduce the chances
of a loss of vehicle control which can lead
to serious injury or death. If the rear end
of your vehicle slides while cornering, steer
in the direction of the slide until you regain
control of your vehicle.
WARNING: Do not become
overconfident in the ability of all-wheel
drive vehicles. Although an all-wheel drive
vehicle may accelerate better than a
two-wheel drive vehicle in low traction
situations, it won't stop any faster than
two-wheel drive vehicles. Always drive at
a safe speed.
ALL-WHEEL DRIVE LIMITATIONS
When using a mismatch spare tire on your
vehicle the all-wheel drive system can
become limited in function. To regain full
all-wheel drive capabilities have the standard
wheel replaced.
Different tire sizes between the front and
rear axles can cause system damage, or
disable the all-wheel drive system.
ALL-WHEEL DRIVE DRIVING HINTS
Emergency Maneuvers
In an unavoidable emergency where a
sudden sharp turn will be made, remember
to avoid over-driving your vehicle, for
example, turn the steering wheel only as
rapidly and as far as required to avoid the
emergency. Apply smooth pressure to the
accelerator pedal or brake pedal as needed.
214
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
All-Wheel Drive (If Equipped)
Avoid abrupt steering, acceleration and
braking changes. Abrupt changes could
increase the risk of vehicle roll over, loss of
vehicle control and personal injury. Use all
available road surfaces to bring your vehicle
under control.
In the event of an emergency stop, avoid
skidding and do not attempt any sharp
steering wheel movements.
Driving In Sand
When driving over sand, try to keep all four
wheels on the most solid area of the trail.
Shift to a lower gear and drive steadily
through the terrain. Apply the accelerator
slowly and avoid excessive wheel slip. Do
not drive your vehicle in deep sand for an
extended period of time. This will cause the
system to overheat. A message appears in
the information display. See All-Wheel Drive
– Information Messages (page 217).
Note: If your vehicle gets stuck in sand, it
may be rocked out by shifting between
forward and reverse gears, stopping
between shifts in a steady pattern. Press
lightly on the accelerator in each gear.
Note: Do not rock your vehicle if the engine
is not at normal operating temperature, as
damage to the transmission may occur.
Note: Do not rock your vehicle for more than
a minute, as damage to the transmission
and tires may occur or the engine may
overheat.
Driving Through Mud and Water
Mud
Be cautious of sudden changes in vehicle
speed or direction when you are driving in
mud. Even all-wheel drive vehicles can lose
traction in mud. If your vehicle does slide,
steer in the direction of the slide until you
regain control of your vehicle.
After driving through mud, clean off residue
stuck to rotating driveshafts and tires. Excess
mud stuck on tires and rotating driveshafts
can cause an imbalance that could damage
drive components.
Note: If your vehicle gets stuck in mud, it
may be rocked out by shifting between
forward and reverse gears, stopping
between shifts in a steady pattern. Press
lightly on the accelerator in each gear.
Note: Do not rock your vehicle if the engine
is not at normal operating temperature, as
damage to the transmission may occur.
Note: Do not rock your vehicle for more than
a minute, as damage to the transmission
and tires may occur or the engine may
overheat.
Water
If you must drive through deep water, drive
slowly. The water could limit traction or brake
capability. See Driving Through Water (page
305).
When driving through water, determine the
depth and avoid water higher than the center
of the wheel.
215
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
All-Wheel Drive (If Equipped)
Once through water, always try the brakes.
Wet brakes will not stop your vehicle as
quickly as dry brakes. Apply light pressure
to the brake pedal while slowly moving the
vehicle to dry the brakes.
Note: Driving through deep water could
cause damage to the transmission. If the
front or rear axle is submerged in water, the
axle lubricant and power transfer unit
lubricant should be checked and changed
if necessary.
Driving on Hilly or Sloping Terrain
Although natural obstacles could make it
necessary to travel diagonally up or down a
hill or steep incline, you should try to drive
straight up or straight down.
Note: Avoid turning on steep slopes or hills.
A danger lies in losing traction, slipping
sideways and possible vehicle roll over.
Whenever driving on a hill, determine
beforehand the route you can use. Do not
drive over the crest of a hill without seeing
what conditions are on the other side. Do
not drive in reverse over a hill without the
aid of an observer.
Apply just enough power to the wheels to
climb the hill. Too much power will cause the
tires to slip, spin or lose traction, and you
could lose control of your vehicle.
When descending a steep hill, do not
descend the hill in neutral. Avoid sudden
hard braking to keep the front wheels rolling
and to maintain your vehicle's steering.
Note: If your vehicle has anti-lock brakes,
apply the brakes steadily. Do not pump the
brakes.
Note: If your vehicle gets stuck driving on
hilly or sloping terrain, it may be rocked out
by shifting between forward and reverse
gears, stopping between shifts in a steady
pattern. Press lightly on the accelerator in
each gear.
Note: Do not rock your vehicle if the engine
is not at normal operating temperature, as
damage to the transmission may occur.
Note: Do not rock your vehicle for more than
a minute, as damage to the transmission
and tires may occur or the engine may
overheat.
Driving on Snow and Ice
WARNING: If you are driving in
slippery conditions that require tire chains
or cables, then it is critical that you drive
cautiously. Keep speeds down, allow for
longer stopping distances and avoid
aggressive steering to reduce the chances
of a loss of vehicle control which can lead
to serious injury or death. If the rear end
of your vehicle slides while cornering, steer
in the direction of the slide until you regain
control of your vehicle.
Avoid sudden applications of power and
quick changes of direction on snow and ice.
Apply the accelerator slowly and steadily
when starting from a full stop.
Avoid sudden braking. Although an all-wheel
drive vehicle accelerates better than a
two-wheel drive vehicle in snow and ice, it
cannot stop any faster as braking occurs at
all four wheels. Do not become
overconfident of the road conditions.
216
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
All-Wheel Drive (If Equipped)
Make sure that you allow sufficient distance
between your vehicle and other vehicles for
stopping. On ice and snow, you should drive
more slowly than usual. In emergency
stopping situations, steadily apply the brake.
Your vehicle has a four wheel anti-lock brake
system, do not pump the brake pedal. See
Anti-Lock Braking System Limitations (page
218).
Note: If your vehicle gets stuck driving on
snow and ice, it may be rocked out by
shifting between forward and reverse gears,
stopping between shifts in a steady pattern.
Press lightly on the accelerator in each gear.
Note: Do not rock your vehicle if the engine
is not at normal operating temperature, as
damage to the transmission may occur.
Note: Do not rock your vehicle for more than
a minute, as damage to the transmission
and tires may occur or the engine may
overheat.
ALL-WHEEL DRIVE – TROUBLESHOOTING
All-Wheel Drive – Information Messages
ActionMessage
The all-wheel drive system temporarily turns off to protect itself from overheating.AWD Temporarily Disabled
The all-wheel drive system will resume normal function and clear this message after driving a
short distance with the road tire re-installed or after the system cools.
AWD Restored
The all-wheel drive system temporarily turns off to protect itself from overheating or if you are
using the temporary spare tire.
AWD OFF
The all-wheel drive system is not operating properly. If the warning stays on or continues to
come on, contact an authorized dealer.
AWD Malfunction Service Required
217
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
All-Wheel Drive (If Equipped)
BRAKE PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: Driving your vehicle with
the warning lamp on is dangerous. A
significant decrease in braking
performance may occur. It may take you
longer to stop your vehicle. Have your
vehicle checked as soon as possible.
Driving extended distances with the
parking brake engaged can cause brake
failure and the risk of personal injury.
Wet brakes result in reduced braking
efficiency. Gently press the brake pedal a
few times when driving from a car wash or
standing water to dry the brakes.
ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM
Anti-Lock Braking System Limitations
The anti-lock braking system does not
eliminate the risk of crash when:
• You drive too closely to the vehicle in
front of you.
• Your vehicle is hydroplaning.
• You take corners too fast.
• The road surface is poor.
Note: If the system activates, the brake
pedal could pulse and could travel further.
Maintain pressure on the brake pedal.
BRAKE OVER ACCELERATOR
In the event the accelerator pedal becomes
stuck or entrapped, apply steady and firm
pressure to the brake pedal to slow the
vehicle and reduce engine power. If you
experience this condition, apply the brakes
and bring your vehicle to a safe stop. Move
the transmission to park (P), switch the
engine off and apply the parking brake.
Inspect the accelerator pedal for any
interference. If none are found and the
condition persists, have your vehicle towed
to the nearest authorized dealer.
LOCATING THE BRAKE FLUID
RESERVOIR
See Under Hood Overview (page 334).
CHECKING THE BRAKE FLUID
WARNING: Do not use any fluid other
than the recommended brake fluid as this
will reduce brake efficiency. Use of
incorrect fluid could result in the loss of
vehicle control, serious personal injury or
death.
218
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Brakes
WARNING: Only use brake fluid from
a sealed container. Contamination with dirt,
water, petroleum products or other
materials may result in brake system
damage or failure. Failure to adhere to this
warning could result in the loss of vehicle
control, serious personal injury or death.
WARNING: Do not allow the fluid to
touch your skin or eyes. If this happens,
rinse the affected areas immediately with
plenty of water and contact your physician.
WARNING: The brake system could
be affected if the brake fluid level is below
the MIN mark or above the MAX mark on
the brake fluid reservoir.
E170684
1. Park your vehicle on a level surface.
2. Look at the brake fluid reservoir to see
where the brake fluid level is relative to
the MIN and the MAX marks on the
reservoir.
Note: To avoid fluid contamination, the
reservoir cap must remain in place and fully
tight, unless you are adding fluid.
Only use fluid that meets our specifications.
See Capacities and Specifications (page
414).
BRAKE FLUID SPECIFICATION
See Brake Fluid Specification (page 414).
BRAKES – TROUBLESHOOTING
Brakes – Warning Lamps
If the ABS indicator illuminates
when you are driving, this indicates
a malfunction. Your vehicle
continues to have normal braking without
the anti-lock braking system function. See
an authorized dealer.
It also momentarily illuminates when you
switch the ignition on to confirm the lamp is
functional. If it does not illuminate when you
switch the ignition on, or begins to flash at
any time, have the system checked by an
authorized dealer.
219
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Brakes
E270480
The brake indicator momentarily
illuminates when you switch the
ignition on to confirm the lamp is
functional. It may also illuminate when you
apply the parking brake and the ignition is
on. If it illuminates when your vehicle is
moving, make sure the parking brake is
disengaged. If the parking brake is
disengaged, this indicates low brake fluid
level or a brake system fault. See an
authorized dealer.
Brakes – Information Messages
The brake fluid level
is low and the brake
system should be
inspected immedi-
ately. See Checking
the Brake Fluid
(page 218).
Brake Fluid Level
Low
The brake system
needs servicing.
Stop the vehicle in a
safe place. Contact
an authorized
dealer.
Check Brake System
Brakes – Frequently Asked Questions
Is brake dust on the wheels normal?
Brake dust could accumulate on the
wheels, even under normal driving
conditions. Some dust is inevitable as
the brakes wear and does not contribute
to brake noise. See Cleaning Wheels
(page 356).
Will wet driving conditions effect my
braking abilities?
Wet brakes result in reduced braking
efficiency. Gently press the brake pedal
a few times when driving from a car
wash or standing water to dry the
brakes.
Is brake noise considered normal?
Occasional brake noise is normal. If a
metal-to-metal, continuous grinding or
continuous squeal sound is present, the
brake linings may be worn-out and an
authorized dealer should check them.
If the vehicle has continuous vibration
or shudder in the steering wheel while
braking, an authorized dealer should
check your vehicle.
When should you replace the brake fluid?
Brake fluid absorbs water over time
which degrades the effectiveness of the
brake fluid. Change the brake fluid at
the specified intervals to prevent
degraded braking performance. See
Normal Scheduled Maintenance (page
463).
220
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Brakes
WHAT IS THE ELECTRIC PARKING
BRAKE
The electric parking brake is used to hold
your vehicle on slopes and flat roads.
APPLYING THE ELECTRIC
PARKING BRAKE
WARNING: Always fully apply the
parking brake and make sure you shift into
park (P). Failure to follow this instruction
could result in personal injury or death.
WARNING: If you drive extended
distances with the parking brake applied,
you could cause damage to the brake
system.
WARNING: The electric parking
brake does not operate if the vehicle
battery has run out of charge.
E267156
The electronic parking brake
switch is on the center console.
1. Pull the switch up.
The red warning lamp flashes during
operation and illuminates when the parking
brake is applied.
Note: You can apply the electric parking
brake when the power is off.
Note: The electric parking brake could apply
when you shift into park (P). See Park (P)
(page 206).
APPLYING THE ELECTRIC
PARKING BRAKE IN AN
EMERGENCY
You can use the electric parking brake to
slow or stop your vehicle in an emergency.
1. Pull the switch up and hold it.
The electric parking brake continues to slow
your vehicle down unless you release the
switch.
The red warning lamp illuminates, a tone
sounds and the stoplamps turn on when you
use the electric parking brake in an
emergency.
Note: Do not apply the electric parking brake
when your vehicle is moving, except in an
emergency.
MANUALLY RELEASING THE
ELECTRIC PARKING BRAKE
1. Switch the ignition on.
2. Press and hold the brake pedal.
3. Push the switch down.
The red warning lamp turns off.
Pulling Away on a Hill When Towing a
Trailer
1. Press and hold the brake pedal.
2. Pull the switch upward and hold it.
3. Shift into gear.
4. Press the accelerator pedal until engine
has developed sufficient torque to
prevent your vehicle from rolling down
the hill.
5. Release the switch and pull away in a
normal manner.
221
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Electric Parking Brake
AUTOMATICALLY RELEASING THE
ELECTRIC PARKING BRAKE
1. Close the driver door.
2. Shift into gear.
3. Press the accelerator pedal and pull away
in a normal manner.
ELECTRIC PARKING BRAKE
AUDIBLE WARNING
Sounds when the parking brake is on and
your vehicle is moving. If the warning tone
continues after you have released the
parking brake, this indicates a malfunction.
Have your vehicle checked as soon as
possible.
RELEASING THE ELECTRIC
PARKING BRAKE IF THE VEHICLE
BATTERY HAS RUN OUT OF
CHARGE
WARNING: The electric parking
brake does not operate if the vehicle
battery has run out of charge.
Connect a booster battery to the vehicle
battery to release the electric parking brake
if the vehicle battery has run out of charge.
See Jump Starting the Vehicle (page 310).
ELECTRIC PARKING BRAKE –
TROUBLESHOOTING
Electric Parking Brake – Warning
Lamps
Brake System
E270480
It illuminates red when you apply
the parking brake and your vehicle
is on. If the lamp flashes when the
parking brake has been released,
this indicates the parking brake
system requires service. Have
your vehicle checked as soon as possible.
Note: Lamps may vary depending on region.
Electric Parking Brake
E146190
When the lamp illuminates yellow,
it indicates a malfunction in the
electric parking brake. Have your
vehicle checked as soon as possible.
222
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Electric Parking Brake
Electric Parking Brake – Information Messages
Park Brake
ActionMessage
The parking brake is set, the engine is running and you drive your vehicle more than 3 mph
(5 km/h). If the warning stays on after the parking brake is released, contact an authorized dealer
as soon as possible.
Park Brake Engaged
The electric parking brake is set and a manual release is attempted without the brake pedal
being pressed.
To Release: Press Brake and Switch
The electric parking brake is set and an automatic release is attempted but cannot be performed.
Perform a manual release.
Park Brake Use Switch to Release
The electric parking brake is set and your vehicle speed exceeds 3 mph (5 km/h). Release park
brake before continued driving.
Release Park Brake
The electric parking brake is not fully applied.Park Brake Not Applied
The electric parking brake is not fully released.Park Brake Not Released
The electric parking brake system has been put into a special mode that is used to allow service
of the rear brakes. Contact an authorized dealer.
Park Brake Maintenance Mode
The electric park brake system has detected a condition that requires service. Some functionality
may still be available. Contact your authorized dealer.
Park Brake Limited Function Service
Required
The electric parking brake system has detected a condition that requires service. Contact your
authorized dealer.
Park Brake Malfunction Service Now
223
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Electric Parking Brake
ActionMessage
Numerous park brake applies have overheated the system. Wait 2 minutes before attempting
to apply again.
Park Brake System Overheated
224
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Electric Parking Brake
WHAT IS HILL START ASSIST
Hill Start Assist makes it easier for you to pull
away when your vehicle is on a slope without
using the parking brake.
HOW DOES HILL START ASSIST
WORK
When the system activates, your vehicle
remains stationary for a few seconds after
you release the brake pedal. This gives you
time to move your foot from the brake pedal
to the accelerator pedal. The brakes release
when the engine has developed sufficient
torque to prevent your vehicle from rolling
down the slope.
HILL START ASSIST PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: The system does not
replace the parking brake. When you leave
your vehicle, always apply the parking
brake.
WARNING: You must remain in your
vehicle when the system turns on. At all
times, you are responsible for controlling
your vehicle, supervising the system and
intervening, if required. Failure to take care
may result in the loss of control of your
vehicle, serious personal injury or death.
WARNING: The system turns off if
there is a malfunction or if you excessively
rev the engine.
HILL START ASSIST –
TROUBLESHOOTING
Hill Start Assist – Information
Messages
ActionMessage
Displays when
system is not avail-
able. Have your
vehicle checked as
soon as possible.
Hill Start Assist Not
Available
225
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Hill Start Assist
HOW DOES AUTO HOLD WORK
Auto Hold applies the brakes to hold your
vehicle after you stop it and release the
brake pedal. This can help when waiting on
a hill or in traffic.
SWITCHING AUTO HOLD ON AND
OFF
WARNING: The system does not
replace the parking brake. When you leave
your vehicle, always apply the parking
brake.
WARNING: You must remain in your
vehicle when the system turns on. At all
times, you are responsible for controlling
your vehicle, supervising the system and
intervening, if required. Failure to take care
may result in the loss of control of your
vehicle, serious personal injury or death.
WARNING: The system turns off if
there is a malfunction or if you excessively
rev the engine.
Select the drive assist menu in the center
display screen to switch auto hold on and
off.
Note: You can only switch the system on
after you close the driver door, fasten your
seatbelt and start the engine.
Note: The system remembers the last setting
when you start your vehicle.
Make sure you switch the system off before
towing with your vehicle or before using an
automatic car wash.
USING AUTO HOLD
1. Bring your vehicle to a complete stop.
The auto hold active indicator illuminates
in the information display.
2. Release the brake pedal. The system
holds your vehicle at a standstill. The
auto hold active indicator remains
illuminated in the information display.
3. Pull away in the normal manner. The
system releases the brakes and the auto
hold active indicator switches off.
Note: The system only activates if you apply
enough brake pressure on the brake pedal.
Note: Under certain conditions, the system
could apply the electric parking brake. The
brake system warning lamp illuminates. The
electric parking brake releases when you
press the accelerator pedal. See
Automatically Releasing the Electric
Parking Brake (page 222).
Note: The system switches off if you shift
into reverse (R) and press the brake pedal.
There could be actions that can cause the
auto hold system not to work when the
following occur:
• When you use active park assist.
• Your vehicle is in stay in neutral mode.
• The driver door is open.
226
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Auto Hold
• You have not fastened your seatbelt.
• You shift into reverse (R) before the
system is active.
AUTO HOLD INDICATORS
E197933
Illuminates when the system is
active.
E197934
Illuminates when the system is on
but cannot hold your vehicle at a
standstill at this particular time.
227
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Auto Hold
HOW DOES TRACTION CONTROL
WORK
If your vehicle begins to slide, the system
applies the brakes to individual wheels and,
when needed, reduces power at the same
time. If the wheels spin when accelerating
on slippery or loose surfaces, the system
reduces power in order to increase traction.
SWITCHING TRACTION CONTROL
ON AND OFF
WARNING: The stability and traction
control light illuminates steadily if the
system detects a failure. Make sure you
did not manually disable the traction
control system using the information
display controls or the switch. If the stability
control and traction control light is still
illuminating steadily, have the system
serviced by an authorized dealer
immediately. Operating your vehicle with
the traction control disabled could lead to
an increased risk of loss of vehicle control,
vehicle rollover, personal injury and death.
When you switch the system off or on, a
message appears in the information display
showing system status.
You can switch the system off with the
traction control switch.
Using a Switch
Use the traction control switch on the
instrument panel to switch the system off or
on.
TRACTION CONTROL INDICATOR
E138639
E130458
TRACTION CONTROL –
TROUBLESHOOTING
Traction Control – Warning Lamps
System Messages
E138639
The traction control light
temporarily illuminates on start-up
and flashes:
• When a driving condition activates
The traction control off light temporarily
illuminates on start-up and stays on:
• When you switch the traction control
system off.
• When you select an alternative stability
control mode.
• If a problem occurs in the system.
228
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Traction Control
HOW DOES STABILITY CONTROL
WORK
WARNING: Vehicle modifications
involving braking system, aftermarket roof
racks, suspension, steering system, tire
construction and wheel and tire size may
change the handling characteristics of your
vehicle and may adversely affect the
performance of the electronic stability
control system. In addition, installing any
stereo loudspeakers may interfere with
and adversely affect the electronic stability
control system. Install any aftermarket
stereo loudspeaker as far as possible from
the front center console, the tunnel, and
the front seats in order to minimize the risk
of interfering with the electronic stability
control sensors. Reducing the
effectiveness of the electronic stability
control system could lead to an increased
risk of loss of vehicle control, vehicle
rollover, personal injury and death.
WARNING: Remember that even
advanced technology cannot defy the laws
of physics. It's always possible to lose
control of a vehicle due to inappropriate
driver input for the conditions. Aggressive
driving on any road condition can cause
you to lose control of your vehicle
increasing the risk of personal injury or
property damage. Activation of the
electronic stability control system is an
indication that at least some of the tires
have exceeded their ability to grip the
road; this could reduce the operator's
ability to control the vehicle potentially
resulting in a loss of vehicle control, vehicle
rollover, personal injury and death. If your
electronic stability control system activates,
SLOW DOWN.
If a driving condition activates either the
stability control or the traction control system
you may experience the following conditions:
• The stability and traction control light
flashes.
• Your vehicle slows down.
• Reduced engine power.
The stability control system has several
features built into it to help you maintain
control of your vehicle:
Electronic Stability Control
Electronic stability control enhances your
vehicle’s ability to prevent skids or lateral
slides by applying brakes to one or more of
the wheels individually and, if necessary,
reducing engine power.
Roll Stability Control
Roll stability control enhances your vehicle’ s
ability to prevent rollovers by detecting your
vehicle’s roll motion and the rate at which it
changes by applying the brakes to one or
more wheels individually.
229
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Stability Control
Curve Control
Curve control enhances your vehicle’ s ability
to follow the road when cornering severely
or avoiding objects in the roadway. Curve
control operates by reducing engine power
and, if necessary, applying brakes to one or
more of the wheels individually.
Traction Control
Traction control enhances your vehicle’s
ability to maintain traction of the wheels by
detecting and controlling wheel spin. See
How Does Traction Control Work (page 228).
E72903
Vehicle without stability control
skidding off its intended route.
A
Vehicle with stability control
maintaining control on a slippery
surface.
B
SWITCHING STABILITY CONTROL
ON AND OFF
The system turns on each time you switch
the ignition on.
You can switch the electronic stability control
system off by pressing and holding the ESC
off button for over 15 seconds, or you can
press the button again to switch the system
on.
E130458
Shifting the transmission into
reverse (R) disables the system.
You can switch the traction control system
off or on independently. See Switching
Traction Control On and Off (page 228).
STABILITY CONTROL INDICATOR
E138639
If it does not illuminate when you
switch the power on, or remains
on, this indicates a malfunction.
Have your vehicle checked by an authorized
dealer as soon as possible.
230
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Stability Control
STABILITY CONTROL –
TROUBLESHOOTING
Stability Control – Information
Messages
Displayed when the
system has detected
a condition that
requires service.
Contact your author-
ized dealer as soon
as possible.
Service Advan-
ceTrac
The traction control
has been disabled or
enabled by the
driver
AdvanceTrac Off On
231
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Stability Control
ELECTRIC POWER STEERING
Electric Power Steering Precautions
WARNING: The electric power
steering system has diagnostic checks that
continuously monitor the system. If a fault
is detected, a message displays in the
information display. Stop your vehicle as
soon as it is safe to do so. Switch the
vehicle off. After at least 10 seconds, switch
the vehicle on and watch the information
display for a steering system warning
message. If a steering system warning
message returns, have the system checked
as soon as possible.
WARNING: If the system detects an
error, you may not feel a difference in the
steering, however a serious condition may
exist. Have your vehicle checked as soon
as possible. Failure to do so may result in
loss of steering control.
Adapt your speed and driving behavior
according to reduced steering assist.
Extreme continuous steering may increase
the effort to steer. This occurs to prevent
internal overheating and damage to the
steering system. If this occurs, you will not
lose the ability to steer your vehicle manually
nor will it cause damage to the system.
Normal steering and driving allows the
system to cool down and steering assist
returns to normal.
Note: There is no fluid reservoir to check or
fill.
232
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Steering
STEERING – TROUBLESHOOTING
Steering – Information Messages
ActionMessage
The power steering system has detected a condition that requires
service. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.
Steering Fault Service Now
The power steering system is not working. Stop your vehicle in a safe
place. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.
Steering Loss Stop Safely
The power steering system has detected a condition that requires
service. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.
Steering Assist Fault Service Required
The steering system has detected a condition that requires service.
Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.
Steering Lock Malfunction Service Now
233
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Steering
PARKING AID PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: To help avoid personal
injury, always use caution when in reverse
(R) and when using the sensing system.
WARNING: The system may not
detect objects with surfaces that absorb
reflection. Always drive with due care and
attention. Failure to take care may result
in a crash.
WARNING: Traffic control systems,
fluorescent lamps, inclement weather, air
brakes, external motors and fans may
affect the correct operation of the sensing
system. This may cause reduced
performance or false alerts.
WARNING: The system may not
detect small or moving objects, particularly
those close to the ground.
WARNING: The parking aid system
can only assist you to detect objects when
your vehicle is moving at parking speeds.
To help avoid personal injury you must
take care when using the parking aid
system.
WARNING: The system may not
function if the sensor is blocked.
WARNING: In cold and severe
weather conditions the system may not
function. Rain, snow and spray can all limit
sensor performance.
WARNING: If damage occurs in the
immediate area surrounding the sensor,
have your vehicle checked as soon as
possible.
Note: If your vehicle sustains damage
leaving the sensors misaligned, this will
cause inaccurate measurements or false
alerts.
When you connect a trailer to your vehicle,
the rear parking aid detects the trailer and
provides an alert. Disable the parking aid
when you connect a trailer to prevent the
alert.
Note: Certain add-on devices installed
around the bumper or fascia may create
false alerts, for example, large trailer hitches,
bike or surfboard racks, license plate
brackets, bumper covers or any other device
that could block the normal detection zone
of the parking aid system. Aftermarket spare
tires or spare tire covers mounted to the rear
tailgate could cause false alerts from the
park aid system. Remove the add-on device
to prevent false alerts.
Note: Keep the sensors free from snow, ice
and large accumulations of dirt. If the
sensors are covered, the system's accuracy
can be affected.
Do not clean the sensors with sharp objects.
Note: When using a programmed MyKey
you cannot switch this off. See MyKey™
(page 84).
234
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Parking Aids
SWITCHING PARKING AID ON AND
OFF
E326188
P
Press the parking aid button and
use the menu to turn the system
on and off.
The system can also be turned off using the
pop-up message that appears when you are
in reverse (R).
REAR PARKING AID
What is the Rear Parking Aid
Rear parking sensors detect objects behind
your vehicle when in reverse (R).
Rear Parking Aid Limitations
There is a decreased coverage area at the
outer corners.
When using a programmed MyKey, you
cannot switch the rear parking aid off.
The rear parking aid sensors are active when
your vehicle is in reverse (R) and the vehicle
speed is less than 3 mph (5 km/h).
The sensor coverage area is up to 71 in
(180 cm) from the rear bumper.
The rear parking aid detects large objects
when you shift into reverse (R) and any of
the following occur:
• Your vehicle is moving backward at a low
speed.
• Your vehicle is stationary but an object
is approaching the rear of your vehicle
at a low speed.
• Your vehicle is moving backward at a low
speed and an object is moving towards
your vehicle, for example another vehicle
at a low speed.
Locating the Rear Parking Aid Sensors
E130178
The rear parking aid sensors are in the rear
bumper.
Rear Parking Aid Audible Warnings
A warning tone sounds when your vehicle
approaches an object. As your vehicle
moves closer to an object, the rate of the
tone increases. The warning tone
continuously sounds when an object is 12 in
(30 cm) or less from the rear bumper.
235
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Parking Aids
If your vehicle remains stationary for a few
seconds, the audible warning turns off. If your
vehicle moves backward the tone sounds
again.
Note: When the parking aid system sounds
a tone, the audio system could reduce the
set volume.
FRONT PARKING AID (If Equipped)
What is the Front Parking Aid
Front parking sensors detect objects in front
of your vehicle.
Front Parking Aid Limitations
The front parking aid sensors are active
when your vehicle is in any position other
than park (P) and the vehicle speed is less
than 5 mph (8 km/h).
The sensor coverage area is up to 28 in
(70 cm) from the bumper.
If your vehicle is in reverse (R), the front
parking aid detects objects when your
vehicle is moving at a low speed or an object
is moving toward your vehicle and provides
an audio warning, for example another
vehicle at a low speed. Once your vehicle
reaches a stop, the audio warning stops after
a few seconds. Visual indication is always
active in reverse (R).
If your vehicle is in any forward gear, the
front parking aid provides audible warnings
and visual indication when your vehicle is
moving at a speed of 5 mph (8 km/h) or
below and the system detects an object
within the detection zone. Once your vehicle
reaches a stop, the visual indication and
audio warning stops after a few seconds.
If your vehicle is in neutral (N), the front and
rear sensors provide visual indication only
when your vehicle is moving below a speed
of 5 mph (8 km/h) and obstacles are detected
inside the detection areas. Once your vehicle
stops, the visual indication and audio warning
stops after a few seconds.
Locating the Front Parking Aid Sensors
E187330
The front parking aid sensors are in the front
bumper.
Front Parking Aid Audible Warnings
A warning tone sounds when there is an
object within 28 in (70 cm) from the front
bumper. As your vehicle moves closer to an
object, the rate of the tone increases.
The warning tone continuously sounds when
an object is 12 in (30 cm) or less from the
front bumper.
236
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Parking Aids
Note: If the detected object is 12 in (30 cm)
or less from your vehicle, visual indication
remains on.
SIDE PARKING AID
What is the Side Parking Aid
The front and rear outermost parking aid
sensors map objects that are near to the
sides of your vehicle.
Side Parking Aid Limitations
The sensor coverage is up to 24 in (60 cm)
from the sides of your vehicle.
The side parking aid may not function if:
• You switch your vehicle on, off and back
on within a few seconds.
• Your vehicle remains stationary for over
two minutes.
• The anti-lock brake system activates.
• The traction control system activates.
• Your vehicle is in park (P).
• The steering wheel angle information is
not available. You must drive at least
492 ft (150 m) above 19 mph (30 km/h) to
reset the steering wheel angle
information.
Note: If you switch traction control off, the
side sensing system also turns off.
To reinitialize the system, drive the length of
your vehicle.
The side parking aid does not detect an
object that is moving toward the side of your
vehicle, for example another vehicle moving
at a low speed, if it does not pass a front or
rear parking aid sensor.
If the transmission is in reverse (R), the side
sensing system provides audible warnings.
When your vehicle is moving slowly,
obstacles are detected within 24 in (60 cm)
and are inside the driving path of your
vehicle. Once your vehicle reaches a
standstill condition, the audible warning
stops after a few seconds. Visual indication
is always present in reverse (R).
If your vehicle is in neutral (N), the side
sensing system provides visual indication
only when your vehicle is moving slowly and
there is a front or rear park aid obstacle
detected, and the side obstacle is within
24 in (60 cm) from the side of your vehicle.
Once your vehicle reaches a stop, the visual
indication stops after a few seconds.
If the transmission is in drive (D) or any other
forward gear, the side sensing system
provides audible and visual warnings. When
your vehicle is moving slowly, obstacles are
detected within 24 in (60 cm) and are inside
the driving path of your vehicle. Once your
vehicle reaches a standstill condition, the
audible warning and visual indication stops
after a few seconds.
237
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Parking Aids
Locating the Side Parking Aid Sensors
E187810
The side parking sensors are in the front and
rear bumpers on both sides of the vehicle.
Side Parking Aid Audible Warnings
When the side parking aid detects an object
within the coverage area and the driving path
of your vehicle, an audible warning sounds.
As your vehicle moves closer to the object,
the rate of the tone increases.
PARKING AID INDICATORS
E190459
The system provides object distance
indication through the information and
entertainment display.
• As the distance to the object decreases,
the indicator waves and the lines move
toward the vehicle icon.
• If there is no object detected, the
distance indicator lines are grey.
Visual indication remains on when your
vehicle is in reverse (R). In any other gear,
when you stop your vehicle, visual indication
turns off after four seconds.
If the parking aids are not available, the side
distance indicator lines do not display.
PARKING AIDS – TROUBLESHOOTING
Parking Aids – Information Messages
If a fault is present in the parking aids, a
warning message appears in the instrument
cluster or the information and entertainment
display.
238
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Parking Aids
ActionMessage
The system detects a condition that requires service. Have your
vehicle checked as soon as possible.
Check Front Park Aid
The system detects a condition that requires service. Have your
vehicle checked as soon as possible.
Check Rear Park Aid
Displays the park aid status.Front Park Aid On Off
Displays the park aid status.Rear Park Aid On Off
239
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Parking Aids
WHAT IS THE REAR VIEW CAMERA
The rear view camera provides a video
image of the area behind your vehicle when
the transmission is in reverse (R).
REAR VIEW CAMERA
PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: The rear view camera
system is a reverse aid supplement device
that still requires the driver to use it in
conjunction with the interior and exterior
mirrors for maximum coverage.
WARNING: Objects that are close to
either corner of the bumper or under the
bumper, might not be seen on the screen
due to the limited coverage of the camera
system.
WARNING: Reverse your vehicle
slowly. Failure to follow this instruction
could result in the loss of control of your
vehicle, personal injury or death.
WARNING: Use caution when the
rear cargo door is ajar. If the rear cargo
door is ajar, the camera will be out of
position and the video image could be
incorrect. All guide lines disappear when
the rear cargo door is ajar. Failure to follow
this instruction could result in personal
injury.
WARNING: Use caution when turning
camera features on or off when the
transmission is not in park (P). Make sure
your vehicle is not moving.
Note: When towing, the camera only sees
what you are towing. This might not provide
adequate coverage and you might not see
some objects. In some vehicles, the guide
lines may disappear when you connect the
trailer tow connector.
LOCATING THE REAR VIEW
CAMERA
The rear view camera is located on the cargo
door. It provides a video image of the area
behind your vehicle.
REAR VIEW CAMERA GUIDE LINES
Note: Active guide lines and fixed guide lines
are only available when the transmission is
in reverse (R).
Note: The centerline is only available if the
active or fixed guide lines are on.
240
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Rear View Camera
E306774
A. Active guide lines.
B. Centerline.
C. Fixed guide line: Green zone.
D. Fixed guide line: Yellow zone.
E. Fixed guide line: Red zone.
F. Rear bumper.
Active guide lines only show with fixed guide
lines. To use active guide lines, turn the
steering wheel to point the guide lines
toward an intended path. If the steering
wheel position changes while reversing, your
vehicle might deviate from the intended path.
The fixed and active guide lines fade in and
out depending on the steering wheel
position. The active guide lines do not
display when the steering wheel position is
straight.
Use caution while reversing. Objects in the
red zone are closest to your vehicle and
objects in the green zone are farther away.
Objects get closer to your vehicle as they
move from the green zone to the yellow or
red zones. Use the side view mirrors and rear
view mirror to get better coverage on both
sides and rear of your vehicle.
REAR VIEW CAMERA OBJECT
DISTANCE INDICATORS
The system provides an image of your
vehicle and the sensor zones. The zones
highlight green, yellow, and red when the
parking aid sensors detect an object in the
coverage area.
REAR VIEW CAMERA SETTINGS
Zooming the Rear View Camera In and
Out
WARNING: When manual zoom is
on, the full area behind your vehicle may
not show. Be aware of your surroundings
when using the manual zoom feature.
Selectable settings for this feature are zoom
in (+) and zoom out (-). Press the symbol on
the camera screen to change the view. The
default setting is zoom off.
241
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Rear View Camera
This allows you to get a closer view of an
object behind your vehicle. The zoomed
image keeps the bumper in the image to
provide a reference. The zoom is only active
while the transmission is in reverse (R).
Note: Manual zoom is only available when
the transmission is in reverse (R).
Note: Only the centerline shows when you
enable manual zoom.
Switching Rear View Camera Delay On
and Off
1. Press Features on the touchscreen.
2. Press Driver Assistance.
3. Press Rear View Camera.
4. Switch Rear View Camera Delay on or
off.
When shifting the transmission out of reverse
(R) and into any gear other than park (P), the
camera image remains in the display until:
• Your vehicle speed reaches
approximately 5 mph (8 km/h).
• You shift your vehicle into park (P).
242
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Rear View Camera
WHAT IS THE 360 DEGREE
CAMERA
The 360 degree camera system consists of
front, side and rear cameras which provide
visibility around your vehicle.
HOW DOES THE 360 DEGREE
CAMERA WORK
The 360 Degree Camera system:
• Allows you to see what is directly in front
of or behind your vehicle.
• Helps you when parallel parking and
centering in a parking space.
• Provides a cross traffic view in front of
and behind your vehicle.
• Allows you to see a top-down view of the
area outside your vehicle, including the
blind spots and obstacles near your
vehicle.
360 DEGREE CAMERA
PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: The 360 degree camera
system still requires the driver to use it in
conjunction with looking out of the
windows, and checking the interior and
exterior mirrors for maximum coverage.
WARNING: Objects that are close to
either corner of the bumper or under the
bumper, might not be seen on the screen
due to the limited coverage of the camera
system.
WARNING: Use caution when turning
camera features on or off when the
transmission is not in park (P). Make sure
your vehicle is not moving.
WARNING: You are responsible for
controlling your vehicle at all times. The
system is designed to be an aid and does
not relieve you of your responsibility to
drive with due care and attention. Failure
to follow this instruction could result in the
loss of control of your vehicle, personal
injury or death.
360 DEGREE CAMERA
LIMITATIONS
Note: Use caution if a door is ajar. The 360
degree camera could be out of position and
the image could be incorrect.
LOCATING THE 360 DEGREE
CAMERAS
Rear View Camera
The rear view camera is on the liftgate. It
provides a video image of the area behind
your vehicle.
243
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
360 Degree Camera (If Equipped)
Front View Camera
The front view camera is in the grille. It
provides a video image of the area in front
of your vehicle. To use the front camera
system, place the transmission in any gear
except reverse (R) and press the camera icon
in the corner of the screen.
Side View Camera
The side view camera is on the outside
mirror. It provides a video image of the area
on the sides of your vehicle to aid you when
parking.
360 DEGREE CAMERA GUIDE
LINES
Note: Active guide lines are only available
when the transmission is in reverse (R).
E306774
A. Active guide lines.
B. Centerline.
C. Fixed guide line: Green zone.
D. Fixed guide line: Yellow zone.
E. Fixed guide line: Red zone.
F. Rear bumper.
Active guide lines only show with fixed guide
lines. Turn the steering wheel to point the
guide lines toward an intended path. If the
steering wheel position changes when
reversing, your vehicle could deviate from
the intended path.
The fixed and active guide lines fade in and
out depending on the steering wheel
position. The active guide lines do not
display when the steering wheel position is
straight.
Objects in the red zone are closest to your
vehicle and objects in the green zone are
farther away. Objects get closer to your
vehicle as they move from the green zone
to the yellow or red zones. Use the side view
mirrors and rear view mirror to get better
coverage on both sides and rear of your
vehicle.
244
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
360 Degree Camera (If Equipped)
Keep Out Zone
E310341
The Keep Out Zone is represented by the
yellow dotted lines running parallel to your
vehicle.
360 DEGREE CAMERA SETTINGS
Switching the 360 Degree Camera On
and Off
E183663
The 360 degree camera system
button is on the touchscreen and
allows you to toggle through
different camera views. The front and rear
cameras have multiple screens which consist
of:
• Normal view
• Normal view with 360
• Split view
When in park (P), neutral (N) or drive (D), only
the front images display when you press the
button. When in reverse (R), only the rear
images display when you press the button.
Note: The 360 degree camera system turns
off when your vehicle is in motion at low
speed, except when in reverse (R).
Switching the 360 Degree Camera
View
E224483
Press to access the different
camera views.
E224783
Normal + 360 view: Contains the
normal camera view next to a 360
degree camera view.
E224784
Normal view: Provides an image
of what is directly in front of or
behind your vehicle.
E224785
Split view: Provides an extended
view of what is in front of or behind
your vehicle.
E224485
Zooms in on the image.
245
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
360 Degree Camera (If Equipped)
WHAT IS ACTIVE PARK ASSIST
Assists you with parking in and out of parking
spaces.
HOW DOES ACTIVE PARK ASSIST
WORK
Active park assist uses sensors to detect
parking spaces. Active park assist controls
steering as required to maneuver into or out
of a parking space when activate.
ACTIVE PARK ASSIST
PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: You must remain in your
vehicle when the system turns on. At all
times, you are responsible for controlling
your vehicle, supervising the system and
intervening, if required. Failure to take care
may result in the loss of control of your
vehicle, serious personal injury or death.
WARNING: The sensors may not
detect objects in heavy rain or other
conditions that cause interference.
WARNING: You are responsible for
controlling your vehicle at all times. The
system is designed to be an aid and does
not relieve you of your responsibility to
drive with due care and attention. Failure
to follow this instruction could result in the
loss of control of your vehicle, personal
injury or death.
WARNING: Do not use the system
with accessories that extend beyond the
front or rear of your vehicle, for example a
trailer hitch or bike rack. The system is not
able to make corrections for the additional
length of the accessories.
WARNING: Active park assist does
not apply the brakes under any
circumstances.
SWITCHING ACTIVE PARK ASSIST
ON AND OFF
E326188
P
Press the active park assist button,
then press the active park assist
icon on the touchscreen to bring
up full screen notifications.
Press the soft keys on the touchscreen to
switch between the parallel park in,
perpendicular park in, or parallel park out
parking modes.
Cancelling Active Park Assist
To cancel parking assistance at any time,
shift out of neutral (N).
Pausing Active Park Assist
To pause parking assistance at any time,
release the active park assist button.
If you open the passenger or rear doors,
active park assist pauses.
To resume parking, press and hold the
button again.
246
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Active Park Assist (If Equipped)
ENTERING A PARALLEL PARKING
SPACE
1. Press the active park assist button.
2. Select parallel park.
Note: The system detects other vehicles and
curbs to find a parking space.
3. Use the turn signal lever to search for a
parking space on the driver or passenger
side of your vehicle.
Note: The system defaults to searching for
a parking spot on the passenger side of your
vehicle if you do not use the turn signal lever.
4. Drive your vehicle approximately 3 ft (1 m)
away from and parallel to the other
parked vehicles when searching for a
parking space.
Note: A tone sounds and a message
appears in the information and
entertainment display when active park
assist finds a parking space.
5. Press and hold the brake pedal.
6. Release the steering wheel and shift into
reverse (R).
7. Use the accelerator and brake to control
your vehicle's speed when parking. You
are responsible for stopping your vehicle.
8. Active park assist is a multi-step process
and requires you to shift the transmission
multiple times. Follow the onscreen
instructions until parking is complete.
Note: You can slow down your vehicle at
any time by pressing the brake pedal.
Note: When parallel parking between
objects, the system will park closer to the
object in front of your vehicle to allow easier
access to the luggage compartment.
ENTERING A PERPENDICULAR
PARKING SPACE
1. Press the active park assist button.
2. Select perpendicular parking.
Note: Active park assist does not recognize
parking space lines and centers your vehicle
between objects.
Note: Active park assist backs your vehicle
into parking spaces.
3. Use the turn signal lever to search for a
parking space on the driver or passenger
side of your vehicle.
Note: The system defaults to searching for
a parking spot on the passenger side of your
vehicle if you do not use the turn signal lever.
4. Drive your vehicle approximately 3 ft (1 m)
away from and perpendicular to the other
parked vehicles when searching for a
parking space.
Note: A tone sounds and a message
appears in the information and
entertainment display when active park
assist finds a parking space.
5. Press and hold the brake pedal.
6. Release the steering wheel and shift into
reverse (R).
7. Use the accelerator and brake to control
your vehicle's speed when parking. You
are responsible for stopping your vehicle.
8. Active park assist is a multi-step process
and requires you to shift the transmission
multiple times. Follow the onscreen
instructions until parking is complete.
247
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Active Park Assist (If Equipped)
Note: Active park assist aligns the front-end
of your vehicle with the lane side of the
object next to it.
Note: When only one object is detected, the
system allows enough distance to open the
door on either side.
Note: You can slow down your vehicle at
any time by pressing the brake pedal.
EXITING A PARKING SPACE
Active park assist only assists leaving parallel
parking spaces.
1. Press the active park assist button.
2. Select parallel park exit.
3. Use the turn signal to choose the
direction to exit the parking space.
4. Press and hold the brake pedal.
5. Release the steering wheel and shift into
the instructed gear.
6. Release the parking brake.
7. Use the accelerator and brake to control
your vehicle's speed when exiting the
parking space. You are responsible for
stopping your vehicle.
8. Active park assist is multi-step process
and requires you to shift the transmission
multiple times. Follow the onscreen
instructions until operation is complete.
Note: After active park assist drives your
vehicle to a position where you can exit the
parking space in a forward movement, a
message appears instructing you to take full
control of your vehicle.
9. Take control of your vehicle.
Note: You can slow down your vehicle at
any time by pressing the brake pedal.
ACTIVE PARK ASSIST –
TROUBLESHOOTING
Active Park Assist – Information
Messages
ActionMessage
The system requires
service. Have your
vehicle checked as
soon as possible.
Active Park Fault
Active Park Assist – Frequently Asked
Questions
Why does active park assist not operate
correctly?
The system is unable to detect a vehicle,
curb or object to park next to or in
between. The system needs boundary
objects to operate correctly.
Why does active park assist not search for
a parking space?
You have switched traction control off.
248
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Active Park Assist (If Equipped)
Why does active park assist not search for
a parking space?
The transmission is in reverse (R). Your
vehicle must be moving forward to be
able to detect a parking space.
Why does active park assist not offer a
parking space?
The sensors could be blocked. For
example, snow, ice or large
accumulations of dirt. Blocked sensors
can affect how the system functions.
Why does active park assist not offer a
parking space?
The sensors in the front or rear bumper
could be damaged.
Why does active park assist not offer a
parking space?
There is not enough room in the parking
space for your vehicle to safely park.
Why does active park assist not offer a
parking space?
There is not enough space for the
parking maneuver on the opposite side
of the parking space.
Why does active park assist not offer a
parking space?
The parking space is more than 5 ft
(1.5 m) or less than 2 ft (0.5 m) away from
your vehicle.
Why does active park assist not offer a
parking space?
Your vehicle's speed is greater than
22 mph (35 km/h) for parallel parking or
greater than 19 mph (30 km/h) for
perpendicular parking.
Why does active park assist not offer a
parking space?
You recently disconnected or replaced
the battery. After you reconnect the
battery you must drive your vehicle on
a straight road for a short period of time.
Why does active park assist not correctly
position the vehicle into a parking space?
An irregular curb along the parking
space prevents the system from
correctly aligning your vehicle.
Why does active park assist not correctly
position the vehicle into a parking space?
Vehicles or objects bordering the space
could not be correctly parked.
Why does active park assist not correctly
position the vehicle into a parking space?
Your vehicle stopped too far past the
parking space.
Why does active park assist not correctly
position the vehicle into a parking space?
The tires are not correctly installed or
maintained. For example, using a spare
tire, not inflated correctly, improper size,
or of different sizes.
Why does active park assist not correctly
position the vehicle into a parking space?
A repair or alteration changed the
detection capabilities.
Why does active park assist not correctly
position the vehicle into a parking space?
A parked vehicle has a high attachment.
For example, a salt sprayer, snowplow
or moving truck bed.
249
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Active Park Assist (If Equipped)
Why does active park assist not correctly
position the vehicle into a parking space?
The parking space length, or position of
parked objects, changes after your
vehicle passes the space.
Why does active park assist not correctly
position the vehicle into a parking space?
The temperature around your vehicle
quickly changes. For example, driving
from a heated garage into a cold outside
temperature, or after leaving a car wash.
250
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Active Park Assist (If Equipped)
WHAT IS CRUISE CONTROL
Cruise control lets you maintain a set speed
without keeping your foot on the accelerator
pedal.
Requirements
Use cruise control when the vehicle speed
is greater than 20 mph (30 km/h).
SWITCHING CRUISE CONTROL ON
AND OFF
WARNING: Do not use cruise control
on winding roads, in heavy traffic or when
the road surface is slippery. This could
result in loss of vehicle control, serious
injury or death.
The cruise controls are on the steering
wheel. See What Is Cruise Control (page
251).
Switching Cruise Control On
E265296
Press the button.
Switching Cruise Control Off
E265297
Press the button when the system
is in standby mode.
The system also turns off when you switch
the ignition off.
Note: The set speed erases when you switch
the system off.
SETTING THE CRUISE CONTROL
SPEED
WARNING: When you are going
downhill, your vehicle speed could
increase above the set speed. The system
does not apply the brakes.
Drive to the speed you prefer.
Press either button to set the
current speed.
Take your foot off the accelerator pedal.
Note: The indicator changes color in the
information display.
Changing the Set Speed
Press and release the button to
increase the set speed in small
increments.
Press and hold the button to accelerate.
Release the button when you reach your
preferred speed.
Press and release the button to
decrease the set speed in small
increments.
Press and hold the button to decelerate.
Release the button when you reach your
preferred speed.
251
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Cruise Control (If Equipped)
Note: If you accelerate by pressing the
accelerator pedal, the set speed does not
change. When you release the accelerator
pedal, your vehicle returns to the speed that
you previously set.
CANCELING THE SET SPEED
Press the button, or tap the brake
pedal to cancel the set speed.
Note: The system remembers the set speed.
Note: The system cancels if the vehicle
speed drops below 10 mph (16 km/h) under
the set speed when driving uphill.
RESUMING THE SET SPEED
Press the button.
CRUISE CONTROL INDICATORS
E71340
Illuminates when you switch the
system on.
252
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Cruise Control (If Equipped)
HOW DOES ADAPTIVE CRUISE
CONTROL WITH STOP AND GO
WORK
Adaptive cruise control with stop and go
uses radar and camera sensors to maintain
a set gap between your vehicle and the
vehicle in front of you while following it to a
complete stop. Stop and go can also be set
to follow a vehicle directly in front of you and
adjust the set speed, while you are at a
complete stop.
ADAPTIVE CRUISE CONTROL
PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: You are responsible for
controlling your vehicle at all times. The
system is designed to be an aid and does
not relieve you of your responsibility to
drive with due care and attention. Failure
to follow this instruction could result in the
loss of control of your vehicle, personal
injury or death.
WARNING: Do not use adaptive
cruise control on winding roads, in heavy
traffic or when the road surface is slippery.
This could result in loss of vehicle control,
serious injury or death.
WARNING: Pay close attention to
changing road conditions such as entering
or leaving a highway, on roads with
intersections or roundabouts, roads
without visible lanes of travel, roads that
are winding, slippery, unpaved, or steep
slopes.
WARNING: The system is not a crash
warning or avoidance system.
WARNING: Do not use the system
when towing a trailer that has aftermarket
electronic trailer brake controls. Failure to
follow this instruction could result in the
loss of control of your vehicle, personal
injury or death.
WARNING: Do not use tire sizes
other than those recommended because
this can affect the normal operation of the
system. Failure to do so may result in a loss
of vehicle control, which could result in
serious injury.
WARNING: Do not use the system
with a snow plow blade installed.
WARNING: Do not use the system in
poor visibility, for example fog, heavy rain,
spray or snow.
When Following a Vehicle
WARNING: When following a vehicle
that is braking, your vehicle does not
always decelerate quickly enough to avoid
a crash without driver intervention. Apply
the brakes when necessary. Failure to
follow this instruction could result in
personal injury or death.
253
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Adaptive Cruise Control (If Equipped)
Hilly Condition Usage
You should select a lower gear when the
system is active in situations such as
prolonged downhill driving on steep slopes,
for example in mountainous areas.
ADAPTIVE CRUISE CONTROL
LIMITATIONS
Sensor Limitations
WARNING: On rare occasions,
detection issues can occur due to the road
infrastructures, for example bridges,
tunnels and safety barriers. In these cases,
the system may brake late or
unexpectedly. At all times, you are
responsible for controlling your vehicle,
supervising the system and intervening, if
required.
WARNING: If the system
malfunctions, have your vehicle checked
as soon as possible.
WARNING: Large contrasts in outside
lighting can limit sensor performance.
WARNING: The system only warns
of vehicles detected by the radar sensor.
In some cases there may be no warning
or a delayed warning. Apply the brakes
when necessary. Failure to follow this
instruction could result in personal injury
or death.
WARNING: The system may not
detect stationary or slow moving vehicles
below 6 mph (10 km/h).
WARNING: The system does not
detect pedestrians or objects in the road.
WARNING: The system does not
detect oncoming vehicles in the same lane.
WARNING: The system may not
operate properly if the sensor is blocked.
Keep the windshield free from obstruction.
WARNING: The sensor may
incorrectly track lane markings as other
structures or objects. This can result in a
false or missed warning.
E307893
The camera is mounted on the windshield
behind the interior mirror.
254
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Adaptive Cruise Control (If Equipped)
E307892
The radar sensor is in the lower grille.
Note: You cannot see the sensor. It is behind
a fascia panel.
Note: Keep the front of your vehicle free of
dirt, metal badges or objects. Vehicle front
protectors, aftermarket lights, additional
paint or plastic coatings could also degrade
sensor performance.
A message displays if something obstructs
the camera or the sensor. When something
blocks the sensor, the system cannot detect
a vehicle ahead and does not function. See
Adaptive Cruise Control – Information
Messages (page 263).
The radar sensor has a limited field of view.
It may not detect vehicles at all or detect a
vehicle later than expected in some
situations. The lead vehicle image does not
illuminate if the system does not detect a
vehicle in front of you.
255
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Adaptive Cruise Control (If Equipped)
Detection issues can occur:
E71621
When driving on a different line
than the vehicle in front.
A
B With vehicles that edge into your
lane. The system can only detect
these vehicles once they move
fully into your lane.
There may be issues with the
detection of vehicles in front when
driving into and coming out of a
bend or curve in the road.
C
In these cases, the system may brake late or
unexpectedly.
If something hits the front end of your vehicle
or damage occurs, the radar-sensing zone
may change. This could cause missed or
false vehicle detection.
Optimal system performance requires a clear
view of the road by the windshield-mounted
camera.
Optimal performance may not occur if:
• The camera is blocked.
• There is poor visibility or lighting
conditions.
• There are bad weather conditions.
SWITCHING ADAPTIVE CRUISE
CONTROL ON AND OFF
The cruise controls are on the steering
wheel.
Switching Adaptive Cruise Control On
E294678
Press the button to set the system
in standby mode.
The indicator, current gap setting and set
speed appear in the information display.
Switching Adaptive Cruise Control Off
E294678
Press the button when the system
is in standby mode, or switch the
ignition off.
Note: You erase the set speed when you
switch the system off.
256
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Adaptive Cruise Control (If Equipped)
ADAPTIVE CRUISE CONTROL
AUTOMATIC CANCELLATION
The system may cancel if:
• The tires lose traction.
• You apply the parking brake.
The system may cancel and set the parking
brake if:
• You unbuckle the seatbelt and open the
driver door after you stop your vehicle.
• Your vehicle is at a stop continuously for
more than three minutes.
The system may deactivate or prevent
activating when requested if:
• The vehicle has a blocked sensor.
• The brake temperature is too high.
• There is a failure in the system or a
related system.
SETTING THE ADAPTIVE CRUISE
CONTROL SPEED
Drive to the speed you prefer.
E265299
Press either button to set the
current speed.
Take your foot off the accelerator pedal.
The indicator, current gap setting and set
speed appear in the information display.
E255686
A vehicle image illuminates if there is a
vehicle detected in front of you.
Note: When adaptive cruise control is active,
the speedometer may vary slightly from the
set speed displayed in the information
display.
Setting the Adaptive Cruise Speed
from a Complete Stop
E265299
Press and release either button
while keeping the brake pedal fully
pressed.
The set speed adjusts to 20 mph (30 km/h).
The indicator, current gap setting and set
speed appear in the information display.
Manually Changing the Set Speed
E265299
Press and release to increase the
set speed in small increments.
Press and hold to increase the set speed in
large increments. Release the button when
you reach the speed you prefer.
Press and release to decrease the
set speed in small increments.
Press and hold to decrease the set speed in
large increments. Release the button when
you reach the speed you prefer.
257
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Adaptive Cruise Control (If Equipped)
You can also press the accelerator or brake
pedal until you reach the speed you prefer.
Press either button to select the current
speed as the set speed.
The system may apply the brakes to slow
the vehicle to the new set speed. The set
speed continuously displays in the
information display when the system is
active.
SETTING THE ADAPTIVE CRUISE
CONTROL GAP
Press the button to cycle through
the four gap settings.
E255686
The selected gap appears in the instrument
cluster display as shown by the bars in the
image.
Note: The gap setting is time dependent and
therefore, the distance adjusts with your
vehicle speed.
Note: It is your responsibility to select a gap
appropriate to the driving conditions.
Adaptive Cruise Control Gap Settings
Dynamic
Behavior
Gap DistanceGraphic
Display,
Bars Indic-
ated
Between
Vehicles
Sport.Closest.1
Normal.Close.2
Normal.Medium.3
Comfort.Far.4
Each time you switch the system on, it
selects the last chosen gap setting.
Following a Vehicle
When a vehicle ahead of you enters the
same lane or a slower vehicle is ahead in the
same lane, the vehicle speed adjusts to
maintain the gap setting.
Note: When you are following a vehicle and
you switch on a turn signal lamp, adaptive
cruise control may provide a small,
temporary acceleration to help you pass.
Your vehicle maintains a consistent gap from
the vehicle ahead until:
• The vehicle in front of you accelerates to
a speed above the set speed.
• The vehicle in front of you moves out of
the lane you are in.
• You set a new gap distance.
The system applies the brakes to slow down
your vehicle to maintain a safe gap distance
from the vehicle in front of you. The system
only applies limited braking. You can
override the system by applying the brakes.
Note: The brakes may emit noise when
applied by the system.
258
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Adaptive Cruise Control (If Equipped)
If the system determines that its maximum
braking level is not sufficient, an audible
warning sounds, a message appears in the
instrument cluster display and an indicator
flashes when the system continues to brake.
Take immediate action.
CANCELING THE SET SPEED
Press the button or tap the brake
pedal.
The set speed does not erase.
RESUMING THE SET SPEED
Press the button.
Your vehicle speed returns to the previously
set speed and gap setting. The set speed
displays continuously in the information
display when the system is active.
Note: Only use resume if you are aware of
the set speed and intend to return to it.
Resuming the Set Speed from a
Complete Stop
If your vehicle follows a vehicle to a complete
stop and remains stationary for less than
three seconds, your vehicle accelerates from
a stationary position to follow the vehicle
ahead.
If your vehicle follows a vehicle to
a complete stop and remains
stationary for more than three
seconds, press and release the button or
press the accelerator pedal to follow the
vehicle ahead.
OVERRIDING THE SET SPEED
WARNING: If you override the system
by pressing the accelerator pedal, it does
not automatically apply the brakes to
maintain a gap from any vehicle ahead.
When you press the accelerator pedal, you
override the set speed and gap distance.
Use the accelerator pedal to intentionally
exceed the set speed limit.
When you override the system, the green
indicator illuminates and the vehicle icon
does not appear in the instrument cluster
display.
The system resumes operation when you
release the accelerator pedal. The vehicle
speed decreases to the set speed, or a lower
speed if following a slower vehicle.
ADAPTIVE CRUISE CONTROL
INDICATORS
E144529
Illuminates when you switch
adaptive cruise control on. The
color of the indicator changes to
indicate the system status.
White indicates the system is on but inactive.
Green indicates that you set the speed and
the system is active.
259
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Adaptive Cruise Control (If Equipped)
SWITCHING FROM ADAPTIVE
CRUISE CONTROL TO CRUISE
CONTROL
WARNING: Normal cruise control will
not brake when your vehicle is
approaching slower vehicles. Always be
aware of which mode you have selected
and apply the brakes when necessary.
You can change from adaptive cruise control
to normal cruise control through the
information display.
E71340
The cruise control indicator light
replaces the adaptive cruise
control indicator light if you select
normal cruise control. The gap setting does
not display, and the system does not respond
to lead vehicles. Automatic braking remains
active to maintain set speed.
LANE CENTERING
How Does Lane Centering Work
Adaptive cruise control with lane centering
uses radar and camera sensors to help keep
your vehicle in the lane by applying
continuous assistance steering torque input
toward the lane center on highways.
Note: The adaptive cruise control gap setting
operates normally.
Lane Centering Precautions
WARNING: Do not use the system
when towing a trailer. Failure to follow this
instruction could result in the loss of
control of your vehicle, personal injury or
death.
WARNING: Do not use the system if
any changes or modifications to the
steering wheel have been made. Any
changes or modifications to the steering
wheel could affect the functionality or
performance of the system. Failure to
follow this instruction could result in the
loss of control of your vehicle, personal
injury or death.
Adaptive cruise control precautions apply to
lane centering unless stated otherwise or
contradicted by a lane centering precaution.
See Adaptive Cruise Control Precautions
(page 253).
Lane Centering Requirements
You must keep your hands on the steering
wheel at all times.
260
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Adaptive Cruise Control (If Equipped)
The system only activates when all of the
following occur:
• You have adaptive cruise control with
stop and go on.
• You have your hands on the steering
wheel.
• The system detects both lane markings.
Note: If it does not detect valid lane
markings, the system stays inactive until
valid markings are available.
Lane Centering Limitations
Adaptive cruise control limitations apply to
lane centering unless stated otherwise or
contradicted by a lane centering limitation.
See Adaptive Cruise Control Limitations
(page 254).
Lane Centering may not correctly operate in
any of the following conditions:
• Your vehicle is not centered in the lane.
• The lane is too narrow or wide.
• The system does not detect at least one
lane marking or when lanes merge or
split.
• Limited steering torque input is applied.
• Areas under construction or new
infrastructure.
• When modifications to the steering
system have been made.
• When using a spare tire.
• In high wind conditions.
Note: The driving assistance torque is limited
and may not be sufficient for all driving
situations such as driving through tight
curves or driving through curves at high
speeds.
Note: In exceptional conditions, the system
may deviate from the center line.
Switching Lane Centering On and Off
You must keep your hands on the steering
wheel at all times.
The controls are on the steering wheel.
E262175
Press the button.
The indicator appears in the information
display. When the system is on, the color of
the indicator changes to indicate the system
status.
You can override the system at any time by
steering your vehicle.
Note: The correct requirements must be met
before you can switch the system on. See
Lane Centering Requirements (page 260).
Lane Centering Alerts
When the system is active and detects no
steering activity for a certain period of time,
the system alerts you to put your hands on
the steering wheel. If you do not react to the
warnings the system cancels and slows your
vehicle down to idle speeds while
maintaining steering control.
The system also alerts you if your vehicle
crosses lane markings without detected
steering activity.
Note: The system may detect a light grip or
touch on the steering wheel as hands-off
driving.
261
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Adaptive Cruise Control (If Equipped)
Lane Centering Automatic Cancellation
When an external condition cancels the
system, for example, no lane markings
available, a tone sounds and a message
appears in the information display.
If your vehicle starts to slow down,
you must provide steering input to
the wheel and press and release
the button to regain full system performance.
Automatic cancellation can also occur if:
• The lane becomes too wide or too
narrow.
• The system cannot detect valid lane
markings.
• Lane markings cross over one another.
Note: The system disables until the next key
cycle if your vehicle slows down due to driver
inactivity twice within a key cycle.
Lane Centering Indicators
E262175
Illuminates when you switch lane
centering on. The color of the
indicator changes to indicate the
system status.
Gray indicates the system is on but inactive.
Green indicates the system is active and
applying steering torque assistance input to
keep your vehicle in the center of the lane.
Amber with an audible tone and then gray
indicates a system automatic cancellation.
ADAPTIVE CRUISE CONTROL –
TROUBLESHOOTING
Adaptive Cruise Control – Information
Messages - Vehicles With: Lane
Centering
Note: Depending on your vehicle options
and instrument cluster type, not all messages
display or are available.
Note: The system could abbreviate or
shorten certain messages depending upon
which cluster type you have.
ActionMessage
Return your hands to the steering wheel and provide steering input.Keep Hands on Steering Wheel
Conditions exist that prevent the system from being available.Lane Centering Assist Not Available
You need to switch on adaptive cruise control before you can switch on lane centering.For Lane Centering Assist to work Turn On
Adaptive Cruise
262
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Adaptive Cruise Control (If Equipped)
Adaptive Cruise Control – Information
Messages - Vehicles With: Stop and Go
Note: Depending on your vehicle options
and instrument cluster type, not all messages
display or are available.
Note: The system could abbreviate or
shorten certain messages depending upon
which cluster type you have.
ActionMessage
A malfunction is preventing the adaptive cruise from engaging.Adaptive Cruise Malfunction
Front Sensor Not Aligned Contact an authorized dealer to have the radar checked for proper coverage and operation.
Conditions exist preventing the system from being available.Adaptive Cruise Not Available
You have a blocked radar because of poor radar visibility due to inclement weather or ice, mud,
or water in front of the radar. You can typically clean the sensor to resolve this.
Adaptive Cruise Not Available Sensor
Blocked See Manual
Due to the nature of radar technology, it is possible to get a blockage warning with no actual
block. This happens, for example, when driving in sparse rural or desert environments. A false
blocked condition either self clears, or clears after you restart your vehicle.
You have selected normal cruise control. The system does not brake or react to traffic.Normal Cruise Active Adaptive Braking Off
Displays when the adaptive cruise control is going to cancel and you must take control.Adaptive Cruise - Driver Resume Control
Displays when the vehicle speed is too slow to activate the adaptive cruise control and there is
no lead vehicle in range.
Adaptive Cruise Speed Too Low to
Activate
263
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Adaptive Cruise Control (If Equipped)
WHAT IS DRIVE MODE CONTROL
Your vehicle has various drive modes that
you can select for different driving
conditions. Depending on the drive mode
that you select, the system adjusts various
vehicle settings.
HOW DOES DRIVE MODE
CONTROL WORK
Drive mode control adjusts your vehicle
configuration for each mode you select.
Changing the drive mode changes the
functionality of the steering system to adjust
the steering effort and feel.
Active noise control utilizes your vehicle
electronics to enhance the acoustic
experience.
The stability and traction control assist your
vehicle control in adverse conditions or
high-performance driving.
Throttle control enhances the powertrain
response, transmission controls become
optimized with shift schedules, and
four-wheel drive settings are optimized and
tuned to each mode.
Note: The system has diagnostic checks that
continuously monitor the system for proper
operation. If a mode is unavailable due to a
system fault, the mode defaults to normal.
SELECTING A DRIVE MODE
You can configure which of the drive control
modes are active when your vehicle is in
drive (D) or in sport (S). The configuration
remains active until modified from the main
menu on the instrument cluster display. See
Instrument Cluster Display Main Menu
(page 144).
Note: Not all settings may be available.
Note: Drive mode changes may not be
available when the ignition is off.
DRIVE MODES
Comfort
Provides a more relaxed driving experience,
maximizing comfort. Your steering effort
decreases and the suspension movement is
more fluid. Comfort mode is ideal when you
desire enhanced traveling comfort.
Normal
Delivers a balanced combination of a
comfortable, controlled ride and confident
handling. This mode provides an engaging
driving experience and a direct connection
to the road without sacrificing any of the
composure demanded from a luxury vehicle.
Sport
Provides a sportier driving experience. The
suspension stiffens, with an emphasis on
handling and control. The engine responds
more directly to your inputs and takes on a
more powerful tone. This mode is ideal for
use during more spirited driving.
264
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Drive Mode Control
WHAT IS THE LANE KEEPING
SYSTEM
The lane keeping system alerts you by
providing temporary steering assistance or
steering wheel vibration when it detects an
unintended lane departure.
HOW DOES THE LANE KEEPING
SYSTEM WORK
Lane-Keeping System
The lane keeping system uses a forward
looking camera mounted on the windshield
to monitor vehicle movement within the
travel lane.
When the camera detects a drift out of the
travel lane, the lane keeping system alerts
the driver by vibrating the steering wheel, or
aids the driver by providing a small steering
input to move the vehicle back into the travel
lane.
The driver can select one of three modes:
• Alert (If Equipped)
• Aid
• Alert + Aid
LANE KEEPING SYSTEM
PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: You are responsible for
controlling your vehicle at all times. The
system is designed to be an aid and does
not relieve you of your responsibility to
drive with due care and attention. Failure
to follow this instruction could result in the
loss of control of your vehicle, personal
injury or death.
WARNING: The system will not
operate if the sensor cannot track the road
lane markings.
WARNING: The sensor may
incorrectly track lane markings as other
structures or objects. This can result in a
false or missed warning.
WARNING: In cold and severe
weather conditions the system may not
function. Rain, snow and spray can all limit
sensor performance.
WARNING: The system may not
operate properly if the sensor is blocked.
Keep the windshield free from obstruction.
WARNING: If damage occurs in the
immediate area surrounding the sensor,
have your vehicle checked as soon as
possible.
WARNING: The system may not
correctly operate if your vehicle is fitted
with a suspension kit not approved by us.
WARNING: Large contrasts in outside
lighting can limit sensor performance.
265
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Lane Keeping System
LANE KEEPING SYSTEM
LIMITATIONS
The lane keeping system only operates when
the vehicle speed is greater than 40 mph
(64 km/h).
The system works when the camera can
detect at least one lane marking.
The lane keeping system may not correctly
operate in any of the following conditions:
• The lane keeping system does not detect
at least one lane marking.
• You switch the turn signal on.
• You apply direct steering, accelerate fast
or brake hard.
• The vehicle speed is less than 40 mph
(64 km/h).
• The anti-lock brake, stability control or
traction control system activates.
• The lane is too narrow.
• Something is obscuring the camera or it
is unable to detect the lane markings due
to environment, traffic or vehicle
conditions.
The lane keeping system may not correct
lane positioning in any of the following
conditions:
• High winds.
• Uneven road surfaces.
• Heavy or uneven loads.
• Incorrect tire pressure.
SWITCHING THE LANE KEEPING
SYSTEM ON AND OFF
E308131
To activate the lane keeping
system, press the button on the
turn signal lever.
Note: The system stores the on or off setting
until manually changed, unless it detects a
MyKey™. If the system detects a MyKey™, it
defaults to on and the mode is set to alert.
Note: If the system detects a MyKey™,
pressing the button does not affect the on
or off status of the system. You can only
change the mode and intensity settings.
SWITCHING THE LANE KEEPING
SYSTEM MODE
The lane keeping system has different
settings that you can view or adjust using
the information display.
The system stores the last known selection
for each of these settings. You do not need
to readjust your settings each time you
switch on the system.
To change the lane keeping system mode,
use the instrument cluster display:
1. Using the instrument cluster display
controls on the steering wheel, select
SETTINGS.
2. Select Driver assistance.
3. Select Lane keeping system.
4. Select Mode.
5. Select a mode.
Note: The system remembers the last setting
when you start your vehicle. If the system
detects a MyKey™, it defaults to the last
setting for that MyKey™.
266
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Lane Keeping System
LANE KEEPING SYSTEM SETTINGS
To change the steering wheel vibration, use
the instrument cluster display:
1. Using the instrument cluster display
controls on the steering wheel, select
Driver Assist.
2. Select Lane Keeping Sys.
3. Select Alert Intensity.
4. Select a setting.
ALERT MODE
What Is Alert Mode
Alert mode vibrates the steering wheel when
it detects an unintended lane departure.
How Does Alert Mode Work
E165515
When in alert mode, the lane keeping system
alerts you by vibrating the steering wheel.
The intensity of the vibration is set through
the lane keeping system menu.
AID MODE
What Is Aid Mode
Aid mode provides temporary steering
assistance toward the center of the lane.
How Does Aid Mode Work
E165516
The lane keeping system aids you when an
unintentional lane departure occurs. The
system provides a small steering input to
move the vehicle towards the center of the
lane.
267
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Lane Keeping System
ALERT AND AID MODE
What Is Alert and Aid Mode
Alert and aid mode uses multiple features to
keep you in your lane. The system first
provides a small steering input to bring your
vehicle back towards the center of the lane.
If your vehicle moves too far out of the center
of the lane the system alerts you with
vibration in the steering wheel.
How Does Alert and Aid Mode Work
E165517
Alert.A
Aid.B
The lane keeping system detects a lane
departure and provides aid when the
vehicles enters B and applies the additional
alert warning if A is entered.
LANE KEEPING SYSTEM
INDICATORS
E274073
If you switch the lane keeping system on, a
graphic with lane markings appears in the
information display.
When you switch the system off, the lane
marking graphics do not display.
Note: The overhead vehicle graphic may still
display if adaptive cruise control is enabled.
268
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Lane Keeping System
While the lane keeping system is on, the
color of the lane markings change to indicate
the system status.
RedYellowGreenGray
Indicates that the system is
providing or has just provided a
lane keeping alert warning.
Indicates that the system is
providing or has just provided a
lane keeping aid intervention.
Indicates that the system is avail-
able or ready to provide a warning
or intervention on the indicated
side.
Indicates that the system is
temporarily unavailable to provide
a warning or intervention on the
indicated side.
269
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Lane Keeping System
LANE KEEPING SYSTEM – TROUBLESHOOTING
Lane Keeping System – Information Messages
ActionMessage
The system has malfunctioned. Have your vehicle checked as soon
as possible.
Lane Keeping Sys. Malfunction Service Required
The system has detected a condition that has caused the system to
be temporarily unavailable.
Front Camera Temporarily Not Available
The system has detected a condition that requires you to clean the
windshield in order for it to operate properly.
Front Camera Low Visibility Clean Screen
The system has malfunctioned. Have your vehicle checked as soon
as possible.
Front Camera Malfunction Service Required
The system requests that you keep your hands on the steering wheel.Keep Hands on Steering Wheel
270
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Lane Keeping System
Lane Keeping System – Frequently Asked Questions
Why is the feature not available (lane markings are gray) when I can see the lane markings on the road?
Your vehicle speed is less than 40 mph (65 km/h).
The sun is shining directly into the camera lens.
A quick intentional lane change has occurred.
Your vehicle stays too close to the lane markings for an extended interval of time.
Driving at high speeds in curves.
The last alert warning or aid intervention occurred a short time ago.
Ambiguous lane markings, for example, in construction zones.
Rapid transition from light to dark, or from dark to light.
Sudden offset in lane markings.
ABS or AdvanceTrac™ is active.
There is a camera blockage due to dirt, grime, fog, frost or water on the windshield.
You are driving too close to the vehicle in front of you.
Transitioning between no lane markings to lane markings, or vice versa.
There is standing water on the road.
Faint lane markings, for example, partial yellow lane markings on concrete roads.
271
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Lane Keeping System
Why is the feature not available (lane markings are gray) when I can see the lane markings on the road?
Lane width is too narrow or too wide.
You have not calibrated the camera after a windshield replacement.
Driving on tight or on uneven roads.
Why does the vehicle not come back toward the middle of the lane, as expected, in the Aid, or Aid + Alert mode?
High cross winds are present.
There is a large road crown.
Rough roads, grooves or shoulder drop-offs.
Heavy, uneven loading of the vehicle or improper tire inflation pressure.
You changed the tires or modified the suspension.
272
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Lane Keeping System
WHAT IS BLIND SPOT
INFORMATION SYSTEM
BLIS with Cross-Traffic Alert
Blind spot information system detects
vehicles that may have entered the blind
spot zone.
HOW DOES BLIND SPOT
INFORMATION SYSTEM WORK
Blind spot information system uses sensors
on both sides of your vehicle, detecting
rearward from the exterior mirrors to
approximately 13 ft (4 m) beyond the rear
bumper. The detection area extends to
approximately 59 ft (18 m) beyond the rear
bumper when the vehicle speed is greater
than 30 mph (48 km/h) to alert you of faster
approaching vehicles.
E255695
BLIND SPOT INFORMATION
SYSTEM PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: Do not use the blind spot
information system as a replacement for
using the interior and exterior mirrors or
looking over your shoulder before
changing lanes. The blind spot information
system is not a replacement for careful
driving.
WARNING: The system may not
operate properly during severe weather
conditions, for example snow, ice, heavy
rain and spray. Always drive with due care
and attention. Failure to take care may
result in a crash.
Note: Blind spot information system does
not prevent contact with other vehicles. It
does not detect parked vehicles,
pedestrians, animals or other infrastructure.
BLIND SPOT INFORMATION
SYSTEM LIMITATIONS
Blind spot information system does not
operate in park (P) or reverse (R).
The system may not alert you if a vehicle
quickly passes through the detection zone.
273
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Blind Spot Information System
Note: The system may not correctly operate
when towing a trailer. For vehicles with a
trailer tow module and tow bar approved by
us, the system turns off when you attach a
trailer. For vehicles with an aftermarket
trailer tow module or tow bar, we
recommend that you switch the system off
when you attach a trailer.
BLIND SPOT INFORMATION
SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS
Blind spot information system turns on when
all the following occur:
• You start your vehicle.
• You shift into drive (D).
• The vehicle speed is greater than 6 mph
(10 km/h).
SWITCHING BLIND SPOT
INFORMATION SYSTEM ON AND
OFF
To switch blind spot information system on
or off, use the instrument cluster display:
1. Using the instrument cluster display
controls on the steering wheel, select
SETTINGS.
2. Select Driver assistance.
3. Switch Blindspot on or off.
When you switch blind spot information
system off, a warning lamp illuminates and
a message displays. When you switch the
system on or off, the alert indicators flash
twice.
Note: The system remembers the last setting
when you start your vehicle.
To permanently switch the system off,
contact an authorized dealer.
LOCATING THE BLIND SPOT
INFORMATION SYSTEM SENSORS
E205199
The sensors are behind the rear bumper on
both sides of your vehicle.
Note: Keep the sensors free from snow, ice
and large accumulations of dirt.
Note: Do not cover the sensors with bumper
stickers, repair compound or other objects.
Note: Blocked sensors may affect system
accuracy.
If the sensors become blocked, a message
may appear in the information display. The
alert indicators remain illuminated but the
system does not alert you.
274
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Blind Spot Information System
BLIND SPOT INFORMATION
SYSTEM INDICATORS
E309137
E249861
E249861
When blind spot information
system detects a vehicle, an alert
indicator illuminates in the exterior
mirror on the side the approaching vehicle
is coming from. If you turn the turn signal on
for that side of your vehicle, the alert
indicator flashes.
BLIND SPOT INFORMATION SYSTEM – TROUBLESHOOTING
Blind Spot Information System – Information Messages
ActionMessage
A fault with the system has occurred. Have your vehicle checked as
soon as possible.
Blind Spot System Fault
Something is blocking the sensors. Clean the sensors.Blind Spot Not Available Sensor Blocked See Manual
The system automatically turns off and displays this message when
you connect a trailer to the vehicle that does not have a trailer blind
spot system or when you switch the trailer blind spot system off
through the touchscreen.
Blind Spot Alert Deactivated Trailer Attached
275
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Blind Spot Information System
WHAT IS CROSS TRAFFIC ALERT
The system alerts you of vehicles
approaching from the sides behind your
vehicle when you shift into reverse (R).
HOW DOES CROSS TRAFFIC
ALERT WORK
Cross Traffic Alert detects vehicles that
approach at a speed between 4–37 mph
(6–60 km/h). Coverage decreases when the
sensors are partially, mostly or fully
obstructed.
E142440
The sensor on the left-hand side is only
partially obstructed and zone coverage on
the right-hand side is maximized.
E142441
Zone coverage also decreases when parking
at narrow angles. The sensor on the left-hand
side is mostly obstructed and zone coverage
on that side is severely reduced.
Note: Slowly reversing helps increase the
coverage area and effectiveness.
CROSS TRAFFIC ALERT
PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: Do not use the cross
traffic alert system as a replacement for
using the interior and exterior mirrors or
looking over your shoulder before
reversing out of a parking space. The cross
traffic alert system is not a replacement for
careful driving.
WARNING: The system may not
operate properly during severe weather
conditions, for example snow, ice, heavy
rain and spray. Always drive with due care
and attention. Failure to take care may
result in a crash.
276
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Cross Traffic Alert
CROSS TRAFFIC ALERT
LIMITATIONS
Cross Traffic Alert may not correctly operate
when any of the following occur:
• Something is blocking the sensors.
• Adjacently parked vehicles or objects are
obstructing the sensors.
• Vehicles approach at speeds less than
4 mph (6 km/h) or greater than 37 mph
(60 km/h).
• Your vehicle speed is greater than 7 mph
(12 km/h).
• You reverse out of an angled parking
space.
SWITCHING CROSS TRAFFIC
ALERT ON AND OFF
To switch cross traffic alert on or off use the
instrument cluster display:
1. Using the instrument cluster display
controls on the steering wheel, select
SETTINGS.
2. Select Driver assistance.
3. Switch Cross traffic alert on or off.
LOCATING THE CROSS TRAFFIC
ALERT SENSORS
E205199
The sensors are behind the rear bumper on
both sides of your vehicle.
Note: Keep the sensors free from snow, ice
and large accumulations of dirt.
Note: Do not cover the sensors with bumper
stickers, repair compound or other objects.
Note: Blocked sensors may affect system
accuracy.
If something is blocking the sensors, a
message may appear in the information
display when you shift into reverse (R).
CROSS TRAFFIC ALERT
INDICATORS
E268294
When the cross traffic alert detects
an approaching vehicle, a tone
sounds, a warning lamp illuminates
in the relevant exterior mirror and arrows
appear in the information display to show
which side the vehicle is approaching from.
If the system malfunctions, a warning lamp
illuminates in the instrument cluster and a
message appears in the information display.
Have your vehicle checked as soon as
possible.
Note: If arrows do not display, a message
appears in the information display.
Note: In some conditions, the system could
alert you, even when there is nothing in the
detection zone, for example a vehicle
passing further away from your vehicle.
277
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Cross Traffic Alert
CROSS TRAFFIC ALERT – TROUBLESHOOTING
Cross Traffic Alert – Information Messages
ActionMessage
Displays instead of indication arrows when the system detects a
vehicle. Check for approaching traffic.
Cross Traffic Alert
Indicates blocked cross traffic alert system sensors. Clean the sensors.
If the message continues to appear, have your vehicle checked as
soon as possible.
Cross Traffic Not Available Sensor Blocked See Manual
The system has malfunctioned. Have your vehicle checked as soon
as possible.
Cross Traffic System Fault
Displays if you attach a trailer to your vehicle.Cross Traffic Alert Deactivated Trailer Attached
278
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Cross Traffic Alert
WHAT IS PRE-COLLISION ASSIST
Pre-collision assist detects and warns of
approaching hazards in the roadway. If your
vehicle is rapidly approaching another
stationary vehicle, a vehicle traveling in the
same direction as yours, or a pedestrian
within your driving path, the system provides
multiple levels of assistance to help avoid a
collision.
HOW DOES PRE-COLLISION
ASSIST WORK
Pre-Collision Assist with Automatic
Emergency Braking
The system warns the driver of potential
hazards by providing three levels of
assistance.
If your vehicle is rapidly approaching
potential hazards, the system provides the
following levels of functionality:
1. Alert.
2. Brake Support.
3. Automatic Emergency Braking.
E255268
Alert: When active, a flashing visual warning
appears and an audible warning tone
sounds.
Brake Support: The system is designed to
help reduce the impact speed by preparing
the brakes for rapid braking. The system
does not automatically apply the brakes. If
you press the brake pedal, the system could
apply additional braking up to maximum
braking force, even if you lightly press the
brake pedal.
Automatic Emergency Braking: Automatic
emergency braking could activate if the
system determines that a collision is
imminent.
Note: If you perceive pre-collision assist
alerts as being too frequent or disturbing,
then you could reduce the alert sensitivity.
The manufacturer recommends using the
highest sensitivity setting where possible.
Setting a lower sensitivity would lead to
fewer and later system warnings.
Each system has various levels of detection
capabilities. See Pre-Collision Assist
Limitations (page 280).
PRE-COLLISION ASSIST
PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: You are responsible for
controlling your vehicle at all times. The
system is designed to be an aid and does
not relieve you of your responsibility to
drive with due care and attention. Failure
to follow this instruction could result in the
loss of control of your vehicle, personal
injury or death.
279
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Pre-Collision Assist
WARNING: The system does not
detect vehicles that are driving in a
different direction, cyclists or animals.
Apply the brakes when necessary. Failure
to follow this instruction could result in the
loss of control of your vehicle, personal
injury or death.
WARNING: The system does not
operate during hard acceleration or
steering. Failure to take care may lead to
a crash or personal injury.
WARNING: The system may fail or
operate with reduced function during cold
and severe weather conditions. Snow, ice,
rain, spray and fog can adversely affect the
system. Keep the front camera and radar
free of snow and ice. Failure to take care
may result in the loss of control of your
vehicle, serious personal injury or death.
WARNING: Take additional care if
your vehicle is heavily loaded or you are
towing a trailer. These conditions could
result in reduced performance of this
system. Failure to follow this instruction
could result in the loss of control of your
vehicle, personal injury or death.
WARNING: The system cannot help
prevent all crashes. Do not rely on this
system to replace driver judgment and the
need to maintain a safe distance and
speed.
WARNING: In situations where the
vehicle camera has limited detection
capability, this may reduce system
performance. These situations include but
are not limited to direct or low sunlight,
vehicles at night without tail lights,
unconventional vehicle types, pedestrians
with complex backgrounds, running
pedestrians, partly obscured pedestrians,
or pedestrians that the system cannot
distinguish from a group. Failure to take
care may result in the loss of control of
your vehicle, serious personal injury or
death.
PRE-COLLISION ASSIST
LIMITATIONS
Pre-collision assist depends on the detection
ability of its camera and sensors. Any
obstructions or damage to these areas can
limit detection or prevent the system from
functioning. See Locating the Pre-Collision
Assist Sensors (page 281).
The system is active at speeds above 3 mph
(5 km/h)
Note: The pre-collision assist system
disables when you select four-wheel drive
low or manually disable AdvanceTrac™.
280
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Pre-Collision Assist
Note: Brake support and automatic
emergency braking are active at speeds up
to 75 mph (120 km/h). If the vehicle has a
radar sensor included with adaptive cruise
control, then brake support and automatic
emergency braking are active up to the
maximum speed of the vehicle.
Pedestrian Detection Limitations
Pedestrian detection is active at speeds up
to 50 mph (80 km/h).
Pedestrian detection functions optimally
when detected hazards are clearly
identifiable. System performance may reduce
in situations where pedestrians are running,
partly obscured, have a complex
background, or cannot be distinguished from
a group.
LOCATING THE PRE-COLLISION
ASSIST SENSORS
E268024
Camera.1
Radar sensor (if equipped).2
If a message regarding a blocked sensor or
camera appears in the information display,
something is obstructing the radar signals or
camera images. The radar sensor is behind
the fascia cover in the center of the lower
grille. With a blocked sensor or camera, the
system may not function, or performance
may reduce. See Pre-Collision Assist –
Information Messages (page 285).
Note: Proper system operation requires a
clear view of the road by the camera. Have
any windshield damage in the area of the
camera's field of view repaired.
Note: If something hits the front end of your
vehicle or damage occurs and your vehicle
has a radar sensor, the radar sensing zone
could change. This could cause missed or
false vehicle detections. Have your vehicle
serviced to have the radar checked for
proper coverage and operation.
Note: If your vehicle detects excessive heat
at the camera or a potential misalignment
condition, a message could display in the
information display indicating temporary
sensor unavailability. When operational
conditions are correct, the message
deactivates. For example, when the ambient
temperature around the sensor decreases
or the sensor recalibrates successfully.
281
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Pre-Collision Assist
DISTANCE INDICATION (If Equipped)
What Is Distance Indication
Distance indication displays the gap between
your vehicle and the vehicle ahead of you.
Note: The graphic does not display if you
switch on cruise control or adaptive cruise
control.
Time GapDistance GapDistance Indicator ColorSystem SensitivityVehicle Speed
Greater than 0.9 seconds.Greater than 82 ft (25 m).Gray.Normal.62 mph (100 km/h).
0.6-0.9 seconds.56–82 ft (17–25 m).Yellow.
Less than 0.6 seconds.Less than 56 ft (17 m).Red.
282
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Pre-Collision Assist
Switching Distance Indication On and
Off
To switch the system on or off, use the
instrument cluster display:
1. Using the instrument cluster display
controls on the steering wheel, select
SETTINGS.
2. Select Driver assistance.
3. Select Pre-collision.
4. Switch Distance Indication on or off.
Distance Indication Indicator
The indicator displays the time gap between
your vehicle and vehicles traveling in the
same direction ahead of you.
E254791
DISTANCE ALERT (If Equipped)
What Is Distance Alert
The system alerts you with a warning lamp
if the distance to the vehicle ahead is small.
Note: The warning lamp does not illuminate
if cruise control or adaptive cruise control is
active.
Adjusting the Sensitivity of Distance
Alert
To adjust the sensitivity of the system, use
the instrument cluster display:
1. Using the instrument cluster display
controls on the steering wheel, select
SETTINGS.
2. Select Driver assistance.
3. Select Pre-collision.
4. Select Alert sensitivity.
5. Select a setting.
283
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Pre-Collision Assist
AUTOMATIC EMERGENCY BRAKING
What Is Automatic Emergency Braking
Automatic emergency braking may activate
if the system determines that a collision is
imminent. The system may help reduce
impact damage to avoid the crash
completely.
Automatic emergency braking is only
available up to certain speeds. See
Pre-Collision Assist Limitations (page 280).
Switching Automatic Emergency
Braking On and Off
To switch the system on or off, use the
instrument cluster display:
1. Using the instrument cluster display
controls on the steering wheel, select
SETTINGS.
2. Select Driver assistance.
3. Select Pre-collision.
4. Switch Auto Emergency Braking on or
off.
Note: Automatic emergency braking
switches on every time you switch the
ignition on.
EVASIVE STEERING ASSIST (If
Equipped)
What Is Evasive Steering Assist
If your vehicle is rapidly approaching a road
user, evasive steering assist helps you steer
around the road user.
After you turn the steering wheel in an
attempt to avoid a crash with the road user,
the system applies additional steering torque
to help you steer around the road user. After
you pass the road user, the system applies
steering torque when you turn the steering
wheel to steer back into the lane. The system
deactivates after you fully pass the road user.
Note: Road users are defined as obstacles
encountered on the road that the system is
able to detect. See Pre-Collision Assist
Precautions (page 279).
Evasive Steering Assist Limitations
Evasive steering assist only activates when
all the following occur:
• Automatic emergency braking and
evasive steering assist are on.
• The system detects a road user ahead
and starts to apply the brakes.
• You significantly turn the steering wheel
to steer around a road user.
Note: The system does not automatically
steer around a road user. If you do not turn
the steering wheel, the system does not
activate.
Note: The system does not activate if the
distance to the road user ahead is too small
and the system cannot avoid a crash.
Switching Evasive Steering Assist On
and Off
To switch the system on or off, use the
instrument cluster display:
284
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Pre-Collision Assist
1. Using the instrument cluster display
controls on the steering wheel, select
SETTINGS.
2. Select Driver assistance.
3. Select Pre-collision.
4. Switch Evasive Steering on or off.
Note: If you switch automatic emergency
braking off, evasive steering assist turns off.
Note: Automatic emergency braking and
evasive steering assist turn on every time
you switch the ignition on.
PRE-COLLISION ASSIST – TROUBLESHOOTING
Pre-Collision Assist – Information Messages
ActionMessage
You have a blocked sensor due to bad weather, ice, mud or water in
front of the radar sensor. You can typically clean the sensor to resolve.
Pre-Collision Assist Not Available Sensor Blocked
A fault with the system has occurred. Have your vehicle checked as
soon as possible.
Pre-Collision Assist Not Available
285
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Pre-Collision Assist
Pre-Collision Assist – Frequently Asked
Questions
Camera Troubleshooting
The windshield in front of the camera is
dirty or obstructed.
Clean the outside of the windshield in
front of the camera.
The windshield in front of the camera is
clean, but the message remains in the
instrument cluster display.
Wait a short time. It could take several
minutes for the camera to detect that
there is no obstruction.
Radar Troubleshooting (If Equipped)
The surface of the radar in the grille is dirty
or obstructed.
Clean the grille surface in front of the
radar or remove the object causing the
obstruction.
The surface of the radar in the grille is
clean, but the message remains in the
instrument cluster display.
Wait a short time. It could take several
minutes for the radar to detect that there
is no obstruction.
Heavy rain, spray or fog is interfering with
the radar signals.
The pre-collision assist system is
temporarily disabled. Pre-collision assist
reactivates a short time after the
weather conditions improve.
Swirling water or snow or ice on the surface
of the road could interfere with the radar
signals.
The pre-collision assist system is
temporarily disabled. Pre-collision assist
reactivates a short time after the
weather conditions improve.
Radar is out of alignment due to a front end
impact.
Have your vehicle serviced to have the
radar checked for proper coverage and
operation.
286
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Pre-Collision Assist
WHAT IS DRIVER ALERT
Driver alert alerts you if it determines that
you are becoming drowsy or if your driving
deteriorates.
HOW DOES DRIVER ALERT WORK
Driver Alert calculates your alertness level
based on your driving behavior in relation to
the lane markings and other factors through
use of the front camera sensor behind the
interior mirror.
E309385
DRIVER ALERT PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: You are responsible for
controlling your vehicle at all times. The
system is designed to be an aid and does
not relieve you of your responsibility to
drive with due care and attention. Failure
to follow this instruction could result in the
loss of control of your vehicle, personal
injury or death.
WARNING: Take regular rest breaks
if you feel tired. Do not wait for the system
to warn you.
WARNING: Certain driving styles may
result in the system warning you even if
you are not feeling tired.
WARNING: In cold and severe
weather conditions the system may not
function. Rain, snow and spray can all limit
sensor performance.
WARNING: The system will not
operate if the sensor cannot track the road
lane markings.
WARNING: If damage occurs in the
immediate area surrounding the sensor,
have your vehicle checked as soon as
possible.
WARNING: The system may not
correctly operate if your vehicle is fitted
with a suspension kit not approved by us.
WARNING: The system may not
operate properly if the sensor is blocked.
Keep the windshield free from obstruction.
Note: If something is blocking the camera
or damaged the windshield, Driver Alert may
not function.
287
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Driver Alert
DRIVER ALERT LIMITATIONS
Driver alert may not function correctly if:
• The sensor cannot track the road lane
markings.
• Your vehicle's speed is less than
approximately 40 mph (65 km/h).
SWITCHING DRIVER ALERT ON
AND OFF
1. Using the instrument cluster display
controls on the steering wheel, select
SETTINGS.
2. Select Driver assistance.
3. Switch Driver alert on or off.
Note: The system remains on or off
depending on how it was last set.
Resetting Driver Alert
You can reset the system by either:
• Switching the ignition off and on.
• Stopping the vehicle and then opening
and closing the driver door.
DRIVER ALERT – TROUBLESHOOTING
Driver Alert – Information Messages
ActionMessage
Stop and rest as soon as it is safe to do so.Driver Alert Warning Rest Now
Take a rest soon.Driver Alert Warning Rest Suggested
288
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Driver Alert
LOAD CARRYING PRECAUTIONS
Keep your loaded vehicle weight within
its design rating capability, with or
without a trailer. Properly loading your
vehicle provides maximum return of
vehicle design performance. Before you
load your vehicle, become familiar with
the following terms for determining your
vehicle’s weight rating, with or without
a trailer, from the vehicle’s Tire and
Loading Information label or Safety
Compliance Certification label.
WARNING: The appropriate
loading capacity of your vehicle can
be limited either by volume capacity
(how much space is available) or by
payload capacity (how much weight
the vehicle should carry). Once you
have reached the maximum payload
of your vehicle, do not add more
cargo, even if there is space available.
Overloading or improperly loading
your vehicle can contribute to loss of
vehicle control and vehicle rollover.
WARNING: Exceeding the Safety
Compliance Certification label vehicle
weight limits can adversely affect the
performance and handling of your
vehicle, cause vehicle damage and
can result in the loss of control of your
vehicle, serious personal injury or
death.
WARNING: Do not use
replacement tires with lower load
carrying capacities than the original
tires because they may lower your
vehicle's GVWR and GAWR limitations.
Replacement tires with a higher limit
than the original tires do not increase
the GVWR and GAWR limitations.
WARNING: Do not exceed the
GVWR or the GAWR specified on the
certification label.
WARNING: Exceeding any
vehicle weight rating can adversely
affect the performance and handling
of your vehicle, cause vehicle damage
and can result in the loss of control of
your vehicle, serious personal injury
or death.
WARNING: When loading the
roof racks, we recommend you evenly
distribute the load, as well as maintain
a low center of gravity. Loaded
vehicles, with higher centers of gravity,
may handle differently than unloaded
vehicles. Take extra precautions, such
as slower speeds and increased
stopping distance, when driving a
heavily loaded vehicle.
The gross combined weight must never
exceed the Gross Combined Weight
Rating.
289
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Load Carrying
LOCATING THE SAFETY
COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION
LABELS
Safety Compliance Certification Label
Example:
E198828
The Safety Compliance Certification label is
located on the door hinge pillar, door-latch
post, or the door edge that meets the
door-latch post, next to the driver seating
position.
WHAT IS THE GROSS AXLE
WEIGHT RATING
GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating)
GAWR is the maximum allowable weight
that a single axle (front or rear) can carry.
These numbers are on the Safety
Compliance Certification label.
WHAT IS THE GROSS VEHICLE
WEIGHT RATING
GVWR is the maximum allowable weight
of the fully loaded vehicle. This includes
all options, equipment, passengers and
cargo. It appears on the Safety
Compliance Certification label.
WHAT IS THE GROSS COMBINED
WEIGHT RATING
Gross Combined Weight Rating (GCWR)
is the maximum allowable weight of the
vehicle and the loaded trailer, including
all cargo and passengers, that the
vehicle can handle without risking
damage. (Important: The towing
vehicle’s braking system is rated for
operation at Gross Vehicle Weight
Rating, not at Gross Combined Weight
Rating.) Separate functional brakes
should be used for safe control of towed
vehicles and for trailers where the Gross
Combined Weight of the towing vehicle
plus the trailer exceed the Gross Vehicle
Weight Rating of the towing vehicle.
Note: For trailer towing information refer
to the RV and Trailer Towing Guide
available at an authorized dealer, or
online at the website that follows.
RV & Trailer Towing Guide Online
www.fleet.ford.com/towing-guidesWebsite
290
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Load Carrying
CALCULATING PAYLOAD
Tire and Loading Label Information
Example:
E198719
Payload is the combined weight of cargo
and passengers that your vehicle is
carrying. The maximum payload for your
vehicle appears on the Tire and Loading
label. The label is either on the B-pillar
or the edge of the driver door. Vehicles
exported outside the US and Canada
may not have a tire and loading label.
Look for “The combined weight of
occupants and cargo should never
exceed XXX kg or XXX lb” for maximum
payload. The payload listed on the Tire
and Loading Information label is the
maximum payload for your vehicle as
built by the assembly plant. If you install
any additional equipment on your
vehicle, you must determine the new
payload. Subtract the weight of the
equipment from the payload listed on
the Tire and Loading label. When towing,
trailer tongue weight or king pin weight
is also part of payload.
CALCULATING THE LOAD LIMIT
Steps for determining the correct load
limit:
1. Locate the statement "The combined
weight of occupants and cargo
should never exceed XXX kg or XXX
lb." on your vehicle’s placard.
2. Determine the combined weight of
the driver and passengers that will
be riding in your vehicle.
3. Subtract the combined weight of the
driver and passengers from XXX kg
or XXX lb.
4. The resulting figure equals the
available amount of cargo and
luggage load capacity. For example,
if the “XXX” amount equals 1,400 lb.
and there will be five 150 lb.
passengers in your vehicle, the
amount of available cargo and
luggage load capacity is 650 lb.
(1400-750 (5 x 150) = 650 lb.)
5. Determine the combined weight of
luggage and cargo being loaded on
the vehicle. That weight may not
safely exceed the available cargo
and luggage load capacity calculated
in Step 4.
291
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Load Carrying
6. If your vehicle will be towing a trailer,
load from your trailer will be
transferred to your vehicle. Consult
this manual to determine how this
reduces the available cargo and
luggage load capacity of your
vehicle.
Helpful examples for calculating the
available amount of cargo and luggage
load capacity
Suppose your vehicle has a 1400-pound
(635-kilogram) cargo and luggage
capacity. You decide to go golfing. Is
there enough load capacity to carry you,
four of your friends and all the golf bags?
You and four friends average 220
pounds (99 kilograms) each and the golf
bags weigh approximately 30 pounds
(13.5 kilograms) each. The calculation
would be: 1400 - (5 x 220) - (5 x 30) =
1400 - 1100 - 150 = 150 pounds. Yes, you
have enough load capacity in your
vehicle to transport four friends and your
golf bags. In metric units, the calculation
would be: 635 kilograms - (5 x 99
kilograms) - (5 x 13.5 kilograms) = 635 -
495 - 67.5 = 72.5 kilograms.
Suppose your vehicle has a 1400-pound
(635-kilogram) cargo and luggage
capacity. You and one of your friends
decide to pick up cement from the local
home improvement store to finish that
patio you have been planning for the
past two years. Measuring the inside of
the vehicle with the rear seat folded
down, you have room for twelve
100-pound (45-kilogram) bags of
cement. Do you have enough load
capacity to transport the cement to your
home? If you and your friend each weigh
220 pounds (99 kilograms), the
calculation would be: 1400 - (2 x 220) -
(12 x 100) = 1400 - 440 - 1200 = - 240
pounds. No, you do not have enough
cargo capacity to carry that much
weight. In metric units, the calculation
would be: 635 kilograms - (2 x 99
kilograms) - (12 x 45 kilograms) = 635 -
198 - 540 = -103 kilograms. You will need
to reduce the load weight by at least
240 pounds (104 kilograms). If you
remove three 100-pound (45-kilogram)
cement bags, then the load calculation
would be: 1400 - (2 x 220) - (9 x 100) =
1400 - 440 - 900 = 60 pounds. Now you
have the load capacity to transport the
cement and your friend home. In metric
units, the calculation would be: 635
kilograms - (2 x 99 kilograms) - (9 x 45
kilograms) = 635 - 198 - 405 = 32
kilograms.
The above calculations also assume that
the loads are positioned in your vehicle
in a manner that does not overload the
front or the rear gross axle weight rating
specified for your vehicle on the Safety
Compliance Certification label.
292
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Load Carrying
ROOF RACK (If Equipped)
Roof Rack Precautions
WARNING: Read and follow the
manufacturer's instructions when you are
fitting a roof rack.
WARNING: When loading the roof
racks, we recommend you evenly distribute
the load, as well as maintain a low center
of gravity. Loaded vehicles, with higher
centers of gravity, may handle differently
than unloaded vehicles. Take extra
precautions, such as slower speeds and
increased stopping distance, when driving
a heavily loaded vehicle.
Note: If you use a roof rack, the fuel
consumption of your vehicle will be higher
and you may experience different driving
characteristics.
You must place loads directly on the
crossbars fitted to the roof rack side rails.
When using the roof rack system, we
recommend that you use genuine Ford Motor
Company accessory crossbars specifically
designed for your vehicle.
Make sure that you securely fasten the load.
Check the tightness of the load before
driving and at each fuel stop.
Roof Rack Load Capacities
Do not install crossbars if your vehicle has a
moonroof. Do not place any load on your
vehicle if it has a moonroof. Using crossbars
or loading the vehicle roof may void your
vehicle's warranty.
Maximum Recommended LoadDescription
0 lb (0 kg)Vehicles with a moonroof
100 lb (45 kg)Vehicles without a moonroof
Note: The maximum roof load is based on
the load being evenly distributed on the
crossbars.
293
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Load Carrying
Note: When using a roof rack system, you
must subtract the weight of the roof rack
system from the maximum recommended
load to determine your actual maximum
cargo load. See the roof rack system
manufacturer for more information.
294
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Load Carrying
INSTALLING AND REMOVING THE
LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT CARGO
NET
WARNING: This net is not designed
to restrain objects during a collision or
heavy braking.
Attach the net to the anchors. Repeat the
attachment on both sides of the vehicle.
E199571
INSTALLING AND REMOVING THE
LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT COVER
(IF EQUIPPED)
WARNING: Do not place objects on
the luggage cover. Failure to follow this
instruction could result in personal injury
or death in the event of a sudden stop or
crash.
Use the luggage cover to enclose items in
the luggage compartment.
295
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Luggage Compartment
Installing the Luggage Cover
E273165
The luggage cover cassette attaches to the
rear quarter trim panel.
1. Load the cassette into the rear quarter
trim from the top down.
2. Push the cassette down, the click
indicates the luggage cover is properly
installed.
E272389
3. Pull the cover straight back until it locks.
Removing the Luggage Cover
1. To release the cover, tap the center of
the board by the pull handle.
E273166
2. To release the cassette from the rear
quarter trim panel, slide the button
forward.
3. After sliding the button forward, lift the
cassette up.
Note: There are buttons on both sides of the
cassette.
296
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Luggage Compartment
CONNECTING A TRAILER
PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: Do not adjust the spring
bars so that your vehicle's rear bumper is
higher than before attaching the trailer.
Doing so will defeat the function of the
weight-distributing hitch, which may cause
unpredictable handling, and could result
in serious personal injury.
Do not tow a trailer until you drive your
vehicle at least 1,000 mi (1,600 km).
Do not use a hitch that either clamps onto
the bumper or attaches to the axle. You must
distribute the load in your trailer so that
10-15% of the total weight of the trailer is on
the trailer coupler.
Consult your local motor vehicle laws for
towing a trailer.
See the instructions included with towing
accessories for the proper installation and
adjustment specifications.
Service your vehicle more frequently if you
tow a trailer. See Normal Scheduled
Maintenance (page 463).
If you use a rental trailer, follow the
instructions the rental agency gives you.
When attaching the trailer wiring connector
to your vehicle, only use a proper fitting
connector that works with the vehicle and
trailer functions.
Account for the trailer coupler weight as part
of your vehicle load when calculating the
total vehicle weight.
Do not exceed the load limits. See
Calculating the Load Limit (page 291).
CONNECTING A TRAILER
Trailer Towing Connector (If Equipped)
E168683
When attaching the trailer wiring connector
to your vehicle, only use a proper fitting
connector that works with the vehicle and
trailer functions.
Note: Install the waterproof protection cap
back onto the trailer towing connector
whenever it is not in use. This helps to
prevent water damage and trailer towing
connector malfunction.
297
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Connecting a Trailer
Note: You cannot use a seven-pin trailer
wiring connector for your vehicle and the
trailer lighting equipment.
Trailer Lamps
WARNING: Never connect any trailer
lamp wiring to the vehicle's tail lamp wiring;
this may damage the electrical system
resulting in fire. Contact your authorized
dealer as soon as possible for assistance
in proper trailer tow wiring installation.
Additional electrical equipment may be
required.
Trailer lamps are required on most towed
vehicles. Make sure all running lights, brake
lights, turn signals and hazard lights are
working.
Safety Chains
Note: Do not attach safety chains to the
bumper. Always connect the safety chains
to the frame or hook retainers of your trailer
hitch.
Install trailer safety chains to the trailer hitch
as recommended by the manufacturer. Cross
the chains under the trailer coupler and allow
enough slack for turning tight corners. Do
not allow the chains to drag on the ground.
E265060
If the trailer safety chain hook has a latch,
make sure the latch is fully closed.
298
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Connecting a Trailer
TOWING A TRAILER PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: Do not exceed the
GVWR or the GAWR specified on the
certification label.
WARNING: Towing trailers
beyond the maximum recommended
gross trailer weight exceeds the limit
of your vehicle and could result in
engine damage, transmission damage,
structural damage, loss of vehicle
control, vehicle rollover and personal
injury.
WARNING: Do not exceed the
lowest rating capacity for your vehicle
or trailer hitch. Overloading your
vehicle or trailer hitch can impair your
vehicle stability and handling. Failure
to follow this instruction could result
in the loss of control of your vehicle,
personal injury or death.
WARNING: Do not cut, drill, weld
or modify the trailer hitch. Modifying
the trailer hitch could reduce the hitch
rating.
WARNING: The anti-lock brake
system does not control the trailer
brakes.
TRAILER BRAKE PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: Do not connect a trailer's
hydraulic brake system directly to your
vehicle's brake system. Your vehicle may
not have enough braking power and your
chances of having a collision greatly
increase.
WARNING: Do not tow a trailer fitted
with electric trailer brakes unless your
vehicle is fitted with a compatible
aftermarket electronic trailer brake
controller. Failure to follow this instruction
could result in the loss of control of your
vehicle, personal injury or death. For
additional information and assistance, we
recommend that you contact an authorized
dealer.
Electric brakes and manual, automatic or
surge-type trailer brakes are safe if you install
them properly and adjust them to the
manufacturer's specifications. The trailer
brakes must meet local and federal
regulations.
The rating for the tow vehicle's braking
system operation is at the gross vehicle
weight rating, not the gross combined weight
rating.
Certain states require functioning trailer
brakes for trailers over a specified weight.
Be sure to check state regulations for this
specified weight.
299
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Towing a Trailer
Ford Motor Company recommends separate
functioning brake systems for trailers
weighing more than 1,500 lb (680 kg) when
loaded.
TOWING A TRAILER LIMITATIONS
The vehicle's load capacity designation
is by weight, not by volume, so you
cannot necessarily use all available
space when loading a vehicle or trailer.
Note: Your vehicle could have reduced
performance when operating at high
altitudes and when heavily loaded or
towing a trailer. When driving at
elevation, to match driving performance
as perceived at sea level, reduce gross
vehicle weight and gross combination
weight by 2% per 1,000 ft (300 m)
elevation.
LOADING YOUR TRAILER
To help minimize how trailer movement
affects your vehicle when driving:
• Load the heaviest items closest to
the trailer floor.
• Load the heaviest items centered
between the left and right side trailer
tires.
• Load the heaviest items above the
trailer axles or just slightly forward
toward the trailer tongue. Do not
allow the final trailer tongue weight
to go above or below 10-15% of the
loaded trailer weight. The trailer
tongue weight should never exceed
10% of the maximum towing capacity.
• Select a ball mount with the correct
rise or drop. When both the loaded
vehicle and trailer are connected, the
trailer frame should be level, or
slightly angled down toward your
vehicle, when viewed from the side.
TRAILER TOWING HINTS
Towing a trailer places an extra load on your
vehicle's engine, transmission, axle, brakes,
tires and suspension. Periodically inspect
these components during and after any
towing operation.
When driving with a trailer or payload, a slight
takeoff vibration or shudder may be present
due to the increased payload weight.
Your vehicle may have a temporary or
conventional spare tire. A temporary spare
tire is different in diameter or width,
tread-type, or is from a different manufacturer
than the road tires on your vehicle. Consult
information on the tire label or Safety
Compliance label for limitations when using.
When towing a trailer:
• Obey country specific regulations for
towing a trailer.
• Do not drive faster than 70 mph
(113 km/h) during the first 500 mi
(800 km).
• Do not make full-throttle starts.
300
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Towing a Trailer
• Check your hitch, electrical connections
and trailer wheel lug nuts thoroughly after
you have traveled 50 mi (80 km).
• When stopped in congested or heavy
traffic during hot weather, place the
transmission in park (P) to aid engine and
transmission cooling and to help A/C
performance.
• Turn off the speed control with heavy
loads or in hilly terrain. The speed control
may turn off when you are towing on
long, steep slopes.
• Shift to a lower gear when driving down
a long or steep hill. Do not continuously
apply the brakes, as they may overheat
and become less effective.
• If your transmission has Grade Assist or
Tow/Haul, use this feature when towing.
This provides engine braking and helps
eliminate excessive transmission shifting
for optimum fuel economy and
transmission cooling.
• If your vehicle has AdvanceTrac with roll
stability control, this system may turn on
during typical cornering maneuvers with
a heavily loaded trailer. This is normal.
Turning the corner at a slower speed
when towing may reduce this tendency.
• If you are frequently towing a trailer in
hot weather, hilly conditions, at the gross
combined weight rating or any
combination of these factors, consider
refilling your rear axle with synthetic gear
lubricant if the axle is not already filled
with it.
• Allow more distance for stopping with a
trailer attached. Anticipate stops and
gradually brake.
• Avoid parking on a slope. However, if
you must park on a slope, turn the
steering wheel to point your vehicle tires
away from traffic flow, set the parking
brake, place the transmission in park (P)
and place wheel chocks in front and back
of the trailer wheels.
Note: Chocks are not included with your
vehicle.
LAUNCHING OR RETRIEVING A
BOAT OR PERSONAL
WATERCRAFT
When backing down a ramp during boat
launching or retrieval:
• Do not allow the static water level to rise
above the bottom edge of the rear
bumper.
• Do not allow waves to break higher than
6 in (15 cm) above the bottom edge of
the rear bumper.
Exceeding 6 in (15 cm) could allow water to
enter vehicle components, causing internal
damage to the components and affecting
driveability, emissions and reliability.
Note: Replace the rear axle lubricant
anytime the rear axle has been submerged
in water.
Note: Disconnect the trailer wiring connector
before backing the trailer into the water.
Note: Reconnect the trailer wiring connector
after removing the trailer from the water.
301
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Towing a Trailer
TOWING WEIGHTS AND DIMENSIONS
Recommended Towing Weights - 2.0L
Maximum Trailer Frontal AreaMaximum Trailer WeightDrivetrain
20 ft² (1.86 m²)
1,500 lb (680 kg)
1
FWD
20 ft² (1.86 m²)
1,500 lb (680 kg)
1
AWD
30 ft² (2.79 m²)
3,500 lb (1,587 kg)
2
FWD
30 ft² (2.79 m²)
3,500 lb (1,587 kg)
2
AWD
1
Vehicle without towing package.
2
Vehicle with towing package.
Note: All values calculated with SAE J2807 method.
302
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Towing a Trailer
Recommended Towing Weights - 2.7L
Maximum Trailer Frontal AreaMaximum Trailer WeightDrivetrain
20 ft² (1.86 m²)
2,000 lb (907 kg)
1
AWD
30 ft² (2.79 m²)
3,500 lb (1,587 kg)
2
AWD
1
Vehicle without towing package.
2
Vehicle with towing package.
Note: All values calculated with SAE
J2807 method.
What Is the Maximum Loaded Trailer
Weight
The maximum loaded trailer weight is
the highest possible weight of a fully
loaded trailer the vehicle can tow.
For additional information, visit
www.fleet.ford.com/towing-guides.
Calculating the Maximum Loaded
Trailer Weight for Your Vehicle
1. Start with the gross combined weight
rating for your vehicle model and
axle ratio.
2. Subtract all of the following that
apply to your vehicle:
• Vehicle curb weight.
• Hitch hardware weight, for example
a draw bar, ball, locks or weight
distributing hardware.
• Driver weight.
• Passenger weight.
• Payload, cargo and luggage weight.
• Aftermarket equipment weight.
This equals the maximum loaded trailer
weight for this combination.
Note: The trailer tongue load is
considered part of the payload for your
vehicle. Reduce the total payload by the
final trailer tongue weight.
Note: Consult an authorized dealer to
determine the maximum trailer weight
allowed for your vehicle if you are not
sure.
303
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Towing a Trailer
HOW DOES TRAILER SWAY
CONTROL WORK
The system applies the brakes to the
individual wheels and reduces engine torque
to aid vehicle stability.
If the trailer begins to sway, the stability
control lamp flashes and the message Trailer
Sway Reduce Speed appears in the
information display.
Stop your vehicle as soon as it is safe to do
so. Check the vertical weight on the tow ball
and trailer load distribution.
TRAILER SWAY CONTROL
PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: Turning off trailer sway
control increases the risk of loss of vehicle
control, serious injury or death. Ford does
not recommend disabling this feature
except in situations where speed reduction
may be detrimental (such as hill climbing),
the driver has significant trailer towing
experience, and can control trailer sway
and maintain safe operation.
Note: This feature only activates when
significant trailer sway occurs.
Note: This feature does not prevent trailer
sway, but reduces it once it begins.
Note: This feature cannot stop all trailers
from swaying.
Note: In some cases, if vehicle speed is too
high, the system may activate multiple times,
gradually reducing vehicle speed.
SWITCHING TRAILER SWAY
CONTROL ON AND OFF
1. Press Features on the touchscreen.
2. Press Towing.
3. Switch Trailer Sway Control on or off.
The system turns on each time you start your
vehicle.
304
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Trailer Sway Control
REDUCED ENGINE PERFORMANCE
WARNING: If you continue to drive
your vehicle when the engine is
overheating, the engine could stop without
warning. Failure to follow this instruction
could result in the loss of control of your
vehicle.
If the engine coolant temperature gauge
needle moves to the upper limit position, the
engine is overheating. See What Is the
Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge (page
139).
You must only drive your vehicle for a short
distance if the engine overheats. The
distance you can travel depends on ambient
temperature, vehicle load and terrain. The
engine continues to operate with limited
power for a short period of time.
If the engine temperature continues to rise,
the fuel supply to the engine reduces. The
air conditioning switches off and the engine
cooling fan operates continually.
1. Gradually reduce your speed and stop
your vehicle as soon as it is safe to do
so.
2. Immediately switch the engine off to
prevent severe engine damage.
3. Wait for the engine to cool down.
4. Check the coolant level. See Checking
the Coolant (page 340).
5. Have your vehicle checked as soon as
possible.
COLD WEATHER PRECAUTIONS
The functional operation of some
components and systems can be affected at
temperatures below approximately -13°F
(-25°C).
BREAKING-IN
You need to break in new tires for
approximately 300 mi (480 km). During this
time, your vehicle may exhibit some unusual
driving characteristics.
DRIVING THROUGH WATER
WARNING: Do not drive through
flowing or deep water as you may lose
control of your vehicle.
Note: Driving through standing water can
cause vehicle damage.
Note: Engine damage can occur if water
enters the air filter.
Before driving through standing water, check
the depth. Never drive through water that is
higher than the bottom of the front rocker
area of your vehicle.
305
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Driving Hints
E259345
When driving through standing water, drive
very slowly and do not stop your vehicle.
Your brake performance and traction may
be limited. After driving through water and
as soon as it is safe to do so:
• Lightly press the brake pedal to dry the
brakes and to check that they work.
• Check that the horn works.
• Check that the exterior lights work.
• Turn the steering wheel to check that the
steering power assist works.
DRIVING ECONOMICALLY
The following helps to improve fuel
consumption:
• Drive smoothly, accelerate gently and
anticipate the road ahead to avoid heavy
braking.
• Regularly check your tire pressures and
make sure that they are inflated to the
correct pressure.
• Follow the recommended maintenance
schedule and carry out the
recommended checks.
• Plan your journey and check the traffic
before you set off. It is more efficient to
combine errands into a single trip
whenever possible.
• Avoid idling the engine in cold weather
or for extended periods. Start the engine
only when you are ready to set off.
• Do not carry unnecessary weight in your
vehicle as extra weight wastes fuel.
• Do not add unnecessary accessories to
the exterior of your vehicle, for example
running boards. If you use a roof rack,
remember to fold it down or remove it
when not in use.
• Do not shift into neutral when you are
braking or when your vehicle is slowing
down.
• Shut all windows when driving at high
speeds.
• Switch off all electric systems when not
in use, for example air conditioning. Make
sure that you unplug any accessories
from the auxiliary power points when not
in use.
FLOOR MATS
WARNING: Use a floor mat designed
to fit the footwell of your vehicle that does
not obstruct the pedal area. Failure to
follow this instruction could result in the
loss of control of your vehicle, personal
injury or death.
306
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Driving Hints
WARNING: Pedals that cannot move
freely can cause loss of vehicle control and
increase the risk of serious personal injury.
WARNING: Secure the floor mat to
both retention devices so that it cannot slip
out of position and interfere with the
pedals. Failure to follow this instruction
could result in the loss of control of your
vehicle, personal injury or death.
WARNING: Do not place additional
floor mats or any other covering on top of
the original floor mats. This could result in
the floor mat interfering with the operation
of the pedals. Failure to follow this
instruction could result in the loss of
control of your vehicle, personal injury or
death.
WARNING: Always make sure that
objects cannot fall into the driver foot well
while your vehicle is moving. Objects that
are loose can become trapped under the
pedals causing a loss of vehicle control.
E142666
To install the floor mats, position the floor
mat eyelet over the retention post and press
down to lock in position.
To remove the floor mat, reverse the
installation procedure.
Note: Regularly check the floor mats to make
sure they are secure.
307
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Driving Hints
ROADSIDE ASSISTANCE
Vehicles sold in the United States:
Getting Roadside Assistance
To fully assist you should you have a vehicle
concern, Lincoln Motor Company offers a
complimentary roadside assistance program.
This program is separate from the New
Vehicle Limited Warranty.
The service is available:
• Throughout the life of the vehicle for
original owners.
• For six years or 70,000 mi (110,000 km),
whichever comes first, for subsequent
owners.
Roadside Assistance covers:
• A flat tire change with a good spare,
except vehicles supplied with a tire
inflation kit.
• Battery jump start.
• Lock-out assistance - key replacement
cost is the client's responsibility.
• Fuel delivery — independent service
contractors, if not prohibited by state,
local or municipal law shall deliver up to
2 gal (8 L) of gasoline fuel to a disabled
vehicle. Roadside Assistance limits fuel
delivery service to two no-charge
occurrences within a 12-month period.
• Winch out — available within 100 ft (30 m)
of a paved or county maintained road,
no recoveries.
• Towing — independent service
contractors, if not prohibited by state,
local or municipal law shall tow Lincoln
eligible vehicles to the client's selling or
preferred dealer within 100 mi (160 km)
of the disablement location or to the
nearest Lincoln dealer. If a client requests
a tow to a selling or preferred dealer that
is more than 100 mi (160 km) from the
disablement location, the client is
responsible for any mileage costs in
excess of 100 mi (160 km).
• Roadside Assistance includes up to $200
for a towed trailer if the disabled eligible
vehicle requires service at the nearest
authorized dealer. If the towing vehicle
is operational but the trailer is not, then
the trailer does not qualify for any
roadside services.
Vehicles Sold in the United States:
Using Roadside Assistance
United States clients who require roadside
assistance, call 1-800-521-4140 or contact
Roadside Assistance using the Lincoln Way
mobile app.
308
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Crash and Breakdown Information
If you need to arrange roadside assistance
for yourself, Lincoln Motor Company
reimburses a reasonable amount for towing
to the nearest Lincoln dealership within
100 mi (160 km). To obtain reimbursement
information, United States clients, call
1-800-521-4140. Clients need to submit their
original receipts.
Vehicles Sold in Canada: Getting
Roadside Assistance
To fully assist you should you have a vehicle
concern, Lincoln Motor Company offers a
complimentary roadside assistance program.
This program is eligible within Canada or the
continental United States.
The service is available 24 hours a day,
seven days a week.
This program is separate from the New
Vehicle Limited Warranty, beginning from
the original warranty start date and lasts the
life of the vehicle for the original owner.
Subsequent owners receive coverage that
is concurrent with the 6 years or 70,000 mi
(110,000 km), whichever occurs first,
powertrain warranty coverage period.
Note: Canadian roadside coverage and
benefits may differ from the U.S. coverage.
For complete program coverage details,
review your warranty guide, contact your
dealer, call us in Canada at 1-800-387-9333,
or visit our website at
www.lincolncanada.com.
If you purchased your vehicle in Canada and
require roadside assistance, please call
1-800-387-9333 or contact Roadside
Assistance using the Lincoln Way mobile
app.
Note: For quick reference, complete the
roadside assistance identification card found
in the glove compartment of your vehicle
and place it in your wallet.
SWITCHING THE HAZARD
FLASHERS ON AND OFF
The hazard flasher button is on the
instrument panel. Press the button
to switch the hazard flashers on if
your vehicle is creating a safety hazard for
other road users.
When you switch the hazard flashers on, all
front and rear direction indicators flash.
Note: The hazard flashers operate when the
ignition is in any position, or if the key is not
in the ignition. The battery loses charge and
could have insufficient power to restart your
vehicle.
Press the button again to switch them off.
JUMP STARTING THE VEHICLE
Jump Starting Precautions
WARNING: Batteries normally
produce explosive gases which can cause
personal injury. Therefore, do not allow
flames, sparks or lighted substances to
come near the battery. When working near
the battery, always shield your face and
protect your eyes. Always provide correct
ventilation.
309
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Crash and Breakdown Information
WARNING: Keep batteries out of
reach of children. Batteries contain sulfuric
acid. Avoid contact with skin, eyes or
clothing. Shield your eyes when working
near the battery to protect against possible
splashing of acid solution. In case of acid
contact with skin or eyes, flush immediately
with water for a minimum of 15 minutes and
get prompt medical attention. If acid is
swallowed, call a physician immediately.
WARNING: Use only adequately
sized cables with insulated clamps.
WARNING: Make sure that the cables
are clear of any moving parts and fuel
delivery system parts.
WARNING: Connect batteries with
only the same nominal voltage.
WARNING: If the engine is running
while the hood is open, stay clear of
moving engine components. Failure to
follow this warning could result in serious
personal injury or death.
Do not attempt to push-start an automatic
transmission vehicle. This could cause
transmission damage.
Do not disconnect the battery of the disabled
vehicle. This could damage your vehicle's
electrical system.
Preparing the Vehicle
Use only a 12 volt supply to start your vehicle.
Park the booster vehicle close to the hood
of the disabled vehicle, making sure the two
vehicles do not touch.
Jump Starting the Vehicle
Connecting the Jumper Cables
WARNING: Do not connect the
negative jumper cable to any other part of
your vehicle. Use the ground point.
Note: If you are using a jump pack or booster
box, follow the manufacturer's instructions.
E281345
1. Pull the red rubber boot backward.
Connect the positive (+) jumper cable to
the positive (+) terminal of the discharged
battery.
310
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Crash and Breakdown Information
2. Connect the other end of the positive (+)
jumper cable to the positive (+) terminal
of the booster vehicle battery.
3. Connect the negative (-) jumper cable to
the negative (-) terminal of the booster
vehicle battery.
4. Make the final connection of the negative
(-) jumper cable to an exposed metal part
of the disabled vehicle's engine, as
shown in the following illustration, away
from the battery and fuel injection
system, or connect the negative (-)
jumper cable to a ground connection
point if available.
E309115
Starting the Engine
1. Start the engine of the booster vehicle
and moderately rev the engine, or gently
press the accelerator to keep the engine
speed between 2000 and 3000 RPM, as
shown in your tachometer.
2. Start the engine of the disabled vehicle.
3. Once you start the disabled vehicle, run
both vehicle engines for an additional
three minutes before disconnecting the
jumper cables.
Removing the Jumper Cables
Remove the jumper cables in the reverse
order that they were connected.
Note: Do not switch the headlamps on when
disconnecting the cables. The peak voltage
could blow the bulbs.
POST-CRASH ALERT SYSTEM
What Is the Post-Crash Alert System
The system helps draw attention to your
vehicle in the event of a serious impact.
How Does the Post-Crash Alert System
Work
The system is designed to turn the hazard
flashers on and to intermittently sound the
horn in the event of a serious impact that
deploys an airbag or the seatbelt
pretensioners.
Post-Crash Alert System Limitations
Depending on applicable laws in the country
your vehicle was built for, the horn does not
sound in the event of a serious impact.
Switching the Post-Crash Alert System
Off
Press the hazard flasher switch or the unlock
button on the remote control to switch the
system off.
Note: The alert turns off when the vehicle
battery runs out of charge.
311
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Crash and Breakdown Information
AUTOMATIC CRASH SHUTOFF
What Is Automatic Crash Shutoff
The automatic crash shutoff is designed to
stop the fuel going to the engine in the event
of a moderate or severe crash.
Note: Not every impact causes a shutoff.
Automatic Crash Shutoff Precautions
WARNING: If your vehicle has been
involved in a crash, have the fuel system
checked. Failure to follow this instruction
could result in fire, personal injury or death.
Re-Enabling Your Vehicle
1. Switch the ignition off.
2. Attempt to start your vehicle.
3. Switch the ignition off.
4. Attempt to start your vehicle.
Note: If your vehicle does not start after the
third attempt, have your vehicle checked as
soon as possible.
TRANSPORTING THE VEHICLE
E143886
312
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Crash and Breakdown Information
If you need to tow your vehicle, contact a
professional towing service or your roadside
assistance service provider.
Your manufacturer produces a towing
manual for all authorized tow truck operators.
Have your tow truck operator refer to this
manual for proper hook-up and towing
procedures.
We recommend the use of a wheel lift and
dollies or flatbed equipment to tow your
vehicle. Vehicle damage could occur if towed
incorrectly, or by any other means.
Front-wheel and rear-wheel drive vehicles
must have their designated drive wheels off
the ground regardless of towing direction.
Use tow dollies to prevent damage to the
transmission.
All-wheel or four-wheel drive vehicles require
that all wheels be off the ground using a
wheel lift and dollies or flatbed equipment.
This prevents damage to the transmission
and drive system.
313
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Crash and Breakdown Information
TOWING YOUR VEHICLE
PRECAUTIONS
Use the following guidelines when towing
your vehicle. Failure to follow this instruction
could result in vehicle damage not covered
by the vehicle warranty.
Note: Make sure you properly secure your
vehicle to the tow vehicle.
Note: If you are unsure of the vehicle’s
configuration, contact an authorized dealer.
RECREATIONALLY TOWING YOUR
VEHICLE - 2.0L, AWD
You cannot recreational tow your vehicle
with all wheels on the ground because
vehicle or transmission damage could occur.
You must recreational tow your vehicle with
all four wheels off the ground, such as when
using a car-hauling trailer. Otherwise, you
cannot recreational tow your vehicle.
RECREATIONALLY TOWING YOUR
VEHICLE - 2.0L, FWD
You cannot recreational tow your vehicle
with all wheels on the ground because
vehicle or transmission damage could occur.
Place the front wheels on a two-wheel tow
dolly. If you are using a tow dolly, follow the
instructions specified by the equipment
provider.
Note: Release the parking brake before
towing your vehicle. See Manually
Releasing the Electric Parking Brake (page
221).
RECREATIONALLY TOWING YOUR
VEHICLE - 2.7L
Note: Put your climate control system in
recirculated air mode to prevent exhaust
fumes from entering the vehicle. See
Climate Control (page 154).
Follow these guidelines if you have a need
for recreational towing. An example of
recreational towing would be towing your
vehicle behind a motorhome. We designed
these guidelines to prevent damage to your
transmission.
You can recreational tow your vehicle with
all four wheels on the ground using the
Manual Park Release procedure, or with all
four wheels off the ground using a vehicle
transport trailer. If you are using a vehicle
transport trailer, follow the instructions
specified by the equipment provider.
If you recreational tow your vehicle with all
four wheels on the ground:
• Only tow your vehicle in the forward
direction.
• Use the manual park release procedure.
See Manually Releasing the Electric
Parking Brake (page 221). Failure to do
so may result in damage to the
transmission.
• Do not exceed 65 mph (105 km/h).
314
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Towing Your Vehicle
EMERGENCY TOWING
If your vehicle becomes inoperable without
access to wheel dollies or a vehicle transport
trailer, it can be flat-towed with all wheels on
the ground, regardless of the powertrain and
transmission configuration, under the
following conditions:
• Your vehicle is facing forward for towing
in a forward direction.
• Use the manual park release procedure.
See Using Manual Park Release (page
210). Failure to do so may result in
damage to the transmission.
• Maximum speed is 35 mph (56 km/h).
• Maximum distance is 50 mi (80 km).
315
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Towing Your Vehicle
FUSE PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: Always disconnect the
battery before servicing high current fuses.
WARNING: To reduce risk of
electrical shock, always replace the cover
to the power distribution box before
reconnecting the battery or refilling fluid
reservoirs.
WARNING: Always replace a fuse
with one that has the specified amperage
rating. Using a fuse with a higher
amperage rating can cause severe wire
damage and could start a fire.
UNDER HOOD FUSE BOX
Locating the Under Hood Fuse Box
E327062
Accessing the Under Hood Fuse Box
Accessing the Under Hood Fuse Box -
Top
E330178
316
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Fuses
Accessing the Under Hood Fuse Box -
Bottom
E145983
1. Release the latches on both sides of the
fuse box.
2. Raise the inboard side of the fuse box
from the cradle.
3. Move the fuse box toward the center of
the engine compartment.
4. Pivot the outboard side of the fuse box
to access the bottom side.
317
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Fuses
Identifying the Fuses in the Under Hood Fuse Box
Under Hood Fuse Box - Top
E190797
318
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Fuses
Protected ComponentFuse RatingFuse Number
Second row power seat.30 A1
Starter relay.—2
Rear window wiper.15 A3
Rain sensor.
Rear wash relay coil.
Blower motor relay.—4
Not used.—5
Not used.—6
Powertrain control module - vehicle power 1.20 A7
Powertrain control module - vehicle power 2.20 A8
Canister vent.
Vapor blocking value.
Heated oxygen post.
Powertrain control module relay.—9
Power outlet 5-main bin.20 A10
Powertrain control module - vehicle power 4.15 A11
Powertrain control module - vehicle power 3.15 A12
319
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Fuses
Protected ComponentFuse RatingFuse Number
Not used.—13
Not used.—14
Run-start relay.—15
Power outlet 2 - back of console.20 A16
Power outlet 4 - luggage compartment.20 A17
Not used.—18
Run-start electronic power assist steering.10 A19
Run/start lighting.10 A20
Not used.—21
Air conditioner clutch solenoid.10 A22
Front split view camera.15 A23
Rear view camera.
Forward looking radar.
360° camera module.
Blind spot information system.
Voltage quality module (start/stop).
Not used (spare).10 A24
Run-start anti-lock brake system.10 A25
320
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Fuses
Protected ComponentFuse RatingFuse Number
Run-start powertrain control module.10 A26
USB power outlet - back of console.5 A27
Rear window washer pump.10 A28
Not used.—29
Not used.—30
Not used.—31
Electronic fan 1 relay.—32
A/C clutch relay.—33
Not used.—34
Not used.—35
Not used.—36
Not used.—37
Electronic fan 2 relay.—38
Electronic fan 3 relay.—39
Horn relay.—40
Left-hand high beam and stoplamp relay.—41
321
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Fuses
Protected ComponentFuse RatingFuse Number
Fuel pump relay.—42
Right-hand high beam and stoplamp.15 A43
Not used.—44
Not used.—45
Not used.—46
Not used.—47
Left-hand high beam and stoplamp.15 A48
Not used.—49
Horn.20 A50
Not used.—51
Not used.—52
Massaging seats.10 A53
Brake on-off switch.10 A54
Alternator A-line.10 A55
Not used.—86
322
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Fuses
Under Hood Fuse Box - Bottom
E190798
323
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Fuses
Protected ComponentFuse RatingFuse Number
Not used.—56
Not used.—57
Fuel pump feed.30 A58
Electronic fan 3.40 A59
Electronic fan 1.40 A60
Not used.—61
Body control module 1.50 A62
Electronic fan 2.25 A63
Not used.—64
Front heated seat.20 A65
Not used (spare).15 A66
Body control module 2.50 A67
Heated rear window.40 A68
Anti-lock brake system valves.30 A69
Passenger seat.30 A70
324
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Fuses
Protected ComponentFuse RatingFuse Number
Not used.–71
Not used.—72
Rear heated seats.20 A73
Driver seat module.30 A74
Windshield wiper motor.25 A75
Power liftgate module.30 A76
Climate controlled seat module.30 A77
Trailer tow.40 A78
Blower motor.40 A79
Not used.—80
110 V inverter.40 A81
Not used.–82
Not used.—83
Starter motor solenoid.30 A84
Not used.—85
Anti-lock brake system pump.60 A87
325
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Fuses
BODY CONTROL MODULE FUSE BOX
Locating the Body Control Module
Fuse Box
E331712
Accessing the Body Control Module
Fuse Box
To access the fuses in the body control
module fuse box, contact an authorized
dealer.
326
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Fuses
Identifying the Fuses in the Body Control Module Fuse Box
E145984
Protected ComponentsFuse RatingFuse or Relay Number
Not used.–1
Delayed accessory - power inverter logic, moonroof logic and driver
window switch power.
10 A2
Memory seats.7.5 A3
327
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Fuses
Protected ComponentsFuse RatingFuse or Relay Number
Lumbar.
Wireless accessory charging.
Subwoofer amplifier.20 A4
Not used.–5
Security horn relay.10 A6
Gearshift module.10 A7
Power liftgate module.5 A8
Hands free liftgate module.
Embedded modem.
Keypad.5 A9
Combined sensing module.
Not used.–10
Not used.–11
Climate control module.7.5 A12
Enhanced central gateway module.
Instrument cluster.7.5 A13
Steering column control module.
Not used.15 A14
328
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Fuses
Protected ComponentsFuse RatingFuse or Relay Number
SYNC module.15 A15
Not used.–16
Headlamp control module.7.5 A17
Not used (spare).7.5 A18
Headlamp switch.5 A19
Bluetooth low energy module.
Push button ignition switch.5 A20
Not used (spare).5 A21
Not used (spare).5 A22
Driver door window and mirror.30 A23
Driver door module.
Driver door lock indicator.
Driver lock switch illumination.
Moonroof.30 A24
Amplifier.20 A25
Front passenger door window and mirror.30 A26
Front passenger door module.
Front passenger lock indicator.
Front passenger switch illumination.
329
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Fuses
Protected ComponentsFuse RatingFuse or Relay Number
Left-hand rear door module.30 A27
Right-hand rear door module.30 A28
Enhanced central gateway power - OBD connector.15 A29
Not used (spare).5 A30
Radio transceiver module.10 A31
Multi-function display.
Integrated control panel.
Radio.20 A32
Not used.–33
Run-start bus (fuse 17, 18, 21, 22, 35, 36, 37, circuit breaker 38).30 A34
Passenger airbag deactivation indicator.5 A35
Rear heated seat module.15 A36
Suspension module.
Heated steering wheel.20 A37
Auto-dimming interior mirror.
Automatic high beam and lane departure mirror module.
Parking assist control module.
Circuit breaker.30 A38
330
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Fuses
IDENTIFYING FUSE TYPES
E267379
Micro 2.A
Micro 3.B
Maxi.C
Mini.D
M Case.E
J Case.F
J Case Low Profile.G
Slotted M Case.H
FUSES – TROUBLESHOOTING
Fuses – Frequently Asked Questions
When do I need to check a fuse?
If electrical components in the vehicle
are not working.
When do I need to replace a fuse?
If a fuse has blown.
How do I identify a blown fuse?
You can identify a blown fuse by a
broken wire within the fuse.
331
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Fuses
MAINTENANCE PRECAUTIONS
Service your vehicle regularly to help
maintain its roadworthiness and resale value.
There is a large network of authorized
dealers that are there to help you with their
professional servicing expertise. We believe
that their specially trained technicians are
best qualified to service your vehicle properly
and expertly. They are supported by a wide
range of highly specialized tools developed
specifically for servicing your vehicle.
If your vehicle requires professional service,
an authorized dealer can provide the
necessary parts and service. Check your
warranty information to find out which parts
and services are covered.
Use only recommended fuels, lubricants,
fluids and service parts conforming to
specifications. See Capacities and
Specifications (page 398).
• Do not work on a hot engine.
• Make sure that nothing gets caught in
moving parts.
• Do not work on a vehicle with the engine
running in an enclosed space, unless you
are sure you have enough ventilation.
• Keep all open flames and other burning
material, such as cigarettes, away from
the battery and all fuel related parts.
• Set the parking brake, shift the
transmission to park (P) and block the
wheels.
OPENING AND CLOSING THE
HOOD
Opening the Hood
E142457
1. Inside the vehicle, pull the hood release
handle located under the left-hand side
of the instrument panel.
E267365
2. Slightly lift the hood.
3. Release the hood latch by pushing the
secondary release lever to your left-hand
side.
332
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Maintenance
E202009
4. Open the hood. The hood struts
automatically supports the hood.
Closing the Hood
1. Lower the hood until it engages on to the
secondary latch.
2. Firmly push down on the front of the
hood to close it fully.
Note: Make sure that the hood is correctly
closed.
333
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Maintenance
UNDER HOOD OVERVIEW - 2.0L
E341608
334
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Maintenance
Engine coolant reservoir. See Checking the Coolant (page 340).A
Engine oil dipstick. See Engine Oil Dipstick Overview (page 338).B
Engine oil filler cap. See Adding Engine Oil (page 338).C
Brake fluid reservoir. See Checking the Brake Fluid (page 218).D
Battery. See Changing the 12V Battery (page 345).E
Power distribution box. See Accessing the Under Hood Fuse Box (page 316).F
Air filter. See Changing the Engine Air Filter (page 344).G
Windshield washer fluid reservoir. See Adding Washer Fluid (page 118).H
335
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Maintenance
UNDER HOOD OVERVIEW - 2.7L
E341585
336
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Maintenance
Engine coolant reservoir. See Checking the Coolant (page 340).A
Brake fluid reservoir. See Checking the Brake Fluid (page 218).B
Battery. See Changing the 12V Battery (page 345).C
Power distribution box. See Accessing the Under Hood Fuse Box (page 316).D
Air filter assembly. See Changing the Engine Air Filter (page 344).E
Engine oil dipstick. See Engine Oil Dipstick Overview (page 338).F
Engine oil filler cap. See Adding Engine Oil (page 338).G
Windshield washer fluid reservoir. See Adding Washer Fluid (page 118).H
337
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Maintenance
ENGINE OIL
Engine Oil Dipstick Overview - 2.0L
E270482
Minimum.A
Nominal.B
Maximum.C
Engine Oil Dipstick Overview - 2.7L
E250320
Minimum.A
Nominal.B
Maximum.C
Checking the Engine Oil Level
1. Make sure that your vehicle is on level
ground.
2. Check the oil level before starting the
engine, or switch the engine off after
warming up and wait 10 minutes for the
oil to drain into the oil pan.
3. Remove the dipstick and wipe it with a
clean, lint-free cloth.
4. Reinstall the dipstick and make sure it is
fully seated.
5. Remove the dipstick again to check the
oil level.
Note: If the oil level is between the maximum
and minimum marks, the oil level is
acceptable. Do not add oil.
6. If the oil level is at the minimum mark,
immediately add oil.
7. Reinstall the dipstick. Make sure it is fully
seated.
Note: The oil consumption of new engines
reaches its normal level after approximately
3,000 mi (5,000 km).
Adding Engine Oil
WARNING: Do not remove the filler
cap when the engine is running.
338
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Maintenance
WARNING: Do not add engine oil
when the engine is hot. Failure to follow
this instruction could result in personal
injury.
Do not use supplemental engine oil additives
because they are unnecessary and could
lead to engine damage that the vehicle
warranty may not cover.
1. Clean the area surrounding the engine
oil filler cap before you remove it.
2. Remove the engine oil filler cap.
3. Add engine oil that meets our
specifications. See Capacities and
Specifications (page 402).
4. Reinstall the engine oil filler cap. Turn it
clockwise until you feel a strong
resistance.
Note: Do not add oil further than the
maximum mark. Oil levels above the
maximum mark may cause engine damage.
Note: Immediately soak up any oil spillage
with an absorbent cloth.
Resetting the Engine Oil Change
Reminder
Use the information display controls on the
steering wheel to reset the oil change
indicator.
From the main menu scroll to:
Action and descriptionMessage
Press the right arrow button,
then from this menu scroll to
the following message.
Settings
Press the right arrow button,
then from this menu scroll to
the following message.
Vehicle
Press the right arrow button,
then from this menu scroll to
the following message.
Oil Life
Press and hold the OK button
until the instrument cluster
displays the following
message.
Hold OK to
Reset
Reset Successful
Action and descriptionMessage
When the oil change indicator
resets the instrument cluster
displays 100%.
Remaining Life
{00}%
If the instrument cluster
displays one of the following
messages, repeat the
process.
Not Reset
Reset Cancelled
Engine Oil Capacity and Specification
For filling information, please refer to the
Capacities and Specifications section of your
owner's manual. See Engine Oil Capacity
and Specification (page 404).
339
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Maintenance
CHECKING THE COOLANT
When the engine is cold, check the
concentration and level of the coolant at the
intervals listed in the scheduled maintenance
information. See Scheduled Maintenance
(page 459).
Note: Make sure that the coolant level is
between the minimum and maximum marks
on the coolant reservoir.
Note: Coolant expands when it is hot. The
level may extend beyond the MAX mark.
If the coolant level is at or below the
minimum mark, add prediluted coolant
immediately.
Maintain coolant concentration within 48%
to 50%, which equates to a freeze point
between -29°F (-34°C) and -35°F (-37°C).
Coolant concentration should be checked
using a refractometer. We do not recommend
the use of hydrometers or coolant test strips
for measuring coolant concentration.
Adding Coolant
WARNING: Do not remove the
coolant reservoir cap when the engine is
on or the cooling system is hot. Wait 10
minutes for the cooling system to cool
down. Cover the coolant reservoir cap with
a thick cloth to prevent the possibility of
scalding and slowly remove the cap.
Failure to follow this instruction could result
in personal injury.
WARNING: Do not add engine
coolant when the engine is on or the
cooling system is hot. Failure to follow this
instruction could result in personal injury.
WARNING: Do not add coolant
further than the MAX mark.
WARNING: Do not put coolant in the
windshield washer reservoir. If sprayed on
the windshield, coolant could make it
difficult to see through the windshield.
Note: Do not use stop leak pellets, cooling
system sealants, or non-specified additives
as they can cause damage to the engine
cooling or heating systems. Resulting
component damage may not be covered by
the vehicle Warranty.
Note: Automotive fluids are not
interchangeable.
It is very important to use prediluted coolant
approved to the correct specification in order
to avoid plugging the small passageways in
the engine cooling system. See Capacities
and Specifications (page 407). Do not mix
different colors or types of coolant in your
vehicle. Mixing of engine coolants or using
an incorrect coolant may harm the engine or
cooling system components and could void
the vehicle Warranty.
Note: If prediluted coolant is not available,
use the approved concentrated coolant
diluting it to 50/50 with distilled water. See
Capacities and Specifications (page 407).
Using water that has not been deionized
may contribute to deposit formation,
corrosion and plugging of the small cooling
system passageways.
340
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Maintenance
To top up the coolant level do the following:
1. Unscrew the cap slowly. Any pressure
escapes as you unscrew the cap.
2. Add enough prediluted coolant to reach
the correct level.
Note: We do not recommend the use of
recycled coolant.
3. Replace the coolant reservoir cap. Turn
the cap clockwise until it contacts the
hard stop.
4. Check the coolant level in the coolant
reservoir the next few times you drive
your vehicle. If necessary, repeat step 2.
If you have to add more than 1.1 qt (1 L) of
engine coolant per month, have your vehicle
checked as soon as possible. Operating an
engine with a low level of coolant can result
in engine overheating and possible engine
damage.
In case of emergency, you can add a large
amount of water without engine coolant in
order to reach a vehicle service location.
Service your vehicle as soon as possible.
Water alone, without engine coolant, can
cause engine damage from corrosion,
overheating or freezing.
Do not use the following as a coolant
substitute, as they can cause engine damage
from overheating or freezing:
• Alcohol.
• Methanol.
• Brine.
• Any coolant mixed with alcohol or
methanol antifreeze.
Do not add extra inhibitors or additives to
the coolant. These can be harmful and
compromise the corrosion protection of the
coolant.
Severe Climates
If you drive in extremely cold climates, you
may need to increase the coolant
concentration above 50%.
Note: A coolant concentration of 60%
provides improved freeze point protection.
Coolant concentrations above 60% decrease
the overheat protection characteristics of
the coolant and could cause engine
damage.
If you drive in extremely hot climates, you
may need to decrease the coolant
concentration to 40%.
Note: Coolant concentrations below 40%
decrease the freeze and corrosion protection
characteristics of the coolant and could
cause engine damage.
Coolant Change
Change the coolant at specific mileage
intervals. Refer to the scheduled
maintenance information. See Normal
Scheduled Maintenance (page 463).
Note: Dispose of used coolant in the
appropriate manner.
Follow your community's regulations and
standards for recycling and disposing of
automotive fluids.
341
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Maintenance
Fail-Safe Cooling
Fail-safe cooling allows you to temporarily
drive your vehicle before any incremental
component damage occurs. The fail-safe
distance depends on ambient temperature,
vehicle load and terrain.
How Fail-Safe Cooling Works
If the engine begins to overheat,
the coolant temperature gauge
moves toward the red zone:
A warning lamp illuminates and a
message may appear in the
information display.
If the engine reaches a preset
over-temperature condition, the engine
automatically switches to alternating cylinder
operation. Each disabled cylinder acts as an
air pump and cools the engine.
When this occurs, your vehicle still operates,
however:
• Engine power is limited.
• The air conditioning system turns off.
Continued operation increases the engine
temperature, causing the engine to
completely shut down. Your steering and
braking effort increases in this situation.
When the engine temperature cools, you can
re-start the engine. Have your vehicle
checked as soon as possible to minimize
engine damage.
When Fail-Safe Mode Is Activated
WARNING: Fail-safe mode is for use
during emergencies only. Operate your
vehicle in fail-safe mode only as long as
necessary to bring your vehicle to rest in
a safe location and seek immediate repairs.
When in fail-safe mode, your vehicle will
have limited power, will not be able to
maintain high-speed operation, and may
completely shut down without warning,
potentially losing engine power, power
steering assist, and power brake assist,
which may increase the possibility of a
crash resulting in serious injury.
WARNING: Do not remove the
coolant reservoir cap when the engine is
on or the cooling system is hot. Wait 10
minutes for the cooling system to cool
down. Cover the coolant reservoir cap with
a thick cloth to prevent the possibility of
scalding and slowly remove the cap.
Failure to follow this instruction could result
in personal injury.
Your vehicle has limited engine power when
in the fail-safe mode, drive your vehicle with
caution. Your vehicle does not maintain
high-speed operation and the engine could
operate poorly.
Remember that the engine is capable of
automatically shutting down to prevent
engine damage. In this situation:
1. Pull off the road as soon as safely
possible and switch the engine off.
2. If you are a member of a roadside
assistance program, we recommend that
you contact your roadside assistance
service provider.
342
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Maintenance
3. If this is not possible, wait for a short
period of time for the engine to cool.
4. Check the coolant level. If the coolant
level is at or below the minimum mark,
add prediluted coolant immediately.
5. When the engine temperature cools, you
can re-start the engine. Have your vehicle
checked as soon as possible to minimize
engine damage.
Note: Driving your vehicle without repair
increases the chance of engine damage.
Engine Coolant Temperature
Management (If Equipped)
WARNING: To reduce the risk of
crash and injury, be prepared that the
vehicle speed may reduce and the vehicle
may not be able to accelerate with full
power until the coolant temperature
reduces.
If you tow a trailer with your vehicle, the
engine may temporarily reach a higher
temperature during severe operating
conditions, for example ascending a long or
steep grade in high ambient temperatures.
At this time, you may notice the coolant
temperature gauge moves toward the red
zone and a message may appear in the
information display.
You may notice a reduction in vehicle speed
caused by reduced engine power in order
to manage the engine coolant temperature.
Your vehicle may enter this mode if certain
high-temperature and high-load conditions
take place. The amount of speed reduction
depends on vehicle loading, grade and
ambient temperature. If this occurs, there is
no need to stop your vehicle. You can
continue to drive.
The air conditioning may automatically turn
on and off during severe operating
conditions to protect the engine from
overheating. When the coolant temperature
decreases to the normal operating
temperature, the air conditioning turns on.
If the coolant temperature gauge moves fully
into the red zone, or if the coolant
temperature warning or service engine soon
messages appear in your information display,
do the following:
1. Stop your vehicle as soon as it is safe to
do so. Fully apply the parking brake, shift
into park (P) or neutral (N).
2. Leave the engine running until the
coolant temperature gauge needle
returns to the normal position. If the
temperature does not drop after several
minutes, follow the remaining steps.
3. Switch the engine off and wait for it to
cool. Check the coolant level.
4. If the coolant level is at or below the
minimum mark, add prediluted coolant
immediately.
5. If the coolant level is normal, restart the
engine and continue.
343
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Maintenance
CHANGING THE ENGINE AIR
FILTER
WARNING: To reduce the risk of
vehicle damage and personal burn injuries,
do not start your engine with the air
cleaner removed and do not remove it
while the engine is running.
When changing the air filter element, use
only the air filter element listed. See
Capacities and Specifications (page 400).
For turbocharged equipped vehicles: When
servicing the air cleaner, it is important that
no foreign material enter the air induction
system. The engine and turbocharger are
susceptible to damage from even small
particles.
Change the air filter element at the proper
interval. See Scheduled Maintenance (page
459).
Note: Failure to use the correct air filter
element may result in severe engine
damage. The customer warranty may be
void for any damage to the engine if the
correct air filter element is not used.
E144365
1. Release the clamps that secure the air
filter housing cover.
2. Carefully lift the air filter housing cover.
3. Remove the air filter element from the air
filter housing.
4. Wipe any dirt or debris from the air filter
housing and cover to make sure no dirt
gets in the engine and to make sure you
have a good seal.
5. Install a new air filter element. Be careful
not to crimp the filter element edges
between the air filter housing and cover.
This could cause filter damage and allow
unfiltered air to enter the engine if not
properly seated.
6. Install the air filter housing cover.
7. Engage the clamps to secure the air filter
housing cover to the air filter housing.
CHANGING THE FUEL FILTER
Your vehicle has a lifetime fuel filter that
integrates with the fuel tank. It does not need
regular maintenance or replacement.
344
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Maintenance
DRIVE BELT ROUTING OVERVIEW
- 2.0L
E161383
A. The long drive belt is on the first pulley
groove closest to the engine.
B. The short drive belt is on the second
pulley groove farthest from the engine.
DRIVE BELT ROUTING OVERVIEW
- 2.7L
E191903
CHANGING THE 12V BATTERY
WARNING: Batteries normally
produce explosive gases which can cause
personal injury. Therefore, do not allow
flames, sparks or lighted substances to
come near the battery. When working near
the battery, always shield your face and
protect your eyes. Always provide correct
ventilation.
WARNING: When lifting a
plastic-cased battery, excessive pressure
on the end walls could cause acid to flow
through the vent caps, resulting in personal
injury and damage to the vehicle or battery.
Lift the battery with a battery carrier or with
your hands on opposite corners.
345
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Maintenance
WARNING: Keep batteries out of
reach of children. Batteries contain sulfuric
acid. Avoid contact with skin, eyes or
clothing. Shield your eyes when working
near the battery to protect against possible
splashing of acid solution. In case of acid
contact with skin or eyes, flush immediately
with water for a minimum of 15 minutes and
get prompt medical attention. If acid is
swallowed, call a physician immediately.
WARNING: Battery posts, terminals
and related accessories contain lead and
lead compounds, chemicals known to the
State of California to cause cancer and
reproductive harm. Wash your hands after
handling.
WARNING: This vehicle may have
more than one battery. Removing the
battery cables from only one battery does
not disconnect your vehicle electrical
system. Make sure you disconnect the
battery cables from all batteries when
disconnecting power. Failure to do so may
cause serious personal injury or property
damage.
The battery is in the engine compartment.
See Under Hood Overview (page 334).
Your vehicle has a maintenance-free battery.
It does not require additional water during
service.
For longer, trouble-free operation, keep the
top of the battery clean and dry and the
battery cables tightly fastened to the battery
terminals. If any corrosion is present on the
battery or terminals, remove the cables from
the terminals and clean with a wire brush.
You can neutralize the acid with a solution
of baking soda and water.
We recommend that you disconnect the
negative battery cable terminal from the
battery if you plan to store your vehicle for
an extended period.
Note: If you only disconnect the negative
battery cable terminal, make sure it is
isolated or placed away from the battery
terminal to avoid unintended connection or
arcing.
To maintain correct operation of the battery
management system, if you add any
electrical devices to your vehicle, do not
connect the ground connection directly to
the negative battery terminal. A connection
at the negative battery terminal can cause
inaccurate measurements of the battery
condition and potential incorrect system
operation.
Note: If you add electrical accessories or
components to your vehicle this may
adversely affect battery performance,
durability and the performance of other
electrical systems on your vehicle.
If you replace the battery make sure it
matches the electrical requirements of your
vehicle.
346
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Maintenance
If you disconnect or replace the battery and
your vehicle has an automatic transmission,
it must relearn its adaptive strategy. Because
of this, the transmission may shift firmly when
first driven. This is normal operation while
the transmission fully updates its operation
to optimum shift feel.
Remove and Reinstall the Battery
To disconnect or remove the battery, do the
following:
1. Apply the parking brake and switch the
ignition off.
2. Switch all electrical equipment off, for
example lights and radio.
3. Wait a minimum of two minutes before
disconnecting the battery.
Note: The engine management system has
a power hold function and remains powered
for a period of time after you switch the
ignition off. This is to allow diagnostic and
adaptive tables to be stored. Disconnecting
the battery without waiting can cause
damage not covered by the vehicle
Warranty.
4. Disconnect the negative battery cable
terminal.
5. Disconnect the positive battery cable
terminal.
6. Remove the battery securing clamp.
7. Remove the battery.
8. To install, reverse the removal procedure.
Note: Before reconnecting the battery, make
sure the ignition remains switched off.
Note: Make sure the battery cable terminals
are fully tightened.
Note: After cleaning or replacing the battery,
make sure you reinstall the battery cover or
shield.
If you disconnect or replace the vehicle
battery, you must reset the following
features:
• Window bounce-back. See Windows
(page 130).
• Clock Settings.
• Pre-set radio stations.
• Steering Angle Sensor.
Note: To calibrate the steering angle sensor,
drive the vehicle above 30 mph (50 km/h)
for a minimum of 1.2 mi (2 km). Make sure to
drive straight ahead for a minimum of 30
seconds. Several vehicle functions are
disabled and a warning light could appear
until the sensor is calibrated.
Battery Management System
The battery management system monitors
battery conditions and takes actions to
extend battery life. If excessive battery drain
is detected, the system temporarily disables
some of the following features:
• Heated rear window.
• Heated seats.
• Climate control.
• Heated steering wheel.
• Audio unit.
• Navigation system.
A message may appear in the information
display to alert you that battery protection
actions are active.
347
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Maintenance
After battery replacement, or in some cases
after charging the battery with an external
charger, the battery management system
requires eight hours of vehicle sleep time to
relearn the battery state of charge. During
this time your vehicle must remain fully
locked with the ignition off.
Note: If you add electrical accessories or
components to the vehicle, it may adversely
affect battery performance and durability.
This may also affect the performance of
other electrical systems in the vehicle.
Battery Disposal
E107998
Make sure that you dispose of old
batteries in an environmentally
friendly way. Seek advice from
your local authority about recycling old
batteries.
ADJUSTING THE HEADLAMPS
Vertical Aim Adjustment
The headlamps on your vehicle are properly
aimed at the assembly plant. If your vehicle
has been involved in a crash, have the aim
of the headlamp beam checked by an
authorized dealer.
Headlamp Aiming Target
E142592
8 ft (2.4 m).A
Center height of lamp to ground.B
25 ft (7.6 m).C
Horizontal reference line.D
Vertical Aim Adjustment Procedure
1. Park the vehicle directly in front of a wall
or screen on a level surface,
approximately 25 ft (7.6 m) away.
2. Measure the height of the headlamp bulb
center from the ground and mark an 8 ft
(2.4 m) horizontal reference line on the
vertical wall or screen at this height.
Note: To see a clearer light pattern for
adjusting, you may want to block the light
from one headlamp while adjusting the
other.
3. Turn on the low beam headlamps to
illuminate the wall or screen and open
the hood.
348
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Maintenance
E142465
4. On the wall or screen you will observe a
flat zone of high intensity light at the top
of the right hand portion of the beam
pattern. If the top edge of the high
intensity light zone is not at the horizontal
reference line, the headlamp needs to
be adjusted.
E194757
5. Locate the vertical adjuster on each
headlamp. Using a Phillips #2
screwdriver, turn the adjuster either
clockwise or counterclockwise in order
to adjust the vertical aim of the
headlamp. The horizontal edge of the
brighter light should touch the horizontal
reference line.
6. Close the hood and turn off the lamps.
349
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Maintenance
EXTERIOR BULBS
Exterior Bulb Specification Chart
Power (Watt)SpecificationLamp
LEDLEDBrake and rear lamp.
LEDLEDCentral high mounted brake lamp.
PWM/LEDH15/LEDDaytime running lamps.
LEDLEDFront fog lamp.
21WY21WFront turn signal lamp.
LEDLEDFront side marker lamp.
LEDLEDFront signature lamp.
LEDLEDHeadlamp high beam.
LEDLEDHeadlamp low beam.
LEDLEDHigh-intensity discharge headlamps.
5W5WLicense plate lamp.
LEDLEDRear turn signal lamp.
LEDLEDRear side marker lamp.
350
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Maintenance
Power (Watt)SpecificationLamp
LEDLEDReversing lamps.
LEDLEDSide direction indicator.
Note: LED lamps are not serviceable. See an authorized dealer if they fail.
351
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Maintenance
Removing a Headlamp Assembly
1. Open the hood. See Opening and
Closing the Hood (page 332).
E194758
2. Remove the screws.
3. Pull the headlamp toward the front of the
vehicle to disengage it from the lower
fixing point.
4. Lift the headlamp up and remove it.
E133750
5
5. Disconnect the electrical connector.
Changing a Front Turn Signal Lamp
Bulb
E188959
C
Headlamp low beam.A
Headlamp low and high beam -
vehicles with high-intensity
discharge headlamps.
Headlamp high beam.B
Daytime running lamp.
Front turn signal lamp.C
1. Remove the headlamp assembly. See
Removing a Headlamp Assembly (page
352).
352
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Maintenance
2. Turn the bulb holder counterclockwise
and remove it.
3. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight out.
Changing a License Plate Lamp Bulb
E72789
1. Use a suitable tool, for example a
screwdriver, to carefully remove the
lamp.
2. Remove the lamp.
3. Turn the bulb holder counterclockwise
and remove it.
4. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight out.
INTERIOR BULBS
Interior Bulb Specification Chart
Power (Watt)SpecificationLamp
LEDLEDInterior lamp.
LEDLEDLuggage compartment lamp.
Note: LED lamps are not serviceable. See an authorized dealer if they fail.
353
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Maintenance
CLEANING PRODUCTS
Materials
For best results, use the following products
or products of equivalent quality:
For additional information and assistance,
we recommend that you contact an
authorized dealer.
SpecificationName
Motorcraft® Bug and Tar Remover, ZC-42 (U.S. & Canada)
ESR-M5B194-BMotorcraft® Custom Bright Metal Cleaner, ZC-15 (U.S. & Canada)
ESR-M14P4-AMotorcraft® Detail Wash, ZC-3-A (U.S. & Canada)
ESR-M14P3-AMotorcraft® Engine Shampoo and Degreaser, ZC-20 (U.S.)
Motorcraft® Engine Shampoo, CXC-66-A (Canada)
Motorcraft® Premium Leather and Vinyl Cleaner, ZC-56 (U.S. & Canada)
Motorcraft® Multi-Purpose Cleaner, CXC-101 (Canada)
WSS-M14P19-AMotorcraft® Premium Windshield Wash Concentrate with Bitterant, ZC-32-B2 (U.S.)
WSS-M14P19-AMotorcraft® Premium Quality Windshield Washer Fluid, CXC-37-A/B/D/F (Canada)
Motorcraft® Professional Strength Carpet & Upholstery Cleaner, ZC-54 (U.S. & Canada)
ESR-M14P5-AMotorcraft® Premium Glass Cleaner, CXC-100 (Canada)
354
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Vehicle Care
SpecificationName
Motorcraft® Spot and Stain Remover, ZC-14 (U.S.)
ESR-M14P5-AMotorcraft® Ultra-Clear Spray Glass Cleaner, ZC-23 (U.S.)
Motorcraft® Wheel and Tire Cleaner, ZC-37-A (U.S. & Canada)
CLEANING THE EXTERIOR
Cleaning Headlamps and Rear Lamps
We recommend that you only use cold or
lukewarm water containing car shampoo to
clean the headlamps and the rear lamps.
Do not scrape the lamps.
Do not wipe lamps when they are dry.
Cleaning Windows and Wiper Blades
To clean the windshield and wiper blades:
• Clean the windshield with a non-abrasive
glass cleaner.
Note: When cleaning the interior of the
windshield, avoid getting any glass cleaner
on the instrument panel or door panels. Wipe
any glass cleaner off these surfaces
immediately.
• Clean the wiper blades with washer fluid
or water applied with a soft sponge or
cloth.
Note: Do not use razor blades or other
sharp objects to clean or remove decals from
the inside of the heated rear window. This
can cause damage not covered by the
vehicle Warranty.
Cleaning Chrome, Aluminium or
Stainless Steel
We recommend that you only use a car
shampoo, a soft cloth and water on bumpers
and other chrome, aluminium or stainless
steel parts.
Note: For additional information and
assistance, we recommend that you contact
an authorized dealer.
Note: Rinse the area well after cleaning.
Note: Do not use abrasive materials, for
example steel wool or plastic pads, as they
can scratch these surfaces.
Note: Do not use chrome cleaner, metal
cleaner or polish on wheels or wheel covers.
355
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Vehicle Care
Cleaning Wheels
Only use a recommended wheel and tire
cleaner to clean the wheels weekly. For
additional information and assistance, we
recommend that you contact an authorized
dealer.
1. Use a sponge to remove heavy deposits
of dirt and brake dust.
2. Rinse well after cleaning.
Note: Do not apply a cleaning chemical to
warm or hot wheel rims and covers.
If you intend on parking your vehicle for an
extended period after cleaning the wheels
with a wheel cleaner, drive your vehicle for
a few minutes before parking your vehicle.
This reduces the risk of corrosion of the
brake discs, brake pads and linings.
Do not clean the wheels when they are hot.
Note: Some car washes could damage
wheel rims and covers.
Note: Using non-recommended cleaners,
harsh cleaning products, chrome wheel
cleaners or abrasive materials could
damage wheel rims and covers.
Cleaning the Engine Compartment
Use a vacuum cleaner to remove debris from
the screen area below windshield.
Note: If you are not familiar with the parts
around the engine do not wash the engine
compartment. Avoid frequent engine
washes.
When washing the engine compartment:
• Never wash or rinse the engine while it
is hot or running.
• Never wash or rinse any ignition coil,
spark plug wire or spark plug well.
• Cover the battery, power distribution box,
and air filter assembly to prevent water
damage.
Note: If your vehicle has an engine cover
remove the cover before application of
shampoo and degreaser.
• Spray an approved engine shampoo and
degreaser on all parts that require
cleaning and rinse with water.
Cleaning Stripes or Graphics
It is recommended to wash your vehicle by
hand however, pressure washing may be
used under the following conditions:
• Use a spray with a 40° wide spray angle
pattern.
• Keep the nozzle at a 12 in (305 mm)
distance and 90° angle to your vehicle's
surface.
• Do not use water pressure higher than
2,000 psi (14,000 kPa).
• Do not use water hotter than 179°F (82°C).
Note: Holding the pressure washer nozzle
at an angle to the vehicle's surface may
damage graphics and cause the edges to
peel away from the vehicle's surface.
Cleaning Camera Lenses and Sensors
We recommend that you only use lukewarm
or cold water and a soft cloth to clean the
camera lens and sensors.
Note: Do not pressure wash camera lens
and sensors.
356
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Vehicle Care
WAXING
Wax the high-gloss painted surface of your
prewashed vehicle once or twice a year.
We recommend that you only use an
approved quality wax that does not contain
abrasives. For additional information and
assistance, we recommend that you contact
an authorized dealer.
When washing and waxing, park your vehicle
in a shaded area out of direct sunlight.
Note: Avoid waxing unpainted or low-gloss
black colored parts, they discolor over time.
CLEANING THE INTERIOR
Cleaning the Instrument Panel
WARNING: Do not use chemical
solvents or strong detergents when
cleaning the steering wheel or instrument
panel to avoid contamination of the airbag
system.
We recommend that you only clean the
instrument panel and cluster lens with a
damp soft cloth. Dry the area with a clean,
soft cloth.
For additional information and assistance,
we recommend that you contact an
authorized dealer.
Note: Avoid cleaners or polishes that
increase the gloss of the upper portion of
the instrument panel. The dull finish in this
area helps protect you from undesirable
windshield reflection.
Cleaning Plastic
We recommend that you only use a mild
soap and water solution on a soft cloth. Dry
the area with a clean, soft cloth.
Cleaning Displays and Screens
We recommend that you only use a
microfiber cloth in a circular motion to clean
off the fingerprint or dust.
If dirt or fingerprints are still on the screen,
apply a small amount of alcohol to the cloth
and try to clean it again.
Note: Do not pour or spray alcohol onto the
touchscreen.
Note: Do not use detergent or any type of
solvent to clean the touchscreen.
Cleaning Leather and Vinyl
We recommend that you only clean the
leather and vinyl surfaces in the following
way:
1. Remove dust and loose dirt with a
vacuum cleaner.
2. Wipe the surface with a soft, damp cloth
and a mild soap and water solution. Dry
the area with a clean, soft cloth.
3. Make sure the leather is dry, then apply
a small amount of conditioner to a clean,
dry cloth.
357
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Vehicle Care
4. Rub the conditioner into the leather until
it disappears. Allow the conditioner to
dry, then repeat the process for the entire
interior. If a film appears, wipe it off with
a dry, clean cloth.
5. For additional information and assistance,
we recommend that you contact an
authorized dealer.
Cleaning Fabric Seats and Headliners
WARNING: On vehicles equipped
with seat-mounted airbags, do not use
chemical solvents or strong detergents.
Such products could contaminate the side
airbag system and affect performance of
the side airbag in a crash.
We recommend that you only clean the fabric
seats and headliners in the following way:
1. Remove dust and loose dirt with a
vacuum cleaner.
2. Wipe the surface with a soft, damp cloth
and a mild soap and water solution. Dry
the area with a clean, soft cloth.
3. For additional information and assistance,
we recommend that you contact an
authorized dealer.
For heavy stains, spot clean the area. If a ring
forms on the fabric, clean the entire area
immediately, but do not oversaturate or the
ring could set.
Cleaning Carpets and Floor Mats
We recommend that you only clean your
carpets in the following way:
1. Remove dust and loose dirt with a
vacuum cleaner.
2. Wipe the surface with a soft, damp cloth
and a mild soap and water solution. Dry
the area with a clean, soft cloth.
3. For additional information and assistance,
we recommend that you contact an
authorized dealer.
For heavy stains, spot clean the area. If a ring
forms on the fabric, clean the entire area
immediately, but do not oversaturate or the
ring could set.
We recommend that you only clean your
floor mats in the following way:
1. Remove dust and loose dirt with a
vacuum cleaner.
2. Wash rubber floor mats using mild soap
and lukewarm or cold water.
3. Completely dry the floor mat before
placing them back in your vehicle.
Cleaning Seatbelts
WARNING: Do not use cleaning
solvents, bleach or dye on the vehicle's
seatbelts, as these actions may weaken
the belt webbing.
1. Wipe the surface with a soft, damp cloth
and a mild soap and water solution. Dry
the area with a clean, soft cloth.
Cleaning Storage Compartments
1. Remove dust and loose dirt with a
vacuum cleaner.
358
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Vehicle Care
2. Wipe the surface with a soft, damp cloth
and a mild soap and water solution. Dry
the area with a clean, soft cloth.
Cleaning Moonroof Tracks
1. Remove debris from the tracks with a
vacuum cleaner.
2. Wipe the bulb seal and mating painted
roof metal surface with a soft, damp cloth
and a mild soap and water solution.
REPAIRING MINOR PAINT
DAMAGE
Authorized dealers have touch-up paint to
match your vehicle’s color. Your vehicle
color code is printed on a sticker on the front,
left-hand side door jamb. Take your color
code to your authorized dealer to make sure
you get the correct color.
Before repairing minor paint damage, use a
cleaner to remove particles such as bird
droppings, tree sap, insect deposits, tar
spots, road salt and industrial fallout.
Read the instructions before using cleaning
products.
359
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Vehicle Care
BODY STYLING KIT PRECAUTIONS
The distance between the underside of your
vehicle and the ground is less than that of
other models. Drive with extreme care to
avoid damage to your vehicle.
360
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Body Styling Kits
PREPARING YOUR VEHICLE FOR
STORAGE
If you plan on storing your vehicle for 30
days or more, the following maintenance
recommendations ensures your vehicle stays
in good operating condition.
Under various conditions, long-term storage
may lead to degraded engine performance
or failure unless you use specific precautions
to preserve your vehicle.
General
• Store all vehicles in a dry, ventilated
place.
• If vehicles are stored outside, they
require regular maintenance to protect
against rust and weather damage.
• Make sure all linkages, cables, levers and
pins under your vehicle are covered with
grease to prevent rust.
• Move vehicles at least 25 ft (7.5 m) every
15 days to lubricate working parts and
prevent corrosion.
• Fill the fuel tank with high-quality fuel
until the first automatic shutoff of the fuel
pump nozzle.
Engine
• Change the engine oil and filter prior to
storage because used engine oil contains
contaminants which may cause engine
damage.
• Start the engine every 15 days for a
minimum of 15 minutes. Run at fast idle
with the climate controls set to defrost
until the engine reaches normal
operating temperature.
• With your foot on the brake, shift through
all the gears while the engine is running.
Body
• Wash your vehicle thoroughly to remove
dirt, grease, oil, tar or mud from exterior
surfaces, rear-wheel housings and the
underside of front fenders.
• Periodically wash your vehicle if it is
stored in exposed locations.
• Touch-up exposed or primed metal to
prevent rust.
• Cover chrome and stainless steel parts
with a thick coat of auto wax to prevent
discoloration. Re-wax as necessary when
you wash your vehicle.
• Lubricate all hood, door and luggage
compartment hinges and latches with a
light grade oil.
• Cover interior trim to prevent fading.
• Keep all rubber parts free from oil and
solvents.
361
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Storing Your Vehicle
Hybrid Battery Systems
We recommend the following actions for your
vehicle:
• When storing your vehicle for greater
than 30 days the state of charge should
be approximately 50%. Additionally we
recommend disconnecting the 12V
battery which will reduce system loads
on the HV battery.
12 Volt Battery
• Check and recharge as necessary. Keep
connections clean.
Note: It is necessary to reset memory
features if you disconnect the battery cables.
Brakes
Make sure the brakes and parking brake
release fully.
Note: If you intend on parking your vehicle
for an extended period after cleaning the
wheels with a wheel cleaner, drive your
vehicle for a few minutes before doing so to
reduce the risk of increased corrosion of the
brake discs, brake pads and linings.
Tires
• Maintain recommended air pressure.
Note: If you intend on parking your vehicle
for an extended period after cleaning the
wheels with a wheel cleaner, drive your
vehicle for a few minutes before doing so.
This reduces the risk of corrosion of the
brake discs, brake pads and linings.
REMOVING YOUR VEHICLE FROM
STORAGE
When your vehicle is ready to come out of
storage, do the following:
• We recommend that you change the
engine oil before you use your vehicle
again.
• Wash your vehicle to remove any dirt or
grease film build-up on window surfaces.
• Check windshield wipers for any
deterioration.
• Check under the hood for any foreign
material that may have collected during
storage such as mice or squirrel nests.
• Check the exhaust for any foreign
material that may have collected during
storage.
• Check tire pressures and set tire inflation
per the Tire Label.
• Check brake pedal operation. Drive your
vehicle 15 ft (4.5 m) back and forth to
remove rust build-up.
• Check fluid levels (including coolant, oil
and gas) to make sure there are no leaks,
and fluids are at recommended levels.
• If you remove the battery, clean the
battery cable ends and check for
damage.
Contact an authorized dealer if you have any
concerns or issues.
362
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Storing Your Vehicle
LOCATING THE TIRE LABEL
You will find a Tire Label containing tire
inflation pressure by tire size and other
important information located on the
B-Pillar or the edge of the driver's door.
See Locating the Safety Compliance
Certification Labels (page 290).
DEPARTMENT OF
TRANSPORTATION UNIFORM TIRE
QUALITY GRADES
E142542
Tire Quality Grades apply to new
pneumatic passenger car tires. The
Quality grades can be found where
applicable on the tire sidewall between
tread shoulder and maximum section
width. For example: Treadwear 200
Traction AA Temperature A.
These Tire Quality Grades are
determined by standards that the United
States Department of Transportation has
set.
Tire Quality Grades apply to new
pneumatic passenger car tires. They do
not apply to deep tread, winter-type
snow tires, space-saver or temporary
use spare tires, light truck or LT type
tires, tires with nominal rim diameters of
10 to 12 inches or limited production tires
as defined in Title 49 Code of Federal
Regulations Part 575.104 (c)(2).
U.S. Department of Transportation Tire
quality grades: The U.S. Department of
Transportation requires us to give you
the following information about tire
grades exactly as the government has
written it.
Treadwear
The treadwear grade is a comparative
rating based on the wear rate of the tire
when tested under controlled conditions
on a specified government test course.
For example, a tire graded 150 would
wear 1½ times as well on the
government course as a tire graded 100.
The relative performance of tires
depends upon the actual conditions of
their use, however, and may depart
significantly from the norm due to
variations in driving habits, service
practices, and differences in road
characteristics and climate.
Traction AA A B C
WARNING: The traction grade
assigned to this tire is based on
straight-ahead braking traction tests,
and does not include acceleration,
cornering, hydroplaning or peak
traction characteristics.
363
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Wheel and Tire Information
The traction grades, from highest to
lowest are AA, A, B, and C. The grades
represent the tire’ s ability to stop on wet
pavement as measured under controlled
conditions on specified government test
surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire
marked C may have poor traction
performance.
Temperature A B C
WARNING: The temperature
grade for this tire is established for a
tire that is properly inflated and not
overloaded. Excessive speed,
underinflation, or excessive loading,
either separately or in combination,
can cause heat buildup and possible
tire failure.
The temperature grades are A (the
highest), B and C, representing the tire’ s
resistance to the generation of heat and
its ability to dissipate heat when tested
under controlled conditions on a
specified indoor laboratory test wheel.
Sustained high temperature can cause
the material of the tire to degenerate
and reduce tire life, and excessive
temperature can lead to sudden tire
failure. The grade C corresponds to a
level of performance which all
passenger car tires must meet under the
Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard
No. 139. Grades B and A represent
higher levels of performance on the
laboratory test wheel than the minimum
required by law.
INFORMATION ON THE TIRE
SIDEWALL
Both United States and Canada Federal
regulations require tire manufacturers
to place standardized information on the
sidewall of all tires. This information
identifies and describes the fundamental
characteristics of the tire and also
provides a U.S. DOT Tire Identification
Number for safety standard certification
and in case of a recall.
Information on P Type Tires
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
E142543
P215/65R15 95H is an example of a tire
size, load index and speed rating. The
definitions of these items are listed
below. (Note that the tire size, load index
and speed rating for your vehicle may
be different from this example.)
364
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Wheel and Tire Information
A. P: Indicates a tire, designated by the
Tire and Rim Association, that may be
used for service on cars, sport utility
vehicles, minivans and light trucks. Note:
If your tire size does not begin with a
letter this may mean it is designated by
either the European Tire and Rim
Technical Organization or the Japan Tire
Manufacturing Association.
B. 215: Indicates the nominal width of
the tire in millimeters from sidewall edge
to sidewall edge. In general, the larger
the number, the wider the tire.
C. 65: Indicates the aspect ratio which
gives the tire's ratio of height to width.
D. R: Indicates a radial type tire.
E. 15: Indicates the wheel or rim
diameter in inches. If you change your
wheel size, you will have to purchase
new tires to match the new wheel
diameter.
F. 95: Indicates the tire's load index. It
is an index that relates to how much
weight a tire can carry. You may find this
information in your owner’s manual. If
not, contact a local tire dealer.
Note: You may not find this information
on all tires because it is not required by
federal law.
G. H: Indicates the tire's speed rating.
The speed rating denotes the speed at
which a tire is designed to be driven for
extended periods of time under a
standard condition of load and inflation
pressure. The tires on your vehicle may
operate at different conditions for load
and inflation pressure. These speed
ratings may need to be adjusted for the
difference in conditions. The ratings
range from 81 mph (130 km/h) to
186 mph (299 km/h). These ratings are
listed in the following chart.
Note: You may not find this information
on all tires because it is not required by
federal law.
Speed ratingLetter rating
81 mph (130 km/h)M
87 mph (140 km/h)N
99 mph (159 km/h)Q
106 mph (171 km/h)R
112 mph (180 km/h)S
118 mph (190 km/h)T
124 mph (200 km/h)U
130 mph (210 km/h)H
149 mph (240 km/h)V
365
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Wheel and Tire Information
Speed ratingLetter rating
168 mph (270 km/h)W
186 mph (299 km/h)Y
Note: For tires with a maximum speed
capability over 149 mph (240 km/h), tire
manufacturers sometimes use the letters
ZR. For those with a maximum speed
capability over 186 mph (299 km/h), tire
manufacturers always use the letters
ZR.
H. U.S. DOT Tire Identification Number
(TIN): This begins with the letters DOT
and indicates that the tire meets all
federal standards. The next two
numbers or letters are the plant code
designating where it was manufactured,
the next two are the tire size code and
the last four numbers represent the
week and year the tire was built. For
example, the numbers 317 mean the 31st
week of 1997. After 2000, the numbers
go to four digits. For example, 2501
means the 25th week of 2001. The
numbers in between are identification
codes used for traceability. This
information is used to contact customers
if a tire defect requires a recall.
I. M+S or M/S: Mud and Snow, or
AT: All Terrain, or
AS: All Season.
J. Tire Ply Composition and Material
Used: Indicates the number of plies or
the number of layers of rubber-coated
fabric in the tire tread and sidewall. Tire
manufacturers also must indicate the ply
materials in the tire and the sidewall,
which include steel, nylon, polyester,
and others.
K. Maximum Load: Indicates the
maximum load in kilograms and pounds
that can be carried by the tire. See the
Safety Compliance Certification Label
(affixed to either the door hinge pillar,
door-latch post, or the door edge that
meets the door-latch post, next to the
driver's seating position), for the correct
tire pressure for your vehicle.
L. Treadwear, Traction and
Temperature Grades:
*Treadwear The treadwear grade is a
comparative rating based on the wear
rate of the tire when tested under
controlled conditions on a specified
government test course. For example,
a tire graded 150 would wear one and
one-half times as well on the
government course as a tire graded 100.
366
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Wheel and Tire Information
*Traction: The traction grades, from
highest to lowest are AA, A, B, and C.
The grades represent the tire's ability to
stop on wet pavement as measured
under controlled conditions on specified
government test surfaces of asphalt and
concrete. A tire marked C may have
poor traction performance.
*Temperature: The temperature grades
are A (the highest), B and C,
representing the tire's resistance to the
generation of heat and its ability to
dissipate heat when tested under
controlled conditions on a specified
indoor laboratory test wheel.
M. Maximum Inflation Pressure:
Indicates the tire manufacturers'
maximum permissible pressure or the
pressure at which the maximum load
can be carried by the tire. This pressure
is normally higher than the vehicle
manufacturer's recommended cold
inflation pressure which can be found
on the Safety Compliance Certification
Label (affixed to either the door hinge
pillar, door-latch post, or the door edge
that meets the door-latch post, next to
the driver's seating position), or Tire
Label which is located on the B-Pillar or
the edge of the driver’s door. The cold
inflation pressure should never be set
lower than the recommended pressure
on the vehicle label.
The tire suppliers may have additional
markings, notes or warnings such as
standard load or radial tubeless.
Additional Information Contained on
the Tire Sidewall for LT Type Tires
Note: Tire Quality Grades do not apply
to this type of tire.
A
B
C
B
D
E142544
LT type tires have some additional
information beyond those of P type tires;
these differences are described below.
A. LT: Indicates a tire, designated by the
Tire and Rim Association, that is
intended for service on light trucks.
367
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Wheel and Tire Information
B. Load Range and Load Inflation
Limits: Indicates the tire's load-carrying
capabilities and its inflation limits.
C. Maximum Load Dual lb (kg) at psi
(kPa) cold: Indicates the maximum load
and tire pressure when the tire is used
as a dual, defined as four tires on the
rear axle (a total of six or more tires on
the vehicle).
D. Maximum Load Single lb (kg) at psi
(kPa) cold: Indicates the maximum load
and tire pressure when the tire is used
as a single, defined as two tires (total)
on the rear axle.
Information on T Type Tires
T145/80D16 is an example of a tire size.
Note: The temporary tire size for your
vehicle may be different from this
example. Tire Quality Grades do not
apply to this type of tire.
A
B
C
D
E
E142545
T type tires have some additional
information beyond those of P type tires;
these differences are described below:
A. T: Indicates a type of tire, designated
by the Tire and Rim Association, that is
intended for temporary service on cars,
sport utility vehicles, minivans and light
trucks.
B. 145: Indicates the nominal width of
the tire in millimeters from sidewall edge
to sidewall edge. In general, the larger
the number, the wider the tire.
C. 80: Indicates the aspect ratio which
gives the tire's ratio of height to width.
Numbers of 70 or lower indicate a short
sidewall.
D. D: Indicates a diagonal type tire.
R: Indicates a radial type tire.
E. 16: Indicates the wheel or rim
diameter in inches. If you change your
wheel size, you will have to purchase
new tires to match the new wheel
diameter.
368
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Wheel and Tire Information
GLOSSARY OF TIRE
TERMINOLOGY
*Tire label: A label showing the original
equipment tire sizes, recommended
inflation pressure and the maximum
weight the vehicle can carry.
*Tire Identification Number (TIN): A
number on the sidewall of each tire
providing information about the tire
brand and manufacturing plant, tire size
and date of manufacture. Also referred
to as DOT code.
*Inflation pressure: A measure of the
amount of air in a tire.
*Standard load: A class of P-metric or
Metric tires designed to carry a
maximum load at set pressure. For
example: For P-metric tires 35 psi
(2.4 bar) and for Metric tires 36 psi
(2.5 bar). Increasing the inflation
pressure beyond this pressure will not
increase the tire’s load carrying
capability.
*Extra load: A class of P-metric or Metric
tires designed to carry a heavier
maximum load at 42 psi (2.9 bar).
Increasing the inflation pressure beyond
this pressure will not increase the tire’s
load carrying capability.
*kPa: Kilopascal, a metric unit of air
pressure.
*PSI: Pounds per square inch, a standard
unit of air pressure.
*Cold tire pressure: The tire pressure
when the vehicle has been stationary
and out of direct sunlight for an hour or
more and prior to the vehicle being
driven for 1 mi (1.6 km).
*Recommended inflation pressure: The
cold inflation pressure found on the
Safety Compliance Certification Label
(affixed to either the door hinge pillar,
door-latch post, or the door edge that
meets the door-latch post, next to the
driver's seating position), or Tire Label
located on the B-Pillar or the edge of the
driver door.
* B-pillar: The structural member at the
side of the vehicle behind the front door.
*Bead area of the tire: Area of the tire
next to the rim.
* Sidewall of the tire: Area between the
bead area and the tread.
*Tread area of the tire: Area of the
perimeter of the tire that contacts the
road when mounted on the vehicle.
*Rim: The metal support (wheel) for a
tire or a tire and tube assembly upon
which the tire beads are seated.
TIRE REPLACEMENT
REQUIREMENTS
Your vehicle is equipped with tires
designed to provide a safe ride and
handling capability.
369
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Wheel and Tire Information
WARNING: Only use
replacement tires and wheels that are
the same size, load index, speed rating
and type (such as P-metric versus
LT-metric or all-season versus
all-terrain) as those originally provided
by Ford. The recommended tire and
wheel size may be found on either the
Safety Compliance Certification Label
(affixed to either the door hinge pillar,
door-latch post, or the door edge that
meets the door-latch post, next to the
driver's seating position), or the Tire
Label which is located on the B-Pillar
or edge of the driver's door. If this
information is not found on these
labels, then you should contact your
authorized dealer as soon as possible.
Use of any tire or wheel not
recommended by Ford can affect the
safety and performance of your
vehicle, which could result in an
increased risk of loss of vehicle
control, vehicle rollover, personal
injury and death.
WARNING: To reduce the risk of
serious injury, when mounting
replacement tires and wheels, you
should not exceed the maximum
pressure indicated on the sidewall of
the tire to set the beads without
additional precautions listed below. If
the beads do not seat at the maximum
pressure indicated, re-lubricate and
try again.
WARNING: For a mounting
pressure more than 20 psi (1.38 bar)
greater than the maximum pressure,
a Ford dealer or other tire service
professional should do the mounting.
WARNING: Always inflate steel
carcass tires with a remote air fill with
the person inflating standing at a
minimum of 12 ft (3.66 m) away from
the wheel and tire assembly.
WARNING: When inflating the
tire for mounting pressures up to
20 psi (1.38 bar) greater than the
maximum pressure on the tire sidewall,
the following precautions must be
taken to protect the person mounting
the tire:
• Make sure that you have the correct
tire and wheel size.
• Lubricate the tire bead and wheel
bead seat area again.
• Stand at a minimum of 12 ft (3.66 m)
away from the wheel and tire
assembly.
• Use both eye and ear protection.
Important: Remember to replace the
wheel valve stems when the road tires
are replaced on your vehicle.
It is recommended that the two front
tires or two rear tires generally be
replaced as a pair if the worn tires still
have usable depth.
370
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Wheel and Tire Information
To avoid potential All-Wheel Drive (AWD)
malfunction or (AWD) system damage,
it is recommended to replace all four
tires rather than mixing significantly worn
tires with new tires.
The tire pressure sensors mounted in
the wheels (originally installed on your
vehicle) are not designed to be used in
aftermarket wheels.
The use of wheels or tires not
recommended may affect the operation
of your tire pressure monitoring system.
If the tire pressure monitoring system
indicator is flashing, your system is
malfunctioning. Your replacement tire
might be incompatible with your tire
pressure monitoring system, or some
component of the system may be
damaged.
Age
WARNING: Tires degrade over
time depending on many factors such
as weather, storage conditions, and
conditions of use (load, speed, inflation
pressure) the tires experience
throughout their lives.
In general, tires should be replaced
after six years regardless of tread
wear. However, heat caused by hot
climates or frequent high loading
conditions can accelerate the aging
process and may require tires to be
replaced more frequently.
You should replace your spare tire
when you replace the road tires or
after six years due to aging even if it
has not been used.
U.S. DOT Tire Identification Number
Both United States and Canada Federal
regulations require tire manufacturers
to place standardized information on the
sidewall of all tires. This information
identifies and describes the fundamental
characteristics of the tire and also
provides a U.S. DOT Tire Identification
Number for safety standard certification
and in case of a recall.
This begins with the letters DOT and
indicates that the tire meets all federal
standards. The next two numbers or
letters are the plant code designating
where it was manufactured, the next two
are the tire size code and the last four
numbers represent the week and year
the tire was built. For example, the
numbers 317 mean the 31st week of
1997. After 2000, the numbers go to four
digits. For example, 2501 means the
25th week of 2001. The numbers in
between are identification codes used
for traceability. This information is used
to contact customers if a tire defect
requires a recall.
371
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Wheel and Tire Information
USING SNOW CHAINS
WARNING: Do not exceed 30 mph
(50 km/h). Failure to follow this instruction
could result in the loss of control of your
vehicle, personal injury or death.
WARNING: Do not use snow chains
on snow-free roads.
WARNING: Only fit snow chains to
specified tires.
WARNING: If your vehicle is fitted
with wheel trims, remove them before
fitting snow chains.
WARNING: Wheels and tires must
be the same size, load index and speed
rating as those originally fitted on the
vehicle. Use of any other tire or wheel can
affect the safety and performance of your
vehicle. Additionally, the use of
non-recommended tires and wheels can
cause steering, suspension, axle, transfer
case or power transfer unit failure. Follow
the recommended tire inflation pressures
found on the Safety Compliance
Certification label, or the Tire Label on the
B-Pillar or the edge of the driver door.
Failure to follow this instruction could result
in loss of vehicle control, vehicle rollover,
or personal injury or death.
Only use snow chains on the front wheels.
Install snow chains in pairs. Do not use
self-tensioning snow chains.
Only use snow chains on the following
specified tire size:
• 235/60R18 all season tires.
• Only use ultra low profile snow chains
that are 10 mm or less.
We recommend you use steel wheels of the
same size and specification if snow chains
are required because chains may chip
aluminum wheels.
Follow these guidelines when using snow
tires and traction devices:
• If possible, avoid fully loading your
vehicle.
• Purchase snow chains from a
manufacturer that clearly labels body to
tire dimension restrictions.
• When driving with snow chains do not
exceed 30 mph (50 km/h) or the
maximum speed recommended by the
chain manufacturer, whichever is less.
• Drive cautiously. If you hear the snow
chains rub or bang against the vehicle,
stop and tighten them. If this does not
work, remove the snow chains to prevent
vehicle damage.
• Remove the snow chains when they are
no longer needed. Do not use snow
chains on dry roads.
• If a temporary spare wheel is mounted
on your vehicle, do not use snow chains
on the axle with the temporary spare
wheel.
• Use snow chains that fit against the
sidewall of the tire to prevent the chains
from touching the wheel rims or
suspension.
372
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Wheel and Tire Information
If you have any questions regarding snow
tires or snow chains, please contact your
authorized dealer.
373
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Wheel and Tire Information
CHECKING THE TIRE PRESSURES
Safe operation of your vehicle requires
that your tires are properly inflated.
Remember that a tire can lose up to half
of its air pressure without appearing flat.
Every day before you drive, check your
tires. If one looks lower than the others,
use a tire gauge to check the pressure
of all tires and adjust if required.
At least once a month and before long
trips, inspect each tire and check the tire
pressure with a tire gauge (including
spare, if equipped). Inflate all tires to the
inflation pressure recommended by the
manufacturer.
INFLATING THE TIRES
WARNING: Under-inflation is the
most common cause of tire failures
and may result in severe tire cracking,
tread separation or blowout, with
unexpected loss of vehicle control and
increased risk of injury. Under-inflation
increases sidewall flexing and rolling
resistance, resulting in heat buildup
and internal damage to the tire. It also
may result in unnecessary tire stress,
irregular wear, loss of vehicle control
and accidents. A tire can lose up to
half of its air pressure and not appear
to be flat!
Use the recommended cold inflation
pressure for optimum tire performance
and wear. Under-inflation or
over-inflation may cause uneven
treadwear patterns.
Always inflate your tires to the
recommended inflation pressure even
if it is less than the maximum inflation
pressure information found on the tire.
You will find a Tire Label containing the
manufacturer's recommended tire
inflation pressure by the tire size and
other important information located on
the B-Pillar or the edge of the driver
door.
The recommended tire inflation pressure
is also found on the Safety Compliance
Certification Label, affixed to either the
door hinge pillar, door-latch post, or the
door edge that meets the door-latch on
the B-pillar, or on the edge of the driver
door.
Failure to follow the tire pressure
recommendations can cause uneven
treadwear patterns and adversely affect
the way your vehicle handles.
374
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Tire Care
INSPECTING THE TIRE FOR WEAR
E142546
When the tread is worn down to one
sixteenth of an inch (2 mm), tires must
be replaced to help prevent your vehicle
from skidding and hydroplaning. Built-in
treadwear indicators, or wear bars,
which look like narrow strips of smooth
rubber across the tread will appear on
the tire when the tread is worn down to
one sixteenth of an inch (2 mm).
When the tire tread wears down to the
same height as these wear bars, the tire
is worn out and must be replaced.
The tires should also be balanced
periodically. An unbalanced tire and
wheel assembly may result in irregular
tire wear.
Periodically inspect the tire treads for
uneven or excessive wear and remove
objects such as stones, nails or glass
that may be wedged in the tread
grooves.
INSPECTING THE TIRE FOR
DAMAGE
Inspect the tire sidewalls for cracking,
cuts, bruises and other signs of damage
or excessive wear. If internal damage to
the tire is suspected, have the tire
dismounted and inspected in case it
needs to be repaired or replaced. For
your safety, tires that are damaged or
show signs of excessive wear should
not be used because they are more
likely to blow out or fail.
Periodically inspect the tire treads and
sidewalls for damage, such as bulges in
the tread or sidewalls, cracks in the
tread groove and separation in the tread
or sidewall. If damage is observed or
suspected, have the tire inspected by a
tire professional.
Safety Practices
WARNING: If your vehicle is
stuck in snow, mud or sand, do not
rapidly spin the tires; spinning the tires
can tear the tire and cause an
explosion. A tire can explode in as little
as three to five seconds.
WARNING: Do not spin the
wheels at over 34 mph (55 km/h). The
tires may fail and injure a passenger
or bystander.
375
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Tire Care
Highway Hazards
No matter how carefully you drive, there
is always the possibility that you could
eventually have a flat tire on the
highway. Drive slowly to the closest safe
area out of traffic. This could further
damage the flat tire, but your safety is
more important.
If you feel a sudden vibration or ride
disturbance while driving, or you suspect
your tire or vehicle has been damaged,
immediately reduce your speed. Drive
with caution until you can safely pull off
the road. Stop and inspect the tires for
damage. If a tire is under-inflated or
damaged, deflate it, remove the wheel
and replace it with your spare tire and
wheel. If you cannot detect a cause,
have the vehicle towed to the nearest
repair facility or tire dealer to have the
vehicle inspected.
Tire and Wheel Alignment
A bad jolt from hitting a curb or pothole
can cause the front end of your vehicle
to become misaligned or cause damage
to your tires. If your vehicle seems to
pull to one side when you are driving,
the wheels could be out of alignment.
Have an authorized dealer check the
wheel alignment periodically.
Wheel misalignment in the front or the
rear can cause uneven and rapid
treadwear of your tires and should be
corrected by an authorized dealer.
INSPECTING THE WHEEL VALVE
STEMS
Check the valve stems for holes, cracks,
or cuts that could permit air leakage.
TIRE ROTATION
WARNING: If the tire label shows
different tire pressures for the front
and rear tires and the vehicle has a
tire pressure monitoring system, then
you need to update the settings for
the system sensors. Always perform
the system reset procedure after tire
rotation. If you do not reset the system,
it may not provide a low tire pressure
warning when necessary.
Rotating your tires at the recommended
interval will help your tires wear more
evenly, providing better tire performance
and longer tire life.
Note: If your tires show any uneven
wear have the alignment checked by
an authorized dealer before rotating
tires.
Note: If you have a dissimilar spare
wheel and tire assembly, it is intended
for temporary use only and should not
be used in a tire rotation.
376
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Tire Care
Note: After having your tires rotated,
inflation pressure must be checked and
adjusted to the vehicle requirements.
Tire Rotation Diagram
Follow the diagram indicating the correct
tire locations for rotating the tires.
E142548
377
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Tire Care
WHAT IS THE TIRE SEALANT AND
INFLATOR KIT
Tire Inflator and Sealant Kit
The kit consists of an air compressor to
re-inflate the tire and a canister of sealing
compound that will effectively seal most
punctures. This kit will provide a temporary
tire repair allowing you to drive your vehicle
up to 120 mi (200 km) at a maximum speed
of 50 mph (80 km/h) to reach a tire service
location.
Note: The temporary mobility kit contains
enough sealant compound in the canister
for one tire repair only. See an authorized
dealer for replacement sealant canisters.
TIRE SEALANT AND INFLATOR KIT
PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: Failure to follow these
guidelines could result in an increased risk
of loss of vehicle control, injury or death.
WARNING: Do not run the engine
when operating the air compressor unless
the vehicle is outdoors or in a
well-ventilated area.
Note: Do not use the kit if a tire has become
severely damaged. Only punctures located
within the tire tread can be sealed with the
kit.
Do not attempt to repair punctures larger
than 0.24 in (6 mm) or damage to the tire's
sidewall. The tire may not completely seal.
• Drive carefully and avoid abrupt steering
maneuvers.
• Periodically monitor tire inflation pressure
in the affected tire; if the tire is losing
pressure, have the vehicle towed.
• Read the information in the Tips for Use
of the Kit section to make sure safe
operation of the kit and your vehicle.
LOCATING THE TIRE SEALANT
AND INFLATOR KIT
The kit is located under the load floor in the
rear of the vehicle.
378
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Tire Sealant and Inflator Kit
TIRE SEALANT AND INFLATOR KIT
COMPONENTS
E175977
Air compressor (inside)A
Selector switchB
On and Off buttonC
Air pressure gaugeD
Sealant bottle and canisterE
Dual purpose hose: air and repairF
Tire valve connectorG
Accessory power plugH
Casing/housingI
Bike/raft/sports ball adaptersJ
USING THE TIRE SEALANT AND
INFLATOR KIT
Tips for use of the kit
To ensure safe operation of the kit:
• Before operating the kit, make sure your
vehicle is safely off the road and away
from moving traffic.
• Do not remove any foreign objects, such
as nails or screws, from the tire.
• Do not allow the compressor to operate
continuously for more than 15 minutes.
This will help prevent the compressor
from overheating.
• Only use the kit when the ambient
temperature is between -22°F (-30°C) and
158°F (70°C).
• Only use the sealing compound before
the use-by date. The use-by date is on a
label on the sealant canister and can be
seen through the rectangular viewing
window on the bottom of the compressor.
Check the use-by date regularly and
replace the canister when the sealant
expires.
Note: Sealant compound contains latex. Use
appropriate precautions to avoid any allergic
reactions.
E175978
When inflation only is required for
a tire or other objects, the selector
must be in the Air position.
What to do when a tire is punctured
A tire puncture within the tire's tread area
can be repaired in two stages with the kit.
379
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Tire Sealant and Inflator Kit
• In the first stage, the tire will be reinflated
with a sealing compound and air. After
the tire has been inflated, you will need
to drive the vehicle a short distance
approximately 4 mi (6 km) to distribute
the sealant in the tire.
• In the second stage, you will need to
check the tire pressure and adjust, if
necessary, to the vehicle's specified tire
inflation pressure.
First Stage: Reinflating the Tire with
sealing compound and air
WARNING: Do not stand directly over
the kit while inflating the tire. If you notice
any unusual bulges or deformations in the
tire's sidewall during inflation, stop and call
roadside assistance.
WARNING: If the tire does not inflate
to the recommended tire pressure within
15 minutes, stop and call roadside
assistance.
Park the vehicle in a safe, level and secure
area, away from moving traffic.
Turn the hazard lights on. Apply the parking
brake and power off the vehicle. Inspect the
flat tire for visible damage.
If a puncture is located in the tire sidewall,
stop and call roadside assistance.
1. Remove the valve cap from the tire valve.
2. Unwrap the dual purpose hose (black
tube) from the back of the compressor
housing.
3. Fasten the hose to the tire valve by
turning the connector clockwise. Tighten
the connection securely.
E175979
4. Plug the power cable into the 12-volt
power point in the vehicle.
380
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Tire Sealant and Inflator Kit
5. Remove the warning sticker found on the
casing/housing and place it on the top of
the instrument panel or the center of the
dash.
E175981
6. Turn dial (A) clockwise to the sealant
position. Turn the kit on by pressing the
on/off button (B).
7. Inflate the tire to the pressure listed on
the tire label located on the driver door
or the door jamb area. The final tire
pressure should be checked with the
compressor turned off in order to get an
accurate pressure reading.
E175982
381
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Tire Sealant and Inflator Kit
8. When the recommended tire pressure is
reached, turn off the kit, unplug the
power cable, and disconnect the hose
from the tire valve. Re-install the valve
cap on the tire valve and return the kit to
the rear of the vehicle.
9. Drive the vehicle 4 mi (6 km) to distribute
the sealant evenly inside the tire.
Note: If you experience any unusual
vibration, ride disturbance or noise while
driving, reduce your speed until you can
safely pull off to the side of the road to call
for roadside assistance. Do not proceed to
the second stage of this operation.
Second Stage: Checking the tire
pressure with the inflator kit
WARNING: If the tire does not inflate
to the recommended tire pressure within
15 minutes, stop and call roadside
assistance.
WARNING: The power plug may get
hot after use and should be handled
carefully when unplugging.
Check the air pressure of your tires as
follows:
E175983
1. Remove the valve cap from the tire valve.
2. Firmly screw the air compressor hose
onto the valve stem by turning clockwise.
3. Push and turn the dial clockwise to the
air position.
4. If required, turn on the compressor and
adjust the tire to the recommended
inflation pressure.
5. Unplug the hoses, re-install the valve cap
on the tire and return the kit to the rear
of the vehicle.
What to do after the tire has been
sealed
After using the kit to seal your tire, you will
need to replace the sealant canister. Sealant
canisters and spare parts can be obtained
at an authorized dealer. Empty sealant
canisters may be disposed of at home.
However, canisters still containing liquid
sealant should be disposed of in accordance
with local waste disposal regulation.
Removal of the sealant canister from the
kit
E175984
1. Unwrap the dual purpose hose (black
tube) from the compressor housing.
382
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Tire Sealant and Inflator Kit
E175985
2. Unwrap the power cord.
E175986
3. Remove the back cover.
E175987
4. Rotate the sealant canister up 90
degrees and pull away from
casing/housing to remove.
Installation of the sealant canister to the
kit
1. With the canister held perpendicular to
the housing, insert the canister nozzle
into the connector and push until seated.
2. Rotate the canister 90 degrees down into
the housing/casing.
E175988
3. Snap the back cover back into place.
E175989
4. Wrap the dual purpose hose (black tube)
around the channel on the bottom of the
housing/casing.
383
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Tire Sealant and Inflator Kit
E175990
5. Wrap the power cord around the housing
and stow the accessory power plug.
384
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Tire Sealant and Inflator Kit
WHAT IS THE TIRE PRESSURE
MONITORING SYSTEM
Individual Tire Pressure Monitoring System
The tire pressure monitoring
system measures the vehicle's tire
pressures. A warning lamp
illuminates if one or more tires are
significantly underinflated or if there is a
system malfunction.
TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
WARNING: If the tire pressure
monitor sensor becomes damaged it may
not function.
WARNING: Under-inflation is the
most common cause of tire failures and
may result in severe tire cracking, tread
separation or blowout, with unexpected
loss of vehicle control and increased risk
of injury. Under-inflation increases sidewall
flexing and rolling resistance, resulting in
heat buildup and internal damage to the
tire. It also may result in unnecessary tire
stress, irregular wear, loss of vehicle
control and accidents. A tire can lose up
to half of its air pressure and not appear
to be flat!
WARNING: Do not use the tire
pressure displayed in the information
display as a tire pressure gauge. Failure to
follow this instruction could result in
personal injury or death.
WARNING: To determine the
required pressure(s) for your vehicle, see
the Safety Compliance Certification Label
(on the door hinge pillar, door-latch post
or the door edge that meets the door-latch
post, next to the driver seat) or the Tire
Label on the B-Pillar or the edge of the
driver door.
Each tire, including the spare (if provided),
should be checked monthly when cold and
inflated to the inflation pressure
recommended by the vehicle manufacturer
on the vehicle placard or tire inflation
pressure label. (If your vehicle has tires of a
different size than the size indicated on the
vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label,
you should determine the proper tire inflation
pressure for those tires).
As an added safety feature, your vehicle has
been equipped with a Tire Pressure
Monitoring System (TPMS) that illuminates a
low tire pressure telltale when one or more
of your tires is significantly under-inflated.
Accordingly, when the low tire pressure
telltale illuminates, you should stop and
check your tires as soon as possible, and
inflate them to the proper pressure. Driving
on a significantly under-inflated tire causes
the tire to overheat and can lead to tire
failure. Under-inflation also reduces fuel
efficiency and tire tread life, and may affect
the vehicle’s handling and stopping ability.
385
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Tire Pressure Monitoring System
Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute
for proper tire maintenance, and it is the
driver’ s responsibility to maintain correct tire
pressure, even if under-inflation has not
reached the level to trigger illumination of
the TPMS low tire pressure telltale.
Your vehicle has also been equipped with a
TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when
the system is not operating properly. The
TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with
the low tire pressure telltale. When the
system detects a malfunction, the telltale will
flash for approximately one minute and then
remain continuously illuminated. This
sequence will continue upon subsequent
vehicle start-ups as long as the malfunction
exists.
When the malfunction indicator is illuminated,
the system may not be able to detect or
signal low tire pressure as intended. TPMS
malfunctions may occur for a variety of
reasons, including the installation of
replacement or alternate tires or wheels on
the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from
functioning properly. Always check the TPMS
malfunction telltale after replacing one or
more tires or wheels on your vehicle to
ensure that the replacement or alternate tires
and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to
function properly.
WARNING: Changes or modifications
not expressively approved by the party
responsible for compliance could void the
user's authority to operate the equipment.
The term "IC:" before the radio certification
number only signifies that Industry Canada
technical specifications were met.
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC
Rules and with License exempt RSS
Standards of Industry Canada. Operation is
subject to the following two conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2. This device must accept any interference
received, including interference that may
cause undesired operation.
TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING
SYSTEM PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: The tire pressure
monitoring system is not a substitute for
manually checking tire pressures. You
should periodically check tire pressures
using a pressure gauge. Failure to correctly
maintain tire pressures could increase the
risk of tire failure, loss of control, vehicle
rollover and personal injury.
WARNING: Do not use the tire
pressure displayed in the information
display as a tire pressure gauge. Failure to
follow this instruction could result in
personal injury or death.
Note: The use of tire sealants can damage
the tire pressure monitoring system.
386
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Tire Pressure Monitoring System
TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING
SYSTEM LIMITATIONS
When the outside temperature drops
significantly, the tire pressure could decrease
and activate the low tire pressure warning
lamp.
The warning lamp could also illuminate when
you use a spare wheel, or tire sealant from
the inflator kit.
Note: Regularly checking the vehicle tire
pressures can reduce the possibility for the
warning lamp to illuminate due to outside
air temperature changes.
Note: After you inflate the tires to the
recommended pressure it could take up to
two minutes of driving over 20 mph (32 km/h)
for the warning indicator to turn off.
VIEWING THE TIRE PRESSURES
E250820
To view the current tire pressures, use
the information display or touchscreen.
RESETTING TIRE PRESSURE
MONITORING SYSTEM
Changing Tires With a Tire Pressure
Monitoring System
E142549
Note: Each road tire is equipped with a
tire pressure sensor located inside the
wheel and tire assembly cavity. The
pressure sensor is attached to the valve
stem. The pressure sensor is covered
by the tire and is not visible unless the
tire is removed. Take care when
changing the tire to avoid damaging the
sensor.
387
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Tire Pressure Monitoring System
You should always have your tires
serviced by an authorized dealer.
Check the tire pressure periodically (at
least monthly) using an accurate tire
gauge. See When Inflating Your Tires
in this chapter.
When Inflating Your Tires
When putting air into your tires (such as
at a gas station or in your garage), the
tire pressure monitoring system may not
respond immediately to the air added
to your tires.
It may take up to two minutes of driving
over 20 mph (32 km/h) for the light to
turn off after you have filled your tires to
the recommended inflation pressure.
When Your Temporary Spare Tire is
Installed
When one of your road tires needs to
be replaced with the temporary spare,
the system will continue to identify an
issue to remind you that the damaged
road wheel and tire assembly needs to
be repaired and put back on your
vehicle.
To restore the full function of the tire
pressure monitoring system, have the
damaged road wheel and tire assembly
repaired and remounted on your vehicle.
TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING
SYSTEM – TROUBLESHOOTING
Tire Pressure Monitoring System –
Warning Lamps
The low tire pressure warning lamp
has combined functions, as it
warns you when your tires need
air, and when the system is no longer
capable of functioning as intended.
388
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Tire Pressure Monitoring System
Action RequiredPossible CauseWarning Lamp
After inflating your tires to the manufacturer’s recommended
pressure as shown on the Tire Label, on the edge of driver door
or the B-Pillar, drive your vehicle for at least two minutes over
20 mph (32 km/h) before the light turns off.
One or more tires are significantly under
inflated
Solid warning lamp
Repair the damaged road wheel and tire and refit it to your vehicle
to restore operation of the system.
Temporary spare wheel in useSolid warning lamp or flashing
warning lamp
If the tires are inflated to the recommended tire pressures and
the temporary spare wheel is not in use, the system detected a
fault that requires service. Have your vehicle checked as soon
as possible.
Tire pressure monitoring system
malfunction
389
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Tire Pressure Monitoring System
Tire Pressure Monitoring System – Information Messages
ActionMessage
After inflating your tires to the manufacturer’s recommended pressure as shown on the Tire
Label, on the edge of the driver door or the B-Pillar, drive your vehicle for at least two minutes
over 20 mph (32 km/h) before the light turns off.
Tire Pressure Low
The system has detected a fault that requires service. Have your vehicle checked as soon as
possible.
Tire Pressure Monitor Fault
The system has detected a fault that requires service or a spare tire is in use. Have your vehicle
checked as soon as possible.
Tire Pressure Sensor Fault
390
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Tire Pressure Monitoring System
CHANGING A FLAT TIRE
WARNING: If the tire pressure
monitor sensor becomes damaged it may
not function.
Note: The use of tire sealant may damage
your tire pressure monitoring system and
should only be used in roadside
emergencies. If you must use a sealant, use
the Tire Mobility Kit sealant. Replace the tire
pressure monitoring system sensor and
valve stem on the wheel by an authorized
dealer after use of the sealant.
Note: The tire pressure monitoring system
indicator light will illuminate when the spare
tire is in use. To restore the full function of
the monitoring system, all road wheels
equipped with tire pressure monitoring
sensors must be mounted on the vehicle.
If you get a flat tire while driving, do not apply
the brake heavily. Instead, gradually
decrease your speed. Hold the steering
wheel firmly and slowly move to a safe place
on the side of the road.
Have a flat serviced by an authorized dealer
in order to prevent damage to the tire
pressure monitoring system sensors. See
Tire Pressure Monitoring System Overview
(page 385). Replace the spare tire with a road
tire as soon as possible. During repairing or
replacing of the flat tire, have an authorized
dealer inspect the tire pressure monitoring
system sensor for damage.
Dissimilar Spare Wheel and Tire
Assembly Information
WARNING: Failure to follow these
guidelines could result in an increased risk
of loss of vehicle control, injury or death.
If you have a dissimilar spare wheel and tire,
then it is intended for temporary use only.
This means that if you need to use it, you
should replace it as soon as possible with a
road wheel and tire assembly that is the
same size and type as the road tires and
wheels that were originally provided on your
vehicle. If the dissimilar spare tire or wheel
is damaged, replace it instead of repairing
it.
A dissimilar spare wheel and tire assembly
is defined as a spare wheel and tire assembly
that is different in brand, size or appearance
from the road tires and wheels and can be
one of three types:
1. T-type mini-spare: This spare tire begins
with the letter T for tire size and may have
Temporary Use Only molded in the sidewall.
2. Full-size dissimilar spare with label on
wheel: This spare tire has a label on the
wheel that states: THIS WHEEL AND TIRE
ASSEMBLY FOR TEMPORARY USE ONLY.
When driving with one of the dissimilar spare
tires listed above, do not:
• Exceed 50 mph (80 km/h).
• Load the vehicle beyond maximum
vehicle load rating listed on the Safety
Compliance Label.
• Tow a trailer.
• Use snow chains on the end of the
vehicle with the dissimilar spare tire.
• Use more than one dissimilar spare tire
at a time.
391
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Changing a Road Wheel
• Use commercial car washing equipment.
• Try to repair the dissimilar spare tire.
Use of one of the dissimilar spare tires listed
above at any one wheel location can lead to
impairment of the following:
• Handling, stability and braking
performance.
• Comfort and noise.
• Ground clearance and parking at curbs.
• Winter weather driving capability.
• Wet weather driving capability.
• All-wheel driving capability, if applicable.
3. Full-size dissimilar spare without label
on wheel
When driving with the full-size dissimilar
spare wheel and tire assembly, do not:
• Exceed 70 mph (113 km/h).
• Use more than one dissimilar spare
wheel and tire assembly at a time.
• Use commercial car washing equipment.
• Use snow chains on the end of the
vehicle with the dissimilar spare wheel
and tire assembly.
The usage of a full-size dissimilar spare
wheel and tire assembly can lead to
impairment of the following:
• Handling, stability and braking
performance.
• Comfort and noise.
• Ground clearance and parking at curbs.
• Winter weather driving capability.
• Wet weather driving capability.
• All-wheel driving capability.
When driving with the full-size dissimilar
spare wheel and tire assembly additional
caution should be given to:
• Towing a trailer.
• Driving vehicles equipped with a camper
body.
• Driving vehicles with a load on the cargo
rack.
Drive cautiously when using a full-size
dissimilar spare wheel and tire assembly and
seek service as soon as possible.
Tire Change Procedure
WARNING: Do not work on your
vehicle when the jack is the only support
as your vehicle could slip off the jack.
Failure to follow this instruction could result
in personal injury or death.
WARNING: To help prevent your
vehicle from moving when changing a
wheel, shift the transmission into park (P),
set the parking brake and use an
appropriate block or wheel chock to
secure the wheel diagonally opposite to
the wheel being changed. For example,
when changing the front left wheel, place
an appropriate block or wheel chock on
the right rear wheel.
WARNING: Never place anything
between the vehicle jack and your vehicle.
WARNING: Never place anything
between the vehicle jack and the ground.
392
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Changing a Road Wheel
WARNING: Park your vehicle so that
you do not obstruct the flow of traffic or
place yourself in any danger and set up a
warning triangle.
WARNING: Do not get under a
vehicle that is only supported by a vehicle
jack.
WARNING: Do not attempt to change
a tire on the side of the vehicle close to
moving traffic. Pull far enough off the road
to avoid the danger of being hit when
operating the jack or changing the wheel.
WARNING: Use only the specified
jacking points. If you use other positions,
you may damage the body, steering,
suspension, engine, braking system or the
fuel lines.
WARNING: Always use the jack
provided as original equipment with your
vehicle. If using a jack other than the one
provided, make sure the jack capacity is
adequate for the vehicle weight, including
any vehicle cargo or modifications. If you
are unsure if the jack capacity is adequate,
contact the authorized dealer.
WARNING: The jack supplied with
this vehicle is only intended for changing
wheels. Do not use the vehicle jack other
than when you are changing a wheel in an
emergency.
WARNING: Make sure there is no
grease or oil on the threads or the surface
between the wheel lugs and nuts. This can
cause the lug nuts to loosen while driving.
E166722
Note: The jack does not require
maintenance or additional lubrication over
the service life of your vehicle.
Note: Passengers should not remain in your
vehicle when the vehicle is being jacked.
1. Park on a level surface, set the parking
brake and activate the hazard flashers.
2. Place the transmission in park (P) and
turn the engine off.
393
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Changing a Road Wheel
E175447
3. Block both the front and rear of the wheel
diagonally opposite the flat tire. For
example, if the left front tire is flat, block
the right rear wheel.
4. Lift and remove the carpeted load floor
panel to access the minispare and jack
kit.
5. Remove the wing nut securing the spare
tire by turning it counterclockwise.
6. Remove the spare tire and jack kit from
the spare tire compartment.
E178186
7. Remove plastic wing nut and jack and
lug wrench assembly.
8. Detach the lug wrench from the jack by
turning the jack hex nut drive screw
counterclockwise. This will lower the jack
and loosen the mechanical lock.
E294117
9. Unfold the wrench for use.
E181744
10. If your vehicle has wheel trim covering
the lug nuts, use the tool provided with
the jack assembly to remove the wheel
trim.
394
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Changing a Road Wheel
E294584
11. Loosen each wheel lug nut one-half
turn counterclockwise, but do not
remove them until the wheel is raised
off the ground.
12. If your vehicle has a warning triangle
and you are jacking the vehicle on the
roadside shoulder, set the warning
triangle upright on the shoulder of the
road facing the direction of oncoming
traffic.
E336095
13. Arrows depict vehicle jacking points on
the underside of the vehicle at the
locations shown above. The warning
label on the jack depicts the details.
14. Find the arrows embossed on the
vehicle downward flange next to the
tire you are changing.
15. Position the jack so that the vehicle
downward flange rests in the jack
saddle flange between the arrows, as
shown above. Raise the vehicle by
using the lug wrench to turn the jack
nut clockwise. Once the flat tire is off
the ground, remove the lug nuts with
the lug wrench.
16. Replace the flat tire with the spare tire,
making sure the valve stem is facing
outward. Reinstall the lug nuts until the
wheel is snug against the hub. Do not
fully tighten the lug nuts until the wheel
has been lowered.
17. Lower the wheel by turning the jack
handle counterclockwise.
18. Remove the jack and fully tighten the
lug nuts in the order shown. See Wheel
Nuts (page 396).
1
2
3
4
5
E306781
395
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Changing a Road Wheel
19. To store the jack kit, fold the jack
wrench handle and engage it to the
bracket of the jack base using the lug
wrench pin. Swing the wrench upwards,
adjust the jack height until the wrench
hook engages to the hole on the jack.
Turn the hex nut clockwise by hand
until secure. Re-position the jack kit
assembly into the original vehicle
position and secure with the plastic
wing nut. Make sure the jack is fastened
securely before you drive.
E294121
20. Unblock the wheel and retrieve the
warning triangle.
Stowing the flat tire
You cannot store the full-sized road wheel
in the temporary spare tire well.
1. Find the flat tire retainer strap tucked
inside the jack channel. Lower the
carpeted load floor.
2. Stow the flat tire in the cargo area on the
load floor with the wheel facing up.
Secure the flat tire with the retainer strap
by following the next steps.
E142906
3. Locate the rear left side and right side
cargo tie-down rings. Push the loop end
of the retainer strap through one cargo
tie-down ring. Thread the non-loop end
through the loop.
4. Weave the retainer strap through the
wheel openings.
5. Locate the cargo tie-down in the opposite
rear corner of the cargo area. Thread the
retainer strap though the tie-down and
pull tight.
6. Secure the flat tire by tying a 2-half hitch
knot.
E143746
WHEEL NUTS
WARNING: When you install a wheel,
always remove any corrosion, dirt or
foreign materials present on the mounting
surfaces of the wheel or the surface of the
wheel hub, brake drum or brake disc that
contacts the wheel. Make sure to secure
any fasteners that attach the rotor to the
hub so they do not interfere with the
mounting surfaces of the wheel. Installing
396
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Changing a Road Wheel
wheels without correct metal-to-metal
contact at the wheel mounting surfaces
can cause the wheel nuts to loosen and
the wheel to come off while your vehicle
is in motion, resulting in loss of vehicle
control, personal injury or death.
lb.ft (Nm)
1
Bolt Size
162 lb.ft (220 Nm)M14 x 1.5
1
Torque specifications are for nut and bolt
threads free of dirt and rust. Use only our
recommended replacement wheel nuts and
or wheel bolts.
Retighten the wheel nuts to the specified
torque within 100 mi (160 km) after any wheel
disturbance, such as tire rotation, changing
a flat tire or wheel removal.
E145950
Hub pilot bore.A
Inspect the wheel pilot hole and mounting
surface prior to installation. Remove any
visible corrosion or loose particles.
397
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Changing a Road Wheel
ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS - 2.0L
SpecificationEngine
10.0:1Compression ratio.
122 in³ (2,000 cm³)Displacement.
1-3-4-2Firing order.
Coil on plugIgnition system.
Minimum 87 octaneRequired fuel.
0.028 in (0.7 mm) - 0.031 in (0.8 mm)Spark plug gap.
398
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Capacities and Specifications
ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS - 2.7L
SpecificationEngine
10.0:1Compression ratio.
165 in³ (2,700 cm³)Displacement.
1-4-2-5-3-6Firing order.
Coil on plugIgnition system.
Minimum 87 octaneRequired fuel.
0.028 in (0.7 mm) - 0.031 in (0.8 mm)Spark plug gap.
399
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Capacities and Specifications
MOTORCRAFT PARTS - 2.0L
Motorcraft Part NumberComponent
FA-1912AAir filter element.
BAGM-94RH7-800Battery.
FP-71ACabin air filter.
FP-80 (odor)Cabin air filter.
FL-910-S
Engine oil filter.
1
SP-578Spark plug.
WW-2350 (driver side)Windshield wiper blade.
WW-1750 (passenger side)
WW-1206 (rear window)
1
If a Motorcraft oil filter is not available, use an oil filter that meets industry performance specification SAE/USCAR-36.
We recommend Motorcraft parts that are available at your authorized dealer or at www.fordparts.com. We engineer these parts for your
vehicle to meet or exceed our specifications. Use of other parts could impact vehicle performance, emissions and durability. Your warranty
could be void for any damage related to use of other parts.
400
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Capacities and Specifications
MOTORCRAFT PARTS - 2.7L
Motorcraft Part NumberComponent
FA-1912AAir filter element.
BAGM-94RH7-800Battery.
FP-71ACabin air filter.
FP-80 (odor)Cabin air filter.
FL-2062A
Engine oil filter.
1
SP-578Spark plug.
WW-2350 (driver side)Windshield wiper blade.
WW-1750 (passenger side)
WW-1206 (rear window)
1
If a Motorcraft oil filter is not available, use an oil filter that meets industry performance specification SAE/USCAR-36.
We recommend Motorcraft parts that are available at your authorized dealer or at www.fordparts.com. We engineer these parts for your
vehicle to meet or exceed our specifications. Use of other parts could impact vehicle performance, emissions and durability. Your warranty
could be void for any damage related to use of other parts.
401
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Capacities and Specifications
ENGINE OIL CAPACITY AND
SPECIFICATION - 2.0L
Use oil that meets the defined specification
and viscosity grade.
If you do not use oil that meets the defined
specification and viscosity grade, it could
result in:
• Component damage that your vehicle
warranty does not cover.
• Longer engine cranking periods.
• Increased emission levels.
• Reduced vehicle performance.
• Reduced fuel economy.
E142732
An oil that displays this symbol conforms to
current engine, emission system and fuel
economy performance standards of ILSAC.
We recommend Motorcraft motor oil for your
vehicle. If Motorcraft oil is not available, use
motor oils of the recommended viscosity
grade that meet API SP requirements and
display the API Certification Mark for gasoline
engines.
Do not use supplemental engine oil additives
because they are unnecessary and could
lead to engine damage that your vehicle
warranty does not cover.
Capacities
Including the Oil FilterVariant
5.5 qt (5.2 L)All.
402
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Capacities and Specifications
Materials
SpecificationName
WSS-M2C961-A1Motorcraft® SAE 5W-30 Synthetic Blend Motor Oil(U.S.)
Motorcraft® SAE 5W-30 Super Premium Motor Oil / Huile moteur de très haute
qualité SAE 5W-30 Motorcraft®(Canada)
XO-5W30-Q1SP(U.S.)
CXO-5W30-LSP6(Canada)
Alternative Engine Oil for Extremely
Cold Climates
To improve engine cold start performance,
use the following engine oil in climates
where the ambient temperature reaches
-22.0°F (-30°C) or below.
Materials
SpecificationName
WSS-M2C963-A1Engine Oil - SAE 0W-30 - Synthetic Blend
403
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Capacities and Specifications
E240523
ENGINE OIL CAPACITY AND
SPECIFICATION - 2.7L
Use oil that meets the defined specification
and viscosity grade.
If you do not use oil that meets the defined
specification and viscosity grade, it could
result in:
• Component damage that your vehicle
warranty does not cover.
• Longer engine cranking periods.
• Increased emission levels.
• Reduced vehicle performance.
• Reduced fuel economy.
E142732
404
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Capacities and Specifications
An oil that displays this symbol conforms to
current engine, emission system and fuel
economy performance standards of ILSAC.
We recommend Motorcraft motor oil for your
vehicle. If Motorcraft oil is not available, use
motor oils of the recommended viscosity
grade that meet API SP requirements and
display the API Certification Mark for gasoline
engines.
Do not use supplemental engine oil additives
because they are unnecessary and could
lead to engine damage that your vehicle
warranty does not cover.
Capacities
Including the Oil FilterVariant
6.0 qt (5.7 L)All.
Materials
SpecificationName
WSS-M2C961-A1Motorcraft® SAE 5W-30 Synthetic Blend Motor Oil(U.S.)
Motorcraft® SAE 5W-30 Super Premium Motor Oil / Huile moteur de très haute
qualité SAE 5W-30 Motorcraft®(Canada)
XO-5W30-Q1SP(U.S.)
CXO-5W30-LSP6(Canada)
405
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Capacities and Specifications
Alternative Engine Oil for Extremely
Cold Climates
To improve engine cold start performance,
use the following engine oil in climates
where the ambient temperature reaches
-22.0°F (-30°C) or below.
Materials
SpecificationName
WSS-M2C963-A1Engine Oil - SAE 0W-30 - Synthetic Blend
E240523
406
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Capacities and Specifications
COOLING SYSTEM CAPACITY AND
SPECIFICATION - 2.0L
Use coolant that meets the defined
specification.
If you do not use coolant that meets the
defined specification, it could result in:
• Component damage that your vehicle
warranty does not cover.
• Reduced vehicle performance.
Capacities
QuantityVariant
9.7 qt (9.2 L)All.
Materials
SpecificationName
WSS-M97B57-A2Motorcraft® Yellow Prediluted Antifreeze/Coolant(U.S.)
Motorcraft® Yellow Prediluted Antifreeze/Coolant / Antigel/liquide de refroidissement
prédilué jaune Motorcraft®(Canada)
VC-13DL-G(U.S.)
CVC-13DL-G(Canada)
407
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Capacities and Specifications
COOLING SYSTEM CAPACITY AND
SPECIFICATION - 2.7L
Use coolant that meets the defined
specification.
If you do not use coolant that meets the
defined specification, it could result in:
• Component damage that your vehicle
warranty does not cover.
• Reduced vehicle performance.
Capacities
QuantityVariant
12.5 qt (11.8 L)All.
Materials
SpecificationName
WSS-M97B57-A2Motorcraft® Yellow Prediluted Antifreeze/Coolant(U.S.)
Motorcraft® Yellow Prediluted Antifreeze/Coolant / Antigel/liquide de refroidissement
prédilué jaune Motorcraft®(Canada)
VC-13DL-G(U.S.)
CVC-13DL-G(Canada)
408
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Capacities and Specifications
FUEL TANK CAPACITY
Capacities
QuantityVariant
18.4 gal (69.7 L)Front-wheel drive.
18.5 gal (70 L)All-wheel drive.
409
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Capacities and Specifications
AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM
CAPACITY AND SPECIFICATION -
2.0L
WARNING: The air conditioning
refrigerant system contains refrigerant
under high pressure. Only qualified
personnel should service the air
conditioning refrigerant system. Opening
the air conditioning refrigerant system can
cause personal injury.
Use refrigerant and oil that meets the defined
specifications.
If you do not use refrigerant and oil that
meets the defined specifications, it could
result in:
• Component damage that your vehicle
warranty does not cover.
• Reduced vehicle performance.
Capacities
Refrigerant OilRefrigerantVariant
3.2 fl oz (95 ml)20.8 oz (0.59 kg)All.
410
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Capacities and Specifications
Materials
SpecificationName
WSS-M17B21-AR-1234yf Refrigerant(U.S.)
R-1234yf Refrigerant / Frigorigène R-1234yf(Canada)
YN-33-A(U.S.)
HS7Z-19B519-BA(Canada)
WSS-M2C300-A2Motorcraft® R-1234yf Refrigerant PAG Oil(U.S.)
Motorcraft® R-1234yf Refrigerant PAG Oil / Huile PAG pour frigorigène R-1234yf
Motorcraft®(Canada)
YN-35(U.S. & Canada)
411
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Capacities and Specifications
AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM
CAPACITY AND SPECIFICATION -
2.7L
WARNING: The air conditioning
refrigerant system contains refrigerant
under high pressure. Only qualified
personnel should service the air
conditioning refrigerant system. Opening
the air conditioning refrigerant system can
cause personal injury.
Use refrigerant and oil that meets the defined
specifications.
If you do not use refrigerant and oil that
meets the defined specifications, it could
result in:
• Component damage that your vehicle
warranty does not cover.
• Reduced vehicle performance.
Capacities
Refrigerant OilRefrigerantVariant
3.2 fl oz (95 ml)20.8 oz (0.59 kg)All.
412
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Capacities and Specifications
Materials
SpecificationName
WSS-M17B21-AR-1234yf Refrigerant(U.S.)
R-1234yf Refrigerant / Frigorigène R-1234yf(Canada)
YN-33-A(U.S.)
HS7Z-19B519-BA(Canada)
WSS-M2C300-A2Motorcraft® R-1234yf Refrigerant PAG Oil(U.S.)
Motorcraft® R-1234yf Refrigerant PAG Oil / Huile PAG pour frigorigène R-1234yf
Motorcraft®(Canada)
YN-35(U.S. & Canada)
WASHER FLUID SPECIFICATION
Capacities
QuantityVariant
Fill as required.All.
413
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Capacities and Specifications
Materials
SpecificationName
WSS-M14P19-AMotorcraft® Premium Windshield Wash Concentrate with Bitterant(U.S.)
Motorcraft® Premium Quality Windshield Washer Fluid / Liquide lave-glace de haute
qualité Motorcraft®(Canada)
ZC-32-B2(U.S.)
CXC-37-A/B/D/F(Canada)
BRAKE FLUID SPECIFICATION
Use fluid that meets the defined specification
and viscosity grade.
If you do not use fluid that meets the defined
specification and viscosity grade, it could
result in:
• Component damage that your vehicle
warranty does not cover.
• Reduced brake performance.
Note: We recommend you use DOT 4 Low
Viscosity (LV) High Performance Brake Fluid
or equivalent meeting WSS-M6C65-A2. If
you use any fluid other than the
recommended fluid, it could cause reduced
brake performance and not meet our
performance standards. Keep brake fluid
clean and dry. Contamination with dirt,
water, petroleum products or other materials
could result in brake system damage and
possible failure.
Capacities
QuantityVariant
Fill as required.All.
414
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Capacities and Specifications
Materials
SpecificationName
WSS-M6C65-A2Motorcraft® DOT 4 LV High Performance Motor Vehicle Brake Fluid(U.S.)
Motorcraft® DOT 4 LV High Performance Motor Vehicle Brake Fluid / Liquide de
frein automobile haute performance DOT 4 LV Motorcraft®(Canada)
PM-20(U.S. & Canada)
415
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Capacities and Specifications
VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER
Locating the Vehicle Identification
Number
The vehicle identification number is located
on the left-hand side of the instrument panel.
E311767
In the graphic, XXXX is representative of
your vehicle identification number.
Vehicle Identification Number
Overview
The vehicle identification number contains
the following information:
E142477
World manufacturer identifier.A
Brake system, gross vehicle weight
rating, restraint devices and their
locations.
B
Make, vehicle line, series, body
type.
C
Engine or motor type.D
Check digit.E
Model year.F
Assembly plant.G
Production sequence number.H
416
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Vehicle Identification
WHAT IS A CONNECTED VEHICLE
A connected vehicle has technology that
allows your vehicle to connect to a mobile
network and for you to access a range of
features. When used in conjunction with the
Lincoln Way app, it could allow you to
monitor and control your vehicle further, for
example checking the tire pressures, and
the vehicle location. For additional
information, refer to the local Lincoln website.
CONNECTED VEHICLE
REQUIREMENTS
Connected service and related feature
functionality requires a compatible vehicle
network.
Some remote features require a subscription.
For additional information, see the Lincoln
Way app. Some restrictions, third party terms
and message or data rates may apply.
CONNECTED VEHICLE
LIMITATIONS
Evolving technology, cellular networks, or
regulations could affect functionality and
availability, or continued provision of some
features. These changes could even stop
some features from functioning.
CONNECTING THE VEHICLE TO A
MOBILE NETWORK
What Is the Modem
The modem allows access to a
range of features built into your
vehicle.
Enabling and Disabling the Modem
1. Press Settings.
2. Press Lincoln Connect.
3. Press Connectivity Settings.
4. Switch connectivity features on or off.
Connecting Lincoln Way to the Modem
1. Make sure that the modem is enabled
using the vehicle settings menu.
2. Open the Lincoln way app on your device
and log in.
3. Add your vehicle or select your vehicle
if already added.
4. Select the option for vehicle details.
5. Select the option to activate your vehicle.
6. Make sure that the name on the screen
matches the name shown in your Lincoln
Way account.
7. Confirm that your Lincoln Way account
is connected to the modem.
CONNECTING THE VEHICLE TO A
WI-FI NETWORK
1. Press Settings.
2. Press Wi-Fi.
3. Switch Wi-Fi on.
4. Press View Available Networks.
417
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Connected Vehicle
5. Select an available Wi-Fi network. Note: Enter the network password to
connect to a secure network.
CONNECTED VEHICLE – TROUBLESHOOTING
Connected Vehicle – Frequently Asked Questions - Vehicles With: Modem
Possible Cause and ResolutionSymptom
I cannot confirm the connection of my Lincoln
Way account to the modem.
– Modem is not enabled.
• Switch connectivity features on.
– Weak network signal.
• Move your vehicle closer to a place where the network signal is not obstructed.
418
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Connected Vehicle
Connected Vehicle – Frequently Asked Questions - Vehicles With: SYNC 4
Possible Cause and ResolutionSymptom
I cannot connect to a Wi-Fi network. – Password error.
• Enter the correct network password.
– Weak network signal.
• Move your vehicle closer to the Wi-Fi hotspot or to a place where the network signal
is not obstructed.
– Multiple access points in range with the same SSID.
• Use a unique name for your SSID. Do not use the default name unless it contains a
unique identifier, for example as part of the MAC address.
The Wi-Fi connection disconnects after
successful connection.
– Weak network signal.
• Move your vehicle closer to the Wi-Fi hotspot or to a place where the network signal
is not obstructed.
I am close to a Wi-Fi hotspot but the network
signal strength is weak.
– Obstructed network signal.
• If your vehicle has a heated windshield, position your vehicle so that the windshield
is not facing the Wi-Fi hotspot.
• If your vehicle has metallic tinting on the windows but not on the windshield, position
your vehicle so that the windshield is facing the Wi-Fi hotspot or open the windows
that are facing the hotspot.
• If your vehicle has metallic tinting on the windows and the windshield, open the
windows that are facing the hotspot.
419
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Connected Vehicle
Possible Cause and ResolutionSymptom
If your vehicle is in a garage and you have the garage door closed, open the garage
door.
•
I cannot see a network in the list of available
networks that I expect to see.
– Hidden network.
• Make the network visible and try again.
I cannot see the Wi-Fi hotspot name when I
search for Wi-Fi networks on my cell phone
or other device.
– System limitation.
• Make sure Wi-Fi hotspot visibility is on.
• The system does not provide a Wi-Fi hotspot at this time.
– Weak network signal.
• Move your vehicle closer to the Wi-Fi hotspot or to a place where the network signal
is not obstructed.
– Wi-Fi hotspot in high demand or has a slow Internet connection.
• Use a more reliable Wi-Fi hotspot.
Software downloads take too long.
– No software update available.
– Wi-Fi network requires a subscription or acceptance of terms and conditions.
• Test the connection using another device. If the network requires a subscription or
acceptance of terms and conditions, contact the network service provider.
The system seems to connect to a Wi-Fi
network and the signal strength is excellent
but the software does not update.
420
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Connected Vehicle
CREATING A VEHICLE WI-FI
HOTSPOT
You can create a Wi-Fi hotspot in your
vehicle and allow devices to connect to it for
access to the Internet.
Tap the vehicle drawer on the top left of the
screen.
1. Press Settings.
2. Press Vehicle Hotspot.
Note: The vehicle hotspot default setting is
on.
3. Press Settings under the Vehicle Hotspot
menu.
4. Press Edit.
5. Switch the Wi-Fi Visibility option on or off.
Note: The Wi-Fi visibility default setting is
on.
Finding the Wi-Fi Hotspot Name and
Password
Tap the vehicle drawer on the top left of the
screen.
1. Press Settings.
2. Press Vehicle Hotspot.
3. Press Settings under the Vehicle Hotspot
menu.
Note: The network name is the hotspot
name.
4. Switch the Show Password option on or
off.
Connecting a Device to the Wi-Fi
Hotspot
1. On your device, switch Wi-Fi on and
select the hotspot from the list of
available Wi-Fi networks.
2. When prompted, enter the password.
Purchasing a Data Plan
1. Connect a device to the hotspot.
Note: The vehicle network carrier’s portal
opens on your device.
2. If the portal does not open on your
device, open a website and it redirects
to the vehicle network carrier’s portal.
Note: Secure websites do not redirect.
3. Follow the instructions on the carrier
portal to purchase a plan.
Note: If you have an active plan, the system
does not redirect to the vehicle network
carrier’s portal when you connect a device.
Visit the vehicle network carrier’ s website to
purchase more data.
Note: If data usage information is available
in the vehicle hotspot menu, it is
approximate.
Note: If you carry out a master reset, the
system does not remove your vehicle from
your vehicle network carrier’s account. To
remove your vehicle from the account,
contact your vehicle network carrier.
Note: The vehicle network carrier provides
Vehicle Hotspot services, subject to your
vehicle network carrier agreement, coverage
and availability.
CHANGING THE VEHICLE WI-FI
HOTSPOT NAME OR PASSWORD
Tap the vehicle drawer on the top left of the
screen.
421
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Vehicle Wi-Fi Hotspot
1. Press Settings.
2. Press Vehicle Hotspot.
3. Press Settings under the Vehicle Hotspot
menu.
4. Press Edit.
5. Press Change Network Name.
6. Enter your required network name.
7. Press the enter key to save the network
name.
8. Press Change Password.
9. Enter your required password.
10. Press the enter key to save the
password.
Changing the Wi-Fi Hotspot Frequency
Note: The Vehicle Hotspot frequency band
is selectable depending upon your device
capabilities. You will be unable to connect
your device to the Vehicle Hotspot if it does
not support the selected frequency band.
Tap the vehicle drawer on the top left of the
screen.
1. Press Settings.
2. Press Vehicle Hotspot.
3. Press Settings under the Vehicle Hotspot
menu.
4. Press Edit.
5. Select a frequency.
6. Press Done.
422
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Vehicle Wi-Fi Hotspot
AUDIO SYSTEM PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: Driving while distracted
can result in loss of vehicle control, crash
and injury. We strongly recommend that
you use extreme caution when using any
device that may take your focus off the
road. Your primary responsibility is the safe
operation of your vehicle. We recommend
against the use of any hand-held device
while driving and encourage the use of
voice-operated systems when possible.
Make sure you are aware of all applicable
local laws that may affect the use of
electronic devices while driving.
Listening to loud audio for long periods of
time could damage your hearing.
SWITCHING THE AUDIO UNIT ON
AND OFF
Press the button on the volume
control.
SELECTING THE AUDIO SOURCE
Audio Unit
E308143
Press the button to open the media
source menu.
You can press this multiple times to change
to the audio source or scroll through the
media sources.
Touchscreen
Press Sources on the touchscreen to open
the media source menu.
PLAYING OR PAUSING THE AUDIO
SOURCE
Touchscreen
Press to pause playback. Press
again to resume playback.
Note: Not all sources can be paused.
ADJUSTING THE VOLUME
E248939
Turn to adjust the volume.
Some vehicles may be able to adjust the
volume using buttons on the steering wheel.
423
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Audio System
SWITCHING SHUFFLE MODE ON
AND OFF
Press the button on the
touchscreen to switch shuffle
mode on or off.
Note: Not all sources have shuffle mode.
SWITCHING REPEAT MODE ON
AND OFF
Press the button on the
touchscreen to switch repeat mode
on or off.
Note: Not all sources have repeat mode.
SETTING A MEMORY PRESET
1. Select a station or channel.
2. Press and hold a memory preset button
on the touchscreen.
Note: The audio mutes briefly while the
system saves the preset and returns once it
is stored.
Note: You can save presets from multiple
sources to the memory preset bar.
MUTING THE AUDIO
Press the button on the steering
wheel to mute the audio.
Press to mute the signal. Press
again to restore the signal.
ADJUSTING THE SOUND
SETTINGS
Balance and Fade (If Equipped)
1. Press Settings on the touchscreen.
2. Press Sound Settings.
3. Press Balance / Fade.
4. Press the arrows to adjust the settings.
Tone Settings
1. Press Settings on the touchscreen.
2. Press Sound Settings.
3. Press Tone Settings.
4. Press the arrows or slider bar to adjust
the settings.
Speed Compensated Volume
1. Press Settings on the touchscreen.
2. Press Sound Settings.
3. Press Speed Compensated Volume.
4. Press a setting.
Occupancy Mode (If Equipped)
1. Press Settings on the touchscreen.
2. Press Sound Settings.
3. Press Occupancy Mode.
4. Press a setting.
Sound Mode (If Equipped)
1. Press Settings on the touchscreen.
2. Press Sound Settings.
3. Press Sound Mode.
4. Press a setting.
424
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Audio System
SETTING THE CLOCK AND DATE
1. Press Settings on the touchscreen.
2. Press Clock Settings.
3. Set the time.
Note: The AM and PM options are not
available if 24-hour mode is on.
Switching Automatic Time Updates On
and Off
1. Press Settings on the touchscreen.
2. Press Clock Settings.
3. Switch Automatic time zone update on
or off.
AM/FM RADIO
AM/FM Radio Limitations
The further you travel from an AM or FM
station, the weaker the signal and the weaker
the reception.
Hills, mountains, tall buildings, bridges,
tunnels, freeway overpasses, parking
garages, dense tree foliage and
thunderstorms can interfere with the
reception.
When you pass a ground-based broadcast
repeating tower, a stronger signal may
overtake a weaker one and result in the
audio system muting.
Selecting a Radio Station
Manually Selecting a Radio Station
E270235
Turn to search through the radio frequency
band.
Using Direct Tune
1. Press Direct Tune to open the number
pad.
2. Enter the station you prefer.
425
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Audio System
Note: You can only enter a valid station for
the audio source you are currently listening
to.
Using Seek
Press either button. The system
stops at the first station it finds in
that direction.
Using the Station List
1. Press Browse.
Note: Available on FM radio only.
2. Press a station.
SWITCHING THE DISPLAY ON AND
OFF
Audio Unit
E272035
Press the button.
Touchscreen
To switch the display off:
1. Press Settings on the touchscreen.
2. Press Display Settings.
3. Press Display Off.
Note: The display defaults to on each time
you switch your vehicle on.
To switch the display on, press anywhere on
the touchscreen.
DIGITAL RADIO
What Is Digital Radio
HD Radio™ technology is the digital evolution
of analog AM/FM radio.
For additional information, visit
www.HDRadio.com.
HD Radio Technology is manufactured under
license from iBiquity Digital Corporation and
foreign patents. HD Radio and the HD and
HD Radio logos are proprietary trademarks
of DTS. The vehicle manufacturer and DTS
are not responsible for the content sent using
HD Radio technology. Content may be
changed, added or deleted at any time at
the station owner's discretion.
How Does Digital Radio Work
Your system has a special receiver that
allows it to receive digital broadcasts in
addition to analog broadcasts.
HD1 signifies the main programming status
and is available in both analog and digital
broadcasts. Other multicast stations are only
available digitally and could contain new or
different content.
Note: When the system first receives an HD1
station, it plays the station in the analog
version until it verifies the station is an HD
Radio station. Then it shifts to the digital
version.
426
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Audio System
Note: There is an audio mute delay when
switching to an HD2 or HD3 station because
the system has to reacquire and decode the
digital signal.
Digital Radio Limitations
If you are outside the reception area, the
system could not work.
If you are on the fringe of the reception area,
the station could mute due to weak signal
strength.
Note: If you are listening to HD1, the system
changes back to the analog broadcast until
the digital broadcast is available again. If
you are listening to any other multicast
channels, the station mutes and stays muted
unless it is able to connect to the digital
signal again.
Depending on the station quality, you could
hear a slight sound change when the station
changes between analog and digital audio.
You cannot access a saved HD station if your
vehicle is outside the station’s reception
area.
Switching Digital Radio Reception On
and Off
1. Press Settings on the touchscreen.
2. Press Radio Settings.
3. Switch AM HD Radio or FM HD Radio
on or off.
Digital Radio Indicators
HD Radio Indicator
The indicator appears when HD Radio is on
and you tune to a station broadcasting HD
Radio technology.
E142616
The color of the indicator changes to indicate
the system status.
Gray indicates the system is acquiring a
digital station.
Orange indicates digital audio is playing.
Multicast Indicator
The multicast indicator appears if the current
station is broadcasting multiple digital
broadcasts. The highlighted numbers
indicate additional digital channels available.
Note: For stations that have more than one
HD multicast, the HD indicator and radio text
appears as a button. Press the button to
cycle through all of the HD stations on that
specific frequency.
SATELLITE RADIO
What Is Satellite Radio
Your factory-installed SiriusXM radio system
includes a limited subscription term, which
begins on the date of sale or lease of your
vehicle. See an authorized dealer for
availability.
427
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Audio System
For additional information about extended
subscription terms, visit www.SiriusXM.com
in the United States, www.SiriusXM.ca in
Canada, or call SiriusXM at 1-888-539-7474.
Note: SiriusXM reserves the unrestricted
right to change, rearrange, add or delete
programming including canceling, moving
or adding particular channels, and its prices,
at any time, with or without notice to you.
Neither SiriusXM and its affiliates nor Ford
Motor Company and its affiliates will be
liable to you or any third party for any such
modification, suspension or termination.
Satellite Radio Limitations
For optimal reception performance, keep the
antenna clear of snow and ice build-up and
keep luggage and other material as far away
from the antenna as possible.
Hills, mountains, tall buildings, bridges,
tunnels, freeway overpasses, parking
garages, dense tree foliage and
thunderstorms can interfere with your
reception.
When you pass a ground-based
broadcast-repeating tower, a stronger signal
may overtake a weaker one and could result
in the audio system muting. Your display
could show an error message to indicate the
interference.
Locating the Satellite Radio
Identification Number
1. Select SiriusXM as the audio source.
2. Tune to channel 0.
Selecting a Channel
Manually Selecting a Channel
E328569
E328570
Press the button to find the
previous or next available satellite
radio station.
Using Direct Tune
1. Press Direct Tune to open the number
pad.
2. Enter the channel you prefer.
Using Seek
Press either button.
Using the Channel List
1. Press Browse.
2. Select a channel.
Satellite Radio Settings
Subscription
Your subscription status is displayed. You
can subscribe or manage your subscription
directly from the touchscreen.
Listener Add/Switch
You can create up to five listener profiles per
SiriusXM account. Each listener profile can
be personalized with a name and profile
image.
428
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Audio System
Note: Requires a trial or active subscription
to use.
Note: A default profile is available when no
listener profiles are created.
SiriusXM Favorites
SiriusXM Favorites are shown for the active
listener profile. While you are listening to
SiriusXM, you can save favorites by:
• Tapping the currently tuned channel or
show logo on the SiriusXM audio screen.
A favorite icon appears next to the logo
when it is saved as a favorite.
• Tuning to a channel or show you want to
save as a favorite. Navigate to the
SiriusXM Favorites screen and press the
Add Current button. The currently tuned
channel or show is saved as a favorite.
• Saving a radio preset. This saves the
currently tuned SiriusXM channel or show
as a favorite.
Note: Requires a trial or active subscription
to use.
Listening History
Listening history is a list of recently listened
to SiriusXM content and is shown for the
active listener profile. You can view, manage
and reset the listening history using the
controls on the touchscreen.
Note: Requires a trial or active subscription
to use.
Listener Settings
Listener settings apply to the active listener
profile.
Note: Requires a trial or active subscription
to use.
Note: A default profile is available when no
listener profiles are created.
Help and Support
You can contact SiriusXM Customer Care
directly from SYNC and view information
required to manage your SiriusXM account.
Replaying the Audio
You can replay approximately 45 minutes of
audio as long as you remain tuned to the
current channel. Changing channels erases
the previous audio.
Setting an Alert
E343640
Set a notification for the current
song, artist, or sports team by
pressing the icon. The system
alerts you when it plays again on any
channel. Selecting this button allows you to
enable and edit alerts.
Note: Notifications can be switched on or
off and edited in the satellite radio settings.
IDENTIFYING THE AUDIO UNIT
E286905
429
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Audio System
Depending on your vehicle option package,
the controls may look different from what
you see here.
430
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Audio System
INFORMATION AND
ENTERTAINMENT DISPLAY
PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: Driving while distracted
can result in loss of vehicle control, crash
and injury. We strongly recommend that
you use extreme caution when using any
device that may take your focus off the
road. Your primary responsibility is the safe
operation of your vehicle. We recommend
against the use of any hand-held device
while driving and encourage the use of
voice-operated systems when possible.
Make sure you are aware of all applicable
local laws that may affect the use of
electronic devices while driving.
INFORMATION AND
ENTERTAINMENT DISPLAY
LIMITATIONS
Speed-restricted Features
For your safety, some functions of the system
are speed-dependent. Their use is limited to
when your vehicle is traveling at speeds
under 5.0 mph (8 km/h). Make sure that you
review your device's manual before using it
with the system
Some features of this system may be too
difficult to use when your vehicle is moving
so they are restricted from use unless your
vehicle is stationary.
See the following chart for more specific
examples.
431
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Information and Entertainment Display Overview
Restricted Features
Editing settings while the rear view camera or active park assist are active.System Functionality
Editing Wi-Fi settings.Wi-Fi
Editing the list of wireless networks.
Connecting to a new Wi-Fi network.
STATUS BAR
The bar is on top of the display and indicates
the status of your vehicle's features.
Cell phone microphone muted.
Audio system muted.
System update installed.
Wi-Fi connected.
Cell phone roaming.
E335295
Text message received.
E335294
Automatic crash notification system
on.
Automatic crash notification system
off.
E335293
Cell phone battery status.
Wireless charger is active.
Cell phone network signal
strength.
Vehicle data sharing on.
E335292
Vehicle data sharing off.
Vehicle location sharing on.
Vehicle data and vehicle location
sharing on.
E327785
Vehicle system update activating.
432
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Information and Entertainment Display Overview
E327786
Additional consent needed.
E327787
Vehicle system activation
reminder.
E327788
Vehicle system update not
successful.
E327789
Vehicle system update reminder.
FEATURE BAR
The bar is on the bottom of the display and
allows you to access vehicle features.
E100027
Select to use the radio, a USB, a
media player or a Bluetooth
device.
E283811
Select to adjust climate settings.
Select to make calls and access
the phonebook on your cell phone.
Select to use the navigation
system.
E329089
Select to view favorites.
Select to search for and use
compatible apps on your iOS or
Android device.
E280315
Select to adjust system settings.
E282728
E335299
Select to view features.
E335300
Note: The icon may be different depending
on your vehicle.
ACCESSING FEATURE DRAWERS
Application Drawer
Press the button to open and close
the application drawer. It contains
system and connected device
applications.
Note: The icon may change depending on
your personalization settings.
Vehicle Drawer
E335038
Press the button to open and close
the vehicle drawer. It contains
vehicle feature settings.
INFORMATION ON DEMAND
SCREEN
E329408
Press the button to view the next
Information on Demand screen.
E329410
Press the button to view the
previous Information on Demand
screen.
433
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Information and Entertainment Display Overview
E329409
Press the button to view available
cards.
434
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Information and Entertainment Display Overview
WHAT IS VOICE INTERACTION
Voice Interaction allows you to control
vehicle features using conversational
requests.
SETTING THE WAKE WORD
1. Access the feature drawer on the
touchscreen.
2. Press Settings.
3. Press the Voice button.
4. Select a wake word.
BEGINNING A VOICE
INTERACTION
Say the selected wake word.
E142599
Press the voice interaction button
on the steering wheel.
VOICE INTERACTION EXAMPLES
General Examples
ResultCommand
The system resets
the current voice
interaction.
Start Over.
The system ends the
current voice interac-
tion.
Cancel.
The system goes to
the next page.
Next Page.
The system goes to
the previous page.
Previous Page.
The system displays
a list of available
commands you can
use on the current
screen.
Help.
Entertainment Examples
ResultCommand
The system plays
music by the
selected artist.
Play The Beatles.
The system shows
music by the
selected artist.
Show music by The
Beatles.
The system tunes
the radio to 101.9 FM.
Set the station to
101.9 FM.
The system tunes
the radio to Sirius
Channel 2.
Set the station to
Sirius Channel 2.
435
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Voice Interaction
Climate Examples
ResultCommand
The system prompts
you to change the
temperature.
I am cold.
The system sets the
temperature to 72°F
(22°C).
Set the temperature
to 72°F (22°C).
Phone Examples
ResultCommand
The system calls
Henry using your
connected device.
Call Henry.
The system dials the
selected phone
number.
Dial (phone number).
The system begins a
dictated text
message.
Send a text message
to Henry.
The system readsRead my message
ResultCommand
from Henry. you the most recent
message from
Henry.
Apps Examples
ResultCommand
The system prompts
you to say the name
of an app to start it
on the system.
Mobile Apps.
The system will list
all of the currently
available Mobile
Apps.
List Mobile Apps.
The system will
search and connect
to compatible app
running on your
mobile device.
Find Mobile Apps
Navigation Examples
ResultCommand
The system begins
guided navigation to
the address.
Drive to 1 American
Road in Dearborn
Michigan.
The system shows
directions to the
selected POI.
Show me directions
to the Golden Gate
Bridge.
The system shows
directions to the
selected intersec-
tion.
Show me directions
to Oakwood
Boulevard and
Pelham Road.
The system ends
guided navigation to
the destination.
Cancel route.
436
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Voice Interaction
PHONE PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: Driving while distracted
can result in loss of vehicle control, crash
and injury. We strongly recommend that
you use extreme caution when using any
device that may take your focus off the
road. Your primary responsibility is the safe
operation of your vehicle. We recommend
against the use of any hand-held device
while driving and encourage the use of
voice-operated systems when possible.
Make sure you are aware of all applicable
local laws that may affect the use of
electronic devices while driving.
CONNECTING YOUR PHONE
Go to the settings menu on your cell phone
and switch Bluetooth on.
Select the phone option on the
feature bar.
1. Select Add Phone.
Note: A prompt alerts you to search for your
vehicle on your cell phone.
2. Select your vehicle on your cell phone.
Note: A number appears on your cell phone
and on the touchscreen.
3. Confirm that the PIN (personal
identification number) on your cell phone
matches the number on the touchscreen.
Note: The touchscreen indicates that you
have successfully paired your cell phone.
4. Download the phonebook from your cell
phone when you are prompted.
Note: If you pair more than one cell phone,
use the phone settings to specify the primary
phone. You can change this setting at any
time.
PHONE MENU
This menu becomes available after pairing
a phone.
Recent Call List
Display and select an entry from a list of
previous calls.
Contacts
Display a smart search form to look up your
contacts. Use the List button to alphabetically
sort your contacts.
Favorites
Display the list of favorite contacts that are
set up on your phone.
Messaging
Displays the list of text messages to read,
listen to, or respond to.
Email
Displays the list of emails to read, listen to,
or respond to.
Phone List
Display the list of paired or connected
devices that you can select.
437
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Phone
Note: Up to 12 devices can be stored.
Do Not Disturb
Reject incoming calls and switch ring tones
and alerts off.
Phone Keypad
Directly dial a number.
Voice Control
Say a command to use the Google or Siri
voice assistant available on your connected
phone to access supported features.
Note: Some features under the phone menu
may not be available if the feature is not
supported through the phone.
438
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Phone
MAKING AND RECEIVING A
PHONE CALL
Making Calls
To call a number in your contacts, select:
Action and DescriptionMenu Item
You can then select the
name of the contact you
want to call. Any numbers
stored for that contact
display along with any
stored contact photos. You
can then select the number
that you want to call. The
system begins the call.
Contacts
To call a number from your recent calls,
select:
Action and DescriptionMenu Item
You can then select an entry
that you want to call. The
system begins the call.
Recent Call
List
To call a number from your favorites, select:
Action and DescriptionMenu Item
You can then select an entry
that you want to call. The
system begins the call.
Favorites
To call a number that is not stored in your
phone, select:
Action and DescriptionMenu Item
Select the digits of the
number you wish to call.
Phone
Keypad
The system begins the call.Call
Pressing the backspace button deletes the
last digit you typed.
Receiving Calls
During an incoming call, an audible tone
sounds. Caller information appears in the
display if it is available.
To accept the call, select:
Menu Item
Accept
Note: You can also accept the call by
pressing the phone button on the steering
wheel.
To reject the call, select:
Menu Item
Reject
Ignore the call by doing nothing. The system
logs it as a missed call.
During a Phone Call
During a phone call, the contacts name and
number display on the screen along with the
call duration.
The phone status items are also visible:
• Signal Strength.
• Battery.
439
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Phone
You can select any of the following during
an active phone call:
Item
Immediately end a
phone call. You can
also press the button
on the steering
wheel.
End Call
Press this to access
the phone keypad.
Keypad
You can switch the
microphone off so
the caller does not
hear you.
Mute
Transfer the call to
the cell phone or
back to the touch-
screen.
Privacy
440
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Phone
SENDING AND RECEIVING A TEXT MESSAGE
DescriptionMenu Item
Hear the text message.Hear It
View the text message.View
Call the sender.Call
Reply to the text message with a standard text message.Reply
441
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Phone
SWITCHING TEXT MESSAGE
NOTIFICATION ON AND OFF
iOS
1. Go to the settings menu on your cell
phone.
2. Select Bluetooth.
3. Select the information icon to the right of
your vehicle.
4. Switch text message notification on or
off.
Android
1. Go to the settings menu on your cell
phone.
2. Select Bluetooth.
3. Select the profiles option.
4. Select the phone profile.
5. Switch text message notification on or
off.
442
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Phone
CONNECTING A BLUETOOTH®
DEVICE
1. Make sure Bluetooth is enabled on your
device.
2. Press Settings on the touchscreen.
3. Press Connectivity.
4. Press Bluetooth.
5. Press Add a Bluetooth Device.
Note: A prompt alerts you to search for your
vehicle on your device.
6. Select your vehicle on your device.
Note: A number appears on your device and
on the touchscreen.
7. Confirm that the number on your device
matches the number on the touchscreen.
Note: The touchscreen indicates that you
have successfully paired your device.
PLAYING MEDIA USING
BLUETOOTH®
WARNING: Driving while distracted
can result in loss of vehicle control, crash
and injury. We strongly recommend that
you use extreme caution when using any
device that may take your focus off the
road. Your primary responsibility is the safe
operation of your vehicle. We recommend
against the use of any hand-held device
while driving and encourage the use of
voice-operated systems when possible.
Make sure you are aware of all applicable
local laws that may affect the use of
electronic devices while driving.
Connect your device.
E100027
Press the audio button on the
feature bar.
Press Sources.
Press the Bluetooth option.
Press to play a track. Press again
to pause the track.
Press to skip to the next track.
Press and hold to fast forward
through the track.
Press once to return to the
beginning of a track. Repeatedly
press to return to previous tracks.
Press and hold to fast rewind through the
track.
443
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Bluetooth®
APP PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: Driving while distracted
can result in loss of vehicle control, crash
and injury. We strongly recommend that
you use extreme caution when using any
device that may take your focus off the
road. Your primary responsibility is the safe
operation of your vehicle. We recommend
against the use of any hand-held device
while driving and encourage the use of
voice-operated systems when possible.
Make sure you are aware of all applicable
local laws that may affect the use of
electronic devices while driving.
APP REQUIREMENTS
When you start an app through the system
for the first time, you could be asked to grant
certain permissions. You can review and
change the permissions that you have
granted at any time when your vehicle is not
moving. We recommend that you check your
data plan before using your apps through
the system. Using them could result in
additional charges. We also recommend that
you check the app provider's terms and
conditions and privacy policy before using
their app. Make sure that you have an active
account for apps that you want to use
through the system. Some apps will work
with no setup. Others require you to
configure some personal settings before you
can use them.
ACCESSING APPS
Select the apps option on the
feature bar.
ENABLING APPS ON AN IOS
DEVICE
Select the apps option on the
feature bar.
1. Select Mobile Apps Help.
2. Follow the instructions to pair and
connect your device via Bluetooth or with
a USB cable.
3. Start the apps on your device that you
want to use.
4. Select the app that you want to use on
the touchscreen.
Note: Some apps may run through Apple
CarPlay if it is enabled.
Note: Closing an app on your device will
close it on the touchscreen.
Note: For troubleshooting assistance select
Mobile Apps List under Mobile Apps Help.
ENABLING APPS ON AN ANDROID
DEVICE
Select the apps option on the
feature bar.
1. Select Mobile Apps Help.
2. Follow the instructions to pair and
connect your device via Bluetooth or with
a USB cable.
3. Start the apps on your device that you
want to use.
4. Select Find Mobile Apps.
444
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Apps
5. Select the app that you want to use on
the touchscreen.
Note: Some devices may lose the ability to
play music over USB when Mobile Apps are
enabled.
Note: Some apps may run through Android
Auto if it is enabled.
Note: Closing an app on your device will
close it on the touchscreen.
Note: For troubleshooting assistance select
Mobile Apps List under Mobile Apps Help.
SWITCHING APPLE CARPLAY ON
AND OFF
Enabling Apple CarPlay with USB
1. Connect your device to a USB port.
2. Follow the instructions on your device
and the touchscreen.
Note: Selecting "Enable Wireless CarPlay"
on your device will prepare the device for
wireless carplay when you re-enter the
vehicle.
Enabling Apple CarPlay with Wireless
1. Pair your device to Bluetooth.
2. Follow the instructions on your device
and the touchscreen.
Disabling Apple CarPlay
Select the settings option on the
feature bar.
1. Press Phone List.
2. Select your device from the list.
3. Press Disable.
Re-Enabling Apple CarPlay
Select the settings option on the
feature bar.
1. Press Phone List.
2. Select your device from the list.
3. Press Connect to Apple CarPlay.
SWITCHING ANDROID AUTO ON
AND OFF
Enabling Android Auto with USB (If
Equipped)
1. Connect your device to a USB port.
2. Follow the instructions on the
touchscreen.
Note: Certain features of the system are not
available when you are using Android Auto.
Enabling Android Auto with Wireless
1. Pair your device to Bluetooth.
2. Follow the instructions on your device
and the touchscreen.
Note: Certain Android Devices do not
support Android Auto Wireless. Please check
your Android OS version for compatibility.
Disabling Android Auto
Select the settings option on the
feature bar.
1. Press Phone List.
445
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Apps
2. Select your device from the list.
3. Press Disable.
Re-Enabling Android Auto
Select the settings option on the
feature bar.
1. Press Phone List.
2. Select your device from the list.
3. Press Connect to Android Auto.
446
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Apps
HOW DO PERSONAL PROFILES
WORK
This feature allows you to create multiple
personal profiles enabling users to
personalize vehicle’s settings such as seats
and mirrors, as well as non-positional settings
like radio, navigation, driver assist system
settings. Positional settings are saved by
holding a memory seat button.
Non-positional settings are saved you
change a setting while a profile is active. You
can create one profile for each preset
memory seat button along with a guest
profile.
Recalling and Changing a Profile
You can recall a profile using the
touchscreen or the preset button you
selected when you created your profile. You
can also link a remote control and a mobile
device to your profile, which are used to
recall it.
ENABLING OR DISABLING
PERSONAL PROFILES
When you switch on the Personal Profiles
feature:
• Unlocking a door with a remote control
or mobile device that is not linked to a
driver profile does not change the active
profile, but remains in the last known
profile. It does not change the positional
settings.
• Pressing a memory seat button that is
not linked to a driver profile or saved to
a preset setting does not change the
active profile, but remains in the last
known profile. It does not change the
positional settings.
• Pressing a memory seat button that is
not linked to a driver profile but is saved
to a preset setting does not change the
active profile, but remains in the last
known profile. It recalls the positional
settings that you saved to that memory
seat button.
When you switch off a Personal Profiles
feature:
• Unlocking a door with a remote control
or mobile device does not recall any
non-positional settings but still recalls
positional settings from the driver profile
which the remote control or mobile
device is linked to.
• Pressing a memory seat button that is
not linked to a driver profile or saved to
a preset setting recalls non-positional
settings from the guest profile. It does
not change the positional settings.
• Pressing a memory seat button that is
linked to a driver profile or has saved to
a preset setting recalls non-positional
settings from the guest profile. It recalls
the positional settings that you saved to
that memory seat button.
CREATING A PERSONAL PROFILE
Use the touchscreen to create a personal
profile.
1. Switch the vehicle on and leave the
vehicle in park (P).
447
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Personal Profiles
2. Select the Personal Profiles button under
Settings.
3. Follow the instructions on the display.
LINKING OR UNLINKING A
PERSONAL PROFILE TO A REMOTE
CONTROL
You can save preset memory positions for
up to three remote controls by assigning a
remote control to a personal profile using
the touchscreen.
Use the touchscreen to link a remote control
to a personal profile.
1. Switch the vehicle on and leave the
vehicle in park (P).
2. Select the Personal Profiles button under
Settings.
3. Touch the arrow for the profile you wish
to link to a remote control.
4. Select remote control.
5. Follow the instructions on the display.
Note: If more than one linked remote control
is in range, the memory function moves to
the settings of the first key to initiate a
memory recall.
Note: The guest profile consists of existing
settings when there is no driver profile
created. After you create a driver profile, the
guest profile serves as an additional driver
profile.
Note: You cannot link a remote control to a
guest profile.
LINKING OR UNLINKING A
PERSONAL PROFILE TO A DEVICE
Use the touchscreen to link a mobile device
to a personal profile.
1. Switch the vehicle on and leave the
vehicle in park (P).
2. Select the Personal Profiles button under
Settings.
3. Touch the arrow for the profile you wish
to link to a mobile device.
4. Select mobile device.
5. Follow the instructions on the display.
Note: To successfully link a mobile device,
the mobile device must be in your vehicle,
and must have previously been setup as a
remote control for your vehicle.
Note: The guest profile consists of existing
settings when there is no driver profile
created. After you create a driver profile, the
guest profile serves as an additional driver
profile.
Note: You cannot link a personalized name
to a guest profile.
448
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Personal Profiles
ACCESSING NAVIGATION
Press the button to access
Navigation.
Note: As the driver, be aware of all local
traffic regulations and road attributes, and
operate your vehicle in a safe and legal
manner.
NAVIGATION MAP UPDATES
To update your Map data over Wi-Fi, your
vehicle must be connected to a Wi-Fi access
point. For USB updates and other details,
contact dealers at 1-866-462-8837 in the
United States and Canada, or
01-800-557-5539 in Mexico.
Note: If you find map data errors, you may
report them by going to
www.here.com/mapcreator.
ADJUSTING THE MAP
Zooming the Map In and Out
You can use pinch gestures to zoom in and
out. Place two fingers on the screen and
move them apart to zoom in. Place two
fingers on the screen and bring them
together to zoom out.
Changing the Format of the Map
E328845
Press the Menu button.
1. Press the Map Orientation tile.
2. Select a map orientation.
LIVE TRAFFIC
What Is Live Traffic
You can observe real-time road congestion
when live traffic is on.
Switching Live Traffic On and Off
E328845
Press the Menu button.
1. Press the Traffic on Map tile.
2. Press Traffic on or Traffic Off.
SETTING A DESTINATION
Setting a Destination Using the Text
Entry Screen
1. Press the search bar at the top of the
screen.
2. Enter your destination using the
keyboard.
3. Press Search.
4. Select a destination from the list.
5. Press Start to begin navigation.
449
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Navigation
Setting a Destination Using the Map
Screen
Press and hold on the map to place a pin at
that location. Information about the location
of the pin appears on the screen.
E328844
Press the button to begin
navigation to the pin.
Setting a Destination Using a
Predictive Destination
Press the predicted destination card on the
screen to navigate to it. These appear when
the navigation system has learned your
driving habits.
Setting a Destination Using a Recent
Destination
E328845
Press the Menu button.
1. Press the Recents tile.
2. Select a destination from the list.
Setting a Destination Using a Saved
Destination
E328845
Press the Menu button.
1. Press Saved Places.
2. Select a saved destination.
Note: Press the star icon next when viewing
location details to save the location.
Setting a Destination Using a Point of
Interest
Press and hold on a point of interest icon on
the map. Information about the location of
the point of interest appears on the screen.
E328844
Press the button to begin
navigation to the point of interest.
WAYPOINTS
Adding a Waypoint
E328843
Press the Add Waypoint button
when in an active navigation
session.
1. Enter your waypoint on the keyboard.
2. Press Search.
3. Select a waypoint from the list.
4. Press Add to Trip.
Editing Waypoints
1. Press the waypoint you would like to edit.
2. Select an option to reorder or delete the
waypoint.
450
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Navigation
ROUTE GUIDANCE
Adjusting the Guidance Prompt
Volume
Turn the volume control when a guidance
prompt plays to adjust the volume.
Repeating an Instruction
Press the turn indicator to hear the last voice
instruction.
Canceling Route Guidance
E280804
Press the button to cancel route
guidance to the selected location.
451
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Navigation
UPDATING THE VEHICLE SYSTEMS
WIRELESSLY
E327789
System software updates allow you
to update your vehicle system
software wirelessly. To make sure
you receive all updates, set a recurring
schedule and connect to Wi-Fi. Updates may
take longer if not connected to Wi-Fi, or may
not download at all.
System Update Requirements
Before updating, reference this list to make
sure your vehicle is ready be updated. If
these requirements are not met during a
scheduled update, the update will be
canceled and you can reschedule.
• Your vehicle is not running.
• Your vehicle is stopped.
• Your vehicle is parked.
• The hazard indicators are switched off.
• The alarm is not sounding.
• The doors are closed.
• The parking lights are switched off.
• You are not pressing the brake pedal.
• An emergency call is not in progress.
• Your vehicle is not in limp mode.
Scheduling an Update
Make sure Vehicle Connectivity and
Automatic Updates are switched on.
Using the Settings Menu
E280315
Press the settings option on the
feature bar.
1. Press the System Update tile.
2. Press Schedule Update.
3. Use the controls to set the time and day
of the update.
4. Save the schedule.
Note: You can set the updates to occur
every seven days.
Using the Status Bar Icon
E327785
When an update is available, tap
the notification icon and follow the
prompts on the screen.
Applying a Vehicle System Software
Update
You can schedule a convenient time for the
update to complete. During scheduled
updates you may not be able to use your
vehicle.
Note: Updates may take up to 30 minutes
to complete.
You can see the progress of the update on
the touchscreen. An update cannot be
canceled once it has been started.
During an update you will not be able to
drive your vehicle, start the vehicle, use
remote controls to lock and unlock the
vehicle. The alarm, central locks, and door
tones are disabled. The electronic door lock
will not function during an update. You can
open the doors using the mechanical latch
if child locks are not on. Pull the handle until
it stops to use the mechanical latch.
Note: Double locking is switched off and
central locking is switched on during and
after an update.
452
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Vehicle System Updates
Note: If your vehicle is plugged in, charging
will stop during an update and resume when
the update is complete.
Viewing Update Details
If an update is successful, the touchscreen
will provide additional details about the
update. You can also access this information
under the System Update tile.
If an update is not successful, follow the
prompt that appears on the touchscreen.
PERFORMING A MASTER RESET
E280315
Press the settings option on the
feature bar.
1. Press the Reset tile.
2. Press Master Reset.
3. Follow the prompts on the screen to
complete the reset.
453
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Vehicle System Updates
For a complete listing of the accessories that
are available for your vehicle, please contact
your authorized dealer or visit the online
store website:
Web Address (United States)
www.Accessories.Lincoln.com
Web Address (Canada)
www.LincolnCanada.com
We will repair or replace any properly
authorized dealer-installed Lincoln Original
Accessory found to be defective in
factory-supplied materials or workmanship
during the warranty period, as well as any
component damaged by the defective
accessories.
We will warrant your Lincoln Original
Accessory through the warranty that provides
the greatest benefit:
• 24 months, unlimited mileage.
• The remainder of your new vehicle
limited warranty.
*Lincoln Licensed Accessory. The accessory
manufacturer designs, develops and
therefore warrants Lincoln Licensed
Accessories, and does not design or test
these accessories to Lincoln Motor Company
engineering requirements. Contact an
authorized Lincoln dealer for the accessory
manufacturer's limited warranty details and
request a copy of the Lincoln Licensed
Accessories product limited warranty from
the accessory manufacturer.
For maximum vehicle performance, keep the
following information in mind when adding
accessories or equipment to your vehicle:
• When adding accessories, equipment,
passengers and luggage to your vehicle,
do not exceed the total weight capacity
of the vehicle or of the front or rear axle
(GVWR or GAWR as indicated on the
Safety Compliance Certification label).
Ask an authorized dealer for specific
weight information.
• The Federal Communications
Commission (FCC) and Canadian Radio
Telecommunications Commission (CRTC)
regulate the use of mobile
communications systems that have radio
transmitters, for example two-way radios,
telephones and theft alarms. Any such
equipment installed in your vehicle
should comply with Federal
Communications Commission (FCC) and
Canadian Radio Telecommunications
Commission (CRTC) regulations and
should only be installed by an authorized
dealer.
454
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Accessories
• Mobile communications systems may
harm the operation of your vehicle,
particularly if their manufacturer did not
design them specifically for automotive
use.
• If you or an authorized Lincoln dealer add
any non-Lincoln electrical or electronic
accessories or components to your
vehicle, you may adversely affect battery
performance and durability. In addition,
you may also adversely affect the
performance of other electrical systems
in the vehicle.
455
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Accessories
WHAT IS LINCOLN PROTECT
Protect yourself from the rising cost of
vehicle repairs with the Lincoln Protect
extended service plan.
Lincoln Protect Extended Service Plans
(United States Only)
Lincoln Protect means peace of mind. It is
the extended service plan backed by the
Lincoln Motor Company, and provides more
protection beyond the New Vehicle Limited
Warranty coverage. When you visit your
Lincoln Dealer, insist on genuine Lincoln
Protect extended service plans.
Lincoln Protect Extended Service Plan Can
Quickly Pay for Itself
One trip to the Service Center could easily
exceed the price of your Lincoln Protect
extended service plan. With Lincoln Protect,
you minimize your risk for unexpected repair
bills and rising repair costs.
Up to 1000+ Covered Vehicle Components
There are four mechanical Lincoln Protect
extended service plans with different levels
of coverage. Ask your authorized dealer for
details.
1. PremiumCARE - Our most comprehensive
coverage. With over 1,000 covered
components, this plan is so complete it
is probably easier to list what is not
covered.
2. ExtraCARE - Covers 113 components, and
includes many high-tech items.
3. BaseCARE - Covers 84 components.
4. PowertrainCARE - Covers 29 critical
components.
Lincoln Protect extended service plans are
honored by all authorized Lincoln dealers in
the United States, Canada and Mexico.
That means you get:
• Reliable, quality service at any Lincoln or
Ford dealership.
• Repairs performed by factory trained
technicians, using genuine parts.
Rental Car Reimbursement
First Day Rental Benefit
If you bring your car into your dealer for
service, we will give you a rental vehicle to
use for the day.
Extended Rental Benefits
If your vehicle is kept overnight for covered
repairs, you are eligible for rental car
coverage, including bumper to bumper
warranty repairs, and field service actions.
Roadside Assistance
Exclusive 24/7 roadside assistance, including:
• Towing, flat-tire change and battery jump
starts.
• Out of fuel and lock-out assistance.
• Travel expense reimbursement for
lodging, meals and rental car.
• Assistance for taxi, shuttle, rental car
coverage and other transportation.
456
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Lincoln Protect
Transferable Coverage
If you sell your vehicle before your Lincoln
Protect extended service plan coverage
expires, you can transfer any remaining
coverage to the new owner. This should give
you and your potential buyer a little more
peace of mind.
Less Cost to Properly Maintain Your Vehicle
The Lincoln Protect extended service plan
also offers a Premium Maintenance Plan that
covers all scheduled maintenance, and
selected wear items. The coverage is
prepaid, so you never have to worry about
the cost of your vehicle’s maintenance.
Covered maintenance includes:
• Windshield wiper blades.
• Spark plugs.
• The clutch disc (if equipped).
• Brake pads and linings.
• Shock absorbers and struts.
• Engine cooling hoses, clamps and
o-rings.
• Engine belts.
• Diesel exhaust fluid replenishment (if
equipped).
Interest Free Finance Options
Just a 10% down payment will provide you
with an affordable, no interest, no fee
payment program allowing you all the
security and benefits Lincoln Protect
extended service plan has to offer while
paying over time. You are pre-approved with
no credit check or hassles. To learn more,
call our Lincoln Protect extended service
plan specialists at 800-367-3377.
Complete the information below and mail to:
Lincoln Protect Extended Service Plan
P.O. Box 321067
Detroit, MI 48232
Lincoln Protect (Canada Only)
You can get more protection for your vehicle
by purchasing a Lincoln Protect extended
service plan. The Lincoln Protect extended
service plan is the only service contract
backed by Lincoln Motor Company of
Canada, Limited. Depending on the plan you
purchase, the Lincoln Protect extended
service plan provides benefits such as:
• Rental reimbursement.
• Coverage for certain maintenance and
wear items.
• Protection against repair costs after your
New Vehicle Limited Warranty Coverage
expires.
• Roadside Assistance benefits.
457
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Lincoln Protect
There are several Lincoln Protect extended
service plans available in various time,
distance and deductible combinations. Each
plan is tailored to fit your own driving needs,
including reimbursement for towing and
rental. When you purchase a Lincoln Protect
extended service plan, you receive added
peace-of-mind protection throughout
Canada, the United States and Mexico,
provided by a network of participating
authorized Lincoln Motor Company dealers.
Note: Repairs performed outside of Canada,
the United States and Mexico are not eligible
for Lincoln Protect extended service plan
coverage.
This information is subject to change. For
more information, visit your local Lincoln of
Canada dealer or www.LincolnCanada.com
to find the Lincoln Protect extended service
plan that is right for you.
458
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Lincoln Protect
GENERAL MAINTENANCE
INFORMATION
Why Maintain Your Vehicle?
Carefully following the maintenance
schedule helps protect against major repair
expenses resulting from neglect or
inadequate maintenance and may help to
increase the value of your vehicle when you
sell or trade it. Keep all receipts for
completed maintenance with your vehicle.
It is important that you have your vehicle
serviced at the proper times. These intervals
serve two purposes: first is to maintain the
reliability of your vehicle and the second is
to keep the cost of owning your vehicle
down.
It is your responsibility to have all scheduled
maintenance performed and to make sure
that the materials used meet the
specifications identified in this owner's
manual. See Capacities and Specifications
(page 400).
Failure to perform scheduled maintenance
and regularly inspect your vehicle may result
in vehicle damage not covered by the vehicle
Warranty.
Why Maintain Your Vehicle at Your
Dealership?
Our Genuine Replacement Parts
Dealerships stock our parts and our
authorized branded re-manufactured
replacement parts. These parts meet or
exceed our specifications. Parts installed at
your dealership carry a nationwide 24-month
or unlimited mile (kilometer) parts and labor
limited warranty.
If you do not use our authorized parts they
may not meet our specifications and could
affect emissions compliance.
Protecting Your Investment
Maintenance is an investment that pays
dividends in the form of improved reliability,
durability and resale value. To maintain the
proper performance of your vehicle and its
emission control systems, make sure you
have scheduled maintenance performed at
the designated intervals.
Your vehicle comes with the Intelligent
Oil-Life Monitor system, a message appears
in the information display at the proper oil
change interval. This interval may be up to
one year or 10,000 mi (16,000 km), hybrid
vehicles could exceed 10,000 mi (16,000 km).
When the oil change message appears in
the information display, it is time for an oil
change. Make sure you perform the oil
change within two weeks or 500 mi (800 km)
of the message appearing. Make sure to
reset the Intelligent Oil-Life Monitor after
each oil change. See Resetting the Engine
Oil Change Reminder (page 339).
459
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Scheduled Maintenance
If your information display resets prematurely
or becomes inoperative, you should perform
the oil change interval at six months or
5,000 mi (8,000 km) from your last oil
change. Never exceed one year or 10,000 mi
(16,000 km) between oil change intervals.
You can drive high performance vehicles in
such a way that may lead to higher oil
consumption including extended time at high
engine speeds, high loads, engine braking,
hard cornering maneuvers, track and off-road
usage. Under these conditions, oil
consumption of approximately 1 quart per
500 miles (1 liter per 800 km) is possible.
Check the engine oil level at every refueling
and adjust to maintain proper levels to avoid
engine damage.
It is important to rely upon your dealership
to properly diagnose and repair your vehicle.
We strongly recommend only using our
genuine or our authorized re-manufactured
replacement parts engineered for your
vehicle.
Additives and Chemicals
We do not recommend using chemicals or
additives not approved by us as part of your
vehicle’s normal maintenance. Please consult
your warranty information.
Oils, Fluids and Flushing
In many cases, fluid discoloration is a normal
operating characteristic and, by itself, does
not necessarily indicate a concern or that the
fluid needs to be changed. Have discolored
fluids that also show signs of overheating or
foreign material contamination checked
immediately.
Make sure to change the vehicle’s oils and
fluids at the specified intervals or in
conjunction with a repair. Flushing is a viable
way to change fluid for many vehicle
sub-systems during scheduled maintenance.
It is critical that systems are flushed only with
new fluid that is the same as that required
to fill and operate the system or using our
approved flushing chemical.
Owner Checks and Services
Make sure you perform the following basic
maintenance checks and inspections.
Check Every Month
The air filter restriction gauge.
1
The engine oil level.
Function of all interior and the exterior lights.
460
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Scheduled Maintenance
Check Every Month
The tires including the spare for wear and proper pressure.
The windshield washer fluid level.
The fuel and water separator. Drain if necessary or if indicated by the information display.
1
The holes and slots in the tail pipe to make sure they are functional and clear of debris.
1
1
Diesel vehicles only.
Check Every Six Months
The battery connections. Clean if necessary.
The body and door drain holes for obstructions. Clean if necessary.
The cooling system fluid level and the coolant system strength.
The door weatherstrips for wear. Lubricate if necessary.
The hinges, latches and outside locks for proper operation. Lubricate if necessary.
The parking brake for proper operation.
461
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Scheduled Maintenance
Check Every Six Months
The seatbelts and seat latches for wear and function.
Safety warning lamps, brake, ABS, airbag and seatbelt for operation.
The washer spray and wiper operation. Clean or replace blades as necessary.
Multi-Point Inspection
It is important to have the systems on your
vehicle regularly checked. This can help
identify potential issues and prevent major
problems. We recommend having the
following multi-point inspection performed
at every scheduled maintenance interval to
help make sure your vehicle keeps running
great.
Multi-Point Inspection
Hazard warning system operationAccessory drive belt or belts
Horn operationBattery performance
Radiator, cooler, heater and air conditioning hosesEngine air filter
Suspension components for leaks or damageExhaust system
462
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Scheduled Maintenance
Multi-Point Inspection
Steering and linkageExterior lamps operation
Tires including the spare for wear and proper pressure
2
Fluid levels
1
; fill if necessary
Windshield for cracks, chips or pitsFor oil and fluid leaks
Washer spray and wiper operationHalf-shaft dust boots
1
Brake, coolant recovery reservoir, automatic transmission and window washer.
2
If your vehicle has a temporary mobility kit, check the tire sealant expiration Use By date on the canister. Replace as needed.
Be sure to ask your dealership service
advisor or technician about the multi-point
vehicle inspection. It is a comprehensive way
to perform a thorough inspection of your
vehicle. Your checklist gives you immediate
feedback on the overall condition of your
vehicle.
NORMAL SCHEDULED
MAINTENANCE
Oil Change Reminder
Your vehicle comes with an oil change
reminder that determines when you should
change the engine oil based on how you use
your vehicle.
Your vehicle lets you know when an oil
change is due by displaying a message in
the information display.
The following table provides examples of
vehicle use and its impact on oil change
intervals. It is a guideline only. Actual oil
change intervals depend on several factors
and generally decrease with severity of use.
463
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Scheduled Maintenance
When to expect the OIL CHANGE REQUIRED message
Vehicle Use and ExampleInterval
Normal
7,500–10,000 mi (12,000–16,000 km)
Normal commuting with highway driving
No, or moderate, load or towing
Flat to moderately hilly roads
No extended idling
Severe
5,000–7,500 mi (8,000–12,000 km)
Moderate to heavy load or towing
Mountainous or off-road conditions
Extended idling
Extended hot or cold operation
Extreme
3,000–5,000 mi (5,000–8,000 km)
Maximum load or towing
Extreme hot or cold operation
464
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Scheduled Maintenance
Normal Maintenance Intervals
At Every Oil Change Interval as Indicated by the Information Display
1
Change the engine oil and filter.
2
Rotate the tires.
Perform a multi-point inspection, recommended.
Inspect the automatic transmission fluid level. Consult your dealer for requirements.
Inspect the brake pads, rotors, hoses and the parking brake.
Inspect the engine coolant level/strength and the hoses.
Inspect the exhaust system and the heat shields.
Inspect the rear axle and U-joints - all wheel drive only.
Inspect the half-shaft boots.
Inspect the steering linkage, ball joints, suspension, tire-rod ends, driveshaft and U-joints.
Inspect the tires, tire wear and measure the tread depth.
Inspect the wheels and related components for abnormal noise, wear, looseness or drag.
1
Do not exceed one year or 10,000 mi (16,000 km) between service intervals.
2
Reset the oil change reminder after engine oil and filter changes. See Resetting the Engine Oil Change Reminder (page 339).
465
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Scheduled Maintenance
Other Maintenance Items
1
Replace the cabin air filter.Every 20,000 mi
(32,000 km)
Replace the engine air filter.Every 30,000 mi
(48,000 km)
Replace the spark plugs.
Every 100,000 mi
(160,000 km)
Inspect the accessory drive belt or belts.
2
Change the automatic transmission fluid.
Every 150,000 mi
(240,000 km)
Replace the accessory drive belt or belts.
3
Change the engine coolant.
4
At 200,000 mi
(320,000 km)
1
Perform these maintenance items within 3,000 mi (4,800 km) of the last engine oil and filter change. Do not exceed the designated distance
for the interval.
2
After initial inspection, inspect every other oil change until replaced.
3
If not replaced within the last 100,000 mi (160,000 km).
4
Initial replacement at 10 years or 200,000 mi (320,000 km), then every five years or 100,000 mi (160,000 km).
466
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Scheduled Maintenance
Brake Fluid Maintenance
1
Change the brake fluid.
2
Every 3 Years
1
Perform this maintenance item every 3 years. Do not exceed the designated time for the interval.
2
Brake fluid servicing requires special equipment available at your authorized dealer.
SPECIAL OPERATING CONDITIONS
SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE
If you operate your vehicle primarily in any
of the following conditions, you need to
perform extra maintenance as indicated. If
you operate your vehicle occasionally under
any of these conditions, it is not necessary
to perform the extra maintenance. For
specific recommendations, see your
dealership service advisor or technician.
467
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Scheduled Maintenance
Towing a trailer or using a car-top carrier
Change engine oil and filter as indicated by the information display and perform services listed in the Normal
Scheduled Maintenance chart.
As required
Inspect rear axle and U-joints (AWD only).Inspect frequently, service
as required
Inspect half-shaft boots.
See axle maintenance items under Exceptions.
Change automatic transmission fluid.Every 30,000 mi
(48,000 km)
Replace spark plugs.Every 60,000 mi
(96,000 km)
468
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Scheduled Maintenance
Extensive idling or low-speed driving for long distances, as in heavy commercial use
Change engine oil and filter as indicated by the information display and perform services listed in the Normal
Scheduled Maintenance chart.
As required
Replace cabin air filter.Inspect frequently, service
as required
Replace engine air filter.
Change automatic transmission fluid.Every 30,000 mi
(48,000 km)
Replace spark plugs.Every 60,000 mi
(96,000 km)
Extended Hot and Cold climate operation
Change engine oil and filter.
*
Every 5,000 mi (8,000 km)
*
Hot Climates only
469
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Scheduled Maintenance
Operating in off-road (unpaved, sandy, dusty) and Mountainous conditions
Replace cabin air filter.Inspect frequently, service
as required
Replace engine air filter.
Inspect the wheels and related components for abnormal noise, wear, looseness or drag.Every 5,000 mi (8,000 km)
Rotate tires, inspect tires for wear and measure tread depth.
Change engine oil and filter.
*
Every 5,000 mi (8,000 km)
or 6 months
Perform multi-point inspection.
Change automatic transmission fluid.Every 30,000 mi
(48,000 km)
*
Reset your Intelligent Oil-Life Monitor after engine oil and filter changes. See Resetting the Engine Oil Change Reminder (page 339).
Exceptions
There are several exceptions to the Normal
Schedule:
470
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Scheduled Maintenance
Axle and PTU maintenance: The Power
Transfer Unit (PTU) and rear axle (AWD only)
in your vehicle does not require any normal
scheduled maintenance. The PTU lubricant
may be more likely to require a fluid change
if the vehicle has extended periods of
extreme or severe duty cycle driving.
Changing or checking the PTU lubricant is
not necessary unless the unit has been
submerged in water, shows sign of leakage.
Contact your authorized dealer for service.
California fuel filter replacement: If you
register your vehicle in California, the
California Air Resources Board has
determined that the failure to perform this
maintenance item does not nullify the
emission warranty or limit recall liability
before the completion of your vehicle's
useful life. We however, urge you to have all
recommended maintenance services
performed at the specified intervals and to
record all vehicle service.
Engine air filter and cabin air filter
replacement: The life of the engine air filter
and cabin air filter is dependent on exposure
to dusty and dirty conditions. Vehicles
operated in these conditions require frequent
inspection and replacement of the engine
air filter and cabin air filter.
471
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Scheduled Maintenance
ROLLOVER WARNING
WARNING: Utility vehicles have a
significantly higher rollover rate than other
types of vehicles.
WARNING: Vehicles with a higher
center of gravity (utility and four-wheel
drive vehicles) handle differently than
vehicles with a lower center of gravity
(passenger cars). Avoid sharp turns,
excessive speed and abrupt steering in
these vehicles. Failure to drive cautiously
increases the risk of losing control of your
vehicle, vehicle rollover, personal injury
and death.
WARNING: In a rollover crash, an
unbelted person is significantly more likely
to die than a person wearing a seatbelt.
WARNING: Do not become
overconfident in the ability of four-wheel
drive vehicles. Although a four-wheel drive
vehicle may accelerate better than a
two-wheel drive vehicle in low traction
situations, it won't stop any faster than
two-wheel drive vehicles. Always drive at
a safe speed.
Utility vehicles and trucks handle differently
than passenger cars in the various driving
conditions that are encountered on streets,
highways and off-road. Utility vehicles and
trucks are not designed for cornering at
speeds as high as passenger cars any more
than low-slung sports cars are designed to
perform satisfactorily under off-road
conditions.
THE BETTER BUSINESS BUREAU
AUTO LINE PROGRAM
Your satisfaction is important to Ford Motor
Company and to your dealer. If a warranty
concern has not been resolved using the
three-step procedure outlined earlier in this
chapter in the Getting the Services you need
section, you may be eligible to participate in
the BBB AUTO LINE program.
The BBB AUTO LINE program consists of
two parts – mediation and arbitration. During
mediation, a representative of the BBB will
contact both you and Ford Motor Company
to explore options for settlement of the claim.
If an agreement is not reached during
mediation or you do not want to participate
in mediation, and if your claim is eligible, you
may participate in the arbitration process. An
arbitration hearing will be scheduled so that
you can present your case in an informal
setting before an impartial person. The
arbitrator will consider the testimony
provided and make a decision after the
hearing.
472
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Customer Information
Disputes submitted to the BBB AUTO LINE
program are usually decided within forty days
after you file your claim with the BBB. You
are not bound by the decision, and may
reject the decision and proceed to court
where all findings of the BBB Auto Line
dispute, and decision, are admissible in the
court action. Should you choose to accept
the BBB AUTO LINE decision, Ford is then
bound by the decision, and must comply with
the decision within 30 days of receipt of your
acceptance letter.
BBB AUTO LINE Application: Using the
information provided below, please call or
write to request a program application. You
will be asked for your name and address,
general information about your new vehicle,
information about your warranty concerns,
and any steps you have already taken to try
to resolve them. A Customer Claim Form will
be mailed that will need to be completed,
signed and returned to the BBB along with
proof of ownership. Upon receipt, the BBB
will review the claim for eligibility under the
Program Summary Guidelines.
You can get more information by calling
BBB AUTO LINE at 1-800-955-5100, or
writing to:
BBB AUTO LINE
3033 Wilson Boulevard, Suite 600
Arlington, Virginia 22201
BBB AUTO LINE applications can also be
requested by calling the Ford Motor
Company Customer Relationship Center at
1-800-392-3673.
For additional information refer to the Better
Business Bureau website.
Note: Ford Motor Company reserves the
right to change eligibility limitations, modify
procedures, or to discontinue this process
at any time without notice and without
obligation.
THE MEDIATION AND
ARBITRATION PROGRAM
For vehicles delivered to authorized
Canadian dealers. In those cases where you
continue to feel that the efforts by Ford of
Canada and the authorized dealer to resolve
a factory-related vehicle service concern
have been unsatisfactory, Ford of Canada
participates in an impartial third party
mediation/arbitration program administered
by the Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration
Plan (CAMVAP).
The CAMVAP program is a straightforward
and relatively speedy alternative to resolve
a disagreement when all other efforts to
produce a settlement have failed. This
procedure is without cost to you and is
designed to eliminate the need for lengthy
and expensive legal proceedings.
473
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Customer Information
In the CAMVAP program, impartial third-party
arbitrators conduct hearings at mutually
convenient times and places in an informal
environment. These impartial arbitrators
review the positions of the parties, make
decisions and, when appropriate, render
awards to resolve disputes. CAMVAP
decisions are fast, fair, and final as the
arbitrator’ s award is binding on both you and
Ford of Canada.
CAMVAP services are available in all
Canadian territories and provinces. For more
information, without charge or obligation, call
your CAMVAP Provincial Administrator
directly at 1-800-207-0685 or visit
www.camvap.ca.
ORDERING A CANADIAN FRENCH
OWNER'S MANUAL
You can obtain a French owner's manual
from an authorized dealer or by contacting
Helm, LLC at:
HELM, LLC
47911 Halyard Drive, Suite 200
Plymouth, Michigan 48170
Attention: Customer Service
Call toll free: 1-800-782-4356
Monday-Friday 8:00 a.m. - 6:00 p.m. EST
For additional information, visit
www.helminc.com.
REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS IN
THE UNITED STATES
If you believe that your vehicle has a
defect which could cause a crash or
could cause injury or death, you should
immediately inform the National
Highway Traffic Safety Administration
(NHTSA) in addition to notifying Ford
Motor Company.
If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it
may open an investigation, and if it finds
that a safety defect exists in a group of
vehicles, it may order a recall and
remedy campaign. However, NHTSA
cannot become involved in individual
problems between you, your dealer, or
Ford Motor Company.
To contact NHTSA, you may call the
Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at
1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153);
go to www.safercar.gov; or write to:
Administrator
1200 New Jersey Avenue, Southeast
Washington, D.C. 20590
You can also obtain other information
about motor vehicle safety from
www.safercar.gov.
474
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Customer Information
REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS IN
CANADA
If you believe that your vehicle has a defect
which could cause a crash or could cause
injury or death, you should immediately
inform Transport Canada and Ford of
Canada.
Transport Canada Contact Information
https://tc.canada.ca/en/road-transportation/defects-recalls-vehicles-tires-child-car-seatsWebsite
https://tc.canada.ca/fr/transport-routier/defauts-rappels-vehicules-pneus-sieges-auto-enfantWebsite
1-800-333-0510Phone
Lincoln of Canada Contact Information
www.LincolnCanada.comWebsite
1-800-387-9333Phone
475
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Customer Information
DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY
Radio Frequency Statement
IC Identification NumberFCC Identification NumberSYNC Version
1422A-SYNCG4KMH-SYNCG4SYNC 4
1422A-SYNCG4LKMH-SYNCG4LSYNC 4 Low
WARNING: Changes or modifications
not expressively approved by the party
responsible for compliance could void the
user's authority to operate the equipment.
The term "IC:" before the radio certification
number only signifies that Industry Canada
technical specifications were met.
These devices comply with Part 15 of the
FCC Rules and with RSS-210 of Industry
Canada. Operation is subject to the following
two conditions:
1. The device does not cause harmful
interference.
2. The device accepts any interference
received, including interference that
could cause undesired operation.
RADIO FREQUENCY CERTIFICATION
LABELS
Blind Spot Information System Sensors
Argentina
E337180
476
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Customer Information
E340516
Brazil
E340204
China
CMIIT ID: 2015DJ1610
Djibouti
E340826
European Union EU
E310043
Ghana
E269695
Jamaica
E340517
477
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Customer Information
Malaysia
E269697
RALM/24A/0715/S(15-2272)
Mauritania
E340199
Moldova
E337971
Pakistan
E340825
2018
Paraguay
E337181
478
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Customer Information
Serbia
E340200
Singapore
E339940
South Africa
E269696
South Korea
E339675
MSIP-CRM-8DC-SRR3B
Taiwan, China
E340203
479
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Customer Information
Ukraine
E338024
United Arab Emirates (U.A.E.)
E338020
United States and Canada
WARNING: Changes or modifications
not expressively approved by the party
responsible for compliance could void the
user's authority to operate the equipment.
The term "IC:" before the radio certification
number only signifies that Industry Canada
technical specifications were met.
FCC ID: OAYSRR3B
IC: 4135A-SRR3B
IC: RSS-310 compliant, Per FCC Test report
no.: 1-8707-14-01-03
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC
Rules and with Innovation, Science and
Economic Development Canada’s
licence-exempt RSS(s). Operation is subject
to the following two conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2. This device must accept any interference
received, including interference that may
cause undesired operation.
Vietnam
E269693
Zambia
E340205
480
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Customer Information
Remote Function Actuator
China
CMIIT ID: 2018DJ4563
United States and Canada
WARNING: Changes or modifications
not expressively approved by the party
responsible for compliance could void the
user's authority to operate the equipment.
The term "IC:" before the radio certification
number only signifies that Industry Canada
technical specifications were met.
FCC ID: HYQS2NA0
IC: 1551A-S2NA0
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC
Rules and with Innovation, Science and
Economic Development Canada’s
licence-exempt RSS(s). Operation is subject
to the following two conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2. This device must accept any interference
received, including interference that may
cause undesired operation.
Body Control Module
Argentina
E340512
Djibouti
E344539
Ghana
E340513
481
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Customer Information
Jamaica
E340514
Mauritania
E340515
Morocco
E344540
Pakistan
E337974
Paraguay
E339812
2018-08-I-000410
2013-08-I-0158
482
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Customer Information
South Africa
E344541
South Korea
E339675
2013-07-03
Syria
E344542
Ukraine
E269682
United States and Canada
WARNING: Changes or modifications
not expressively approved by the party
responsible for compliance could void the
user's authority to operate the equipment.
The term "IC:" before the radio certification
number only signifies that Industry Canada
technical specifications were met.
FCC ID: M3NA2C738448
IC: 7812A-A2C738448
483
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Customer Information
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC
Rules and with Innovation, Science and
Economic Development Canada’s
licence-exempt RSS(s). Operation is subject
to the following two conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2. This device must accept any interference
received, including interference that may
cause undesired operation.
Vietnam
E278262
Zambia
E344538
Cruise Control Module (If Equipped)
Argentina
E308030
Brazil
E340118
484
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Customer Information
Djibouti
E342394
Ghana
E340191
Indonesia
E342395
Jamaica
E340518
Malaysia
E339836
RALM/61A/0318/S(18-0852)
485
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Customer Information
Mauritania
E340190
Moldova
E337971
Morocco
E340192
Pakistan
E342396
Paraguay
E308039
Serbia
E308040
486
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Customer Information
Singapore
E340193
South Africa
E340194
South Korea
E339675
R-CMM-DLH-L2C0065TR
Syria
E342397
Taiwan, China
E340195
Ukraine
E308043
487
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Customer Information
United Arab Emirates
E308044
United States and Canada
WARNING: Changes or modifications
not expressively approved by the party
responsible for compliance could void the
user's authority to operate the equipment.
The term "IC:" before the radio certification
number only signifies that Industry Canada
technical specifications were met.
FCC ID: L2C0065TR
IC: 3432A-0065TR
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC
Rules and with Innovation, Science and
Economic Development Canada’s
licence-exempt RSS(s). Operation is subject
to the following two conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2. This device must accept any interference
received, including interference that may
cause undesired operation.
Zambia
E340196
Garage Door Opener
United States and Canada
WARNING: Changes or modifications
not expressively approved by the party
responsible for compliance could void the
user's authority to operate the equipment.
The term "IC:" before the radio certification
number only signifies that Industry Canada
technical specifications were met.
FCC ID: NZLSAHL5D
IC: 4112A-SAHL5D
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC
Rules and with Innovation, Science and
Economic Development Canada’s
licence-exempt RSS(s). Operation is subject
to the following two conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2. This device must accept any interference
received, including interference that may
cause undesired operation.
488
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Customer Information
Keys and Remote Controls
Argentina
E339844
E340316
Brazil
E340121
Djibouti
E343017
Ghana
E340317
Jamaica
E340219
E340318
489
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Customer Information
Mauritania
E340487
Moldova
E337971
Morocco
E343018
Paraguay
E339812
NR: 2016-9-I-000222
Serbia
E269681
490
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Customer Information
Singapore
E339940
South Africa
E343025
South Korea
E339675
MSIP-CRM-TAL-A2C97102000
Ukraine
E269682
United Arab Emirates (U.A.E.)
E340486
491
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Customer Information
United States and Canada
WARNING: Changes or modifications
not expressively approved by the party
responsible for compliance could void the
user's authority to operate the equipment.
The term "IC:" before the radio certification
number only signifies that Industry Canada
technical specifications were met.
FCC ID: M3N-A2C931426
IC: 7812A-A2C931426
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC
Rules and with Innovation, Science and
Economic Development Canada’s
licence-exempt RSS(s). Operation is subject
to the following two conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2. This device must accept any interference
received, including interference that may
cause undesired operation.
Vietnam
E278262
Zambia
E343026
Radio Transceiver Module
Argentina
E339077
Brazil
E342393
10693-20-12270
492
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Customer Information
Djibouti
E340642
E340643
Ghana
E340644
E340645
Mauritania
E340530
E340531
Moldova
E337971
Morocco
E340648
493
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Customer Information
Pakistan
E342392
Serbia
E341434
South Africa
E340649
Taiwan, China
E340641
Ukraine
E269682
United Arab Emirates (U.A.E.)
E340647
494
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Customer Information
E340218
United States and Canada
WARNING: Changes or modifications
not expressively approved by the party
responsible for compliance could void the
user's authority to operate the equipment.
The term "IC:" before the radio certification
number only signifies that Industry Canada
technical specifications were met.
FCC ID: L2C0082R
FCC ID: L2C0083TR
IC: 342A-0083TR
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC
Rules and with Innovation, Science and
Economic Development Canada’s
licence-exempt RSS(s). Operation is subject
to the following two conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2. This device must accept any interference
received, including interference that may
cause undesired operation.
Zambia
E340646
SYNC
Argentina
E338546
E338545
495
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Customer Information
Brazil
E342398
E342510
Djibouti
E342399
E342511
European Union EU
E310043
Ghana
E338082
E338203
496
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Customer Information
Jamaica
E342400
E342512
Malaysia
E339836
SQASI/TA/19/4047
SQASI/TA/19/4046
Mauritania
E342401
E342513
Moldova
E337971
497
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Customer Information
Morocco
E338085
E338205
Pakistan
E342402
2019
Paraguay
E339812
2020-03-I-00192
2020-03-I-00193
Serbia
E342403
498
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Customer Information
Singapore
E339940
South Africa
E342404
TA-2019/2465
E342514
South Korea
E338087
E338206
Taiwan
E342405
E342515
499
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Customer Information
Ukraine
E269682
United Arab Emirates (U.A.E.)
E338088
E338088
United States and Canada
WARNING: Changes or modifications
not expressively approved by the party
responsible for compliance could void the
user's authority to operate the equipment.
The term "IC:" before the radio certification
number only signifies that Industry Canada
technical specifications were met.
FCC ID: KMH-SYNCG4
FCC ID: KMH-SYNCG4L
IC: 1422A-SYNCG4
IC: 1422A-SYNCG4L
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC
Rules and with Innovation, Science and
Economic Development Canada’s
licence-exempt RSS(s). Operation is subject
to the following two conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2. This device must accept any interference
received, including interference that may
cause undesired operation.
Zambia
E342406
500
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Customer Information
E342516
Telematics Control Unit
United Arab Emirates (U.A.E.)
E340527
United States and Canada
WARNING: Changes or modifications
not expressively approved by the party
responsible for compliance could void the
user's authority to operate the equipment.
The term "IC:" before the radio certification
number only signifies that Industry Canada
technical specifications were met.
FCC ID: KMH-14H074-NA1
IC: 1422A-14H074NA1
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC
Rules and with Innovation, Science and
Economic Development Canada’s
licence-exempt RSS(s). Operation is subject
to the following two conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2. This device must accept any interference
received, including interference that may
cause undesired operation.
Tire Pressure Monitoring System
Sensors - Vehicles With: 315 MHz
Sensors
Argentina
E338008
501
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Customer Information
Brazil
E338010
E338207
Jamaica
E338213
E338209
Mexico
E338212
E338210
502
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Customer Information
Paraguay
E338214
E338211
Taiwan, China
E338215
United States and Canada
WARNING: Changes or modifications
not expressively approved by the party
responsible for compliance could void the
user's authority to operate the equipment.
The term "IC:" before the radio certification
number only signifies that Industry Canada
technical specifications were met.
FCC ID: MRXFP3
FCC ID: MRXAG2SZ3
IC: 2546A-FP3
IC: 2546A-AG2SZ3
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC
Rules and with Innovation, Science and
Economic Development Canada’s
licence-exempt RSS(s). Operation is subject
to the following two conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2. This device must accept any interference
received, including interference that may
cause undesired operation.
503
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Customer Information
Tire Pressure Monitoring System
Sensors - Vehicles With: 433 MHz
Sensors
Argentina
E338009
E342217
China
E338011
E342218
Djibouti
E338012
504
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Customer Information
European Union (EU)
E338208
Ghana
E338016
E342220
Jordan
E338017
E207819
Malaysia
E339836
CIDF15000486
505
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Customer Information
Mauritania
E337970
E342221
Mexico
E342360
Moldova
E337971
E197811
Morocco
E207821
506
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Customer Information
Nigeria
E337972
Oman
E337973
E253817
Pakistan
E337974
Paraguay
E338018
Philippines
E198001
Russia
E253816
507
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Customer Information
Serbia
E338019
E197844
Singapore
E338051
E253820
South Africa
E198002
South Korea
E339675
MSIP-CRM-SRD-FP4
MSIP-CRM-SRD-AG2SZ4
508
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Customer Information
Taiwan, China
E203679
Ukraine
E338024
E342222
United Arab Emirates
E338025
E342219
United States and Canada
WARNING: Changes or modifications
not expressively approved by the party
responsible for compliance could void the
user's authority to operate the equipment.
The term "IC:" before the radio certification
number only signifies that Industry Canada
technical specifications were met.
FCC ID: MRXAG2SZ4
IC: 2546A-AG2SZ4
509
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Customer Information
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC
Rules and with Innovation, Science and
Economic Development Canada’s
licence-exempt RSS(s). Operation is subject
to the following two conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2. This device must accept any interference
received, including interference that may
cause undesired operation.
Wireless Accessory Charging Module
(If Equipped)
Argentina
E340521
Brazil
E340824
Djibouti
E340823
European Union EU
E310043
Ghana
E340522
510
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Customer Information
Jamaica
E340523
Jordan
E340657
Malaysia
E339836
SQASI/TA/19/4129
Mauritania
E340524
Moldova
E337971
Morocco
E340525
Paraguay
E339812
511
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Customer Information
2017-10-I-0000333
Serbia
E340200
Singapore
E339940
South Africa
E340658
TA-2017/3167
South Korea
E273475
Taiwan, China
E338220
512
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Customer Information
Ukraine
E269682
United Arab Emirates (U.A.E.)
E340526
United States
WARNING: Changes or modifications
not expressively approved by the party
responsible for compliance could void the
user's authority to operate the equipment.
The term "IC:" before the radio certification
number only signifies that Industry Canada
technical specifications were met.
FCC ID: L2C0066T
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC
Rules and with Innovation, Science and
Economic Development Canada’s
licence-exempt RSS(s). Operation is subject
to the following two conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2. This device must accept any interference
received, including interference that may
cause undesired operation.
Vietnam
E278262
Zambia
E340659
513
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Customer Information
CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65
WARNING: Operating, servicing
and maintaining a passenger vehicle
or off-highway motor vehicle can
expose you to chemicals including
engine exhaust, carbon monoxide,
phthalates, and lead, which are known
to the State of California to cause
cancer and birth defects or other
reproductive harm. To minimize
exposure, avoid breathing exhaust, do
not idle the engine except as
necessary, service your vehicle in a
well-ventilated area and wear gloves
or wash your hands frequently when
servicing your vehicle. For more
information go to
www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/
passenger-vehicle.
WARNING: Battery posts,
terminals and related accessories
contain lead and lead compounds,
chemicals known to the State of
California to cause cancer and
reproductive harm. Wash your hands
after handling.
PERCHLORATE
Certain components in your vehicle such as
airbag modules, seatbelt pretensioners and
remote control batteries may contain
perchlorate material. Special handling may
apply for service or vehicle end of life
disposal.
For more information visit:
www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate.
REPLACEMENT PARTS
RECOMMENDATION
We have built your vehicle to the highest
standards using quality parts. We
recommend that you demand the use of
genuine Ford and Motorcraft parts whenever
your vehicle requires scheduled
maintenance or repair. You can clearly
identify genuine Ford and Motorcraft parts
by looking for the Ford, FoMoCo or
Motorcraft branding on the parts or their
packaging.
Scheduled Maintenance and
Mechanical Repairs
One of the best ways for you to make sure
that your vehicle provides years of service
is to have it maintained in line with our
recommendations using parts that conform
to the specifications detailed in this Owner’ s
Manual.
Genuine Ford and Motorcraft parts meet or
exceed these specifications.
514
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Customer Information
Collision Repairs
We hope that you never experience a
collision, but accidents happen sometimes.
Genuine Ford replacement collision parts
meet our stringent requirements for fit, finish,
structural integrity, corrosion protection and
dent resistance. During vehicle development
we validate that these parts deliver the
intended level of protection as a whole
system. A great way to know for sure you
are getting this level of protection is to use
genuine Ford replacement collision parts.
Warranty on Replacement Parts
Genuine Ford and Motorcraft replacement
parts are the only replacement parts that
benefit from a Ford Warranty.
The Ford Warranty may not cover damage
caused to your vehicle as a result of failed
non-Ford parts.
For additional information, refer to the terms
and conditions of the Ford Warranty.
MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS
EQUIPMENT
WARNING: Driving while distracted
can result in loss of vehicle control, crash
and injury. We strongly recommend that
you use extreme caution when using any
device that may take your focus off the
road. Your primary responsibility is the safe
operation of your vehicle. We recommend
against the use of any hand-held device
while driving and encourage the use of
voice-operated systems when possible.
Make sure you are aware of all applicable
local laws that may affect the use of
electronic devices while driving.
Using mobile communications equipment is
becoming increasingly important in the
conduct of business and personal affairs.
However, you must not compromise your
own or others’ safety when using such
equipment. Mobile communications can
enhance personal safety and security when
appropriately used, particularly in emergency
situations. Safety must be paramount when
using mobile communications equipment to
avoid negating these benefits. Mobile
communication equipment includes, but is
not limited to, cellular phones, pagers,
portable email devices, text messaging
devices and portable two-way radios.
515
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Customer Information
END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT
VEHICLE SOFTWARE END USER
LICENSE AGREEMENT (EULA)
• You (“You” or “Your” as applicable) have
acquired a vehicle having several
devices, including SYNC ® and various
control modules, ("DEVICES") that include
software licensed or owned by Ford
Motor Company and its affiliates ("FORD
MOTOR COMPANY"). Those software
products of FORD MOTOR COMPANY
origin, as well as associated media,
printed materials, and "online" or
electronic documentation ("SOFTWARE")
are protected by international intellectual
property laws and treaties. The
SOFTWARE is licensed, not sold. All
rights reserved.
• The SOFTWARE may interface with
and/or communicate with, or may be later
upgraded to interface with and/or
communicate with additional software
and/or systems provided by FORD
MOTOR COMPANY.
IF YOU DO NOT AGREE TO THIS END
USER LICENSE AGREEMENT ("EULA") DO
NOT USE THE DEVICES OR COPY THE
SOFTWARE. ANY USE OF THE SOFTWARE,
INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO USE ON
THE DEVICES, WILL CONSTITUTE YOUR
AGREEMENT TO THIS EULA (OR
RATIFICATION OF ANY PREVIOUS
CONSENT).
GRANT OF SOFTWARE LICENSE: This EULA
grants you the following license:
• You may use the SOFTWARE as installed
on the DEVICES and as otherwise
interfacing with systems and/or services
provide by or through FORD MOTOR
COMPANY or its third party software and
service providers.
Description of Other Rights and Limitations
• Speech Recognition: If the SOFTWARE
includes speech recognition
component(s), you should understand
that speech recognition is an inherently
statistical process and that recognition
errors are inherent in the process.
Neither FORD MOTOR COMPANY nor
its suppliers shall be liable for any
damages arising out of errors in the
speech recognition process. It is your
responsibility to monitor any speech
recognition functions included in the
system.
• Limitations on Reverse Engineering,
Decompilation and Disassembly: You
may not reverse engineer, decompile,
translate, disassemble or attempt to
discover any source code or underlying
ideas or algorithms of the SOFTWARE
nor permit others to reverse engineer,
decompile or disassemble the
SOFTWARE, except and only to the
extent that such activity is expressly
permitted by applicable law
notwithstanding this limitation or to the
extent as may be permitted by the
licensing terms governing use of any
open source components included with
the SOFTWARE.
516
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Customer Information
• Limitations on Distributing, Copying,
Modifying and Creating Derivative
Works: You may not distribute, copy,
make modifications to or create
derivative works based on the
SOFTWARE, except and only to the
extent that such activity is expressly
permitted by applicable law
notwithstanding this limitation or to the
extent as may be permitted by the
licensing terms governing use of any
open source components included with
the SOFTWARE.
• Single EULA: The end user
documentation for the DEVICES and
related systems and services may contain
multiple EULAs, such as multiple
translations and/or multiple media
versions (e.g., in the user documentation
and in the software). Even if you receive
multiple EULAs, you are licensed to use
only one (1) copy of the SOFTWARE.
• SOFTWARE Transfer: You may
permanently transfer your rights under
this EULA only as part of a sale or transfer
of the DEVICES, provided you retain no
copies, you transfer all of the SOFTWARE
(including all component parts, the media
and printed materials, any upgrades, and,
if applicable, the Certificate(s) of
Authenticity), and the recipient agrees to
the terms of this EULA. If the SOFTWARE
is an upgrade, any transfer must include
all prior versions of the SOFTWARE.
• Termination: Without prejudice to any
other rights, FORD MOTOR COMPANY
may terminate this EULA if you fail to
comply with the terms and conditions of
this EULA.
• Internet-Based Services Components:
The SOFTWARE may contain
components that enable and facilitate
the use of certain Internet-based
services. You acknowledge and agree
that FORD MOTOR COMPANY, third
party software and service suppliers, its
affiliates and/or its designated agent may
automatically check the version of the
SOFTWARE and/or its components that
you are utilizing and may provide
upgrades or supplements to the
SOFTWARE that may be automatically
downloaded to your DEVICES.
• Additional Software/Services: The
SOFTWARE may permit FORD MOTOR
COMPANY, third party software and
service suppliers, its affiliates and/or its
designated agent to provide or make
available to you SOFTWARE updates,
supplements, add-on components, or
Internet-based services components of
the SOFTWARE after the date you obtain
your initial copy of the SOFTWARE
("Supplemental Components".)
SOFTWARE updates may cause you to
incur additional charges from your
wireless service provider. If FORD
MOTOR COMPANY or third party
software and services suppliers provide
or make available to you Supplemental
Components and no other EULA terms
are provided along with the
Supplemental Components, then the
terms of this EULA shall apply. FORD
517
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Customer Information
MOTOR COMPANY, its affiliates and/or
its designated agent reserve the right to
discontinue without liability any
Internet-based services provided to you
or made available to you through the use
of the SOFTWARE.
518
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Customer Information
• Links to Third Party Sites: The
SOFTWARE may provide you with the
ability to link to third party sites. The third
party sites are not under the control of
FORD MOTOR COMPANY, its affiliates
and/or its designated agent. Neither
FORD MOTOR COMPANY nor its
affiliates nor its designated agent are
responsible for (I) the contents of any
third party sites, any links contained in
third party sites, or any changes or
updates to third party sites, or (ii)
webcasting or any other form of
transmission received from any third
party sites. If the SOFTWARE provides
links to third party sites, those links are
provided to you only as a convenience,
and the inclusion of any link does not
imply an endorsement of the third party
site by FORD MOTOR COMPANY, its
affiliates and/or its designated agent.
• Obligation to Drive Responsibly: You
recognize your obligation to drive
responsibly and keep attention on the
road. You will read and abide with the
DEVICES operating instructions
particularly as they pertain to safety and
you agree to assume any risk associated
with the use of the DEVICES.
UPGRADES AND RECOVERY MEDIA: If the
SOFTWARE is provided by FORD MOTOR
COMPANY separate from the DEVICES on
media such as a ROM chip, CD ROM disk(s)
or via web download or other means, and is
labeled "For Upgrade Purposes Only" or "For
Recovery Purposes Only" you may install one
(1) copy of such SOFTWARE onto the
DEVICES as a replacement copy for the
existing SOFTWARE, and use it in
accordance with this EULA, including any
additional EULA terms accompanying the
upgrade SOFTWARE.
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS: All
title and intellectual property rights in and to
the SOFTWARE (including but not limited to
any images, photographs, animations, video,
audio, music, text and "applets" incorporated
into the SOFTWARE), the accompanying
printed materials, and any copies of the
SOFTWARE, are owned by FORD MOTOR
COMPANY, or its affiliates or suppliers. The
SOFTWARE is licensed, not sold. You may
not copy the printed materials accompanying
the SOFTWARE. All title and intellectual
property rights in and to the content which
may be accessed through use of the
SOFTWARE is the property of the respective
content owner and may be protected by
applicable copyright or other intellectual
property laws and treaties. This EULA grants
you no rights to use such content outside its
intended use. All rights not specifically
granted under this EULA are reserved by
FORD MOTOR COMPANY, its affiliates, and
third party software and service providers
and suppliers. Use of any on-line services
which may be accessed through the
SOFTWARE may be governed by the
respective terms of use relating to such
services. If this SOFTWARE contains
documentation that is provided only in
electronic form, you may print one copy of
such electronic documentation.
519
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Customer Information
EXPORT RESTRICTIONS: You acknowledge
that the SOFTWARE is subject to U.S. and
European Union export jurisdiction. You
agree to comply with all applicable
international and national laws that apply to
the SOFTWARE, including the U.S. Export
Administration Regulations, as well as
end-user, end-use and destination
restrictions issued by U.S. and other
governments.
TRADEMARKS: This EULA does not grant
you any rights in connection with any
trademarks or service marks of FORD
MOTOR COMPANY, its affiliates, and third
party software and service providers.
PRODUCT SUPPORT: Please refer to FORD
MOTOR COMPANY instructions provided in
the documentation for the DEVICES product
support, such as the vehicle owner guide.
Should you have any questions concerning
this EULA, or if you desire to contact FORD
MOTOR COMPANY for any other reason,
please refer to the address provided in the
documentation for the DEVICES.
No Liability for Certain Damages: EXCEPT
AS PROHIBITED BY LAW, FORD MOTOR
COMPANY, ANY THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE
OR SERVICES SUPPLIERS, AND THEIR
AFFILIATES SHALL HAVE NO LIABILITY FOR
ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, CONSEQUENTIAL
OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES ARISING FROM
OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR
PERFORMANCE OF THE SOFTWARE. THIS
LIMITATION SHALL APPLY EVEN IF ANY
REMEDY FAILS OF ITS ESSENTIAL
PURPOSE. THERE ARE NO WARRANTIES
OTHER THAN THOSE THAT MAY BE
EXPRESSLY PROVIDED FOR YOUR NEW
VEHICLE.
SYNC® Automotive Important Safety
Information Read and follow instructions:
• Before using your SYNC® system, read
and follow all instructions and safety
information provided in this end user
manual ("Owner Guide".) Not following
precautions found in the Owner Guide
can lead to an accident or other serious
injuries.
General Operation
• Voice Command Control: Certain
functions within the SYNC® system may
be accomplished using voice commands.
Using voice commands while driving
helps you to operate the system without
removing your hands from the wheel or
eyes from the road.
• Prolonged Views of Screen: Do not
access any function requiring a
prolonged view of the screen while you
are driving. Pull over in a safe and legal
manner before attempting to access a
function of the system requiring
prolonged attention.
• Volume Setting: Do not raise the volume
excessively. Keep the volume at a level
where you can still hear outside traffic
and emergency signals while driving.
Driving while unable to hear these
sounds could cause an accident.
520
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Customer Information
• Navigation Features: Any navigation
features included in the system are
intended to provide turn by turn
instructions to get you to a desired
destination. Please make certain all
persons using this system carefully read
and follow instructions and safety
information fully.
• Distraction Hazard: Any navigation
features may require manual (non-verbal)
setup. Attempting to perform such set-up
or insert data while driving can distract
your attention and could cause an
accident or other serious injury. Stop the
vehicle in a safe and legal manner before
attempting these operations.
• Let Your Judgment Prevail: Any
navigation features are provided only as
an aid. Make your driving decisions
based on your observations of local
conditions and existing traffic regulations.
Any such feature is not a substitute for
your personal judgment. Any route
suggestions made by this system should
never replace any local traffic regulations
or your personal judgment or knowledge
of safe driving practices.
• Route Safety: Do not follow the route
suggestions if doing so would result in
an unsafe or illegal maneuver, if you
would be placed in an unsafe situation,
or if you would be directed into an area
that you consider unsafe. The driver is
ultimately responsible for the safe
operation of the vehicle and therefore,
must evaluate whether it is safe to follow
the suggested directions.
• Potential Map Inaccuracy: Maps used
by this system may be inaccurate
because of changes in roads, traffic
controls or driving conditions. Always use
good judgment and common sense when
following the suggested routes.
• Emergency Services: Do not rely on any
navigation features included in the
system to route you to emergency
services. Ask local authorities or an
emergency services operator for these
locations. Not all emergency services
such as police, fire stations, hospitals and
clinics are likely to be contained in the
map database for such navigation
features.
521
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Customer Information
Your Responsibilities and Assumptions of
Risk
522
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Customer Information
• You agree to each of the following:(a)
Any use of the SOFTWARE while driving
an automobile or other vehicle in
violation of applicable law or otherwise
driving in an unsafe manner presents a
significant risk of distracted driving and
should not be attempted under any
circumstances;(b) Use of the SOFTWARE
at excessive volume poses a significant
risk of hearing damage and should not
be attempted under any
circumstances;(c) The SOFTWARE may
not be compatible with new or different
versions of an operating system, third
party software, or third party services,
and the SOFTWARE may potentially
cause a critical failure of an operating
system, third party software, or third party
service.(d) Any third party service
accessed by or third party software used
with the SOFTWARE (I) may charge an
additional fee for access, (ii) may not
work correctly, on an uninterrupted basis,
or error free, (iii) may change streaming
formats or discontinue operation, (iv) may
contain adult, profane or offensive
content; and (v) may contain inaccurate,
false or misleading traffic, weather,
financial or safety information or other
content; and (e) Use of the SOFTWARE
may cause you to incur additional
charges from your wireless service
provider (WSP) and any data or minute
calculators that may be included in the
software program are for reference only,
are not warranted in any way and should
not be relied upon in anyway.
• When using the SOFTWARE, you agree
to be responsible for and assume the
entire risk to the items set forth in Section
(a) – (e) above.
Disclaimer of Warranty
YOU EXPRESSLY ACKNOWLEDGE AND
AGREE THAT USE OF THE DEVICES AND
SOFTWARE IS AT YOUR SOLE RISK AND
THAT THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO
SATISFACTORY QUALITY, PERFORMANCE,
COMPATIBILITY, ACCURACY AND EFFORT
IS WITH YOU. TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT
PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, THE
SOFTWARE AND ANY THIRD PARTY
SOFTWARE OR THIRD-PARTY SERVICES
ARE PROVIDED "AS IS" AND “AS
AVAILABLE”, WITH ALL FAULTS AND
WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, AND
FORD MOTOR COMPANY HEREBY
DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES AND
CONDITIONS WITH RESPECT TO THE
SOFTWARE, THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE, AND
THIRD-PARTY SERVICES, EITHER EXPRESS,
IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING, BUT
NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
WARRANTIES AND/OR CONDITIONS OF
MERCHANTABILITY, OF SATISFACTORY
QUALITY, OF FITNESS FOR AN ARTICULAR
PURPOSE, OF ACCURACY, OF QUIET
ENJOYMENT, AND NON-INFRINGEMENT
OF THIRD-PARTY RIGHTS. FORD MOTOR
COMPANY DOES NOT WARRANT (a)
AGAINST INTERFERENCE WITH YOUR
ENJOYMENT OF THE SOFTWARE, THIRD
PARTY SOFTWARE, OR THIRD-PARTY
SERVICES, (b) THAT THE SOFTWARE, THIRD
PARTY SOFTWARE, OR THIRD-PARTY
SERVICES WILL MEET YOUR
REQUIREMENTS, (c) THAT THE OPERATION
OF THE SOFTWARE, THIRD PARTY
SOFTWARE, OR THIRD-PARTY SERVICES
WILL BE UNINTERRUPTED OR ERROR-FREE,
(d) OR THAT DEFECTS IN THE SOFTWARE,
THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE, OR THIRD-PARTY
SERVICES WILL BE CORRECTED. NO ORAL
523
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Customer Information
OR WRITTEN INFORMATION OR ADVICE
GIVEN BY FORD MOTOR COMPANY OR ITS
AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE SHALL
CREATE A WARRANTY. SHOULD THE
SOFTWARE, THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE, OR
THIRD-PARTY SERVICES PROVE
DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE ENTIRE
COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING,
REPAIR OR CORRECTION. SOME
JURISDICTIONS DO NOT ALLOW THE
DISCLAIMER OF IMPLIED WARRANTIES OR
LIMITATIONS ON APPLICABLE STATUTORY
RIGHTS OF A CONSUMER, SO THE ABOVE
DISCLAIMER MAY NOT FULLY APPLY TO
YOU. THE SOLE WARRANTY PROVIDED BY
FORD MOTOR COMPANY SHALL BE FOUND
IN THE WARRANTY INFORMATION
INCLUDING WITH YOUR OWNER GUIDE. TO
THE EXTENT THAT THERE IS ANY
CONFLICT BETWEEN THE TERMS OF THIS
SECTION AND THE WARRANTY BOOKLET,
THE WARRANTY BOOKLET SHALL
CONTROL.
Applicable Law, Venue, Jurisdiction
• The laws of the State of Michigan govern
this EULA and Your use of the
SOFTWARE. Your use of the SOFTWARE
may also be subject to other local, state,
national, or international laws. Any
litigation arising out of or related to this
EULA shall be brought and maintained
exclusively in a court of the State of
Michigan located in Wayne County or in
the United States District Court for the
Eastern District of Michigan. You hereby
consent to submit to the personal
jurisdiction of a court in the State of
Michigan located in Wayne County and
the United States District Court for the
Eastern District of Michigan for any
dispute arising out of or relating to this
EULA.
Binding Arbitration and Class Action Waiver
(a) Application. This Section applies to any
dispute EXCEPT IT DOES NOT INCLUDE A
DISPUTE RELATING TO COPYRIGHT
INFRINGEMENT, OR TO THE
ENFORCEMENT OR VALIDITY OF YOUR,
FORD MOTOR COMPANY, OR ANY OF
FORD MOTOR COMPANY’S LICENSORS’
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS. Dispute
means any dispute, action, or other
controversy between You and FORD MOTOR
COMPANY, other than the exceptions listed
above, concerning the SOFTWARE (including
its price) or this EULA, whether in contract,
warranty, tort, statute, regulation, ordinance,
or any other legal or equitable basis.
(b) Notice of Dispute. In the event of a
Dispute, You or FORD MOTOR COMPANY
must give the other a “Notice of Dispute”,
which is a written statement of the name,
address, and contact information of the party
giving it, the facts giving rise to the dispute,
and the relief requested. You and FORD
MOTOR COMPANY will attempt to resolve
any dispute through informal negotiation
within 60 days from the date the Notice of
Dispute is sent. After 60 days, You or FORD
MOTOR COMPANY may commence
arbitration.
524
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Customer Information
(c) Small claims court. You may also litigate
any dispute in small claims court in your
county of residence or FORD MOTOR
COMPANY’S principal place of business, if
the dispute meets all requirements to be
heard in the small claims court. You may
litigate in small claims court whether or not
You negotiated informally first.
(d) Binding arbitration. If You and FORD
MOTOR COMPANY, do not resolve any
dispute by informal negotiation or in small
claims court, any other effort to resolve the
dispute will be conducted exclusively by
binding arbitration. You are giving up the
right to litigate (or participate in as a party or
class member) all disputes in court before a
judge or jury. Instead, all disputes will be
resolved before a neutral arbitrator, whose
decision will be final except for a limited right
of appeal under the Federal Arbitration Act.
Any court with jurisdiction over the parties
may enforce the arbitrator’s award.
(e) Class action waiver. Any proceedings to
resolve or litigate any dispute in any forum
will be conducted solely on an individual
basis. Neither you nor FORD MOTOR
COMPANY, will seek to have any dispute
heard as a class action, as a private attorney
general action, or in any other proceeding
in which any party acts or proposes to act in
a representative capacity. No arbitration or
proceeding will be combined with another
without the prior written consent of all parties
to all affected arbitrations or proceedings.
(f) Arbitration procedure. Any arbitration
will be conducted by the American
Arbitration Association (the “AAA”), under its
Commercial Arbitration Rules. If You are an
individual and use the SOFTWARE for
personal or vehicle use, or if the value of the
dispute is $75,000 or less whether or not
You are an individual or how You use the
SOFTWARE, the AAA Supplementary
Procedures for Consumer-Related Disputes
will also apply. To commence arbitration,
submit a Commercial Arbitration Rules
Demand for Arbitration form to the AAA. You
may request a telephonic or in-person
hearing by following the AAA rules. In a
dispute involving $10,000 or less, any
hearing will be telephonic unless the
arbitrator finds good cause to hold an
in-person hearing instead. For more
information, see adr.org or call
1-800-778-7879. You agree to commence
arbitration only in your county of residence
or FORD MOTOR COMPANY’S principal
place of business. The arbitrator may award
the same damages to You individually as a
court could. The arbitrator may award
declaratory or injunctive relief only to You
individually, and only to the extent required
to satisfy Your individual claim.
(g) Arbitration fees and incentives.
• I. Disputes involving $75,000 or less.
FORD MOTOR COMPANY will promptly
reimburse your filing fees and pay the
AAA’s and arbitrator’s fees and
expenses. If you reject FORD MOTOR
COMPANY’S last written settlement offer
made before the arbitrator was appointed
(“last written offer”), your dispute goes
all the way to an arbitrator’s decision
(called an “award”), and the arbitrator
awards you more than the last written
offer, FORD MOTOR COMPANY will give
525
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Customer Information
you three incentives: (1) pay the greater
of the award or $1,000; (2) pay twice your
reasonable attorney’ s fees, if any; and (3)
reimburse any expenses (including expert
witness fees and costs) that your attorney
reasonably accrues for investigating,
preparing, and pursuing your claim in
arbitration. The arbitrator will determine
the amounts.
• ii. Disputes involving more than $75,000.
The AAA rules will govern payment of
filing fees and the AAA’ s and arbitrator’ s
fees and expenses.
• iii. Disputes involving any amount. In any
arbitration you commence, FORD
MOTOR COMPANY will seek its AAA or
arbitrator’s fees and expenses, or Your
filing fees it reimbursed, only if the
arbitrator finds the arbitration frivolous
or brought for an improper purpose. In
any arbitration FORD MOTOR COMPANY
commences, it will pay all filing, AAA, and
arbitrator’ s fees and expenses. It will not
seek its attorney’s fees or expenses from
you in any arbitration. Fees and expenses
are not counted in determining how
much a dispute involves.
(h) Claims or disputes must be filed within
one year. To the extent permitted by law,
any claim or dispute under this EULA to
which this Section applies must be filed
within one year in small claims court (Section
c) or in arbitration (Section d). The one-year
period begins when the claim or dispute first
could be filed. If such a claim or dispute is
not filed within one year, it is permanently
barred.
(I) Severability. If the class action waiver
(Section e) is found to be illegal or
unenforceable as to all or some parts of a
dispute, then that portion of Section e will
not apply to those parts. Instead, those parts
will be severed and proceed in a court of
law, with the remaining parts proceeding in
arbitration. If any other provision of that
portion Section e is found to be illegal or
unenforceable, that provision will be severed
with the remainder of Section e remaining in
full force and effect.
Telenav Software End User License
Agreement
Please read these terms and conditions
carefully before you use the TeleNav
Software. Your use of the TeleNav Software
indicates that you accept these terms and
conditions. If you do not accept these terms
and conditions, do not break the seal of the
package, launch, or otherwise use the
TeleNav Software. TeleNav may revise this
Agreement and the privacy policy at any
time, with or without notice to you. You agree
to visit http://www.telenav.com from time to
time to review the then current version of
this Agreement and of the privacy policy.
1. Safe and Lawful Use
You acknowledge that devoting attention to
the TeleNav Software may pose a risk of
injury or death to you and others in situations
that otherwise require your undivided
attention, and you therefore agree to comply
with the following when using the TeleNav
Software:
(a) observe all traffic laws and otherwise drive
safely;
526
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Customer Information
(b) use your own personal judgment while
driving. If you feel that a route suggested by
the TeleNav Software instructs you to
perform an unsafe or illegal maneuver,
places you in an unsafe situation, or directs
you into an area that you consider to be
unsafe, do not follow such instructions;
(c) do not input destinations, or otherwise
manipulate the TeleNav Software, unless
your vehicle is stationary and parked;
(d) do not use the TeleNav Software for any
illegal, unauthorized, unintended, unsafe,
hazardous, or unlawful purposes, or in any
manner inconsistent with this Agreement;
(e) arrange all GPS and wireless devices and
cables necessary for use of the TeleNav
Software in a secure manner in your vehicle
so that they will not interfere with your
driving and will not prevent the operation of
any safety device (such as an airbag).
You agree to indemnify and hold TeleNav
harmless against all claims resulting from any
dangerous or otherwise inappropriate use
of the TeleNav Software in any moving
vehicle, including as a result of your failure
to comply with the directions above.
2. Account Information
You agree: (a) when registering the TeleNav
Software, to provide TeleNav with true,
accurate, current, and complete information
about yourself, and (b) to inform TeleNav
promptly of any changes to such information,
and to keep it true, accurate, current and
complete.
3. Software License
• Subject to your compliance with the
terms of this Agreement, TeleNav hereby
grants to you a personal, non-exclusive,
non-transferable license (except as
expressly permitted below in connection
with your permanent transfer of the
TeleNav Software license), without the
right to sublicense, to use the TeleNav
Software (in object code form only) in
order to access and use the TeleNav
Software. This license shall terminate
upon any termination or expiration of this
Agreement. You agree that you will use
the TeleNav Software only for your
personal business or leisure purposes,
and not to provide commercial navigation
services to other parties.
3.1 License Limitations
• (a) reverse engineer, decompile,
disassemble, translate, modify, alter or
otherwise change the TeleNav Software
or any part thereof; (b) attempt to derive
the source code, audio library or
structure of the TeleNav Software without
the prior express written consent of
TeleNav; (c) remove from the TeleNav
Software, or alter, any of TeleNav's or its
suppliers' trademarks, trade names,
logos, patent or copyright notices, or
other notices or markings; (d) distribute,
sublicense or otherwise transfer the
TeleNav Software to others, except as
part of your permanent transfer of the
TeleNav Software; or (e) use the TeleNav
Software in any manner that
I. infringes the intellectual property or
proprietary rights, rights of publicity or
privacy or other rights of any party,
ii. violates any law, statute, ordinance or
regulation, including but not limited to laws
and regulations related to spamming, privacy,
consumer and child protection, obscenity or
defamation, or
527
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Customer Information
iii. is harmful, threatening, abusive, harassing,
tortuous, defamatory, vulgar, obscene,
libelous, or otherwise objectionable; and (f)
lease, rent out, or otherwise permit
unauthorized access by third parties to the
TeleNav Software without advanced written
permission of TeleNav.
4. Disclaimers
• To the fullest extent permissible pursuant
to applicable law, in no event will
TeleNav, its licensors and suppliers, or
agents or employees of any of the
foregoing, be liable for any decision
made or action taken by you or anyone
else in reliance on the information
provided by the TeleNav Software.
TeleNav also does not warrant the
accuracy of the map or other data used
for the TeleNav Software. Such data may
not always reflect reality due to, among
other things, road closures, construction,
weather, new roads and other changing
conditions. You are responsible for the
entire risk arising out of your use of the
TeleNav Software. For example but
without limitation, you agree not to rely
on the TeleNav Software for critical
navigation in areas where the well-being
or survival of you or others is dependent
on the accuracy of navigation, as the
maps or functionality of the TeleNav
Software are not intended to support
such high risk applications, especially in
more remote geographical areas.
• TELENAV EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS AND
EXCLUDES ALL WARRANTIES IN
CONNECTION WITH THE TELENAV
SOFTWARE, WHETHER STATUTORY,
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING ALL
WARRANTIES WHICH MAY ARISE FROM
COURSE OF DEALING, CUSTOM OR
TRADE AND INCLUDING, BUT NOT
LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR
A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
NON-INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY
RIGHTS WITH RESPECT TO THE
TELENAV SOFTWARE.
• Certain jurisdictions do not permit the
disclaimer of certain warranties, so this
limitation may not apply to you.
5. Limitation of Liability
• TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED UNDER
APPLICABLE LAW, UNDER NO
CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL TELENAV OR
ITS LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS BE
LIABLE TO YOU OR TO ANY THIRD
PARTY FOR ANY INDIRECT,
INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL,
SPECIAL OR EXEMPLARY DAMAGES
(INCLUDING IN EACH CASE, BUT NOT
LIMITED TO, DAMAGES FOR THE
INABILITY TO USE THE EQUIPMENT OR
ACCESS DATA, LOSS OF DATA, LOSS
OF BUSINESS, LOSS OF PROFITS,
BUSINESS INTERRUPTION OR THE LIKE)
ARISING OUT OF THE USE OF OR
INABILITY TO USE THE TELENAV
SOFTWARE, EVEN IF TELENAV HAS
BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
SUCH DAMAGES. NOTWITHSTANDING
ANY DAMAGES THAT YOU MIGHT
INCUR FOR ANY REASON
WHATSOEVER (INCLUDING, WITHOUT
LIMITATION, ALL DAMAGES
REFERENCED HEREIN AND ALL DIRECT
OR GENERAL DAMAGES IN CONTRACT,
TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE) OR
528
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Customer Information
OTHERWISE), THE ENTIRE LIABILITY OF
TELENAV AND OF ALL OF TELENAV'S
SUPPLIERS SHALL BE LIMITED TO THE
AMOUNT ACTUALLY PAID BY YOU FOR
THE TELENAV SOFTWARE. SOME
STATES AND/OR JURISDICTIONS DO
NOT ALLOW THE EXCLUSION OR
LIMITATION OF INCIDENTAL OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, SO THE
ABOVE LIMITATIONS OR EXCLUSIONS
MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU.
6. Arbitration and Governing Law
• You agree that any dispute, claim or
controversy arising out of or relating to
this Agreement or the TeleNav Software
shall be settled by independent
arbitration involving a neutral arbitrator
and administered by the American
Arbitration Association in the County of
Santa Clara, California. The arbitrator
shall apply the Commercial Arbitration
Rules of the American Arbitration
Association, and the judgment upon the
award rendered by the arbitrator may be
entered by any court having jurisdiction.
Note that there is no judge or jury in an
arbitration proceeding and the decision
of the arbitrator shall be binding upon
both parties. You expressly agree to
waive your right to a jury trial. This
Agreement and performance hereunder
will be governed by and construed in
accordance with the laws of the State of
California, without giving effect to its
conflict of law provisions. To the extent
judicial action is necessary in connection
with the binding arbitration, both TeleNav
and you agree to submit to the exclusive
jurisdiction of the courts of the County of
Santa Clara, California. The United
Nations Convention on Contracts for the
International Sale of Goods shall not
apply.
7. Assignment
• You may not resell, assign, or transfer
this Agreement or any of your rights or
obligations, except in totality, in
connection with your permanent transfer
of the TeleNav Software, and expressly
conditioned upon the new user of the
TeleNav Software agreeing to be bound
by the terms and conditions of this
Agreement. Any such sale, assignment
or transfer that is not expressly permitted
under this paragraph will result in
immediate termination of this Agreement,
without liability to TeleNav, in which case
you and all other parties shall
immediately cease all use of the TeleNav
Software. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
TeleNav may assign this Agreement to
any other party at any time without
notice, provided the assignee remains
bound by this Agreement.
8. Miscellaneous
8.1
This Agreement constitutes the entire
agreement between TeleNav and you with
respect to the subject matter hereof.
8.2
Except for the limited licenses expressly
granted in this Agreement, TeleNav retains
all right, title and interest in and to the
TeleNav Software, including without
limitation all related intellectual property
rights. No licenses or other rights which are
529
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Customer Information
not expressly granted in this Agreement are
intended to, or shall be, granted or conferred
by implication, statute, inducement, estoppel
or otherwise, and TeleNav and its suppliers
and licensors hereby reserve all of their
respective rights other than the licenses
explicitly granted in this Agreement.
8.3
By using the TeleNav Software, you consent
to receive from TeleNav all communications,
including notices, agreements, legally
required disclosures or other information in
connection with the TeleNav Software
(collectively, "Notices") electronically.
TeleNav may provide such Notices by
posting them on TeleNav's Website or by
downloading such Notices to your wireless
device. If you desire to withdraw your
consent to receive Notices electronically,
you must discontinue your use of the
TeleNav Software.
8.4
TeleNav's or your failure to require
performance of any provision shall not affect
that party's right to require performance at
any time thereafter, nor shall a waiver of any
breach or default of this Agreement
constitute a waiver of any subsequent breach
or default or a waiver of the provision itself.
8.5
If any provision herein is held unenforceable,
then such provision will be modified to reflect
the intention of the parties, and the
remaining provisions of this Agreement will
remain in full force and effect.
8.6
The headings in this Agreement are for
convenience of reference only, will not be
deemed to be a part of this Agreement, and
will not be referred to in connection with the
construction or interpretation of this
Agreement. As used in this Agreement, the
words "include" and "including" and
variations thereof, will not be deemed to be
terms of limitation, but rather will be deemed
to be followed by the words "without
limitation".
9. Other Vendors Terms and Conditions
• The Telenav Software utilizes map and
other data licensed to Telenav by third
party vendors for the benefit of you and
other end users. This Agreement includes
end-user terms applicable to these
companies (included at the end of this
Agreement), and thus your use of the
Telenav Software is also subject to such
terms. You agree to comply with the
following additional terms and conditions,
which are applicable to Telenav’s third
party vendor licensors::
530
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Customer Information
9.1 End User Terms Required by HERE
North America, LLC
The data (“Data”) is provided for your
personal, internal use only and not for resale.
It is protected by copyright, and is subject to
the following terms and conditions which are
agreed to by you, on the one hand, and
Telenav (“Telenav”) and its licensors
(including their licensors and suppliers) on
the other hand.
© 2013 HERE. All rights reserved.
The Data for areas of Canada includes
information taken with permission from
Canadian authorities, including: © Her
Majesty the Queen in Right of Canada, ©
Queen's Printer for Ontario, © Canada Post
Corporation, GeoBase®, © Department of
Natural Resources Canada.
HERE holds a non-exclusive license from the
United States Postal Service® to publish and
sell ZIP+4® information.
©United States Postal Service® 2014. Prices
are not established, controlled or approved
by the United States Postal Service®. The
following trademarks and registrations are
owned by the USPS: United States Postal
Service, USPS, and ZIP+4
The Data for Mexico includes certain data
from Instituto Nacional de Estadística y
Geografía.
9.2 End User Terms Required by NAV2
(Shanghai) Co., Ltd
The data (“Data”) is provided for your
personal, internal use only and not for resale.
It is protected by copyright, and is subject to
the following terms and conditions which are
agreed to by you, on the one hand, and
NAV2 (Shanghai) Co., Ltd (“NAV2”) and its
licensors (including their licensors and
suppliers) on the other hand. 20xx. All rights
reserved
Terms and Conditions
Permitted Use. You agree to use this Data
together with the Telenav Software solely
for the internal business and personal
purposes for which you were licensed, and
not for service bureau, time-sharing or other
similar purposes. Accordingly, but subject to
the restrictions set forth in the following
paragraphs, you agree not to otherwise
reproduce, copy, modify, decompile,
disassemble, create any derivative works of,
or reverse engineer any portion of this Data,
and may not transfer or distribute it in any
form, for any purpose, except to the extent
permitted by mandatory laws.
Restrictions. Except where you have been
specifically licensed to do so by Telenav, and
without limiting the preceding paragraph,
you may not use this Data (a) with any
products, systems, or applications installed
or otherwise connected to or in
communication with vehicles, capable of
vehicle navigation, positioning, dispatch, real
time route guidance, fleet management or
similar applications; or (b) with or in
531
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Customer Information
communication with any positioning devices
or any mobile or wireless-connected
electronic or computer devices, including
without limitation cellular phones, palmtop
and handheld computers, pagers, and
personal digital assistants or PDAs.
Warning. The Data may contain inaccurate
or incomplete information due to the
passage of time, changing circumstances,
sources used and the nature of collecting
comprehensive geographic data, any of
which may lead to incorrect results.
No Warranty. This Data is provided to you
“as is,” and you agree to use it at your own
risk. Telenav and its licensors (and their
licensors and suppliers) make no guarantees,
representations or warranties of any kind,
express or implied, arising by law or
otherwise, including but not limited to,
content, quality, accuracy, completeness,
effectiveness, reliability, fitness for a
particular purpose, usefulness, use or results
to be obtained from this Data, or that the
Data or server will be uninterrupted or
error-free.
Disclaimer of Warranty: TELENAV AND ITS
LICENSORS (INCLUDING THEIR LICENSORS
AND SUPPLIERS) DISCLAIM ANY
WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, OF
QUALITY, PERFORMANCE,
MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR
NON-INFRINGEMENT. Some States,
Territories and Countries do not allow certain
warranty exclusions, so to that extent the
above exclusion may not apply to you.
Disclaimer of Liability: TELENAV AND ITS
LICENSORS (INCLUDING THEIR LICENSORS
AND SUPPLIERS) SHALL NOT BE LIABLE TO
YOU: IN RESPECT OF ANY CLAIM, DEMAND
OR ACTION, IRRESPECTIVE OF THE
NATURE OF THE CAUSE OF THE CLAIM,
DEMAND OR ACTION ALLEGING ANY LOSS,
INJURY OR DAMAGES, DIRECT OR
INDIRECT, WHICH MAY RESULT FROM THE
USE OR POSSESSION OF THE
INFORMATION; OR FOR ANY LOSS OF
PROFIT, REVENUE, CONTRACTS OR
SAVINGS, OR ANY OTHER DIRECT,
INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT
OF YOUR USE OF OR INABILITY TO USE
THIS INFORMATION, ANY DEFECT IN THE
INFORMATION, OR THE BREACH OF THESE
TERMS OR CONDITIONS, WHETHER IN AN
ACTION IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR BASED
ON A WARRANTY, EVEN IF TELENAV OR
ITS LICENSORS HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF
THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
Some States, Territories and Countries do
not allow certain liability exclusions or
damages limitations, so to that extent the
above may not apply to you.
Export Control. You shall not export from
anywhere any part of the Data or any direct
product thereof except in compliance with,
and with all licenses and approvals required
under, applicable export laws, rules and
regulations, including but not limited to the
laws, rules and regulations administered by
the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the
U.S. Department of Commerce and the
Bureau of Industry and Security of the U.S.
Department of Commerce. To the extent that
any such export laws, rules or regulations
prohibit HERE from complying with any of its
obligations hereunder to deliver or distribute
Data, such failure shall be excused and shall
not constitute a breach of this Agreement.
532
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Customer Information
Entire Agreement. These terms and
conditions constitute the entire agreement
between Telenav (and its licensors, including
their licensors and suppliers) and you
pertaining to the subject matter hereof, and
supersedes in their entirety any and all
written or oral agreements previously
existing between us with respect to such
subject matter.
Governing Law. The above terms and
conditions shall be governed by the laws of
the State of Illinois [insert “Netherlands”
where European HERE Data is used], without
giving effect to (i) its conflict of laws
provisions, or (ii) the United Nations
Convention for Contracts for the International
Sale of Goods, which is explicitly excluded.
You agree to submit to the jurisdiction of the
State of Illinois [insert “The Netherlands”
where European HERE Data is used] for any
and all disputes, claims and actions arising
from or in connection with the Data provided
to you hereunder.
Government End Users. If the Data is being
acquired by or on behalf of the United States
government or any other entity seeking or
applying rights similar to those customarily
claimed by the United States government,
this Data is a “commercial item” as that term
is defined at 48 C.F.R. (“FAR”) 2.101, is
licensed in accordance with these End-User
Terms, and each copy of Data delivered or
otherwise furnished shall be marked and
embedded as appropriate with the following
“Notice of Use,” and shall be treated in
accordance with such Notice:
NOTICE OF USE
CONTRACTOR (MANUFACTURER/
SUPPLIER) NAME: HERE
CONTRACTOR (MANUFACTURER/
SUPPLIER) ADDRESS: c/o Nokia, 425 West
Randolph Street, Chicago, Illinois 60606
This Data is a commercial item as defined
in FAR 2.101 and is subject to these End-
User Terms under which this Data was
provided.
© 1987 – 2014 HERE – All rights reserved.
If the Contracting Officer, federal government
agency, or any federal official refuses to use
the legend provided herein, the Contracting
Officer, federal government agency, or any
federal official must notify HERE prior to
seeking additional or alternative rights in the
Data.
I. US/Canada Territory
A. United States Data. The End-User
Terms for any Application containing Data
for the United States shall contain the
following notices:
“HERE holds a non-exclusive license
from the United States Postal Service®
to publish and sell ZIP+4® information.”
“©United States Postal Service® 20XX.
Prices are not established, controlled or
approved by the United States Postal
Service®. The following trademarks and
registrations are owned by the USPS:
United States Postal Service, USPS, and
ZIP+4.”
533
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Customer Information
B. Canada Data. The following provisions
apply to the Data for Canada, which may
include or reflect data from third party
licensors (“Third Party Data”), including
Her Majesty the Queen in Right of Canada
(“Her Majesty”), Canada Post Corporation
(“Canada Post”) and the Department of
Natural Resources of Canada (“NRCan”):
1. Disclaimer and Limitation: Client
agrees that its use of the Third Party
Data is subject to the following provi-
sions:
a. Disclaimer: The Third Party Data is
licensed on an “as is” basis. The
licensors of such data, including Her
Majesty, Canada Post and NRCan,
make no guarantees, representations
or warranties respecting such data,
either express or implied, arising by
law or otherwise, including but not
limited to, effectiveness, complete-
ness, accuracy or fitness for a partic-
ular purpose.
b. Limitation on Liability: The Third
Party Data licensors, including Her
Majesty, Canada Post and NRCan,
shall not be liable: (i) in respect of any
claim, demand or action, irrespective
of the nature of the cause of the claim,
demand or action alleging any loss,
injury or damages, direct or indirect,
which may result from the use or
possession of such Data; or (ii) in any
way for loss of revenues or contracts,
or any other consequential loss of any
kind resulting from any defect in the
Data.
2. Copyright Notice: In connection with
each copy of all or any portion of the
Data for the Territory of Canada, Client
shall affix in a conspicuous manner the
following copyright notice on at least
one of: (i) the label for the storage media
of the copy; (ii) the packaging for the
copy; or (iii) other materials packaged
with the copy, such as user manuals or
end user license agreements: “This data
includes information taken with permis-
sion from Canadian authorities, including
© Her Majesty the Queen in Right of
Canada, © Queen's Printer for Ontario,
© Canada Post Corporation, GeoBase®,
© The Department of Natural Resources
Canada. All rights reserved.”
3. End-User Terms: Except as otherwise
agreed by the parties, in connection with
the provision of any portion of the Data
for the Territory of Canada to End-Users
as may be authorized under the Agree-
ment, Client shall provide such End-
Users, in a reasonably conspicuous
manner, with terms (set forth with other
end user terms required to be provided
534
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Customer Information
under the Agreement, or as otherwise
may be provided, by Client) which shall
include the following provisions on
behalf of the Third Party Data licensors,
including Her Majesty, Canada Post and
NRCan:
The Data may include or reflect data
of licensors, including Her Majesty the
Queen in the Right of Canada (“Her
Majesty”), Canada Post Corporation
(“Canada Post”) and the Department
of Natural Resources Canada
(“NRCan”). Such data is licensed on
an “as is” basis. The licensors,
including Her Majesty, Canada Post
and NRCan, make no guarantees,
representations or warranties
respecting such data, either express
or implied, arising by law or otherwise,
including but not limited to, effective-
ness, completeness, accuracy or
fitness for a particular purpose. The
licensors, including Her Majesty,
Canada Post and NRCan, shall not be
liable in respect of any claim, demand
or action, irrespective of the nature of
the cause of the claim, demand or
action alleging any loss, injury or
damages, direct or indirect, which may
result from the use or possession of
the data or the Data. The licensors,
including Her Majesty, Canada Post
and NRCan, shall not be liable in any
way for loss of revenues or contracts,
or any other consequential loss of any
kind resulting from any defect in the
data or the Data.
End User shall indemnify and save
harmless the licensors, including Her
Majesty, Canada Post and NRCan, and
their officers, employees and agents
from and against any claim, demand
or action, irrespective of the nature of
the cause of the claim, demand or
action, alleging loss, costs, expenses,
damages or injuries (including injuries
resulting in death) arising out of the
use or possession of the data or the
Data.
4. Additional Provisions: The terms
contained in this Section are in addition
to all of the rights and obligations of the
parties under the Agreement. To the
extent that any of the provisions of this
Section are inconsistent with, or conflict
with, any other provisions of the Agree-
ment, the provisions of this Section shall
prevail.
535
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Customer Information
II. Mexico. The following provision applies
to the Data for Mexico, which includes
certain data from the Instituto Nacional de
Estadística y Geografía (“INEGI”):
A. Any and all copies of the Data and/or
packaging containing Data for Mexico
shall contain the following notice: “Fuente:
INEGI (Instituto Nacional de Estadística y
Geografía)”
III. Latin America Territory
A. Third Party Notices. Any and all copies
of the Data and/or packaging relating
thereto shall include the respective Third
Party Notices set forth below and used as
described below corresponding to the
Territory (or portion thereof) included in
such copy:
NoticeTerritory
IGN “INSTITUTO
GEOGRAFICO NACIONAL
ARGENTINO”
Argentina
“INSTITUTO GEOGRAFICO
MILITAR DEL ECUADOR
AUTORIZACION N° IGM-2011-
01- PCO-01 DEL 25 DE ENERO
DE 2011”
Ecuador
“source: © IGN 2009 - BD
TOPO ®”
“Fuente: INEGI (Instituto
Nacional de Estadística y
Geografía)”
Guade-
loupe,
French
Guiana
and
Marti-
nique
Mexico
IV. Middle East Territory
A. Third Party Notices. Any and all copies
of the Data and/or packaging relating
thereto shall include the respective Third
Party Notices set forth below and used as
described below corresponding to the
Territory (or portion thereof) included in
such copy:
NoticeCountry
“© Royal Jordanian
Geographic Centre” . The fore-
going notice requirement for
Jordan Data is a material term
of the Agreement. If Client or
any of its permitted subli-
censees (if any) fail to meet
such requirement, HERE shall
have the right to terminate
Client’ s license with respect to
the Jordan Data.
Jordan
B. Jordan Data. Client and its permitted
sublicensees (if any) are restricted from
licensing and/or otherwise distributing
HERE’s database for the country of Jordan
(“Jordan Data”) for use in Enterprise
Applications to (i) non-Jordanian entities
for use of the Jordan Data solely in Jordan
or (ii) Jordan-based customers. In addition,
Client, its permitted sublicensees (if any)
and End-Users are restricted from using
the Jordan Data in Enterprise Applications
if such party is (i) a non-Jordanian entity
using the Jordan Data solely in Jordan or
(ii) a Jordan-based customer. For purposes
536
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Customer Information
of the foregoing, “Enterprise Applications”
shall mean Geomarketing applications,
GIS applications, mobile business asset
management applications, call center
applications, telematics applications,
public organization Internet applications
or for providing geocoding services.
V. Europe Territory
A. Use of Certain Traffic Codes in Europe
1. General Restrictions Applicable to
Traffic Codes. Client acknowledges and
agrees that in certain countries of the
Europe Territory, Client will need to
obtain rights directly from third party
RDS-TMC code providers to receive and
use the Traffic Codes in the Data and to
deliver to End-Users Transactions in any
way derived from or based on such
Traffic Codes. For such countries, HERE
shall deliver the Data incorporating
Traffic Codes to Client only after
receiving certification from Client of its
having obtained such rights.
2. Display of Third Party Rights Legends
for Belgium. Client shall, for each Trans-
action that uses Traffic Codes for
Belgium, provide the following notice to
the End-User: “Traffic Codes for Belgium
are provided by the Ministerie van de
Vlaamse Gemeenschap and the
Ministèrie de l’Equipement et des
Transports.”
B. Paper Maps. With respect to any license
granted to Client relating to making,
selling or distributing paper maps (i.e., a
map fixed on a paper or paper-like
medium): (a) such license with respect to
Data for the Territory of Great Britain is
conditioned on Client’s entering into and
complying with a separate written agree-
ment with the Ordnance Survey (“OS”) to
create and sell paper maps, Client’s
paying to the OS any and all applicable
paper map royalties, and Client’s
complying with the OS copyright notice
requirements; (b) such license for selling
or otherwise distributing for charge with
respect to Data for the Territory of Czech
Republic is conditioned on Client’s
obtaining prior written consent from
Kartografie a.s.; (c) such license for selling
or distributing with respect to Data for the
Territory of Switzerland is conditioned on
Client’s obtaining a permit from
Bundesamt für Landestopografie of
Switzerland; (d) Client is restricted from
using Data for the Territory of France to
create paper maps with a scale between
1:5,000 and 1:250,000; and (e) Client is
restricted from using any Data to create,
sell or distribute paper maps that are the
same or substantially similar, in terms of
data content and specific use of color,
symbols and scale, to paper maps
published by the European national
mapping agencies, including without
limitation, Landervermessungämter of
Germany, Topografische Dienst of the
Netherlands, Nationaal Geografisch
Instituut of Belgium, Bundesamt für
Landestopografie of Switzerland,
Bundesamt für Eich-und Vermessung-
swesen of Austria, and the National Land
Survey of Sweden.
537
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Customer Information
C. OS Enforcement. Without limiting
Section IV(B) above, with respect to Data
for the Territory of Great Britain, Client
acknowledges and agrees that the
Ordnance Survey (“OS”) may bring a direct
action against Client to enforce compli-
ance with the OS copyright notice (see
Section IV(D) below) and paper map
requirements (see Section IV(B) above)
contained in this Agreement.
D. Third Party Notices. Any and all copies
of the Data and/or packaging relating
thereto shall include the respective Third
Party Notices set forth below and used as
described below corresponding to the
Territory (or portion thereof) included in
such copy:
NoticeCountry(ies)
“© Bundesamt für Eich- und
Vermessungswesen”
Austria
“© EuroGeographics”
Croatia
Cyprus,
Estonia,
Latvia,
Lithuania,
Moldova,
Poland,
Slovenia
and/or
Ukraine
“source: © IGN 2009 – BD
TOPO ®”
France
“Die Grundlagendaten
wurden mit Genehmigung
der zuständigen Behörden
entnommen”
Germany
“Contains Ordnance Survey
data © Crown copyright
and database right 2010
Contains Royal Mail data ©
Royal Mail copyright and
database right 2010”
Great Britain
“Copyright Geomatics Ltd.”Greece
“Copyright © 2003; Top-
Map Ltd.”
Hungary
“La Banca Dati Italiana è
stata prodotta usando
quale riferimento anche
cartografia numerica ed al
tratto prodotta e fornita
dalla Regione Toscana.”
Italy
“Copyright © 2000;
Norwegian Mapping
Authority”
Norway
“Source: IgeoE – Portugal”Portugal
“Información geográfica
propiedad del CNIG”
Spain
“Based upon electronic
data © National Land
Survey Sweden.”
Sweden
“Topografische Grundlage:
© Bundesamt für
Landestopographie.
Switzerland
E. Respective Country Distribution. Client
acknowledges that HERE has not received
approvals to distribute map data for the
following countries in such respective
countries: Albania, Belarus, Kyrgyzstan,
Moldova and Uzbekistan. HERE may
538
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Customer Information
update such list from time to time. The
license rights granted to Client under this
TL with respect to the Data for such
countries are contingent upon Client’s
compliance with all applicable laws and
regulations, including, without limitation,
any required licenses or approvals to
distribute the Application incorporating
such Data in such respective countries.
VI. Australia Territory
A. Third Party Notices. Any and all copies
of the Data and/or packaging relating
thereto shall include the respective Third
Party Notices set forth below and used as
described below corresponding to the
Territory (or portion thereof) included in
such copy:
Copyright. Based on data provided
under license from PSMA Australia
Limited (www.psma.com.au).
Product incorporates data which is ©
20XX Telstra Corporation Limited, GM
Holden Limited, Intelematics Australia
Pty Ltd and Continental Pty Ltd.
B. Third Party Notices for Australia. In
addition to the foregoing, the End-User
Terms for any Application containing RDS-
TMC Traffic Codes for Australia shall
contain the following notice: “Product
incorporates traffic location codes which
is © 20XX Telstra Corporation Limited and
its licensors.”
AT&T Vehicle Network Carrier Telematics
Disclosure
END USER FOR PURPOSES OF THIS
SECTION MEANS YOU AND YOUR HEIRS,
EXECUTORS, LEGAL PERSONAL
REPRESENTATITVES AND PERMITED
ASSIGNS. FOR PURPOSES OF THIS
SECTION “UNDERLYING WIRELESS SERVICE
CARRIER” INCLUDES ITS AFFILIATES AND
CONTRACTORS AND THEIR RESPECTIVE
OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, EMPLOYEES,
SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS. END USER
HAS NO CONTRACTUAL RELATIONSHIP
WITH THE UNDERLYING WIRELESS SERVICE
CARRIER AND END USER IS NOT A THIRD
PARTY BENEFICIARY OF ANY AGREEMENT
BETWEEN FORD AND UNDERLYING
CARRIER. END USER UNDERSTANDS AND
AGREES THAT THE UNDERLYING CARRIER
HAS NO LEGAL, EQUITABLE, OR OTHER
LIABILITY OF ANY KIND TO END USER. IN
ANY EVENT, REGARDLESS OF THE FORM
OF THE ACTION, WHETHER FOR BREACH
OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, NEGLIGENCE,
STRICT LIABILITY IN TORT OR OTHERWISE,
END USER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY FOR
CLAIMS ARISING IN ANY WAY IN
CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT, FOR
ANY CAUSE WHATSOEVER, INCLUDING
BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY FAILURE OR
DISRUPTION OF SERVICE PROVIDED
HEREUNDER, IS LIMITED TO PAYMENT OF
DAMAGES IN AN AMOUNT NOT TO EXCEED
THE AMOUNT PAID BY END USER FOR THE
SERVICES DURING THE TWO-MONTH
PERIOD PRECEDING THE DATE THE CLAIM
AROSE.
539
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Customer Information
(ii) END USER AGREES TO INDEMNIFY AND
HOLD HARMLESS THE UNDERLYING
WIRELESS SERVICE CARRIER AND ITS
OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES, AND AGENTS
AGAINST ANY AND ALL CLAIMS,
INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION CLAIMS
FOR LIBEL, SLANDER, OR ANY PROPERTY
DAMAGE, PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH,
ARISING IN ANY WAY, DIRECTLY OR
INDIRECTLY, IN CONNECTION WITH THIS
AGREEMENT OR THE USE, FAILURE TO USE,
OR INABILITY TO USE THE DEVICE EXCEPT
WHERE THE CLAIMS RESULT FROM THE
UNDERLYING CARRIER’S GROSS
NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT.
THIS INDEMNITY WILL SURVIVE THE
TERMINATION OF THE AGREEMENT.
(iii) END USER HAS NO PROPERTY RIGHT
IN ANY NUMBER ASSIGNED TO THE
DEVICE.
(iv) END USER UNDERSTANDS THAT FORD
AND THE UNDERLYING CARRIER CANNOT
GUARANTY THE SECURITY OF WIRELESS
TRANSMISSIONS, AND WILL NOT BE LIABLE
FOR ANY LACK OF SECURITY RELATING
TO THE USE OF THE SERVICES
THE SERVICE IS FOR [END USER’S] USE
ONLY AND END USER MAY NOT RESELL
THE SERVICE TO ANY OTHER PARTY END
USER UNDERSTANDS THAT THE
UNDERLYING CARRIER DOES NOT
GUARANTEE ANY END USER
UNINTERRUPTED SERVICE OR COVERAGE.
THE UNDERLYING CARRIER DOES NOT
WARRANT THAT END USERS CAN OR WILL
BE LOCATED USING THE SERVICE. THE
UNDERLYING CARRIER MAKES NO
WARRANTY, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, OF
MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE, SUITABILITY, OR
PERFORMANCE REGARDING ANY SERVICES
OR GOODS, AND IN NO EVENT SHALL
AT&T BE LIABLE, WHETHER OR NOT DUE
TO ITS OWN NEGLIGENCE, FOR ANY: (A)
ACT OR OMISSION OF A THIRD PARTY; (B)
MISTAKES, OMISSIONS, INTERRUPTIONS,
ERRORS, FAILURES TO TRANSMIT, DELAYS,
OR DEFECTS IN THE SERVICE PROVIDED
BY OR THROUGH THE UNDERLYING
CARRIER; (C) DAMAGE OR INJURY CAUSED
BY SUSPENSION OR TERMINATION BY THE
UNDERLYING CARRIER; OR (D) DAMAGE OR
INJURY CAUSED BY A FAILURE OR DELAY
IN CONNECTING A CALL TO ANY ENTITY,
INCLUDING 911 OR ANY OTHER
EMERGENCY SERVICE. TO THE FULL
EXTENT ALLOWED BY LAW, THE END USER
RELEASES, INDEMNIFIES AND HOLDS THE
UNDERLYING CARRIER HARMLESS FROM
AND AGAINST ANY AND ALL CLAIMS OF
ANY PERSON OR ENTITY FOR DAMAGES
OF ANY NATURE ARISING IN ANY WAY
FROM OR RELATING TO, DIRECTLY OR
INDIRECTLY, SERVICES PROVIDED BY THE
UNDERLYING CARRIER OR ANY PERSON’S
USE THEREOF, INCLUDING CLAIMS ARISING
IN WHOLE OR IN PART FROM THE ALLEGED
NEGLIGENCE OF THE UNDERLYING
CARRIER.
VII. China Territory
Personal Use Only
You agree to use this Data together with
[insert name of Client Application] for the
solely personal, non-commercial purposes
for which you were licensed, and not for
service bureau, time-sharing or other similar
purposes. Accordingly, but subject to the
restrictions set forth in the following
paragraphs, you may copy this Data only as
necessary for your personal use to (i) view
540
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Customer Information
it, and (ii) save it, provided that you do not
remove any copyright notices that appear
and do not modify the Data in any way. You
agree not to otherwise reproduce, copy,
modify, decompile, disassemble or reverse
engineer any portion of this Data, and may
not transfer or distribute it in any form, for
any purpose, except to the extent permitted
by mandatory laws.
Restrictions
Except where you have been specifically
licensed to do so by NAV2 , and without
limiting the preceding paragraph, you may
not (a) use this Data with any products,
systems, or applications installed or
otherwise connected to or in communication
with vehicles, capable of vehicle navigation,
positioning, dispatch, real time route
guidance, fleet management or similar
applications; or (b) with or in communication
with any positioning devices or any mobile
or wireless-connected electronic or computer
devices, including without limitation cellular
phones, palmtop and handheld computers,
pagers, and personal digital assistants or
PDAs. You agree to cease using this Data if
you fail to comply with these terms and
conditions.
Limited Warranty
NAV2 warrants that (a) the Data will perform
substantially in accordance with the
accompanying written materials for a period
of ninety (90) days from the date of receipt,
and (b) any support services provided by
NAV2 shall be substantially as described in
applicable written materials provided to you
by NAV2, and NAV2’s support engineers will
make commercially reasonable efforts to
solve any problem issues.
Customer Remedies
NAV2 and its suppliers’ entire liability and
your exclusive remedy shall be, at NAV2’s
sole discretion, either (a) return of the price
paid, if any, or (b) repair or replacement of
the Data that do not meet NAV2’s Limited
Warranty and that are returned to NAV2 with
a copy of your receipt. This Limited Warranty
is void if failure of the Data has resulted from
accident, abuse, or misapplication. Any
replacement Data will be warranted for the
remainder of the original warranty period or
thirty (30) days, whichever is longer. Neither
these remedies nor any product support
services offered by NAV2 are available
without proof of purchase from an authorized
international source.
No Other Warranty:
EXCEPT FOR THE LMITED WARRANTY SET
FORTH ABOVE AND TO THE EXTENT
PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, NAV2
AND ITS LICENSORS (INCLUDING THEIR
LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS) DISCLAIM
ANY WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
OF QUALITY, PERFORMANCE,
MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OWNERSHIP OR
NON-INFRINGEMENT. Certain warranty
exclusions may not be permitted under
applicable law, so to that extent the above
exclusion may not apply to you.
541
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Customer Information
Limited Liability:
TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY
APPLICABLE LAW, NAV2 AND ITS
LICENSORS (INCLUDING THEIR LICENSORS
AND SUPPLIERS) SHALL NOT BE LIABLE TO
YOU: IN RESPECT OF ANY CLAIM, DEMAND
OR ACTION, IRRESPECTIVE OF THE
NATURE OF THE CAUSE OF THE CLAIM,
DEMAND OR ACTION ALLEGING ANY LOSS,
INJURY OR DAMAGES, DIRECT OR
INDIRECT, WHICH MAY RESULT FROM THE
USE OR POSSESSION OF THE
INFORMATION; OR FOR ANY LOSS OF
PROFIT, REVENUE, CONTRACTS OR
SAVINGS, OR ANY OTHER DIRECT,
INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT
OF YOUR USE OF OR INABILITY TO USE
THIS INFORMATION, ANY DEFECT IN THE
INFROMATION, OR THE BREACH OF THESE
TERMS OR CONDITIONS, WHETHER IN AN
ACTION IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR BASED
ON A WARRANTY, EVEN IF NAV2 OR ITS
LICENSORS HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. UNDER
NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL NAV2’s OR
ITS SUPPLIERS’ LIABILITY HEREUNDER
EXCEED THE PRICE PAID. Certain liability
exclusions may not be permitted under
applicable law, so to that extent the above
exclusion may not apply to you.
Export Control
You agree not to export to anywhere any
part of the Data provided to you or any direct
product thereof except in compliance with,
and with all licenses and approvals required
under, applicable export laws, rules and
regulations.
IP Protection
The Data are owned by NAV2 or its suppliers
and are protected by applicable copyright
and other intellectual property law and
treaties. The Data are provided solely on the
basis of a license to use, not sale.
Entire Agreement
These terms and conditions constitute the
entire agreement between NAV2(and its
licensors, including their licensors and
suppliers) and you pertaining to the subject
matter hereof, and supersedes in their
entirety any and all written or oral
agreements previously existing between us
with respect to such subject matter.
Governing Law.
The above terms and conditions shall be
governed by the laws of the People’s
Republic of China, without giving effect to (i)
its conflict of laws provisions, or (ii) the United
Nations Convention for Contracts for the
International Sale of Goods, which is
explicitly excluded. Any dispute arising from
or in connection with the Data provided to
you hereunder shall be submitted to the
Shanghai International Economic and Trade
Arbitration Commission for arbitration.
Gracenote® Copyright
CD and music-related data from Gracenote,
Inc., copyright©
542
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Customer Information
2000-2007 Gracenote. Gracenote Software,
copyright © 2000-2007 Gracenote. This
product and service may practice one or
more of the following U.S. Patents 5,987,525;
6,061,680; 6,154,773; 6,161,132; 6,230,192;
6,230,207; 6.240,459; 6,330,593 and other
patents issued or pending. Some services
supplied under license from Open Globe,
Inc. for U.S. Patent 6,304,523.
Gracenote and CDDB are registered
trademarks of Gracenote. The Gracenote
logo and logotype, and the "Powered by
Gracenote™" logo are trademarks of
Gracenote.
Gracenote® End User License Agreement
(EULA)
This device contains software from
Gracenote, Inc. of 2000 Powell Street
Emeryville, California 94608 ("Gracenote").
The software from Gracenote (the
"Gracenote Software") enables this device
to do disc and music file identification and
obtain music-related information, including
name, artist, track, and title information
("Gracenote Data") from online servers
("Gracenote Servers"), and to perform other
functions. You may use Gracenote Data only
by means of the intended End User functions
of this device. This device may contain
content belonging to Gracenote's providers.
If so, all of the restrictions set forth herein
with respect to Gracenote Data shall also
apply to such content and such content
providers shall be entitled to all of the
benefits and protections set forth herein that
are available to Gracenote. You agree that
you will use the content from Gracenote
("Gracenote Content") , Gracenote Data, the
Gracenote Software, and Gracenote Servers
for your own personal, non-commercial use
only. You agree not to assign, copy, transfer
or transmit the Gracenote Content,
Gracenote Software or any Gracenote Data
(except in a Tag associated with a music file)
to any third party. YOU AGREE NOT TO USE
OR EXPLOIT GRACENOTE CONTENT,
GRACENOTE DATA, THE GRACENOTE
SOFTWARE, OR GRACENOTE SERVERS,
EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY PERMITTED
HEREIN.
You agree that your non-exclusive licenses
to use the Gracenote Content, Gracenote
Data, the Gracenote Software, and
Gracenote Servers will terminate if you
violate these restrictions. If your licenses
terminate, you agree to cease any and all
use of the Gracenote Content, Gracenote
Data, the Gracenote Software, and
Gracenote Servers.
Gracenote, respectively, reserve all rights in
Gracenote Data, the Gracenote Software,
and the Gracenote Servers and Gracenote
Content, including all ownership rights.
Under no circumstances will either
Gracenote become liable for any payment
to you for any information that you provide,
including any copyrighted material or music
file information. You agree that Gracenote
may enforce its respective rights, collectively
or separately, under this agreement against
you, directly in each company's own name.
543
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Customer Information
Gracenote uses a unique identifier to track
queries for statistical purposes. The purpose
of a randomly assigned numeric identifier is
to allow Gracenote to count queries without
knowing anything about who you are. For
more information, see the web page at
www.gracenote.com for the Gracenote
Privacy Policy.
THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE, EACH ITEM
OF GRACENOTE DATA AND THE
GRACENOTE CONTENT ARE LICENSED TO
YOU "AS IS". NEITHER GRACENOTE MAKES
ANY REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES,
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, REGARDING THE
ACCURACY OF ANY GRACENOTE DATA
FROM THE GRACENOTE SERVERS OR
GRACENOTE CONTENT. GRACENOTE
COLLECTIVELY AND SEPARATELY RESERVE
THE RIGHT TO DELETE DATA AND/OR
CONTENT FROM THE COMPANIES'
RESPECTIVE SERVERS OR, IN THE CASE OF
GRACENOTE, CHANGE DATA CATEGORIES
FOR ANY CAUSE THAT GRACENOTE
DEEMS SUFFICIENT. NO WARRANTY IS
MADE THAT EITHER GRACENOTE
CONTENT OR THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE
OR GRACENOTE SERVERS ARE
ERROR-FREE OR THAT THE FUNCTIONING
OF THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE OR
GRACENOTE SERVERS WILL BE
UNINTERRUPTED. GRACENOTE IS NOT
OBLIGATED TO PROVIDE YOU WITH ANY
ENHANCED OR ADDITIONAL DATA TYPES
THAT GRACENOTE MAY CHOOSE TO
PROVIDE IN THE FUTURE AND IS FREE TO
DISCONTINUE ITS ONLINE SERVICES AT
ANY TIME. GRACENOTE DISCLAIM ALL
WARRANTIES EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, IMPLIED
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE,
TITLE, AND NON-INFRINGEMENT. NEITHER
GRACENOTE WARRANTS THE RESULTS
THAT WILL BE OBTAINED BY YOUR USE
OF THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE OR ANY
GRACENOTE SERVER. IN NO CASE WILL
GRACENOTE BE LIABLE FOR ANY
CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL
DAMAGES OR FOR ANY LOST PROFITS OR
LOST REVENUES FOR ANY REASON
WHATSOEVER. © Gracenote 2007.
Taiwan Territory
Note: In accordance with the management
approach of low-power radio wave radiation
motors:
Article 12: For approved and certified
low-power radiation motor models,
companies, firms or users must not alter the
frequency, increase the power or change the
characteristics and functions of the original
design without authorization.
Article 14: The usage of low-power
radio-frequency motors must not affect
aviation safety and interfere with legal
telecommunications. Should interference be
detected, immediately stop using the device
and only resume usage after ensuring that
there is no longer any interference. For the
legal telecommunication and wireless
telecommunication of the telco, the
low-power radio frequency motor must be
able to tolerate legal limits of interference
from telecommunication, industrial, scientific
and radio wave equipment.
544
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Customer Information
SUNA TRAFFIC CHANNEL – TERMS AND
CONDITIONS
By activating, using and/or accessing the
SUNA Traffic Channel, SUNA Predictive or
other content or material provided by
Intelematics (together, SUNA Products
and/or Services), you must accept certain
terms and conditions. The following is a brief
summary of the terms and conditions that
apply to you. To view the full terms and
conditions relevant to your use of the SUNA
Products and/or Services, please consult:
Website
www.sunatraffic.com.au/termsandcondi-
tions/
1. Acceptance
By using SUNA Products and/or Services,
you will be deemed to have accepted and
agreed to be bound by the terms and
conditions fully detailed at:
Website
www.sunatraffic.com.au/termsandcondi-
tions/
2. Intellectual Property
SUNA Products and/or Services are for your
personal use. You may not record, or
retransmit the content, nor use the content
in association with any other traffic
information or route guidance service or
device not approved by Intelematics. You
obtain no right of ownership in any
Intellectual Property Rights (including
copyright) in the data that is used to provide
SUNA Products and/or Services.
3. Appropriate Use
SUNA Products and/or Services are intended
as an aid to personal motoring and travel
planning, and do not provide comprehensive
or accurate information on all occasions. On
occasions, you may experience additional
delay as a result of using SUNA Products
and/or Services. You acknowledge that it is
not intended, or suitable, for use in
applications where time of arrival or driving
directions may impact the safety of the public
or yourself.
4. Use of SUNA Products and Services
while driving
You, and other authorised drivers of the
vehicle in which SUNA Products and/or
Services are available or installed and active,
remain at all times responsible for observing
all relevant laws and codes of safe driving.
In particular, you agree to only actively
operate SUNA Products and/or Services
when the Vehicle is at a complete stop and
it is safe to do so.
5. Service Continuity and Reception of the
SUNA Traffic Channel
545
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Customer Information
We will use reasonable endeavours to
provide the SUNA Traffic Channel 24 hours
a day, 365 days a year. The SUNA Traffic
Channel may occasionally be unavailable for
technical reasons or for planned
maintenance. We will try to perform
maintenance at times when congestion is
light. We reserve the right to withdraw SUNA
Products and/or Services at any time.
Also, we cannot assure the uninterrupted
reception of the SUNA Traffic Channel
RDS-TMC signal at any particular location.
6. Limitation of Liability
Neither Intelematics (nor its suppliers or the
manufacturer of your device (the
“Suppliers”)) shall be liable to you or to any
third party for any damages either direct,
indirect, incidental, consequential or
otherwise arising out of the use of or inability
to use SUNA Products and/or Services even
if Intelematics or a Supplier has been advised
of the possibility of such damages. You also
acknowledge that the neither Intelematics
nor any Supplier guarantees nor make any
warranties that relate to the availability,
accuracy or completeness of SUNA Products
and/or Services, and to the extent which it
is lawful to do so, both Intelematics and each
Supplier excludes any warranties which
might otherwise be implied by any State or
Federal legislation in relation to SUNA
Products and/or Services.
7. Please Note
Great care has been taken in preparing this
manual. Constant product development may
mean that some information is not entirely
up-to-date. The information in this document
is subject to change without notice.
EMISSION LAW
WARNING: Do not remove or alter
the original equipment floor covering or
insulation between it and the metal floor
of the vehicle. The floor covering and
insulation protect occupants of the vehicle
from the engine and exhaust system heat
and noise. On vehicles with no original
equipment floor covering insulation, do not
carry passengers in a manner that permits
prolonged skin contact with the metal floor.
Failure to follow these instructions may
result in fire or personal injury.
U.S. federal laws and certain state laws
prohibit removing or rendering inoperative
emission control system components. Similar
federal or provincial laws may apply in
Canada. We do not approve of any vehicle
modification without first determining
applicable laws.
Tampering with emissions control
systems including related sensors
or the Diesel Exhaust Fluid system
can result in reduced engine power and the
illumination of the service engine soon light.
546
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Customer Information
Tampering With a Noise Control
System
Federal laws prohibit the following acts:
• Removal or rendering inoperative by any
person other than for purposes of
maintenance.
• Repair or replacement of any device or
element of the design incorporated into
a new vehicle for the purpose of noise
control prior to its sale or delivery to the
ultimate purchaser or while it is in use.
• The use of the vehicle after any person
removes or renders inoperative any
device or element of the design.
The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
may presume to constitute tampering as
follows:
• Removal of hood blanket, fender apron
absorbers, fender apron barriers,
underbody noise shields or acoustically
absorptive material.
• Tampering or rendering inoperative the
engine speed governor, to allow engine
speed to exceed manufacturer
specifications.
If the engine does not start, runs rough,
experiences a decrease in engine
performance, experiences excess fuel
consumption or produces excessive exhaust
smoke, check for the following:
• A plugged or disconnected air inlet
system hose.
• A plugged engine air filter element.
• Water in the fuel filter and water
separator.
• A clogged fuel filter.
• Contaminated fuel.
• Air in the fuel system, due to loose
connections.
• An open or pinched sensor hose.
• Incorrect engine oil level.
• Incorrect fuel for climatic conditions.
• Incorrect engine oil viscosity for climactic
conditions.
Note: Some vehicles have a lifetime fuel filter
that is integrated with the fuel tank. Regular
maintenance or replacement is not needed.
Note: If these checks do not help you correct
the concern, have your vehicle checked as
soon as possible.
Noise Emissions Warranty, Prohibited
Tampering Acts and Maintenance
On January 1, 1978, Federal regulation
became effective governing the noise
emission on trucks over 10,000 lb (4,536 kg)
Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR). The
preceding statements concerning prohibited
tampering acts and maintenance, and the
noise warranty found in the Warranty Guide,
are applicable to complete chassis cabs over
10,000 lb (4,536 kg) GVWR.
547
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Customer Information
ELECTROMAGNETIC
COMPATIBILITY
WARNING: Do not place objects or
mount equipment on or near the airbag
cover, on the side of the front or rear
seatbacks, or in areas that may come into
contact with a deploying airbag. Failure to
follow these instructions may increase the
risk of personal injury in the event of a
crash.
WARNING: Do not fasten antenna
cables to vehicle wiring, fuel pipes and
brake pipes.
WARNING: Keep antenna and power
cables at least 4 in (10 cm) from any
electronic modules and airbags.
Note: We test and certify your vehicle to
meet electromagnetic compatibility
legislation. It is your responsibility to make
sure that any equipment an authorized
dealer installs on your vehicle complies with
applicable local legislation and other
requirements. Installation of some
aftermarket electronic devices could
degrade the performance of vehicle
functions, which use radio frequency signals
such as broadcast radio receiver, tire
pressure monitoring system, push button
start, Bluetooth connectivity or satellite
navigation.
Note: Any radio frequency transmitter
equipment in your vehicle (such as cellular
telephones and amateur radio transmitters)
must keep to the parameters in the following
illustrations and table. We do not provide
any other special provisions or conditions
for installations or use.
548
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Appendices
Car
E239120
549
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Appendices
Van
E239122
550
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Appendices
Truck
E239121
Antenna PositionsMaximum Output Power Watt (Peak RMS)Frequency Band MHz
1501-30
2, 35050-54
2, 35068-88
551
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Appendices
Antenna PositionsMaximum Output Power Watt (Peak RMS)Frequency Band MHz
2, 350142-176
2, 350380-512
2, 310806-870
Note: After the installation of radio frequency
transmitters, check for disturbances from
and to all electrical equipment in your
vehicle, both in the standby and transmit
modes.
Check all electrical equipment:
• With the ignition ON.
• With the engine running.
• During a road test at various speeds.
Check that electromagnetic fields generated
inside your vehicle cabin by the transmitter
installed do not exceed applicable human
exposure requirements.
552
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Appendices
3
360 Degree Camera...................................243
360 Degree Camera Settings.........................245
360 Degree Camera Guide Lines............244
Keep Out Zone....................................................245
360 Degree Camera Limitations..............243
360 Degree Camera Precautions............243
360 Degree Camera Settings...................245
Switching the 360 Degree Camera On and
Off......................................................................245
Switching the 360 Degree Camera
View..................................................................245
9
911 Assist...........................................................73
A
A/C
See: Climate Control..........................................154
About This Publication....................................17
Features and Options...........................................17
Illustrations...............................................................17
Location of Components......................................17
ABS
See: Brakes...........................................................218
Accessing Apps............................................444
Accessing Feature Drawers......................433
Application Drawer............................................433
Vehicle Drawer....................................................433
Accessing Navigation.................................449
Accessing the Passive Key Backup
Position.........................................................190
Accessories...................................................454
Active Park Assist.........................................246
Active Park Assist – Troubleshooting...........248
Active Park Assist Precautions.................246
Active Park Assist –
Troubleshooting.........................................248
Active Park Assist – Frequently Asked
Questions.........................................................248
Active Park Assist – Information
Messages.........................................................248
Adaptive Cruise Control.............................253
Adaptive Cruise Control –
Troubleshooting.............................................262
Lane Centering...................................................260
Adaptive Cruise Control Automatic
Cancellation................................................257
Adaptive Cruise Control Indicators.........259
Adaptive Cruise Control Limitations.......254
Sensor Limitations..............................................254
Adaptive Cruise Control
Precautions.................................................253
Hilly Condition Usage.......................................254
When Following a Vehicle...............................253
Adaptive Cruise Control –
Troubleshooting.........................................262
Adaptive Cruise Control – Information
Messages.........................................................262
Adaptive Front Lighting...............................125
How Does Adaptive Front Lighting
Work...................................................................125
Switching Adaptive Front Lighting On and
Off.......................................................................126
Adjusting the Exterior Mirrors....................133
Adjusting the Headlamps...........................348
Vertical Aim Adjustment...................................348
Adjusting the Instrument Panel Lighting
Brightness....................................................128
Adjusting the Map........................................449
Changing the Format of the Map...................449
Zooming the Map In and Out..........................449
Adjusting the Seatbelt Height.....................57
Adjusting the Seatbelts During
Pregnancy......................................................56
Adjusting the Sound Settings...................424
Balance and Fade..............................................424
Occupancy Mode...............................................424
Sound Mode........................................................424
553
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Index
Speed Compensated Volume.........................424
Tone Settings.......................................................424
Adjusting the Steering Wheel - Vehicles
With: Manual Adjustable Steering
Column...........................................................112
Adjusting the Steering Wheel - Vehicles
With: Power Adjustable Steering
Column...........................................................112
Adjusting the Volume..................................423
Aid Mode........................................................267
How Does Aid Mode Work..............................267
What Is Aid Mode...............................................267
Airbag Precautions.........................................66
Airbags..............................................................63
Front Passenger Sensing System.....................67
Air Conditioning
See: Climate Control..........................................154
Air Conditioning System Capacity and
Specification - 2.0L....................................410
Air Conditioning System Capacity and
Specification - 2.7L.....................................412
Air Filter
See: Changing the Engine Air Filter..............344
Alert and Aid Mode.....................................268
How Does Alert and Aid Mode Work............268
What Is Alert and Aid Mode............................268
Alert Mode.....................................................267
How Does Alert Mode Work............................267
What Is Alert Mode............................................267
All-Wheel Drive..............................................214
All-Wheel Drive Driving Hints...........................214
All-Wheel Drive – Troubleshooting.................217
All-Wheel Drive Driving Hints.....................214
Driving In Sand.....................................................215
Driving on Hilly or Sloping Terrain..................216
Driving on Snow and Ice...................................216
Driving Through Mud and Water.....................215
Emergency Maneuvers......................................214
All-Wheel Drive Limitations.........................214
All-Wheel Drive Precautions.......................214
All-Wheel Drive – Troubleshooting...........217
All-Wheel Drive – Information
Messages..........................................................217
AM/FM Radio.................................................425
AM/FM Radio Limitations.................................425
Selecting a Radio Station.................................425
Ambient Lighting...........................................128
Adjusting Ambient Lighting..............................128
Switching Ambient Lighting On and Off........128
Anti-Lock Braking System...........................218
Anti-Lock Braking System Limitations...........218
Anti-Theft Alarm System.............................108
How Does the Anti-Theft Alarm System
Work...................................................................108
What Are the Inclination Sensors...................108
What Are the Interior Sensors.........................108
What Is the Anti-Theft Alarm System.............108
What Is the Perimeter Alarm............................108
Anti-Theft Alarm System Settings.............109
Setting the Alarm Security Level.....................109
Switching Ask on Exit On and Off...................109
What are the Alarm Security Levels...............109
What Is Ask on Exit.............................................109
Appendices....................................................548
Applying the Electric Parking Brake.........221
Applying the Electric Parking Brake in an
Emergency...................................................221
App Precautions...........................................444
App Requirements.......................................444
Apps.................................................................444
Audio System................................................423
AM/FM Radio.......................................................425
Digital Radio........................................................426
Satellite Radio......................................................427
Audio System Precautions.........................423
Auto-Dimming Exterior Mirror....................134
What Is the Auto-Dimming Exterior
Mirror..................................................................134
Auto-Dimming Interior Mirror.....................132
Auto-Dimming Interior Mirror
Limitations.........................................................132
What Is the Auto-Dimming Interior
Mirror..................................................................132
Auto Hold.......................................................226
554
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Index
Auto Hold Indicators....................................227
Autolamps.......................................................120
Autolamp Settings..............................................120
What Are Autolamps..........................................120
Autolock.............................................................91
Autolock Requirements........................................91
What Is Autolock....................................................91
Automatically Releasing the Electric
Parking Brake.............................................222
Automatic Crash Shutoff.............................312
Automatic Crash Shutoff Precautions............312
Re-Enabling Your Vehicle..................................312
What Is Automatic Crash Shutoff....................312
Automatic Emergency Braking.................284
Switching Automatic Emergency Braking On
and Off..............................................................284
What Is Automatic Emergency Braking........284
Automatic Engine Stop................................189
How Does Automatic Engine Stop
Work...................................................................190
Overriding Automatic Engine Stop.................190
Switching Automatic Engine Stop On and
Off.......................................................................190
What Is Automatic Engine Stop.......................189
Automatic High Beam Control...................122
Automatic High Beam Control
Indicators..........................................................124
Automatic High Beam Control
Limitations.........................................................123
Automatic High Beam Control
Precautions.......................................................123
Automatic High Beam Control
Requirements...................................................123
How Does Automatic High Beam Control
Work...................................................................122
Overriding Automatic High Beam
Control...............................................................124
Switching Automatic High Beam Control On
and Off...............................................................124
Automatic High Beam Control –
Troubleshooting..........................................125
Automatic High Beam Control – Information
Messages..........................................................125
Automatic Locking Mode.............................55
Disengaging Automatic Locking Mode..........56
Engaging Automatic Locking Mode................56
What Is Automatic Locking Mode....................55
Automatic Return to Park (P).....................209
Automatic Return to Park (P)
Limitations.......................................................209
How Does Automatic Return to Park (P)
Work..................................................................209
What Is Automatic Return to Park (P)............209
Automatic Transmission Audible
Warnings.......................................................212
Park (P) Selection Audible Warning................212
Transmission Not In Park (P) Audible
Warning.............................................................212
Automatic Transmission.............................206
Automatic Return to Park (P)...........................209
Automatic Transmission Positions.................206
Automatic Transmission –
Troubleshooting..............................................212
Manually Shifting Gears....................................207
Manual Park Release..........................................210
Temporary Neutral Mode.................................208
Automatic Transmission Position
Indicators.....................................................207
Automatic Transmission Positions...........206
Drive (D)................................................................207
Neutral (N)............................................................206
Park (P)..................................................................206
Reverse (R) ..........................................................206
Sport (S).................................................................207
Automatic Transmission
Precautions.................................................206
Automatic Transmission –
Troubleshooting..........................................212
Automatic Transmission – Information
Messages..........................................................212
555
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Index
Auto Mode......................................................156
Auto Mode Indicators.........................................156
Switching Auto Mode On and Off...................156
Auto-Start-Stop..............................................194
Auto-Start-Stop – Troubleshooting.................195
Auto-Start-Stop Indicators...........................194
Auto-Start-Stop Precautions.......................194
Auto-Start-Stop – Troubleshooting..........195
Auto-Start-Stop – Frequently Asked
Questions.........................................................196
Auto-Start-Stop – Information
Messages..........................................................195
Autounlock.......................................................90
Autounlock Requirements..................................90
Switching Autounlock On and Off....................90
What Is Autounlock..............................................90
Autowipers.......................................................114
Adjusting the Sensitivity of the Rain
Sensor.................................................................115
Autowipers Settings.............................................114
What Are Autowipers..........................................114
AWD
See: All-Wheel Drive...........................................214
B
Battery
See: Changing the 12V Battery.......................345
Beginning a Voice Interaction...................435
Blind Spot Information System..................273
Blind Spot Information System –
Troubleshooting.............................................275
Blind Spot Information System
Indicators.....................................................275
Blind Spot Information System
Limitations....................................................273
Blind Spot Information System
Precautions..................................................273
Blind Spot Information System
Requirements..............................................274
Blind Spot Information System –
Troubleshooting.........................................275
Blind Spot Information System – Information
Messages.........................................................275
Bluetooth®......................................................443
Body Control Module Fuse Box...............326
Accessing the Body Control Module Fuse
Box.....................................................................326
Identifying the Fuses in the Body Control
Module Fuse Box...........................................327
Locating the Body Control Module Fuse
Box.....................................................................326
Body Styling Kit Precautions.....................360
Body Styling Kits...........................................360
Bonnet Lock
See: Opening and Closing the Hood............332
Booster Seats..................................................49
Types of Booster Seats.......................................49
Brake Fluid Specification............................219
Brake Over Accelerator...............................218
Brake Precautions.........................................218
Brakes..............................................................218
Anti-Lock Braking System.................................218
Brakes – Troubleshooting.................................219
Brakes – Troubleshooting..........................219
Brakes – Frequently Asked Questions........220
Brakes – Information Messages....................220
Brakes – Warning Lamps..................................219
Breaking-In.....................................................305
C
Calculating Payload......................................291
Calculating the Load Limit..........................291
Helpful examples for calculating the available
amount of cargo and luggage load
capacity............................................................292
California Proposition 65............................514
Canceling the Set Speed...........................252
Capacities and Specifications...................398
Catalytic Converter......................................204
Catalytic Converter – Troubleshooting........204
Catalytic Converter Precautions..............204
556
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Index
Catalytic Converter –
Troubleshooting.........................................204
Catalytic Converter – Warning Lamps..........204
Center Console................................................31
Changing a Flat Tire.....................................391
................................................................................396
Dissimilar Spare Wheel and Tire Assembly
Information.......................................................391
Stowing the flat tire ...........................................396
Tire Change Procedure....................................392
Changing a Road Wheel.............................391
Changing the 12V Battery..........................345
Remove and Reinstall the Battery..................347
Changing the Engine Air Filter..................344
Changing the Fuel Filter.............................344
Changing the Remote Control
Battery.............................................................76
Changing the Vehicle Wi-Fi Hotspot Name
or Password.................................................421
Changing the Wi-Fi Hotspot Frequency.......422
Charging a Device.........................................178
Charging a Wireless Device.......................183
Checking MyKey System Status.................87
MyKey Distance.....................................................87
Number of Admin Keys.......................................87
Number of MyKeys...............................................87
Checking the Brake Fluid...........................218
Checking the Coolant.................................340
Adding Coolant...................................................340
Coolant Change...................................................341
Engine Coolant Temperature
Management...................................................343
Fail-Safe Cooling................................................342
Severe Climates...................................................341
Checking the Seatbelts................................60
Checking the Tire Pressures.....................374
Checking the Wiper Blades.........................116
Children and Airbags.....................................67
Child Restraint Anchor Points......................40
Locating the Child Restraint Lower Anchor
Points....................................................................41
Locating the Child Restraint Top Tether
Anchor Points.....................................................41
What Are the Child Restraint Anchor
Points...................................................................40
Child Restraints................................................41
Child Restraint Position Information..................41
Child Restraints Recommendation...................43
Child Safety......................................................39
Child Restraint Anchor Points............................40
Child Restraints.......................................................41
Installing Child Restraints....................................44
Child Safety Locks..........................................52
Left-Hand Side.......................................................52
Right-Hand Side....................................................52
Child Safety Precautions...............................39
Cleaning Products........................................354
Materials...............................................................354
Cleaning the Exterior..................................355
Cleaning Camera Lenses and Sensors........356
Cleaning Chrome, Aluminium or Stainless
Steel..................................................................355
Cleaning Headlamps and Rear Lamps.........355
Cleaning Stripes or Graphics..........................356
Cleaning the Engine Compartment...............356
Cleaning Wheels................................................356
Cleaning Windows and Wiper Blades..........355
Cleaning the Interior....................................357
Cleaning Carpets and Floor Mats..................358
Cleaning Displays and Screens......................357
Cleaning Fabric Seats and Headliners.........358
Cleaning Leather and Vinyl ............................357
Cleaning Moonroof Tracks...............................359
Cleaning Plastic...................................................357
Cleaning Seatbelts.............................................358
Cleaning Storage Compartments..................358
Cleaning the Instrument Panel........................357
Clearing All MyKeys.......................................86
Clearing the Garage Door Opener...........176
Climate Control..............................................154
Auto Mode............................................................156
Climate Control – Troubleshooting................157
557
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Index
Climate Control – Troubleshooting..........157
Climate Control – Frequently Asked
Questions..........................................................157
Closing the Liftgate......................................103
Closing the Hands-Free Liftgate.....................104
Closing the Liftgate From Inside Your
Vehicle...............................................................103
Closing the Liftgate From Outside Your
Vehicle...............................................................103
Closing the Liftgate Using the Remote
Control...............................................................104
Cold Weather Precautions.........................305
Connected Vehicle........................................417
Connected Vehicle – Troubleshooting..........418
Connecting the Vehicle to a Mobile
Network.............................................................417
Connected Vehicle Data...............................25
Connected Vehicle Limitations..................417
Connected Vehicle Requirements............417
Connected Vehicle –
Troubleshooting..........................................418
Connected Vehicle – Frequently Asked
Questions..........................................................418
Connecting a Bluetooth® Device.............443
Connecting a Trailer....................................297
Safety Chains......................................................298
Trailer Lamps.......................................................298
Trailer Towing Connector.................................297
Connecting a Trailer Precautions.............297
Connecting the Vehicle to a Mobile
Network.........................................................417
Connecting Lincoln Way to the Modem........417
Enabling and Disabling the Modem...............417
What Is the Modem.............................................417
Connecting the Vehicle to a Wi-Fi
Network.........................................................417
Connecting Your Phone..............................437
Contacting Us...................................................15
Argentina.................................................................15
Asia Pacific..............................................................15
Australia...................................................................15
Brazil..........................................................................15
Canada.....................................................................15
Caribbean, Central America and Israel............15
Europe......................................................................15
Lincoln Automotive Financial Services - US
Only.......................................................................16
Middle East..............................................................16
New Zealand...........................................................15
North Africa ............................................................16
Puerto Rico..............................................................16
South Korea.............................................................16
Sub-Saharan Africa ..............................................16
U.S. Virgin Islands and Puerto Rico..................15
United States..........................................................15
Cooling System Capacity and Specification
- 2.0L.............................................................407
Cooling System Capacity and Specification
- 2.7L.............................................................408
Crash and Breakdown Information.........308
Automatic Crash Shutoff...................................312
Jump Starting the Vehicle................................309
Post-Crash Alert System.....................................311
Crash Sensors and Airbag Indicator...........71
Creating a MyKey...........................................85
Programming and Changing Configurable
Settings...............................................................86
Creating a Personal Profile........................447
Creating a Vehicle Wi-Fi Hotspot..............421
Connecting a Device to the Wi-Fi
Hotspot..............................................................421
Finding the Wi-Fi Hotspot Name and
Password...........................................................421
Cross Traffic Alert.........................................276
Cross Traffic Alert – Troubleshooting...........278
Cross Traffic Alert Indicators......................277
Cross Traffic Alert Limitations....................277
Cross Traffic Alert Precautions.................276
Cross Traffic Alert –
Troubleshooting.........................................278
Cross Traffic Alert – Information
Messages.........................................................278
Cruise Control................................................251
558
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Index
Cruise Control Indicators...........................252
Cup Holders....................................................184
Cup Holder Precautions....................................184
Customer Information..................................472
Radio Frequency Certification Labels...........476
Customizing the Instrument Cluster
Display...........................................................147
D
Data Privacy.....................................................22
Services That Third Parties Provide.................23
Services That We Provide..................................22
Declaration of Conformity..........................476
Radio Frequency Statement............................476
Department of Transportation Uniform Tire
Quality Grades...........................................363
Temperature A B C.............................................364
Traction AA A B C...............................................363
Treadwear............................................................363
Digital Radio..................................................426
Digital Radio Indicators.....................................427
Digital Radio Limitations...................................427
How Does Digital Radio Work.........................426
Switching Digital Radio Reception On and
Off......................................................................427
What Is Digital Radio.........................................426
Directing the Flow of Air.............................155
Directing Air to the Footwell Air Vents..........156
Directing Air to the Instrument Panel Air
Vents..................................................................155
Directing Air to the Windshield Air
Vents..................................................................155
Disposing of Airbags......................................72
Distance Alert................................................283
Adjusting the Sensitivity of Distance
Alert...................................................................283
What Is Distance Alert.......................................283
Distance Indication......................................282
Distance Indication Indicator...........................283
Switching Distance Indication On and
Off......................................................................283
What Is Distance Indication.............................282
Doors and Locks Audible Warnings...........91
Door Ajar Audible Warning.................................91
Doors and Locks.............................................89
Autolock...................................................................91
Autounlock.............................................................90
Doors and Locks – Troubleshooting................91
Mislock......................................................................91
Operating the Doors From Inside Your
Vehicle................................................................90
Operating the Doors From Outside Your
Vehicle................................................................89
Doors and Locks – Troubleshooting..........91
Doors and Locks – Information
Messages...........................................................92
Doors and Locks – Warning Lamps..................91
Drive Belt Routing Overview - 2.0L.........345
Drive Belt Routing Overview - 2.7L..........345
Drive Mode Control.....................................264
Drive Modes........................................................264
Drive Modes..................................................264
Comfort.................................................................264
Normal...................................................................264
Sport......................................................................264
Driver Alert.....................................................287
Driver Alert – Troubleshooting.......................288
Driver Alert Limitations...............................288
Driver Alert Precautions.............................287
Driver Alert – Troubleshooting.................288
Driver Alert – Information Messages............288
Driving Economically...................................306
Driving Hints..................................................305
Driving Through Water...............................305
E
Easy Entry and Exit.........................................99
Electric Parking Brake Audible
Warning........................................................222
559
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Index
Electric Parking Brake..................................221
Electric Parking Brake –
Troubleshooting.............................................222
Electric Parking Brake –
Troubleshooting.........................................222
Electric Parking Brake – Information
Messages.........................................................223
Electric Parking Brake – Warning
Lamps...............................................................222
Electric Power Steering..............................232
Electric Power Steering Precautions.............232
Electromagnetic Compatibility..................548
Emergency Call Limitations..........................74
Emergency Call Requirements....................73
Emergency Call System Data......................26
Emergency Towing.......................................315
Emission Law.................................................546
Noise Emissions Warranty, Prohibited
Tampering Acts and Maintenance.............547
Tampering With a Noise Control
System..............................................................547
Enabling Apps on an Android
Device...........................................................444
Enabling Apps on an iOS Device.............444
Enabling or Disabling Personal
Profiles..........................................................447
Enabling Remote Start..................................151
End User License Agreement....................516
VEHICLE SOFTWARE END USER LICENSE
AGREEMENT (EULA) .....................................516
Engine Block Heater....................................188
Engine Block Heater Precautions...................188
How Does the Engine Block Heater
Work...................................................................188
Using the Engine Block Heater.......................189
Engine Oil Capacity and Specification -
2.0L...............................................................402
Alternative Engine Oil for Extremely Cold
Climates............................................................403
Engine Oil Capacity and Specification -
2.7L................................................................404
Alternative Engine Oil for Extremely Cold
Climates...........................................................406
Engine Oil.......................................................338
Adding Engine Oil..............................................338
Checking the Engine Oil Level.......................338
Engine Oil Capacity and Specification..........339
Engine Oil Dipstick Overview..........................338
Resetting the Engine Oil Change
Reminder..........................................................339
Engine Specifications - 2.0L......................398
Engine Specifications - 2.7L......................399
Entering a Parallel Parking Space............247
Entering a Perpendicular Parking
Space............................................................247
Evasive Steering Assist...............................284
Evasive Steering Assist Limitations...............284
Switching Evasive Steering Assist On and
Off......................................................................284
What Is Evasive Steering Assist......................284
Event Data........................................................24
Exiting a Parking Space..............................248
Extending the Remote Start
Duration........................................................152
Exterior Bulbs................................................350
Changing a Front Turn Signal Lamp
Bulb...................................................................352
Changing a License Plate Lamp Bulb...........353
Exterior Bulb Specification Chart...................350
Removing a Headlamp Assembly..................352
Exterior Lamps................................................121
Exterior Lamp Audible Warning.......................122
Exterior Lamp Indicators....................................122
Switching the Daytime Running Lamps On
and Off................................................................121
Switching the Front Fog Lamps On and
Off.......................................................................122
Switching the Turn Signal Lamps On and
Off........................................................................121
Switching Welcome Lighting On and
Off.......................................................................122
Exterior Lighting Control..............................119
560
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Index
Exterior Lighting.............................................119
Adaptive Front Lighting.....................................125
Autolamps.............................................................120
Automatic High Beam Control.........................122
Automatic High Beam Control –
Troubleshooting..............................................125
Exterior Lamps......................................................121
Headlamps.............................................................119
Headlamps – Troubleshooting........................120
Exterior Mirrors...............................................133
Auto-Dimming Exterior Mirror..........................134
F
Fastening and Unfastening the
Seatbelts........................................................54
Unfastening the Seatbelts..................................55
Using a Sliding Clip..............................................55
Feature Bar....................................................433
Flat Tire
See: Changing a Flat Tire..................................391
Floor Mats......................................................306
Folding the Exterior Mirrors - Vehicles With:
Manual Folding Mirrors.............................133
Folding the Exterior Mirrors - Vehicles With:
Power Folding Mirrors...............................133
Switching Auto-fold On and Off.......................134
Front Exterior...................................................35
Front Parking Aid..........................................236
Front Parking Aid Audible Warnings.............236
Front Parking Aid Limitations..........................236
Locating the Front Parking Aid Sensors.......236
What is the Front Parking Aid.........................236
Front Passenger Sensing System...............67
Front Passenger Sensing System
Indicators............................................................70
Front Passenger Sensing System
Precautions........................................................70
How Does the Front Passenger Sensing
System Work......................................................67
What Is the Front Passenger Sensing
System.................................................................67
Front Seat Precautions................................159
Front Seats......................................................159
Heated Seats........................................................163
Massage Seats.....................................................163
Power Seats..........................................................160
Ventilated Seats...................................................164
Fuel and Refueling........................................197
Fuel and Refueling – Troubleshooting.........203
Fuel Quality...........................................................198
Refueling..............................................................200
Running Out of Fuel...........................................199
Fuel and Refueling Precautions.................197
Fuel and Refueling –
Troubleshooting.........................................203
Fuel and Refueling – Information
Messages.........................................................203
Fuel and Refueling – Warning Lamps...........203
Fuel Gauge.....................................................138
Fuel Gauge Limitations......................................138
Locating the Fuel Filler Door............................138
What Is Distance to Empty................................139
What Is the Fuel Gauge.....................................138
What Is the Low Fuel Reminder.......................138
Fuel Quality.....................................................198
Selecting the Correct Fuel................................198
Fuel Tank Capacity......................................202
Advertised Capacity..........................................202
Fuse Precautions...........................................316
Fuses................................................................316
Body Control Module Fuse Box.....................326
Fuses – Troubleshooting...................................331
Under Hood Fuse Box.......................................316
Fuses – Troubleshooting.............................331
Fuses – Frequently Asked Questions............331
G
Garage Door Opener...................................173
Garage Door Opener Limitations..............174
Garage Door Opener Precautions............173
561
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Index
Garage Door Opener Radio
Frequencies.................................................176
FCC and RSS-210 Industry Canada
Compliance.......................................................176
General Maintenance Information...........459
Multi-Point Inspection........................................462
Owner Checks and Services...........................460
Protecting Your Investment.............................459
Why Maintain Your Vehicle?............................459
Why Maintain Your Vehicle at Your
Dealership?......................................................459
Glasses Holder..............................................185
Locating the Glasses Holder............................185
Global Opening and Closing......................130
Switching Global Closing On and Off............130
Switching Global Opening On and Off..........130
Using Global Closing..........................................130
Using Global Opening.......................................130
What Is Global Opening and Closing.............130
Glossary of Tire Terminology....................369
H
Headlamp Adjusting
See: Adjusting the Headlamps.......................348
Headlamps.......................................................119
Headlamp Indicators...........................................119
Switching Headlamp Exit Delay On and
Off........................................................................119
Using the High Beam Headlamps...................119
Headlamps – Troubleshooting..................120
Headlamps – Frequently Asked
Questions.........................................................120
Heated Seats..................................................163
Heated Seat Precautions..................................163
Switching the Heated Seats On and Off.......164
Heating
See: Climate Control..........................................154
Hill Start Assist..............................................225
Hill Start Assist – Troubleshooting................225
Hill Start Assist Precautions......................225
Hill Start Assist – Troubleshooting..........225
Hill Start Assist – Information
Messages.........................................................225
Hood Lock
See: Opening and Closing the Hood............332
Horn...................................................................113
How Does 911 Assist Work...........................73
How Does Active Park Assist Work.........246
How Does Adaptive Cruise Control With
Stop and Go Work.....................................253
How Does All-Wheel Drive Work..............214
How Does Auto Hold Work.......................226
How Does Blind Spot Information System
Work..............................................................273
How Does Cross Traffic Alert Work.........276
How Does Drive Mode Control
Work..............................................................264
How Does Driver Alert Work.....................287
How Does Easy Entry and Exit Work.........99
How Does Hill Start Assist Work..............225
How Does Pre-Collision Assist Work......279
How Does Stability Control Work............229
Electronic Stability Control..............................229
How Does the 360 Degree Camera
Work..............................................................243
How Does the Garage Door Opener
Work...............................................................173
How Does the Lane Keeping System
Work..............................................................265
How Does the Memory Function
Work................................................................171
How Does the Personal Safety System
Work................................................................62
How Does the Rear Occupant Alert System
Work...............................................................169
How Does the Safety Canopy™ Work........65
How Does Traction Control Work............228
How Does Trailer Sway Control
Work..............................................................304
How Do Personal Profiles Work................447
Recalling and Changing a Profile...................447
How Do the Front Airbags Work................63
562
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Index
How Do the Knee Airbags Work.................64
How Do the Side Airbags Work..................63
I
Identifying Fuse Types.................................331
Identifying the Audio Unit..........................429
Identifying the Climate Control Unit.........154
Inflating the Tires..........................................374
Information and Entertainment Display
Limitations....................................................431
Speed-restricted Features................................431
Information and Entertainment Display
Overview.......................................................431
Information and Entertainment Display
Precautions..................................................431
Information On Demand Screen..............433
Information on the Tire Sidewall..............364
Information on P Type Tires............................364
Inspecting the Tire for Damage................375
Safety Practices..................................................375
Inspecting the Tire for Wear......................375
Inspecting the Wheel Valve Stems..........376
Installing and Removing the Luggage
Compartment Cargo Net.........................295
Installing and Removing the Luggage
Compartment Cover.................................295
Installing the Luggage Cover..........................296
Removing the Luggage Cover........................296
Installing Child Restraints..............................44
Combining the Seatbelt and Lower Anchors
for Attaching Child Restraints........................47
Installing a Child Restraint in a Center
Seat......................................................................47
Using Lower Anchors and Tethers for
Children..............................................................46
Using Seatbelts.....................................................44
Using Tether Straps..............................................48
Instrument Cluster Display..........................143
Personalized Settings.........................................148
Trip Computer......................................................145
Instrument Cluster Display Main
Menu..............................................................144
Instrument Cluster Indicators......................141
Adaptive Cruise Control.....................................141
Adaptive Steering.................................................141
Airbag......................................................................141
Auto Hold...............................................................141
Automatic High Beam.........................................141
Auto Start-Stop......................................................141
Blind Spot Information System.........................141
Cruise Control.......................................................141
Front Fog Lamp....................................................142
Headlamp High Beam........................................142
Hill Start Assist.....................................................142
Parking Lamps......................................................142
Stability and Traction Control...........................142
Turn Signal............................................................142
Instrument Cluster.........................................137
Fuel Gauge............................................................138
Instrument Cluster Overview......................137
Instrument Cluster Warning Lamps..........139
Anti-Lock Brake System....................................139
Battery....................................................................139
Brake System.......................................................140
Door Ajar...............................................................140
Electric Parking Brake........................................140
Engine Coolant Temperature...........................140
Fasten Seatbelt....................................................140
Hood Ajar..............................................................140
Liftgate Ajar...........................................................140
Low Beam Warning.............................................140
Low Fuel Level.....................................................140
Low Tire Pressure...............................................140
Low Washer Fluid Level.....................................140
Malfunction Indicator Lamp...............................141
Oil Pressure...........................................................141
Powertrain Fault....................................................141
Instrument Panel.............................................29
Interior Air Quality.........................................158
Interior Bulbs.................................................353
Interior Bulb Specification Chart....................353
563
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Index
Interior Lamp Function.................................128
Switching the Interior Lamp Function On and
Off.......................................................................128
What Is the Interior Lamp Function................128
Interior Lighting..............................................127
Ambient Lighting.................................................128
Interior Lamp Function.......................................128
Interior Lighting – Troubleshooting................128
Interior Lighting – Troubleshooting..........128
Interior Lighting – Frequently Asked
Questions..........................................................128
Interior Mirror..................................................132
Auto-Dimming Interior Mirror...........................132
Interior Mirror Precautions..........................132
Introduction.......................................................17
J
Jump Starting the Vehicle..........................309
Jump Starting Precautions...............................309
Jump Starting the Vehicle.................................310
Preparing the Vehicle.........................................310
K
Keyless Entry....................................................93
Keyless Entry – Troubleshooting......................94
Keyless Entry Keypad....................................95
Keyless Entry Keypad –
Troubleshooting...............................................98
Keyless Entry Keypad Limitations..............95
Keyless Entry Keypad Master Access
Code................................................................95
Locking the Doors................................................96
Unlocking the Doors............................................95
Keyless Entry Keypad Personal Access
Codes..............................................................96
Programming a Personal Entry Code..............96
Keyless Entry Keypad –
Troubleshooting...........................................98
Keyless Entry Keypad – Frequently Asked
Questions...........................................................98
Keyless Entry Limitations..............................93
Keyless Entry Settings...................................93
Reprogramming the Unlocking Function.......93
Switching Keyless Entry On and Off................93
Keyless Entry – Troubleshooting................94
Keyless Entry – Frequently Asked
Questions...........................................................94
Keys and Remote Controls...........................75
Keys and Remote Controls –
Troubleshooting................................................79
Keys and Remote Controls –
Troubleshooting...........................................79
Keys and Remote Controls – Information
Messages...........................................................79
L
Lane Centering.............................................260
How Does Lane Centering Work...................260
Lane Centering Alerts........................................261
Lane Centering Automatic Cancellation......262
Lane Centering Indicators...............................262
Lane Centering Limitations...............................261
Lane Centering Precautions...........................260
Lane Centering Requirements........................260
Switching Lane Centering On and Off...........261
Lane Keeping System Indicators.............268
Lane Keeping System.................................265
Aid Mode..............................................................267
Alert and Aid Mode............................................268
Alert Mode............................................................267
Lane Keeping System –
Troubleshooting.............................................270
Lane Keeping System Limitations............266
Lane Keeping System Precautions..........265
Lane Keeping System Settings.................267
564
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Index
Lane Keeping System –
Troubleshooting.........................................270
Lane Keeping System – Frequently Asked
Questions..........................................................271
Lane Keeping System – Information
Messages.........................................................270
Launching or Retrieving a Boat or Personal
Watercraft.....................................................301
Liftgate.............................................................100
Closing the Liftgate.............................................103
Liftgate – Troubleshooting...............................105
Opening the Liftgate..........................................100
Liftgate Obstacle Detection.......................105
Closing the Liftgate............................................105
Opening the Liftgate..........................................105
Liftgate Precautions.....................................100
Liftgate – Troubleshooting.........................105
Liftgate – Frequently Asked Questions.........107
Liftgate – Information Messages....................106
Liftgate – Warning Lamps.................................105
Lincoln Protect..............................................456
Linking or Unlinking a Personal Profile to
a Device.......................................................448
Linking or Unlinking a Personal Profile to
a Remote Control.......................................448
Live Traffic......................................................449
Switching Live Traffic On and Off...................449
What Is Live Traffic.............................................449
Load Carrying................................................289
Roof Rack.............................................................293
Load Carrying Precautions........................289
Loading Your Trailer....................................300
Locating the 360 Degree Cameras.........243
Front View Camera............................................244
Rear View Camera.............................................243
Side View Camera..............................................244
Locating the Blind Spot Information System
Sensors.........................................................274
Locating the Brake Fluid Reservoir..........218
Locating the Cross Traffic Alert
Sensors.........................................................277
Locating the Fuel Filler Funnel..................198
Locating the Keyless Entry Keypad...........95
Locating the Memory Function
Buttons...........................................................171
Locating the Power Outlet..........................180
Locating the Pre-Collision Assist
Sensors.........................................................281
Locating the Rear View Camera..............240
Locating the Safety Compliance
Certification Labels...................................290
Locating the Tire label................................363
Locating the Tire Sealant and Inflator
Kit...................................................................378
Locating the USB Ports................................178
Charge Only USB Ports......................................178
Data Transfer USB Ports....................................178
Locating the Wireless Accessory
Charger.........................................................183
Locating Your Vehicle....................................76
Locking the Rear Window Controls...........131
Luggage Compartment..............................295
M
Maintenance..................................................332
Engine Oil.............................................................338
Exterior Bulbs......................................................350
Interior Bulbs.......................................................353
Maintenance Precautions..........................332
Making and Receiving a Phone Call.......439
During a Phone Call...........................................439
Making Calls........................................................439
Receiving Calls....................................................439
Manually Releasing the Electric Parking
Brake.............................................................221
.................................................................................221
Manually Shifting Gears..............................207
Shifting Using the Paddle Shifters.................207
Manual Park Release....................................210
Manual Park Release Precautions..................210
Using Manual Park Release..............................210
What Is Manual Park Release...........................210
565
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Index
Manual Seats..................................................165
Adjusting the Head Restraint...........................165
Folding the Seat Backrest.................................166
Head Restraint Components............................165
Installing the Head Restraint............................166
Removing the Head Restraint..........................165
Unfolding the Seat Backrest............................166
Massage Seats...............................................163
Adjusting the Massage Seat Settings............163
Massage Seat Limitations.................................163
Memory Function............................................171
Memory Function Precautions....................171
Mislock................................................................91
Mislock Limitations................................................91
Switching Mislock On and Off............................91
What Is Mislock.......................................................91
Mobile Communications Equipment........515
Mobile Device Data........................................25
Moonroof Bounce-Back..............................136
Overriding Moonroof Bounce-Back...............136
What Is Moonroof Bounce-Back.....................136
Moonroof.........................................................135
Moonroof Bounce-Back.....................................136
Motorcraft Parts - 2.0L................................400
Motorcraft Parts - 2.7L..................................401
Muting the Audio..........................................424
MyKey – Troubleshooting.............................87
MyKey™..............................................................84
Principle of Operation..........................................84
N
Navigation Map Updates...........................449
Navigation......................................................449
Adjusting the Map..............................................449
Live Traffic............................................................449
Route Guidance...................................................451
Setting a Destination.........................................449
Waypoints.............................................................450
Normal Scheduled Maintenance..............463
Normal Maintenance Intervals........................465
Oil Change Reminder........................................463
O
Opening and Closing the Hood...............332
Closing the Hood................................................333
Opening the Hood.............................................332
Opening and Closing the Moonroof........135
Closing the Moonroof........................................135
Opening the Moonroof .....................................135
Opening and Closing the Sun Shade......135
Closing the Sun Shade......................................135
Opening the Sun Shade....................................135
Opening and Closing the Windows.........129
Accessory Delay..................................................129
One-Touch Close.................................................129
One-Touch Open.................................................129
Opening the Liftgate....................................100
Opening the Hands-Free Liftgate....................101
Opening the Liftgate From Inside Your
Vehicle...............................................................100
Opening the Liftgate From Outside Your
Vehicle...............................................................100
Opening the Liftgate Using the Remote
Control................................................................101
Operating the Doors From Inside Your
Vehicle............................................................90
Individually Unlocking and Locking the Doors
Using the Locking Button..............................90
Operating the Doors From Outside Your
Vehicle............................................................89
Individually Unlocking and Locking the Doors
Using the Key Blade........................................89
Unlocking and Locking the Doors Using the
Key Blade...........................................................89
Unlocking and Locking the Doors Using the
Remote Control.................................................89
Ordering a Canadian French Owner's
Manual..........................................................474
Overriding the Set Speed..........................259
566
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Index
P
Parking Aid Indicators.................................238
Parking Aid Precautions.............................234
Parking Aids...................................................234
Front Parking Aid................................................236
Parking Aids – Troubleshooting.....................238
Rear Parking Aid.................................................235
Side Parking Aid.................................................237
Parking Aids – Troubleshooting...............238
Parking Aids – Information Messages..........238
Passive Anti-Theft System..........................108
How Does the Passive Anti-Theft System
Work...................................................................108
What Is the Passive Anti-Theft System..........108
Perchlorate......................................................514
Performing a Master Reset........................453
Personalized Settings..................................148
Changing the Instrument Cluster Display
Language..........................................................148
Changing the Measure Unit.............................148
Changing the Temperature Unit......................149
Changing the Tire Pressure Unit.....................150
Personal Profiles...........................................447
Personal Safety System Components.......62
Personal Safety System™..............................62
Phone as a Key Limitations..........................80
Phone as a Key...............................................80
Phone as a Key – Troubleshooting..................82
Phone as a Key – Troubleshooting............82
Phone as a Key – Frequently Asked
Questions...........................................................82
Phone Menu...................................................437
.................................................................................437
Email.......................................................................437
Favorites...............................................................437
Messaging............................................................437
Phone List.............................................................437
Voice Control.......................................................438
Phone...............................................................437
Phone Precautions.......................................437
Playing Media Using Bluetooth®..............443
Playing Media Using the USB Port...........178
Playing or Pausing the Audio
Source..........................................................423
Touchscreen........................................................423
Post-Crash Alert System...............................311
How Does the Post-Crash Alert System
Work....................................................................311
Post-Crash Alert System Limitations...............311
Switching the Post-Crash Alert System
Off........................................................................311
What Is the Post-Crash Alert System..............311
Power Outlet Indicators...............................180
Power Outlet..................................................180
Power Outlet Precautions...........................180
Power Seats...................................................160
Adjusting the Head Restraint...........................160
Adjusting the Lumbar Support.........................162
Adjusting the Seat Backrest.............................162
Adjusting the Seat Cushion...............................161
Adjusting the Seat Height.................................162
Folding the Seat Backrest.................................167
Head Restraint Components............................160
Installing the Head Restraint.............................161
Moving the Seat Backward and Forward......161
Removing the Head Restraint..........................160
Unfolding the Seat Backrest.............................167
Pre-Collision Assist Limitations................280
Pedestrian Detection Limitations....................281
Pre-Collision Assist Precautions...............279
Pre-Collision Assist......................................279
Automatic Emergency Braking.......................284
Distance Alert......................................................283
Distance Indication............................................282
Evasive Steering Assist.....................................284
Pre-Collision Assist – Troubleshooting........285
Pre-Collision Assist –
Troubleshooting.........................................285
Pre-Collision Assist – Frequently Asked
Questions........................................................286
Pre-Collision Assist – Information
Messages.........................................................285
567
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Index
Preparing Your Vehicle for Storage..........361
12 Volt Battery.....................................................362
Body........................................................................361
Brakes...................................................................362
Engine....................................................................361
General..................................................................361
Hybrid Battery Systems ...................................362
Tires.......................................................................362
Programming the Garage Door Opener to
Your Garage Door Opener Motor...........175
Programming the Garage Door Opener to
Your Gate Opener Motor..........................175
Gate Operator / Canadian Programming......175
Programming the Garage Door Opener to
Your Hand-Held Transmitter.....................174
Programming the Remote Control..............77
Programming Your Phone............................80
Resetting Phone as a Key...................................80
Properly Adjusting the Driver and Front
Passenger Seats...........................................67
Puncture
See: Changing a Flat Tire..................................391
Push Button Ignition Switch.......................186
Starting the Engine..............................................187
Switching the Ignition Off..................................186
Switching the Ignition to Accessory
Mode..................................................................186
R
Radio Frequency Certification
Labels............................................................476
Blind Spot Information System Sensors.......476
Body Control Module.........................................481
Cruise Control Module......................................484
Garage Door Opener........................................488
Keys and Remote Controls..............................489
Radio Transceiver Module...............................492
Remote Function Actuator................................481
SYNC.....................................................................495
Telematics Control Unit.....................................501
Tire Pressure Monitoring System
Sensors.............................................................501
Wireless Accessory Charging Module..........510
Rear Exterior.....................................................37
Rear Occupant Alert System Audible
Warnings.......................................................170
Rear Occupant Alert System
Indicators......................................................170
Rear Occupant Alert System
Limitations....................................................169
Rear Occupant Alert System
Precautions..................................................169
Rear Occupant Alert System......................169
Rear Parking Aid...........................................235
Locating the Rear Parking Aid Sensors........235
Rear Parking Aid Audible Warnings..............235
Rear Parking Aid Limitations...........................235
What is the Rear Parking Aid...........................235
Rear Seats.......................................................165
Heated Seats........................................................167
Manual Seats........................................................165
Power Seats..........................................................167
Rear View Camera Guide Lines...............240
Rear View Camera Object Distance
Indicators......................................................241
Rear View Camera Precautions...............240
Rear View Camera.......................................240
Rear View Camera Settings..............................241
Rear View Camera Settings........................241
Switching Rear View Camera Delay On and
Off......................................................................242
Zooming the Rear View Camera In and
Out......................................................................241
Recalling a Preset Position...........................171
Recreationally Towing Your Vehicle - 2.0L,
AWD...............................................................314
Recreationally Towing Your Vehicle - 2.0L,
FWD................................................................314
Recreationally Towing Your Vehicle -
2.7L.................................................................314
Reduced Engine Performance..................305
Refueling........................................................200
Manually Opening the Fuel Filler Door........202
568
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Index
Refueling System Overview............................200
Refueling Your Vehicle......................................200
Releasing the Electric Parking Brake if the
Vehicle Battery Has Run Out of
Charge.........................................................222
Remote Control Limitations..........................75
Remotely Starting and Stopping the
Vehicle............................................................151
Remotely Starting the Vehicle...........................151
Remotely Stopping the Vehicle.......................152
Remote Start Limitations..............................151
Remote Start Precautions............................151
Remote Start Remote Control
Indicators......................................................152
Remote Control Feedback................................152
Remote Start....................................................151
Remote Start Settings........................................152
Remote Start Settings..................................152
Setting the Remote Start Duration..................153
Switching Climate Control Last Settings On
and Off...............................................................152
Switching the Heated Seat Settings On and
Off.......................................................................152
Switching the Heated Steering Wheel Settings
On and Off........................................................153
Removing Your Vehicle From
Storage.........................................................362
Repairing Minor Paint Damage.................359
Replacement Parts
Recommendation.......................................514
Collision Repairs..................................................515
Scheduled Maintenance and Mechanical
Repairs...............................................................514
Warranty on Replacement Parts......................515
Replacing a Lost Key or Remote
Control.............................................................77
Replacing the Cabin Air Filter....................158
Replacing the Front Wiper Blades.............116
Replacing the Rear Wiper Blades..............116
Reporting Safety Defects in Canada.......475
Reporting Safety Defects in the United
States............................................................474
Reprogramming the Garage Door
Opener..........................................................176
Resetting the Stopping Position - Vehicles
With: Power Adjustable Steering
Column...........................................................113
Resetting Tire Pressure Monitoring
System..........................................................387
Changing Tires With a Tire Pressure
Monitoring System.........................................387
Restarting the Engine...................................194
Resuming the Set Speed...........................252
Resuming the Set Speed from a Complete
Stop...................................................................259
Reverse Wipe..................................................115
Reverse Wipe Settings........................................115
What Is Reverse Wipe.........................................115
Roadside Assistance...................................308
Vehicles Sold in Canada: Getting Roadside
Assistance.......................................................309
Vehicles sold in the United States: Getting
Roadside Assistance.....................................308
Vehicles Sold in the United States: Using
Roadside Assistance.....................................308
Rollover Warning..........................................472
Roof Rack.......................................................293
Roof Rack Load Capacities..............................293
Roof Rack Precautions......................................293
Route Guidance.............................................451
Adjusting the Guidance Prompt Volume.......451
Canceling Route Guidance...............................451
Repeating an Instruction...................................451
Running-In
See: Breaking-In.................................................305
Running Out of Fuel.....................................199
Adding Fuel From a Portable Fuel
Container..........................................................199
Filling a Portable Fuel Container.....................199
569
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Index
S
Satellite Radio................................................427
Locating the Satellite Radio Identification
Number.............................................................428
Replaying the Audio..........................................429
Satellite Radio Limitations................................428
Satellite Radio Settings.....................................428
Selecting a Channel..........................................428
Setting an Alert...................................................429
What Is Satellite Radio.......................................427
Saving a Preset Position...............................171
Scheduled Maintenance............................459
Seatbelt Extensions.......................................60
Seatbelt Precautions......................................53
Seatbelt Reminder..........................................57
How Does the Seatbelt Reminder Work.........57
Seatbelt Reminder Audible Warnings.............59
Seatbelt Reminder Indicators............................59
Switching the Seatbelt Reminder On and
Off.........................................................................59
Seatbelts...........................................................53
Automatic Locking Mode....................................55
Seatbelt Reminder................................................57
Sensitive Locking Mode......................................55
Security............................................................108
Anti-Theft Alarm System...................................108
Anti-Theft Alarm System Settings...................109
Passive Anti-Theft System................................108
Security – Troubleshooting...............................110
Security – Troubleshooting.........................110
Security – Frequently Asked Questions.........111
Security – Information Messages....................110
Selecting a Drive Mode..............................264
Selecting the Audio Source.......................423
Audio Unit.............................................................423
Touchscreen........................................................423
Sending and Receiving a Text
Message........................................................441
Sensitive Locking Mode...............................55
How Does Sensitive Locking Mode
Work.....................................................................55
What is Sensitive Locking Mode.......................55
Service Data.....................................................23
Setting a Destination...................................449
Setting a Destination Using a Point of
Interest.............................................................450
Setting a Destination Using a Predictive
Destination......................................................450
Setting a Destination Using a Recent
Destination......................................................450
Setting a Destination Using a Saved
Destination......................................................450
Setting a Destination Using the Map
Screen..............................................................450
Setting a Destination Using the Text Entry
Screen...............................................................449
Setting a Memory Preset............................424
Settings Data...................................................24
Comfort and Convenience Data.......................24
Entertainment Data..............................................24
Setting the Adaptive Cruise Control
Gap................................................................258
Following a Vehicle...........................................258
Setting the Adaptive Cruise Control
Speed...........................................................257
Manually Changing the Set Speed................257
Setting the Adaptive Cruise Speed from a
Complete Stop................................................257
Setting the Blower Motor Speed..............155
Setting the Clock and Date.......................425
Switching Automatic Time Updates On and
Off......................................................................425
Setting the Cruise Control Speed.............251
Changing the Set Speed...................................251
Setting the Liftgate Opening Height........102
Setting the Temperature.............................155
Setting the Wake Word...............................435
Shifting Your Vehicle Into Gear.................207
Side Parking Aid...........................................237
Locating the Side Parking Aid Sensors........238
Side Parking Aid Audible Warnings...............238
Side Parking Aid Limitations............................237
570
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Index
What is the Side Parking Aid...........................237
Sitting in the Correct Position....................159
Sounding the Panic Alarm............................76
Special Operating Conditions Scheduled
Maintenance...............................................467
Exceptions............................................................470
Speed Control
See: Cruise Control.............................................251
Stability Control Indicator...........................230
Stability Control............................................229
Stability Control – Troubleshooting................231
Stability Control – Troubleshooting..........231
Stability Control – Information
Messages..........................................................231
Starting and Stopping the Engine –
Precautions..................................................186
Starting and Stopping the Engine.............186
Automatic Engine Stop......................................189
Engine Block Heater..........................................188
Starting and Stopping the Engine –
Troubleshooting...............................................191
Starting the Engine..............................................187
Stopping the Engine...........................................189
Starting and Stopping the Engine –
Troubleshooting...........................................191
Starting and Stopping the Engine – Frequently
Asked Questions............................................193
Starting and Stopping the Engine –
Information Messages...................................192
Starting and Stopping the Engine – Warning
Lamps.................................................................191
Starting the Engine.......................................187
Restarting the Engine After Stopping it.........187
Starting a Gasoline Engine................................187
Status Bar.......................................................432
Steering..........................................................232
Electric Power Steering....................................232
Steering – Troubleshooting.............................233
Steering – Troubleshooting.......................233
Steering – Information Messages..................233
Steering Wheel................................................27
Stopping the Engine.....................................194
Stopping the Engine When Your Vehicle is
Moving...............................................................189
Stopping the Engine When Your Vehicle is
Stationary..........................................................189
Stopping the Liftgate Movement..............105
Storage.............................................................184
Cup Holders..........................................................184
Glasses Holder.....................................................185
Under Floor Storage...........................................184
Storing Your Vehicle.....................................361
Sunroof
See: Moonroof.....................................................135
Switching Active Park Assist On and
Off..................................................................246
Cancelling Active Park Assist..........................246
Switching Adaptive Cruise Control On and
Off..................................................................256
Switching Adaptive Cruise Control Off........256
Switching Adaptive Cruise Control On.........256
Switching Air Conditioning On and
Off...................................................................154
Switching All of the Interior Lamps On and
Off...................................................................127
Switching Android Auto On and Off........445
Disabling Android Auto.....................................445
Enabling Android Auto with USB...................445
Enabling Android Auto with Wireless...........445
Re-Enabling Android Auto...............................446
Switching Apple CarPlay On and Off......445
Disabling Apple CarPlay...................................445
Enabling Apple CarPlay with USB ................445
Enabling Apple CarPlay with Wireless..........445
Re-Enabling Apple CarPlay..............................445
Switching Auto Hold On and Off.............226
Switching Auto-Start-Stop On and
Off...................................................................194
Switching Blind Spot Information System
On and Off...................................................274
Switching Climate Control On and
Off...................................................................154
571
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Index
Switching Cross Traffic Alert On and
Off..................................................................277
Switching Cruise Control On and Off......251
Switching Cruise Control Off............................251
Switching Cruise Control On............................251
Switching Driver Alert On and Off...........288
Resetting Driver Alert........................................288
Switching Easy Entry and Exit On and
Off....................................................................99
Switching From Adaptive Cruise Control
to Cruise Control.......................................260
Switching Maximum Cooling On and
Off...................................................................154
Switching Maximum Defrost On and
Off...................................................................154
Switching Parking Aid On and Off...........235
Switching Rear Occupant Alert System On
and Off...........................................................170
Semiannual Reminder........................................170
Switching Recirculated Air On and
Off...................................................................154
Switching Repeat Mode On and Off.......424
Switching Shuffle Mode On and Off........424
Switching Stability Control On and
Off..................................................................230
Switching Text Message Notification On
and Off..........................................................442
Android.................................................................442
iOS..........................................................................442
Switching the Audio Unit On and
Off..................................................................423
Switching the Display On and Off............426
Audio Unit............................................................426
Touchscreen........................................................426
Switching the Front Interior Lamps On and
Off...................................................................127
Individual Map Lamps.........................................127
Switching the Hazard Flashers On and
Off..................................................................309
Switching the Heated Mirrors On and
Off...................................................................155
Switching the Heated Rear Window On
and Off..........................................................155
Switching the Heated Steering Wheel On
and Off............................................................113
Switching the Lane Keeping System
Mode.............................................................266
Switching the Lane Keeping System On
and Off.........................................................266
Switching the Rear Interior Lamps On and
Off...................................................................127
Switching the Rear Window Wiper On and
Off....................................................................115
Switching Traction Control On and
Off..................................................................228
Using a Switch....................................................228
Switching Trailer Sway Control On and
Off..................................................................304
Symbols Glossary............................................19
Symbols Used on Your Vehicle....................19
T
Technical Specifications
See: Capacities and Specifications...............398
Temporary Neutral Mode...........................208
Entering Temporary Neutral Mode................209
Exiting Temporary Neutral Mode...................209
Temporary Neutral Mode Limitations...........208
What Is Temporary Neutral Mode..................208
The Better Business Bureau Auto Line
Program........................................................472
The Mediation and Arbitration
Program........................................................473
Tire Care.........................................................374
Tire Pressure Monitoring System
Limitations....................................................387
Tire Pressure Monitoring System
Overview......................................................385
Tire Pressure Monitoring System
Precautions.................................................386
Tire Pressure Monitoring System.............385
Tire Pressure Monitoring System –
Troubleshooting.............................................388
572
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Index
Tire Pressure Monitoring System –
Troubleshooting.........................................388
Tire Pressure Monitoring System –
Information Messages..................................390
Tire Pressure Monitoring System – Warning
Lamps................................................................388
Tire Replacement Requirements.............369
Age..........................................................................371
Tire Rotation...................................................376
Tire Rotation Diagram........................................377
Tire Sealant and Inflator Kit
Components...............................................379
Tire Sealant and Inflator Kit
Precautions..................................................378
Tire Sealant and Inflator Kit.......................378
Towing a Trailer Limitations.......................300
Towing a Trailer Precautions.....................299
Towing a Trailer............................................299
Towing Weights and Dimensions...................302
Towing Weights and Dimensions.............302
Calculating the Maximum Loaded Trailer
Weight for Your Vehicle................................303
Recommended Towing Weights....................302
What Is the Maximum Loaded Trailer Weight
............................................................................303
Towing Your Vehicle Precautions..............314
Towing Your Vehicle.....................................314
Traction Control Indicator..........................228
Traction Control............................................228
Traction Control – Troubleshooting..............228
Traction Control – Troubleshooting........228
Traction Control – Warning Lamps................228
Trailer Brake Precautions...........................299
Trailer Sway Control Precautions.............304
Trailer Sway Control....................................304
Trailer Towing Hints.....................................300
Transporting the Vehicle.............................312
Trip Computer................................................145
Accessing the Trip Computer...........................145
Resetting the Individual Trip Values................147
Resetting the Trip Computer............................146
U
Under Floor Storage.....................................184
Locating the Rear Under Floor Storage........184
Under Hood Fuse Box.................................316
Accessing the Under Hood Fuse Box...........316
Identifying the Fuses in the Under Hood Fuse
Box......................................................................318
Locating the Under Hood Fuse Box...............316
Under Hood Overview - 2.0L....................334
Under Hood Overview - 2.7L.....................336
Updating the Vehicle Systems
Wirelessly....................................................452
Applying a Vehicle System Software
Update..............................................................452
Scheduling an Update......................................452
System Update Requirements........................452
Viewing Update Details....................................453
USB Ports.........................................................178
Using Auto Hold...........................................226
Using Keyless Entry........................................93
Locking the Doors................................................93
Opening the Liftgate with the Remote
Control................................................................94
Unlocking the Doors............................................93
Using MyKey With Remote Start
Systems..........................................................87
Using Snow Chains......................................372
Using the Backup Start Passcode...............81
System Lockout.....................................................82
Using the Instrument Cluster Display
Controls.........................................................143
Button.....................................................................143
Quick Action Menu Buttons..............................143
Return Button........................................................143
Status Indicator....................................................144
Toggle Buttons.....................................................143
Using the Keyless Entry Keypad.................97
Locking the Doors.................................................97
573
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Index
Unlocking the Doors............................................97
Using the Remote Control............................75
Liftgate.....................................................................75
Lock..........................................................................75
Panic Alarm.............................................................75
Remote Start...........................................................75
Unlock......................................................................75
Using the Tire Sealant and Inflator
Kit...................................................................379
First Stage: Reinflating the Tire with sealing
compound and air.........................................380
Second Stage: Checking the tire pressure
with the inflator kit.........................................382
Tips for use of the kit.........................................379
What to do after the tire has been
sealed...............................................................382
What to do when a tire is punctured.............379
Using the Valet Mode.....................................81
Using This Publication....................................18
V
Vehicle Care..................................................354
Cleaning the Exterior.........................................355
Cleaning the Interior..........................................357
Vehicle Identification Number...................416
Locating the Vehicle Identification
Number..............................................................416
Vehicle Identification Number Overview......416
Vehicle Identification....................................416
Vehicle Identification Number..........................416
Vehicle Interior................................................33
Vehicle System Updates............................452
Vehicle Wi-Fi Hotspot...................................421
Ventilated Seats.............................................164
Switching the Ventilated Seats On and
Off.......................................................................164
Ventilation
See: Climate Control..........................................154
Venting the Moonroof..................................136
Viewing the Tire Pressures........................387
Visual Search...................................................27
Voice Interaction Examples.......................435
Voice Interaction...........................................435
W
Washer Fluid Specification.........................413
Washers............................................................117
Adding Washer Fluid...........................................118
Switching the Courtesy Wipe On and Off......117
Using the Rear Window Washer.......................117
Using the Windshield Washer...........................117
Washer Fluid Specification................................118
Washer Precautions.............................................117
Washers
See: Wipers and Washers..................................114
Waxing.............................................................357
Waypoints.......................................................450
Adding a Waypoint............................................450
Editing Waypoints..............................................450
What Are the Instrument Cluster
Indicators.......................................................141
What Are the Instrument Cluster Warning
Lamps............................................................139
What Is a Connected Vehicle.....................417
What Is Active Park Assist..........................246
What Is Auto-Start-Stop...............................194
What Is Blind Spot Information
System..........................................................273
What Is Cross Traffic Alert..........................276
What Is Cruise Control.................................251
Requirements.......................................................251
What Is Drive Mode Control......................264
What Is Driver Alert......................................287
What Is Hill Start Assist...............................225
What Is Lincoln Protect...............................456
Lincoln Protect (Canada Only).........................457
Lincoln Protect Extended Service Plans
(United States Only)......................................456
What Is Phone As a Key................................80
What Is Pre-Collision Assist.......................279
What Is Remote Start.....................................151
574
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Index
What Is the 12V Battery Gauge..................139
What Is the 360 Degree Camera.............243
What Is the Cabin Air Filter.........................158
What Is the Catalytic Converter...............204
What Is the Electric Parking Brake...........221
What Is the Engine Coolant Temperature
Gauge............................................................139
What Is the Engine Oil Pressure
Gauge............................................................139
What Is the Garage Door Opener.............173
HomeLink Wireless Control System...............173
What Is the Gross Axle Weight
Rating...........................................................290
GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating)................290
What Is the Gross Combined Weight
Rating...........................................................290
What Is the Gross Vehicle Weight
Rating...........................................................290
What Is the Keyless Entry Keypad..............95
What Is the Lane Keeping System...........265
What Is the Personal Safety System..........62
What Is the Power Outlet............................180
What is the Rear Occupant Alert
System...........................................................169
What Is the Rear View Camera.................240
What Is the Speedometer...........................138
What Is the Tachometer...............................138
What Is the Tire Pressure Monitoring
System..........................................................385
What Is the Tire Sealant and Inflator
Kit...................................................................378
What Is the Transmission Fluid
Temperature Gauge...................................139
What Is the Wireless Accessory
Charger.........................................................182
What is Voice Interaction...........................435
Wheel and Tire Information.......................363
Wheel Nuts....................................................396
Window Bounce-Back..................................130
Overriding Window Bounce-Back..................130
What Is Window Bounce-Back.........................130
Windows..........................................................129
Global Opening and Closing............................130
Window Bounce-Back........................................130
Wipers and Washers –
Troubleshooting...........................................118
Wipers and Washers – Frequently Asked
Questions...........................................................118
Wipers and Washers – Warning Lamps..........118
Wipers and Washers......................................114
Autowipers.............................................................114
Reverse Wipe........................................................115
Washers...................................................................117
Wipers.....................................................................114
Wipers and Washers – Troubleshooting........118
Wipers...............................................................114
Switching Windshield Wipers On and
Off........................................................................114
Wiper Precautions................................................114
Wireless Accessory Charger
Precautions..................................................182
Wireless Accessory Charger......................182
575
2021 Nautilus (CD9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202011, First-Printing
Index
